The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
••
Volume 70
January 1994
Number 1
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
R. V. Dowell, Associate Editor
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor
S. M. Sawyer, Editorial Assist.
Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Treasurer
R. M. Bohart
J. T. Doyen
J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomo¬
logical Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Stanley E. Vaughn, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be
found in volume 69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs
to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the Society,
$26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for in¬
stitutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 67(1): 80 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1994
Kirby W. Brown, President Curtis Y. Takahashi, President-Elect
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer Keve Ribardo, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 941 18-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 941 18-4599.
This issue mailed 27 April 1994
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
© This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society's
portion of page costs for
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist , 70 (1),
were paid by the society's
Henry Clinton Fall Memorial Publication Fund
The author's page charges
were paid by
The Biological Control Program,
Integrated Pest Control Branch,
California Dept, of Food 8c Agriculture
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Statement of Income, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances
for Years Ending September 30, 1991 and 1990.
Income
1991
19 9Q
Dues and subscriptions
$17,375
$11,689
Reprints and miscellaneous
18,159
12,539
Interest
5,407
6117
Dividends
722
616
Increase (decrease) value of capital stock:
American Telephone & Telegraph Co.
530
(1,120)
Pacific Telesis Group
mn
(231)
Total Income
$41,566
$29,610
Expenditures
Publication costs - Pan-Pac. Entomol.
$41,561
$16,818
Postage, newsletter &
miscellaneous expenses
1.462
1.652
Total Expenditures
$43,023
$18,470
Increase (decrease) in fund balances
($1,457)
$11,140
Fund balances October 1, 1990 and 1989
112.001
100.861
Fund Balances
September 30, 1991 and 1990
$110,544
$112,001
Statement of Assets as of September 30, 1991 and
1990
Cash in bank
Commercial account
$5,144
$6,379
Undeposited dividend checks
183
319
Certificates of deposit and money fund
General fund--Wells Fargo Bank
9,219
13,656
C.P. Alexander Fund-
Capitol Preservation Fund
47,630
44,990
Fall Memoir Fund-Wells Fargo Bank
34.313
32.505
Total Cash in bank
$96,489
$97,849
Capital stock (at market value)
American Telephone & Telegraph Co.,
80 shs.
3,000
2,470
Pacific Telesis Group, 264 shs.
11.055
11.682
$110,544
$112,001
li
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(1): 1-102, (1994)
A REVISION OF THE APHID GENUS ESSIGELLA
(HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE: LACHNINAE):
ITS ECOLOGICAL ASSOCIATIONS WITH, AND
EVOLUTION ON, PINACEAE HOSTS
John T. Sorensen
Insect Taxonomy Laboratory,
California Department of Food & Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814
Abstract.— This revision recognizes 13 species, 2 subspecies, and 3 subgenera of Essigella aphids
of the lachnine subtribe Eulachnina. Essigella (Archeoessigella) NEW SUBGENUS, Essigella
(Lambersella) NEW SUBGENUS, E. (L.) eastopi NEW SPECIES, E. (L.) hillerislambersi NEW
SPECIES, E. (E.) critchfieldi NEW SPECIES, and E. (L.)fusca voegtlini NEW SUBSPECIES are
described. The taxonomic status is changed for E. ( E .) knowltoni braggi Hottes NEW STATUS,
E. agilis Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. claremontiana Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. cocheta
Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. gillettei Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. maculata Hottes NEW
SYNONYM, E. monelli Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. oregonensis Hottes NEW SYNONYM,
E. palmerae Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. patchae Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. pergandi Hottes
NEW SYNONYM, E. pineti Hottes NEW SYNONYM, E. robusta Hottes NEW SYNONYM,
and E. swaini Hottes NEW SYNONYM. A phylogenetic tree for the genus is reviewed; that
estimate, which used Pseudessigella as a outgroup and employs evolutionary quantitative genetic
rationales, was produced using discriminant function analysis and a maximum-likelihood net¬
working algorithm, because conventional cladistic characters were inadequate within the genus.
The phylogeny is corroborated because it closely reflects the genetic relationships of the aphid’s
Pinaceae hosts, and their biogeographic origins. Essigella appear to have evolved with their
hosts, or in a resource-tracking fashion, and seem to display instances of character-displacement
among closely related species in (or near) sympatry, presumably as a result of competition of
their host pines as resources.
Key Words. — Insecta, phylogeny, host associations, character displacement, evolutionary quan¬
titative genetics
This study addresses the systematics, phylogeny and host associations of Es¬
sigella. The genus, one of three composing the subtribe Eulachnina (Lachninae:
Cinarini), is restricted to North America and is the only native Nearctic group of
the subtribe. Essigella are linear-bodied and feed on the needles of Pinaceae,
chiefly Pinus but also Pseudotsuga and Picea. They are solitary aphids that move
quite rapidly when disturbed; several may group facultatively near the base of a
needle, where they may be tended by ants. Cage studies of individual aphids
(unpublished data) on marked needles indicated that adult virginoparous apterae
of Essigella readily wander over pine branches.
Essigella is often most abundant early in the season (Burke 1937), and may
damage pines (Turpeau & Remaudiere 1990). However, its populations may lower
by summer, making the needle yellowing that it causes difficult to diagnose (Brown
& Eads 1967). In the southeastern U.S., Essigella density peaks between September
and March, and falls to its lowest level during June through August (Patti & Fox
1981a), although outbreaks have occurred in May and June (Hood & Fox 1980).
Essigella seem to occur most heavily on young trees, particularly on the lower
east side (Patti & Fox 1981b), which has afternoon shading. In the west, Essigella
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
occasionally damages Christmas tree plantations (California Department of Food
& Agriculture, unpublished data). Sampling (Flood & Fox 1978) and control
regimes (Hood & Fox 1980) have been developed for Essigella in southeastern
U.S. lumber plantations.
Eastop & Hille Ris Lambers (1976) list 21 species in the genus. Lachnus cali-
fornicus Essig (1909) was the first described species, but immediately thereafter
Del Guercio (1909) described the genus Essigella, with L. californicus Essig as its
type species. A second species, E. pini Wilson (1919), was described a decade
later, with two more, E. fusca Gillette & Palmer (1924) and E. hoerneri Gillette
& Palmer (1924), following shortly thereafter. The genus then sat taxonomically
dormant until its synopsis by Hottes (1957), in which 16 new names were created
[E. agilis Hottes, E. braggi Hottes, E. claremontiana Hottes, E. cocheta Hottes,
E. essigi Hottes, E. gillettei Hottes, E. knowltoni Hottes, E. maculata Hottes, E.
monelli Hottes, E. palmerae Hottes, E. patchae Hottes, E. pergandi Hottes, E.
pineti Hottes, E. robusta Hottes, E. swaini Hottes, E. wilsoni Hottes]; another
name, E. oregonensis Hottes (1958), was added a year later.
While working on aphids in California during the 1960s, D. Hille Ris Lambers
attempted to treat Essigella. He concluded (unpublished notes) that the only
available key (Hottes 1957) to Essigella did not work for numerous reasons, and
that the genus needed a major revision using similarly cleared and mounted
specimens. In 1978, he advised me (D. Hille Ris Lambers, personal communi¬
cation) that the systematics of Essigella was extremely difficult, and that he ranked
the genus as one of the most taxonomically problematic among aphids. Since
then, I have analyzed the biological groups in Essigella in relation to their hosts
(Sorensen 1983), suggested a phylogeny (Sorensen 1987a), described three new
species (Sorensen 1988), analyzed the cladistic placement of the genus among the
Eulachnina (Sorensen 1990), assessed phylogenetic changes in shape component
variance between Essigella and its sister group (Sorensen 1991), and presented
analyses deciphering the biological groupings of Essigella on Pinus contorta Doug¬
las (Sorensen 1992a).
The problems of Essigella' s systematics are due to the exceptional reduction
of morphological attributes, over that of an already neotinous subtribe (Sorensen
1990). Retained features in the genus are either extremely variable and overlapping
among species, represent reductions, or involve pigmentation suites, which often
run counter to morphology, and that grade from fully expressed to absent within
populations. In addition, several instances of character displacement seem to occur
among closely related species under sympatry, or near sympatry (Sorensen 1992a,
unpublished data). Discrete characters are unusual within the genus, which shows
many internal homoplasies and few conventional autapomorphies or reliable
synapomorphies (Sorensen 1987a). In Essigella, many characters have transfor¬
mations that are nebulous and unusually difficult to polarize. Traits that are
considered taxonomically meaningful in the genus are often more typical of in¬
traspecific variation in other lachnines, and the converse is also true. Therefore,
interspecific variance in Essigella seems to be antipodal to that encountered among
many other closely related aphids; traits that might be considered to be indicative
of close relationships within the genus, often turn out to show merely superficial
resemblance because of homoplasy, intraspecific variance or apparently faulty
ontogenic physiognomy.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
3
Attempts to determine character plasticity in Essigella, by culturing under vari¬
able environmental conditions in the laboratory, failed for several reasons. These
aphids, in contrast to others, often could not be successfully transported to the
laboratory from field. Those Essigella brought to the laboratory alive were difficult
to rear and transfer among host plants. Their laboratory manipulation was ham¬
pered by their solitary, but mobile, habits; to be located, specimens often had to
be jarred from the needles of their host, and frequently did not reestablish on the
plants; a trait noted by Hottes (1957). Electrophoretic analysis of field collected
samples was also problematic: assessing potentially mixed field populations was
difficult because morphological differences among species were not yet understood,
and isozymic responses were unclear.
This revisionary research was based upon newly collected material with proper
host associations from throughout most of the range of the genus, following a
suggestion from D. Hille Ris Lambers (personal communication). In conjunction
with the more traditional approaches to aphid systematics, multivariate analyses
were necessary to determine intra- and intersample variation. Ultimately, pre¬
viously existing Essigella material was studied and fit into the derived taxonomic
scheme without incident. This approach allowed an unbiased initial view of the
genus, which I believe was a prerequisite to its successful revision.
Methods and Philosophy
Collection and Processing of Specimens. — All potential Essigella hosts, includ¬
ing all conifer genera, were sampled during 1977-1979 for this revision (Sorensen
1983). Collections were made from major geographic populations of the aphids’
hosts throughout western North America, north of Mexico (see Critchfield & Little
1966); of these, over 340 host/sites yielded Essigella. Over 7000 specimens, with
an average of over 20 per collection, were collected, processed and studied; ad¬
ditionally, existing material was borrowed from depositories. Elsewhere, I have
listed all locations, with host associations, where my sampling found Essigella
(Sorensen 1983: appendix Al), and have provided a distribution map of all sam¬
pling locations (Sorensen 1983: figs. 1.1, 1.2).
Hottes’ (1957) Essigella specimen processing was poor and resulted in the
obscuring of characters or their erroneous interpretation (e.g., Hottes 1957: 108,
key couplet 1, “tarsal claws not distinctly bifurcated”). As stressed by D. Hille
Ris Lambers (unpublished notes, personal communication), during this project I
have processed and mounted all Essigella specimens using standardized clearing
and mounting techniques. Preparation followed Hille Ris Lambers (1950), and
required sequential boiling in: (a) 95 percent ethanol [5 min], (b) 10 percent
potassium hydroxide [4 min], and (c) saturated chlorophenol until the body con¬
tents were translucent [ca. 7-8 minutes]. Treatment times are important for pres¬
ervation and standardization of subtle pigmentation differences. Processed spec¬
imens were mounted immediately (or rarely stored up to 1 week in chlorophenol)
in Hille Ris Lambers medium (gum arabic 12 g, concentrated glycerine 6.5 g,
chloralhydrate 20 g, distilled water 20 cc). Slides were thick (deep), thus mini¬
mizing common compression artifacts for body width measurements. Immedi¬
ately after mounting, collection numbers were etched into the slides to prevent
any mix-up of samples before labeling.
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Analytical Methods.— In addition to conventional analytical techniques used
in aphid systematics, Sorensen (1983) conducted multivariate analyses to circum¬
scribe the biological groupings of Essigella. Those multivariate analyses were
restricted to adult viviparous apterae to limit the influence of seasonal polymor¬
phism and developmental trait variation. Inadequate availability prevented the
separate analysis of other morphs. Initially, only Essigella collected from natural
stands of native hosts were analyzed to limit potentially confusing environmentally
induced variation; later, Essigella from planted stands and nonnative hosts were
incorporated without incident.
For analysis, individuals from samples were first divided into initial groups by
host and geographic location. These initial groups were then circumscribed using
ordination analyses to establish common covariant character patterns among both
the individuals and groups, and to determine the interrelationships among the
initial groups. In the original, exploratory analyses (Sorensen 1983), several subset
combinations of up to 66 morphometric characters were employed; these were
later reduced to a 26 character subset (see Sorensen 1991: table 1) that was used
to circumscribe all final biological groups within the genus.
Quantitative analyses of the initial groupings involved the following steps: (1)
exploratory delimitation of relationships using principal component analysis
[Duncan & Phillips 1980: program PNCOMP] and clustering techniques [Duncan
& Phillips 1980: programs GRAPH and CLUST], followed by reassessment of
the groupings into biological groups; (2) bivariant plotting of various characters
for the deduced biological groups using extended data sets to determine the sim¬
plest character combinations that best allow their separation; (3) corroboration
of inter- and intragroup variance, using the deduced biological groups as “knowns”
in discriminant function analysis [Nie et al. 1975: SPSS, version 7, program
DISCRIMINANT, direct selection mode, Wilks-A criterion]. Sorensen (1992a)
details an example of the use of these procedures in deciphering biological group¬
ings in a species complex within Essigella. After the final biological groups were
assessed, they were cladistically verified, wherever possible, by establishing con¬
ventional autapomorphies or synapomorphies with reference to out-groups (see
Sorensen 1990). Ultimately, a phylogenetic tree was produced for Essigella (see
phylogenetic analysis section).
With respect to the ordinations used (Sorensen 1983), populations of parthen-
ogens can cause problems when assessing their demarcations into groups. Because
aphid clones within samples could not be practically ascertained, exemplars were
employed in this project. Normally, these were restricted to a single individual
per sample. This prevented reduction of effective statistical sample size ( n ); it
thus minimized the miscalculation of intragroup genetic variance, because only
environmental and error components are left to account for observed intragroup
dispersions around centroids as samples become saturated with identical geno¬
types. False low estimates of intragroup genetic variance cause overestimation of
intergroup divergence and phyletic anagenic distance (Sorensen 1987b).
Operational Species Concepts Employed. — Determining aphid species, in gen¬
eral, is often problematic because of their anholocyclic lineages, which often
survive indefinitely in noncontinental climates. I consider an operational aphid
species, sensu Doyen & Slobodchikoff (1974), to be those recombinant individuals
or parthenogenetic populations that share a unique phyletic lineage. This is pref-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
5
erably recognized by a conventional autapomorphy. Alternatively, lineages may
be deduced from their congruity of conventional diagnostic synapomorphies or,
if necessary, plesiomorphies, provided they are genetically stable (not induced by
abiotic factors). If nonautapomorphies must be used to deduce a species, its popula¬
tions also must show common distributional and host coincidence; additionally,
species must be multivariately circumscribed following the evolutionary quan¬
titative genetic logic outlined in Sorensen & Foottit (1992), using principal com¬
ponent and discriminant function analyses (e.g., Sorensen 1992a: figs. 3 and 6).
Here, subspecies are recognized only when they impart ecologically or evolu-
tionarily relevant information; they denote divergent or distinct allopatric geo¬
graphic populations (sensu Mayr 1969). This differs from a common usage in
aphid systematics, where a subspecies is often named to denote the sympatric
variance shown by phenotypically deviant individuals, sometimes on the same
host. I consider an operational aphid subspecies to be allopatric and show either:
(a) tighter agglomeration in clustering analyses (e.g., Sorensen 1992a: GRAPH
analyses), or (b) a more restrictive distribution in the attribute space of ordinations,
than do their species within analyses of species-groups (e.g., Sorensen 1992a: fig.
3, as the SNV vs. CAS and RMT distribution in PCA-1).
Taxonomic Key Usage. — The key to Essigella species requires adult viviparous
apterae (subgenital plate present and entire, gonapophyses and siphunculi present)
and, in some instances, their ultimate stadium nymphs (subgenital plate and
gonapophyses absent, abdominal dorsum membranous with distinctly demarcated
plates at dorsal setal bases). Because Essigella species are exceptionally variable,
with overlapping interspecific variation in many traits, calculations of discrimi¬
nant functions (DF), based on several characters, are sometimes required for
morphologically based identification. The key appears to have a reliability of at
least 90%; host plant information is included for more positive identification.
Because of references to subtle pigmentation differences and DF calculations,
remounting of some existing slides may be necessary to use the key. Referral to
paleness or pigmentation in the keys, diagnoses or discussions throughout this
work are to slide mounted material. Slides must be properly cleared, noncom-
pressed, and mounted so that the sagittal plane of the aphids is oriented perpen¬
dicular to the slide. Intrapopulational variance in Essigella, or varying slide prep¬
arations, will require that you judge a circumstance in a key couplet to advance
by alternative routes. If you are unsure when asked about the degree of specimen
pigmentation or slide compression, elect the nonpigmented or compressed slide
option. Questions about pigmentation of the body dorsum refer to the background
intensity, exclusive of setal bases or muscle attachment plates. Slide compression
should be judged conservatively; it is most apparent as a distortion (widening) of
the outline of the head, anterad of the eyes, or the rostral base. (Although body
widths, especially head width, are important in Essigella, they are generally not
used, or are minimized [with warning], in the key due to compression or orien¬
tation faults in many slides.) When asked the number of setae on abdominal
tergum VIII, or the number and pattern of dorsal setae on abdominal terga III—
IV, compare several specimens and use the mode (the latter can be most easily
distinguished on ultimate stadium apterae nymphs, where each seta is on a
scleroite).
DFs are required for specimens whose trait variance occupies an interspecific
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
overlapping range; couplets requiring DFs occur only after those based on non¬
overlapping variation. DF calculation requires (a) the measurement of several
characters, (b) the multiplication of each by a given coefficient, (c) the summation
of all resulting products, and (d) the addition of a constant [for adjustment]. This
grand sum represents a discriminant score (D.S.), whose value represents a thresh¬
old figure for classification of an individual. Where DFs are required, for optimal
classification their scores must be calculated to five figures after the decimal, and
be based on measurements in mm to three figures after the decimal; the latter
may require magnifications of 300-400 x, and error of as little as 5% can result
in misclassifications.
Presentation of Taxonomic and Distributional Data. — The sequence of species
descriptions in this revision reflects their phylogenetic order. Variability and
phenotypic similarity among Essigella species preclude their illustration here,
except for a schematic topological map of dorsal setal positions on the abdominal
terga; my previous Essigella illustrations (i.e., Sorensen 1988: figs. 1-3; 1991: fig.
1) show only that these aphids are relatively linear, varying somewhat in width,
or that traits are variable (Sorensen 1991: fig. 2). The keys provided are the most
reliable means of identification.
I consider all taxonomic names indicated to be new as being legally and orig¬
inally described here; previously, they were considered to be manuscript nomens
in Sorensen (1983), a thesis that is unpublished for nomenclatural purposes under
nomenclatural rules (ICZN 1985: Articles 8-A1, 8-A3, 8-B, and presently 8-C,
9-2, 9-3, 9-4 and 9-6).
Distributional data are listed for each species: use of “JTS” under material
examined indicates J. T. Sorensen as the collector. Distributional maps for Es¬
sigella species depict data locales, differentiated as JTS vs. nonJTS collections,
superimposed over host ranges; the latter were derived from Critchfield & Little
(1966), Little (1971), and Griffin & Critchfield (1972).
Abbreviations and Depositories. — My coded references to Essigella taxa else¬
where (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992a, b) are listed at the end of each of the sections
for each taxon. The U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.,
is represented as NMNH. The Canadian National Collection, Agriculture Canada,
Ottawa, Ontario, is represented as CNC. Several of Essig’s types are deposited in
the Essig Museum of Entomology, at the Department of Environmental Sciences,
Management and Policy, University of California at Berkeley; in 1993, that de¬
partment was created through an amalgamation of several others, including the
Department of Entomological Sciences, which formerly housed the Essig Museum.
Character Discussion
Essigella are extremely variable aphids. Their normal character variation is
discussed under each species or subgenus, as are some transformations, synapo-
morphies and autapomorphies. This section concentrates on the definitions and
phylogenetic transformations of traits; diagnostic autapomorphies are not dis¬
cussed here unless they show intraspecific variation or represent an independent
state within a transformation series with multiple states.
Aberrations. — Rare Essigella individuals exhibit aberrant traits that are virtually
always expressions of plesiomorphic states that should not occur on their species
(e.g., the number of dorsal hairs on the abdomen). This probably reflects the
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
7
failure of regulatory genes that normally suppress plesiomorphic phenotypic ex¬
pressions, which is more likely than new creation of a derived state; the suppressed
plesiomorphy, already encoded in the genome, requires merely a gene failure for
expression. There also appear to be similar suppression failures involving onto-
genic phenotypes, where traits of one stage or morph show up erroneously on
another (e.g., allometric differences in relative appendage length). Hottes (1957)
sometimes erroneously considered such individuals to be new species.
Fusion of Terga.— Sorensen (1983 [data used in 1987a], 1988, 1990, 1991,
1992a) previously had misinterpreted the fusion of the meso- and metanota, and
demarcation of abdominal tergum I in Essigella. The correct interpretation of
fusion of the dorsum in Essigella is: head + pronotum fused, meso + metanota
fused, abdominal tergum I free (except E. essigi ), abdominal terga II-VII fused,
abdominal tergum VIII free. Previously, I thought the meso + metanotal fusion
was solely the mesonotum, abdominal tergum I was the metanotum, and abdom¬
inal terga I-VII, instead of II-VII, were fused. This error was discovered when
R. L. Blackman (personal communication) suggested that the autapomorphous
tergal fusion in E. ( E.) essigi involved abdominal tergum I, rather than the meta¬
notum. With the exception of species descriptions in Sorensen (1988), corrected
here, this reinterpretation does not affect the conclusions of any of those studies;
because only the relative definitions of characters, not data, were erroneous. It
does mean, however, that the meso + metanotal fusion in Essigella is an additional
synapomorphy for the genus, beyond those listed in Sorensen (1990); a meso-
metanotal demarcation line is evident in Pseudessigella.
The character definitions in error previously are corrected here, as: old ‘number/
[code] definition error ’ > correction ; but {comments} may be injected or substi¬
tuted for full definitions. Sorensen (1983, 1991: table 1): ‘12/[L2THOR] {length
of mesonotumY > fused meso + metanota; ‘13/[L3THOR] {length of metano-
tum} 9 > abdominal tergum 7; ‘15/[LVABSC],’ ‘16/[NHAB2DT]’ and ‘17/
[NHAB2M]’ {all on abdominal segments II-IV] > III-V. Sorensen (1990: table
1): ‘17/abdominal terga 7-7’ > 2-7. Sorensen (1992a: table 2): ‘ 3/mesothoracic
terg. 17 > fused meso + metathoracic ; ‘7 / metathoracic terg. 17 > abd. seg. 7; ‘10/
abdomen {segments 1-7} L, excluding seg. 8’ > abdomen seg. 2-1 L; ‘25/marginal
seta L on metathorax ’ and ‘54/W between most-mesal pair of dorsal (spinal) setae
on metanotum ’ > abd. terg. 7; ‘28/dorsal (spinal or pleural) seta L on abd. terg.
2’ and ‘29/marginal seta L on abd. terg. 2’ > 3; ‘30/ventral seta L on abd. seg.
2/ ‘41/spiracular plate L on abd. seg. 2’ and ‘57/spiracular plate W on abd. seg.
2’ > 3; ‘ 40/L of presiphuncular abd. {including segment 1}’ > {add} excluding
abd. seg. 7; ‘44/sagittal L of largest ventral abd. sclerite on seg. 2-4 7 ‘45/L of
dorsal (spinal or pleural) setae between dorsal muscle attachment plates on abd.
seg. 2-4, ’ ‘46/N of dorsal (spinal or pleural setae between dorsal muscle attachment
plates on abd. seg. 2-4 ’ and ‘58/largest ventral abd. sclerite W on seg. 2-4 ’ >
3-5.
Sclerotization.— Sclerotization is not equivalent to pigmentation, although
sclerotized areas usually are at least somewhat pigmented. Here, it is the color
independent distinctiveness or thickness of a body surface in comparison to an
adjacent membranous area, as is evident in Essigella' s tergal fusions.
The abdominal dorsum of adult viviparous apterae of Essigella is sclerotized,
in contrast to the other genera of the Eulachnina (Sorensen 1990). This scleroti-
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
zation is universally present in all adults of that morph, although pigmentation
may be quite pale, making it sometimes virtually impossible to detect. When
adult viviparous apterae of Pseudessigella and Eulachnus are superficially com¬
pared to Essigella, they resemble the latter’s ultimate nymphal stadia, which lack
the dorsal sclerotization. In Essigella, the sclerotized dorsum is what should have
been referred to as the “cape” by Hottes (1957); he used the term with reference
to pigmentation for more melanic specimens, noting simply its presence or ab¬
sence, despite its actual gradation. The sclerotization of the abdominal dorsum
of Essigella seems to have occurred at the inception of the genus, and represents
a synapomorphy. It has been strengthened or reduced in various lineages within
the genus, and varies homoplasiously from faint to heavy within species groups.
Examination of the abdominal dorsum of later stadia nymphs of Essigella,
versus adult viviparous apterae, best reveals the latter’s abdominal sclerotization.
On adults, scleroites at the base of the dorsal setae of the abdomen have been
lost or reduced, probably due to incorporation into the general sclerotic field of
the abdominal dorsum; at most, the remnant scleroites appear as indistinctly
bordered darker areas at the setal bases (see pigmentation). In contrast, scleroites
are usually prominent, with well defined borders on the membranous abdomen
of nymphs and alates.
Pigmentation. —Pigmentation represents melanization, and, where quantified,
is expressed here as a density equivalent to the percentage of solid black in a
screen of 52 lines per centimeter (Sorensen 1983). Referral to paleness or pig¬
mentation in the keys, diagnoses or discussions throughout this work are to slide
mounted material. Although sometimes aphid taxonomists (in litt.) place little
weight on minor or trivial pigmentation patterns, in aphids certain pigmentation
suites—denoted here as a covariant series of patterns occurring within phyletic
lineages—are more stable within species, over their seasonal polymorphic changes,
than are simple length ratios for body segments (D. Hille Ris Lambers, personal
communication). Often, major pigmentation suites on viviparous apterae of Es¬
sigella are indicative of one or several species; these are considered to be taxo-
nomically important when they have genetic basis and are monophyletic. Unusual
environmental conditions can cause variation of pigmentation intensity in aphid
species, but not a change in a pigmentation suite. Consequently, reliable pigmen¬
tation is preferred here for identification, where feasible.
Unfortunately in Essigella, the expression of a reliable pigmentation suite that
is characteristic for a species or group, can vary from strongly pigmented to
completely pale within populations; whereas other Essigella species are always
pale. Furthermore, to hamper identification, faint pigmentation in slide mounted
material can be bleached by excessive clearing or prolonged exposure to sunlight.
Geographic variation can also occur in pigmentation suites. For example, many
minor pigmentation tendencies (e.g., subtle variations of shade or intensity of
melanin) recur as homoplasies within Essigella ; these are usually of little taxo¬
nomic interest, except in regard to intraspecific geographic variation.
Two categories of pigmentation suites can be recognized within Essigella for
pigmented individuals of adult viviparous apterae: the expression of shading
among the tibiae, and of the background of the dorsum of the abdomen or entire
body. Reference to body or abdominal pigmentation in the text and keys refers
only to background shading, not to darkened muscle attachment sites and setal
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
9
bases. The numerous pigmentation suites are discussed in the descriptions, di¬
agnoses and discussions of species.
A general darkening of the body dorsum, as a homoplasious apomorphy, occurs
in E. ( L .) eastopi, E. ( E .) essigi, E. (E.) critchfieldi and E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni.
Of these taxa, the dorsum of E. ( L .) eastopi is considered to be an autapomorphy
because it shows a unique dorsomedial lightening of the thorax and abdomen
(state A). In contrast, the dorsum is evenly dark (state B) in E. (E.) essigi, E. (E.)
critchfieldi and some E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni (Cascade Range); however, other
E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni (Rocky Mountains) show a lightening of the frons
and head (state C), or of the entire dorsum. The evenly paler dorsum of E. ( E .)
knowltoni braggi (state D) is assumed to be a apomorphic reversal from state C.
The transformation for the trait is assumed to be A <— B —** C —» D.
The most useful tibial pigmentation suite involves the mesotibiae being at least
subtly, and usually substantially, paler than both the pro- and metatibiae. This
apomorphy is unique to E. (Lambersella), where it is present for pigmented
individuals of all morphs. It can be hard to detect on some darkly pigmented E.
(L.) eastopi, however, because their legs are quite lightened.
Hottes (1957) and Hille Ris Lambers (unpublished notes) erroneously regarded
the presence or absence of pigmented spots that often surround the bases of the
dorsal setae on the abdomen of adult viviparous apterae to be of taxonomic value.
Instead, the spots represent intraspecific or usually intrapopulational variation in
most species. They are seldom present, and then only subtly, in E. (Archeoessigella)
and E. (E.) wilsoni. Within most species, the spots usually occur only on mod¬
erately pigmented individuals, and I suspect their expression is a remnant of a
juvenile factor; they are no doubt homologous with the scleroites that are in¬
variably present in nymphs (see sclerotization).
Abdominal Chaetotaxy. — In Essigella, unlike Eulachnus (D. Hille Ris Lambers,
personal communication), the number and distributional pattern of setae on the
abdominal dorsum appear unaffected by environmental factors. In a principal
component analysis of all Essigella taxa (Sorensen 1983), the number of abdom¬
inal setae show variation that is subordinate only to general-size (component 1).
These setae can be divided into three categories: (a) dorsal setae on terga III-IV,
(b) marginal setae on terga III-IV, and (c) setae on tergum VIII. Within any
species, the characteristic state for each of these setal categories is stable among
all known morphs. Marginal setae, at least in more apomorphic states, do not
appear to show the same type of intraclonal variation as has been found to be
dependent upon the number of sequential generations after the fundatrix in other
aphids (see Crock & Shanks 1983, Blackman et al. 1987). In this study, such
variation would have been detectable as seasonally related variation within natural
populations, which would be in contrast to covariant patterns of other diagnostic
attributes for taxa; to date no such variation has been found.
The dorsal setae of the abdomen are defined here as those setae that occur
between (mesad to) the most sagittally-oriented pair of the three muscle attach¬
ment points on each side of the dorsum of each abdominal tergum. The dorsal
setae can be further broken into two groups: dorsal major setae, which occur
mesally, and dorsal minor setae, which occur more laterally. These subgroupings
(Fig. 1) become apparent when tracing the evolutionary transformations of the
dorsal setae in the genus. Although the setae may be difficult to see in some cases,
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
lateral pair of dorsal muscle
/' attachment plates
\ anterolateral-most
X dorsal minor seta
A
"0\ / o
•/ *
triangular set of
dorsal major setae
Q •
B
■ o •
■ ■ o •
C
D
o
E
F
o
©
Figure 1. Schematic maps of approximate positions of dorsal setae on an abdominal terga III and
IV. See comments under abdominal chaetotaxy in the character discussion section. Maps represent
typical relative setal positions, which can vary; the right and left half of each map shows the more
common possible positions. Large gray circles = dorsal muscle attachment plates; each: black square
= dorsal major seta, black circle = dorsal minor seta; white squares or circles (majors or minors,
respectively) show other possible setal positions that are usually absent. A .—Pseudessigella [also see
Sorensen (1991: fig. 3)]. B.— E. ( Archeoessigella ). C.—E. (Lambersella ) expression 1 [i.e., most often
E. ( L .) hillerislambersi]. D.—E. ( Lambersella ) expression 2 [i.e., most often E. (L.) fusca, E. (L.)
eastopi ] (note that a anterolateral-most dorsal minor may move posteromesally). E.—E. ( Essigella )
expression 1 [e.g., E. (E.) essigi, E. (E.) wilsoni, E. (E.) alyeska, E. (E.) critchfieldi, E. (E.) knowltoni].
E.—E. (Essigella) expression 2 (e.g., E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) hoerneri, E. (E.)pini\. Transformation:
A -»• B -> C/D —» E —> F.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
11
they are usually well defined and easily traced in the later stadium nymphs of
viviparous apterae (and their adults in Pseudessigella ), where they occur on sclero-
ites in the membranous field of the abdominal dorsum.
In Pseudessigella (Fig. 1A; Sorensen 1991: fig. 3), the dorsal majors occur as
two bilateral, but mesal, groups of three triangularly-arranged setae that flank the
mid-line. Each triangular group has one setae to the anterior and two that flank
it to the posterior. The dorsal minors occur as one to several smaller setae that
are anterolaterad to the dorsal majors. They are posteromesad to the anterad plate
of the sagittally-oriented muscle attachment plates on each segment side (i.e., the
anterolaterad of the three plates). Apparently at least one dorsal minor seta remains
in this position, relative to that muscle attachment plate, throughout the trans¬
formations among the more plesiomorphic Essigella.
In E. ( Archeoessigella ) (Fig. IB), the dorsal major setae remain largely un¬
changed, although occasionally an anterad seta in either triangular set may be
absent. The dorsal minors, however, usually increase in number over their ex¬
pression in Pseudessigella, and several move posteromesally, coming nearer to
the lateral-most dorsal majors. This has the effect of creating what superficially
appears to be a band of setae in somewhat irregular positions across the tergum.
There is, however, usually a retained association between at least one dorsal minor
[the “lateral-most dorsal minor” in descriptions of species here] and the anterolat¬
erad muscle attachment plate.
In E. {Lambersella), the next evolutionary step, two transitional expressions
are found. In the more plesiomorphic arrangement (Fig. 1C), the dorsal majors
remain intact, as do the dorsal minors, although the latter may be reduced in
number. In the alternative state (Fig. ID), among the dorsal majors, an anterad
seta of either, or both, triangular set(s) may be lost; the dorsal minors may be
reduced to two, and the most anterolaterad of these may or may not move
posteriorly, away from its formerly associated position near the anterolaterad
muscle attachment plate. This can result in the occasional occurrence of an in¬
dividual (or population) with a series of only four dorsal (major + minor) setae
occurring in a roughly straight line across the dorsum [a condition that mimics
the first transition in E. ( Essigella ) mentioned below]; usually, however, when
these setae are reduced to four, one of the laterad dorsal minors retains its an¬
terolaterad position. These two expressions in E. {Lambersella) are not necessarily
sequential, and either may occur within populations of any species of that sub¬
genus.
Two expressions also occur within E. ( Essigella ), but these derived states are
sequential. The first (Fig. 1E) typifies all E. ( Essigella ) with eight (or more) dorsals
[i.e., E. ( E .) essigi, E. ( E .) wilsoni, E. (E.) alyeska, and the E. (E.) knowltoni
complex]: the anterad seta of each dorsal major set is lost, leaving only two per
set (four total). In very darkly pigmented specimens [e.g., E. ( E.) knowltoni knowl¬
toni] this is evident, under high magnification on slide mounted material, as a
light spot that is the remnant location of the lost anterad dorsal major. The dorsal
minors are also reduced to two on each side, and the lateral-most has moved back
into a straight line with the remaining dorsal majors. The second expression (Fig.
IF) in E. (Essigella ) occurs as only six (total) dorsals [i.e., E. ( E .) californica, E.
(. E .) hoerneri, E. (E.) pini ]. It is similar to that for the eight E. {Essigella) dorsals,
except the dorsal minors are reduced to one on each side. Aberrations occur for
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
either of these expressions. In either the six or eight state, a suppressed dorsal
major may reappear ahead of the line of setae in its normal anterad position.
Also, in the eight setae state, one or more unsuppressed dorsal minors may occur,
raising the setal count; these may involve a reversion to expression of the anterolat-
erad position.
The marginal setae are defined here as those setae laterad of the sagittally-
oriented pair of muscle attachment points on the dorsum of each abdominal
tergum (see Fig. 1; or Sorensen 1991: fig. 3). Like the dorsals, they are most easily
seen on later nymphs. Among species, marginals may be expressed in a linear
transformation, as states: four to six setae per side, three to five setae per side, or
two setae per side. Their numbers are roughly correlated with the number of total
dorsals. For example, E. (Archeoessigella ) species, which have the most total
dorsals, have four to six marginals per side; in contrast, those E. (Essigella ) species
with only six total dorsals have only two marginals per side. Marginal setal patterns
show the greatest variation within species in more plesiomorphic states. The
marginals of each side may occur in one or two groups, with the latter when their
numbers are higher.
Setae on abdominal tergum VIII apparently have the same approximate trans¬
formation as the dorsals on segments III-IV. They vary among species in a linear
transformation, from: 10-16 setae in two rows; to 8-12 setae in one or two rows;
to 6, or occasionally 8 (rarely to 10), setae in one or occasionally two rows.
Dorsal Setae on the Metatibiae. —These setae often show considerable inter-
and intraspecific variation in Essigella. In a principal component analysis of all
Essigella taxa (Sorensen 1983), the length of dorsal setae on the metatibia, along
with all other setae, show variation that is subordinate to general-size (component
1) and the number of abdominal setae (component 2). Tentatively, the dorsal
setae of the metatibia are considered taxonomically useful only for apterous morphs.
Their variation in Essigella contrasts with that of Eulachnus and other Lachninae,
where their length appears to be more stable within species. This difference par¬
tially was responsible for the failure of previous attempts to circumscribe and key
Essigella species (see Hottes 1957).
Hille Ris Lambers (unpublished notes), criticizing Hottes (1957), suggested
“constant characters” within Essigella included “the length of tibial setae, but
not their being blunt”; he also stated “in the same species more or fewer of the
tibial setae may be blunt which accounts for a rather large variation in setal length
in some species.” I consider those statements to be erroneous. The retention of
incrassate tips regardless of setal length, along with other characters, unifies the
E. (E.) knowltoni group. Hottes (1957) erroneously defined his species on narrowly
restricted setal length ranges; Hille Ris Lambers thought Hottes’ use of setal length
confused blunt versus sharp tipped setae, which although Hille Ris Lambers
correctly viewed as a continuum, he unfortunately disregarded as being of any
taxonomic value in Essigella. I have studied variation of the tip structure among
the dorsal metatibial setae for Essigella, including scanning electron microscopy
work, and recognize several degrees of expression of bluntness among tips (un¬
published data); although of some taxonomic merit, this finer level delineation is
not presented, because it cannot be used pragmatically to discriminate among
most species.
Three aspects of the dorsal setae on the metatibiae are recognized and cate-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESS1GELLA
13
gorized here: (a) length dimorphism within individuals and species, (b) variability
in the range of setal length within species, and (c) variability in the condition of
setal tips within species. Only the characteristic patterns of expression of these
setae are considered valid synapomorphies within Essigella. Generally, these setae
are long in other Lachninae, and their length is obviously homoplasious within
the subfamily. Because of potential confusion concerning reference to particular
setae, only those setae on the central one-third of the metatibia are treated here;
reference is usually to only the longest of dorsal setae for that section (generally
the dorsal metatibial setae are shorter and more incrassate proximally, and longer
and sharper distally).
The plesiomorphic state (state A) for dorsal setae of the metatibia within Es¬
sigella is short (ca. 0.3-0.7 x tibial diameter) with incrassate tips; as in Pseudes-
sigella, E. (Archeoessigella ), and E. (E.) essigi. From this plesiomorphic “short,
incrassate” condition, three independent transformation series are hypothesized
within Essigella. The first involves elongation of setae to a continuous length
range of ca. 0.3-2.0+ x tibial diameter, with the tips of shorter setae incrassate
and longer setae sharp. This intermediate state (state B) represents the normal
relationship for setal length and tip expression in aphids. Transformation contin¬
ues to an ultimate apomorphic state (state C) for this series, which shows an
increase in the range of length variation to ca. 0.1-4.0+ x tibial diameter, and
an increase in length variability within populations that I suspect is genetic and
consider a weak synapomorphic character. This transformation is A —» B —» C.
The second independent transformation involves a single step elongation of the
setae (state D) to a continuous length range of ca. 0.3-2.0+ x tibial diameter,
but without the development of sharp tips. These setae are always incrassate,
regardless of length, and are considered a valid synapomorphy for the E. (E.)
knowltoni group. This transformation is: A -* D.
The third independent transformation involves setal elongation, to a dimorphic
length range spanning ca. 0.3-4.0+ x tibial diameter (state E). This dimorphism
can occur as a discrete length difference among different individuals of a popu¬
lation, or may be expressed on single aphids as an abrupt change in setal length
on the central part of the metatibiae; it is restricted to E. (Lambersella), and
appears to have ecological relevance between species of that subgenus in sympatry
as a character displacement (unpublished data). Absence of the dimorphism in
E. ( L .) hillerislambersi may be a secondary loss for this accommodation. This
transformation is A —* E. Potentially confusing variation occurs in E. ( Essigella )
californica, where a minor increase in length of the dorsal setae is rarely evident
on the distad one-third of the metatibiae; this is not considered homologous to
the condition in E. {Lambersella).
Ventral Abdominal Sclerites. —These sclerites represent attachment plates for
muscles on the abdominal venter. Their size and shape may, therefore, have a
functional relationship with the degree of sclerotization (not pigmentation) of the
abdominal dorsum. Due to the diminished size and irregular variation of these
ventral sclerites on more posterad abdominal segments, only segments III-IV are
considered for taxonomic (identification) use. The sclerites are measured at their
maximal length, along the anteroposterad axis, of the largest such sclerite occurring
on abdominal segments III or IV. Unfortunately, the relative shapes and variance
of these sclerites must be studied among species to be adequately comprehended.
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
As with the dorsal setae on the metatibiae, it is the qualitative pattern of
expression of the ventral abdominal sclerites within populations, species, or spe¬
cies groups, that is considered taxonomically meaningful. In Pseudessigella (Sor¬
ensen 1991: figs. 2a-h), the ventral abdominal sclerites can be either uni-, bi-, or
tripartite; if broken, the posterad section is relatively large and irregularly ovate,
and the more anterad section(s) may be reduced and/or irregularly linear. In most
species of less derived Essigella, these sclerites are subcircular to subquadrate
[e.g., relative difference, Sorensen (1991: figs. 2e vs. 2f as bottom sclerite only of
each, respectively)] (state A); this state occurs in E. (Archeoessigella), E. ( Lam-
bersella ) and the more plesiomorphic species of E. {Essigella ). To achieve this
shape during evolution, it is unclear if a linear sclerite simply shortens, or if it
breaks into multiple subsclerites and loses the more anteriad of these. Alterna¬
tively, in E. (Lambersella) these sclerites can be relatively linear [e.g., Sorensen
(1991: figs. 2c-d)], which matches their most linear unbroken development in
Pseudessigella, or they can be nearly absent; these alternative expressions are
treated as state A here also.
Within E. {Essigella), several species show reduction of these sclerites, with
expression varying from (at most) irregular, small quasi-stellate shapes through
apparent absence (state B). This is considered homoplasious within the subgenus.
Within the clade involving the E. {E.) knowltoni group, these sclerites ultimately
become relatively enlarged and vary from subcircular or subquadrate to subellip¬
tical [e.g., latter, Sorensen (1991: fig. 2a)] (state D); an intermediate expression
(state C) exists for E. (E.) alyeska, however, in which the sclerites vary from
between states B and D within populations. The transformation is considered to
be A —» B —> C —> D, but it could be independent among the latter three states.
Body Widths.— Body shape differences occur within the genus and primarily
involve relative width. Width characters are usually unreliable on most slide
mounted material, due to compression artifacts. The standardized mounting tech¬
nique described earlier substantially reduces body distortion. Therefore, width
measurements were used in analysis, but are avoided in keys and diagnoses, which
must be applied to unstandardized slides.
Head width is measured between the most laterad rims of the bases of the
antennal sockets. This anterad measurement minimizes the effects of compression
that are more likely to occur posteriorly. It also enhances recognition of com¬
pression, because the measurement line is adjacent to the clypeal region and the
anterad outline of the frons; distortion of these regions is relatively noticeable
when they are compressed.
Relatively slight increases in width within species groups are homoplasious in
this genus. Only the discrete and statistically significant broad body shown by the
E. (E.) knowltoni group and E. (E.) alyeska is considered to be a valid synapo-
morphy. Although Moran (1986) warns against using such ecologically influenced
traits, it is interesting that E. (E.) hoerneri, a relatively broad Essigella whose
width correlates with its pinyon pine host’s needle width, is correctly placed with
E. (E.) californica, rather than the Series B E. {Essigella), in several discriminant
function analyses (e.g., Sorensen 1992b: figs. 2a-b, 3) of the genus. This dem¬
onstrates the acceptable multivariate use of body width for classification (but not
necessarily identification) within Essigella.
Lengths and Shapes of Appendage Segments. — Determination of the polarities
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
15
for transformations of antennal segment lengths in Essigella is difficult. The re¬
duction from six to five antennal segments is a synapomorphy for Essigella and
Pseudessigella, but is not unique in the Aphididae. In a principal component
analysis among all Essigella taxa (Sorensen 1983), antennal segments III, IV and
to a lesser extent V, load moderately on the second component. That vector orients
largely to setal number on the abdominal dorsum, where polarity is clear. On the
vector, however, the antennal segment lengths and abdominal setal numbers load
in opposition; consequently, an increase in the relative length of antennal segments
probably can be interpreted as apomorphic within the genus, as the abdominal
setal number decline (Sorensen 1991, Sorensen & Foottit 1992).
Allometric variation in the length of the metatibiae, which is associated with
different morphs and stages in Essigella, is confusing. Hottes (1957) and Hille
Ris Lambers (unpublished notes) regarded relative tibial lengths as constant among
species in the genus. In aphids generally, there is a tendency for alates, because
of their generally longer legs, to have relatively longer metatibiae in comparison
to body length than do adult viviparous apterae. The converse is often true of
later stadia nymphs of viviparous apterae, which generally have relatively shorter
metatibiae than do their apterous adults. Variation along this morph factor is
discordant in Essigella, however. In some E. (Archeoessigella) and E. ( Essigella ),
aberrant adult viviparous apterae exist that retain the relative metatibial length
characteristic of the juvenile stages of their species. Several of Hottes’ synonyms
can be attributed to this aberrant variation among adult apterae [see the discussion
of E. (E) californica\. Contrastingly in E. (Lambersella ), metatibial length is more
stable within species; in that subgenus, however, allometric shifts along ontogenic
factors, among species, sometimes differentiate the species in sympatry through
character displacement.
The comparative length of metatarsal segments varies in Essigella. In E. (Ar¬
cheoessigella), the metabasitarsus (first hind tarsus) is relatively short in regression
compared to the metadistitarsus (second hind tarsus); a plesiomorphy reflected
to a greater degree in Pseudessigella. Apomorphic elongation of the metabasitarsus
occurs as a homoplasy in E. (Essigella) and E. (Lambersella), but reliable trans¬
formation of this homoplasious bivariate is difficult to ascertain; see Sorensen
(1991) for a discussion of this trait.
In lateral view, the shape of the profemur of more primitive Essigella resembles
that of Pseudessigella. In the latter, the dorsoproximal base of the femur is strongly
swollen and arched. A similar, but less pronounced, swelling is evident in species
such as E. (A) kathleenae, and E. (E) pini, among others. In most Essigella,
however, the femur usually assumes a more cylindrical shape with elongation in
response to increases in body size in various lineages, no doubt as a allometric
size transformation. This trait is not employed in identification or phylogenetic
assessments, because its variation is inadequately known and is difficult to char¬
acterize; it cannot be measured satisfactorily on slides because it is usually oriented
in the dorsoventral axis.
Rostral Characters. — The rostrum of Essigella is retractile; consequently, rostral
length is measured as the length of the stylets, which are fixed. Unfortunately, on
slide mounted specimens the stylets can be withdrawn from the rostrum, and
curved, making accurate measurement difficult. Stylets are measured from the
sclerotic, basal apophyses in the clypeal region to their unbroken distal tips.
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Essigella (E.) hoerneri shows the greatest apomorphic increase in stylet length in
response to the exceptional needle fascicle width of its piny on pine hosts. Mea¬
surement of the ultimate rostral segment includes the short, light-colored distal
cap and the basal apophyses. Univariate or bivariate use of the ultimate rostral
segment has not proven sufficiently reliable for consistent employment.
Caudal Protuberance. — Although Hottes (1957) used the median protuberance
on the cauda as a diagnostic character, I have avoided this due to its variation
and the potential for orientation artifacts on slides where the protuberance is
obscured when the cauda points up. The caudal projection shows undoubtedly
homoplasious reduction trends, but its transformation and polarity are confusing
among species groups. Essigella (E.) pini shows the greatest development of the
caudal protuberance, with the protrusion sometimes quite strongly pointed; this
undoubtedly accounts for the use of the character as an ultimate, but problematic,
diagnostic for that species in Hottes’ (1957) key.
Nymphs. — In later stadia nymphs of viviparous apterae (not prealatae), a pair
of bilateral sclerotized plates occur that surround the muscle attachment plates
on the mesonotum; these may be large or small, depending upon the species.
When large (e.g., their diameter approximates the length of the eye), the invasive
sclerotizations of these plates extend from the muscle attachment sites to engulf
neighboring setal bases. The mesonotal sclerotization on nymphs can be extremely
faint, especially in the E. (Archeoessigella ), where the enlarged plates can be
difficult to see because of their light pigmentation. This sclerotization probably
has a similar history to that of the abdominal dorsum of adult viviparous apterae.
Presence of the developed plates may be a synapomorphy unique to Essigella
among the Eulachnina. The enlargement of these plates is treated as a plesio-
morphy within the genus, however, and secondary losses of the plates are con¬
sidered to be weak synapomorphies. In E. (L.)fusca, where the plates are normally
enlarged, one late stadium nymph, within a large and otherwise normal sample,
shows the loss of this invasive sclerotization. With this exception, the character
appears quite stable among species; therefore, considering the loss state to be
plesiomorphic on the basis of that single occurrence (i.e., a suppression failure)
would require unacceptably strong homoplasy for the character. Nevertheless,
the loss of these invasive sclerotizations, so that neighboring setal bases are free,
appears to be a homoplasious apomorphy within E. (Essigella ) for E. ( E.) Cali¬
fornia, E. (E.) hoerneri, E. (E.) wilsoni and E. (E.) alyeska.
Alatae. —Essigella alates are poorly known, and in several instances they are
unknown. They appear to have few reliable diagnostic characters to identify them
beyond species group. Characters often used within other genera, such as the
number, shape or arrangement of secondary rhinaria on the antennae, usually
show more intra- than interspecific variance in Essigella. Although Essigella alates
normally have membranous abdominal terga, aberrants exist that show the normal
sclerotic patterns of abdomens for their respective viviparous apterae or oviparae.
Because knowledge of alate variation is poor, all statements concerning alate traits
are tentative.
Although venation is often of quite questionable taxonomic use in aphids (V.
Eastop, D. Hille Ris Lambers, personal communications), it may be used in
Essigella, with great caution. For instance, in Essigella the medius may have one
(or rarely two) furcation(s), or may be single. The furcation may arise on the
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
17
proximal, central or distal one-third of the vein. A single medius is most probably
apomorphic; if so, then the only synapomorphy appears to be for E. {E .) pini and
E. {E .) essigi. In both species, however, the vein can vary, uncommonly, to having
a furcation on its distal one-third. Moreover, the medius is also rarely expressed
as a single vein in aberrant alates of the E. (E.) knowltoni group; thus, polarity
remains questionable.
Other variation of the medius involves the strength of expression of this entire
vein system. Where the alates are known in E. (Lambersella), the medius is usually
only faintly present along its entire length. This reduction is considered a weak
synapomorphy. There are also differences involving the junctions of the anal and
cubital veins with the radius. These can be expressed by the distance between the
bases of the anal vein and the cubitus, along the radius, or by the truncated angle
between them. The character is variable and tentatively considered unreliable as
a diagnostic. An aberration displayed by several Essigella species is a darkened
band that posteriorly parallels the radius.
The epicranial suture may be of use taxonomically. The suture appears to be
most prominent and stable in E. (E.) californica and E. (E.) hoerneri, but varies
in presence and expression among other species.
Oviparae. — Although the oviparae of all Essigella species are not known, among
those that are, three conditions exist for the sclerotization/fusion of the abdominal
dorsum: (state A) terga II-VII are fused, but I and VIII are free; (state B) abdominal
terga II-VI are fused, but I, VII and VIII are free; and (state C) all abdominal
terga are free with independently banded sclerotizations. It is unclear whether
state A or B is the most plesiomorphic because both occur in E. ( Archeoessigella );
the transformation could be either A-^B^CorA^B— * C. State A occurs
in E. ( Archeoessigella) kathleenae, in the E. ( Essigella) knowltoni species-group,
and usually in E. {E.) pini. State B occurs in E. {Archeoessigella ) kirki, in E.
{Lambersella), and rarely in E. (E.) pini. Therefore, the character is necessarily
homoplasious, with state A either as a plesiomorphy, which requires a reversal
in E. {Essigella), or as an apomorphy, which requires it to be gained independently
in E. {Archeoessigella) and E. {Essigella). The complete loss of tergal fusion in
state C, for the E. {E.) calif ornica group, is considered a weak synapomorphy.
Uncommon oviparae of species with the banded abdominal terga of state C can
show near fusion of terga II-V or II-VI. This suggests an apparent plesiomorphic
aberration approaching state B; if so, it appears C is apomorphic to B. No re¬
versions from B or C to A are apparent; however, because E. {E.) pini usually
shows fusion of abdominal terga II-VII, but with VI rarely free, this may be
evidence for plesiomorphy in state B?
Key to the Eulachnina Genera
la. Antennae of adult virginoparous apterae 6-segmented.
. Eulachnus del Guercio
lb. Antennae of adult virginoparous apterae 5-segmented. 2
2a. (lb) Tarsal claws with single, simple tips. Adult apterae with tergum of
abdominal segments II-VII membranous.
. Pseudessigella Hille Ris Lambers
2b. Tarsal claws incised, with double tips. Adult apterae with tergum of
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
abdominal segments II-VII fused, very lightly to heavily sclerotized.
. Essigella del Guercio
Essigella Del Guercio, 1909
Essigella Del Guercio, 1909, Riv. patol. Veg., Padov, n.s. 3: 329.
Lachnus Burmeister, 1835 (in part), Hardbuch der Entomologie, Berlin, 2: 91
(genus attributed to Illiger); Essig, 1909, Pomona J. Entomol., 1: 1-4.
Type Species.— Lachnus californicus Essig, 1909, Pomona J. Entomol., 1: 1-4;
by monotypy.
Viviparous Apterae. — Body elongate, linear to linear-ovate. Antennae 5-segmented; processus ter-
minalis short; accessory rhinaria on terminal antennal segment proximad, not directly against primary
rhinarium. Head wider than long, fused with pronotum, or nearly so. Eyes without distinct triom-
matidia. Rostrum retractile; last rostral segment short, blunt, tip nonfunctionally articulated (if at all),
accessory setae absent. Meso- and metanota fused dorsally. Abdominal dorsum lightly to heavily
sclerotic; tergum I usually free; terga II-VII fused; tergum VIII free, represented by single, entire
sclerotized field not apparently formed from fused lateral sclerites associated with setal bases; pig¬
mentation variable; dorsal setae on segments III—IV in 1 or 2 often irregular rows. Siphunculi rep¬
resented as rimmed pores to short truncated cones, without setae, incorporated into dorsal sclerotic
field of abdomen. Cauda rounded, frequently with short, rounded to pointed, median protuberance.
Profemora cylindrical-tapering, to dorsoproximad base slightly swollen. Tarsal claws incised, bifid;
dorsal tip blunt, ventral tip sometimes slightly projecting, blunt to sharper.
Other Morphs.— Known fundatrices and males lacking siphunculi. Known oviparae and males
apterous. Known alatae with radial sector short, straight; forewing medius distinct to apparently absent,
single or with 1 furcation.
Diagnosis.— See the key to the Eulachnina genera and apomorphies section
below.
Taxonomic Placement. —Essigella, along with Pseudessigella Hille Ris Lam-
bers, 1966, and Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909, comprise the subtribe Eulachnina
(Sorensen 1990) of the tribe Cinarini, subfamily Lachninae; the subtribe is con¬
sidered highly derived within the subfamily. The immediate sister-group of Es¬
sigella is Schizolachnus\ which Lampel & Burgener (1987) suggest placing, along
with the three eulachnine genera, in a single tribe, the Schizolachnini. Sorensen
(1990), however, places Schizolachnus in a separate subtribe, the Schizolachnina.
For commentary on the taxonomic relationships of related genera, and previous
tribal/subtribal assignments, see Sorensen (1990).
Distribution.—Essigella is the only native Nearctic representative within the
subtribe Eulachnina, although it has recently been introduced into Europe, in
France (Turpeau & Remaudiere 1990) and Spain (Seco Fernandez & Mier Durante
1992). The other eulachnines, Pseudessigella and Eulachnus, are native to the
Palaearctic; the former is known only from a single collection in the Himalayas
of Pakistan (Sorensen 1991), but the latter has been introduced to the Nearctic
where it occurs largely on cultivated Old World pines.
Apomorphies. — The three Eulachnina genera share these synapomorphies: body
form linear; triommatidia of compound eye undifferentiated; ultimate rostral
segment short and blunt, tip nonfunctionally articulated (if at all); accessory setae
on ultimate rostral segment absent; setae on siphunculi absent; primary rhinarium
without chitinous ring border; and accessory rhinaria on terminal antennal seg-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
19
ment proximad and not directly against primary rhinarium. Essigella and Pseu-
dessigella share these synapomorphies: reduction from six to five antennal seg¬
ments; and abdominal tergum VIII represented by a single, entire sclerotized field
that is not apparently formed from fused lateral sclerites that are associated with
the dorsal setae bases.
Essigella is the most derived genus of the subtribe (Sorensen 1990) and has
these autapomorphies: tarsal claws bifid; entire dorsum sclerotized; head and
pronotum fused; meso- and metanotum fused dorsally; abdominal tergum I usu¬
ally free (but at least partially fused [laterally] to metanotum as an autapomorphy
in one species); abdominal terga II-VII fused. Another tentative autapomorphy
for Essigella is a complete loss of the siphunculi in both the fundatrix and male,
where these morphs are known; they are yet unknown for Pseudessigella and,
therefore, the trait could be synapomorphic at that level. All Essigella have def¬
initely incised tarsal claws, with the resultant presence of an endodontal lobe,
despite Hottes’ (1957) comments to the contrary; Hille Ris Lambers (personal
communication, unpublished data) correctly interpreted Hottes’ (1957: 108, key
couplet la) statement of “Tarsal claws with ends not distinctly bifurcated” as
erroneous, and due to over-processing in caustics during slide preparation.
Subgenera. — Three Essigella subgenera are recognized and described here; see
the phylogenetics section for commentary. Their compelling separation requires
discriminant function analysis of morphometric traits because considerable over¬
lap in univariate traits exists among Essigella species (Sorensen 1983). Demar¬
cation of these subgenera was made from an evolutionary perspective (see Sor¬
ensen 1992b) that includes Pseudessigella as an anagenic distance reference. Because
many other aphid subgenera can be distinguished by single characters, their dif¬
ferentiation may be under the control of a single, or fairly limited number of,
genes. As a result, such univariately defined subgenera probably display less genetic
divergence than do the Essigella subgenera, among which realignments have
occurred for large suites of genes (Falconer 1981, Sorensen 1991, Sorensen &
Foottit 1992) that are responsible for their multivariate divergence. See Sorensen
(1991) for a discussion of the multivariate evolution of the shape component
among traits between Pseudessigella and Essigella, and among some Essigella
groupings.
The phylogeny for the genus indicates Archeoessigella, the least derived sub¬
genus, is separated (as Fig. 13: node 1) from Pseudessigella by 18.9 o units (see
phylogenetics section). Lambersella is separated from Archeoessigella by 2.08 er
units (as Fig. 13: intemode 2-3). Essigella ( Essigella ), the most derived subgenus,
is separated from Lambersella by 4.22 a units (as Fig. 13: internode 3-7). All
three of these anagenic distances are significant, at a = 0.05, as evolutionary gaps
between genus-[or subgenus]-level species assemblages (see phylogenetics section).
Also, all three subgenera are phylogenetically convex (sensu Duncan 1980, Es-
tabrook 1986), with Lambersella and E. {Essigella) as monophyletic groups.
Although the Essigella subgenera are quite valid biologically and evolutionarily,
and their status as subgenera gives them the same nomenclatural rights as genera,
they are described here with relevance only for intrageneric hierarchy. Because
the anagenic distances among the Essigella subgenera are considerably shorter
than among the genera in the Eulachnina, I recommend that these subgenera never
be elevated to the status of full genera through taxonomic inflation.
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Etymology. — The genus was named by Del Guercio (1909) after E. O. Essig,
who collected and described its first species as Lachnus californicus Essig.
Material Examined.— All taxa proposed here, plus all Eulachnina and Schizolachnina taxa listed
in Sorensen (1990: in Phylogenetic Construction sections Ingroup Material Examined and Outgroup
Selection).
Key to the Subgenera of Essigella
This key is intended only for properly cleared, slide-mounted virginoparous
apterae, and is meant for populations and species, rather than individuals. Key
intraspecific samples with several (preferably n = 10+) individuals to account for
variance. Individuals should be keyed using the key to Essigella species.
la. Abdominal terga III-IV with dorsal setae in a single [or at most a very
slightly staggered] row; lateral-most seta normally absent. Populational
mean for number of dorsal setae on abdominal terga III-IV normally
6 or 8, mean number on abdominal tergum VIII normally 6, sometimes
8, never 9 or more [if mean on terga III-IV is 8-10 and the mean for
tergum VIII is 8, then : (a) developed pigmentation suite for tibiae
described in couplet 2a (below) never occurs in any population; and
(b) populational mean for the ratio of length of the metadistitarsus to
metabasitarsus is 1.73:1 or less; and either (cj body relatively broad
with at least some populations with specimens whose longest dorsal
setae on the central one-third of the metatibiae exceed 1.5 x metatibial
diameter and remain incrassate regardless of length; or (c 2 ) metanotum
and abdominal tergum I fused at least laterally; or (c 3 ) mesonotum of
later stadia nymphs of apterae with area immediately surrounding mus¬
cle attachment sites membranous and bases of neighboring setae not
on a sclerotized plate contiguous with the muscle attachment sites; or
(c 4 ) mean number of marginal setae per side on each of abdominal
terga III-IV is 2; or (c 5 ) primary rhinarium on terminal antennal seg¬
ment exceptionally distad with distance from tip of processus terminalis
to distal face of rhinarial rim less than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium,
and distal face of rhinarial rim usually perpendicular to longitudinal
axis of antennal segment, and rhinarial membrane usually conspicu¬
ously protuberant]. Essigella (Essigella ) del Guercio
lb. Abdominal terga III-IV with dorsal setae in a double [or strongly stag¬
gered] row; lateral-most seta normally present. Populational means for
number of dorsal setae on abdominal terga III-IV and tergum VIII
normally at least 8 or more, never 6 [if means on terga III-IV and
tergum VIII are 8-10, then either, (a) any developed pigmentation suite
described in couplet 2a (below) may or may not occur in any population;
or (b) populational mean for the ratio of length of the metadistitarsus
to metabasitarsus is 1.70:1 or greater; but (c) none of conditions Cj-c 5
in couplet la ever exist]. 2
2a. (2a) Populational mean for the ratio of length of the metadistitarsus to
metabasitarsus is 1.69:1 or less, but usually under 1.65:1. Intraspecific
pigmentation suites ranging from pale (unpigmented) to heavily pig¬
mented, often within populations, but if developed (even subtly) then
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
21
(a) pro-, meso- and metatibiae, respectively, pigmented relatively heavi¬
ly, lightly and heavily [in a dark-light-dark pattern], or (b) body dorsum
with darkened pigmentation but with lightened longitudinal stripe in
dorsomedial region of thorax and abdomen, or (c) thoracic and ab¬
dominal terga mottled with dorsal setal bases pigmented. In any pop¬
ulation, longest dorsal seta on central one-third of metatibia varying
from incrassate and short to long and either sharp or blunt tipped, but
if longer than 1.0 x metatibial diameter then they are not incrassate.
Populational means for number of dorsal setae: (a) on each of abdom¬
inal terga III-IV usually 10 or less [occasionaly 11], but if mean more
than 10 then at least some individuals with 9 or less; and (b) on ab¬
dominal tergum VIII usually 9 or less [occasionally 10], but if mean
more than 9 then at least some individuals with 9 or less.
. Essigella (Lambersella ) NEW SUBGENUS
2b. Populational mean for the ratio of length of the metadistitarsus to metaba-
sitarsus is 1.70:1 or greater, but usually over 1.75:1. Intraspecific pig¬
mentation suites ranging from pale (unpigmented) to very subtly pig¬
mented, but when pigmentation is subtly developed it is generally even
and never as in couplet 2a. In any population, longest dorsal seta on
central one-third of metatibia always incrassate and less than 1.0 x
metatibial diameter. Populational means for number of dorsal setae:
(a) on each of abdominal terga III-IV usually 11 or more, but if mean
less than 11 then at least some individuals with 13 or more; and (b)
on abdominal tergum VIII usually 10 or more, but if mean less than
10 then at least some individuals with 12 or more.
. Essigella (Archeoessigella) NEW SUBGENUS
Essigella (. Archeoessigella ), NEW SUBGENUS
“Essigella (Archoessigella )” Sorensen, 1983: 58 (unpublished manuscript name,
note different spelling) Ph.D. Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berke¬
ley, California. 605 p.
Type Species.—Essigella kathleenae Sorensen, 1988.
Viviparous Apterae. —Morphology: Body slender. Meso- and metanota fused dorsally; abdominal
tergum I free. Dorsal setae (majors and minors) between muscle attachment plates on abdominal
segments III-IV in 2 often irregular rows (see Fig. 1B); lateral-most minor dorsal setae on each side
anterad (rarely not) of its immediately mesad neighbor. Abdominal terga III-IV each with 10-16
dorsal (major + minor) and 4-6 (per side) marginal setae; tergum VIII with 10-14, rarely 7-9, setae.
Longest dorsal seta on central one-third of metatibiae less than tibial diameter, tips incrassate; these
setae of nearly equal length along metatibiae, not dimorphic. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments
III-IV large, subquadrate or subcircular, not rudimentary. Species means for length ratio of metadisti¬
tarsus to metabasitarsus varying between 1.81:1 to 2.05:1. Pigmentation: Body dorsum unicolorously
pale; bases of dorsal setae of abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga. All tibiae equally pigmented,
usually pale to rarely subtly dusky.
Diagnosis.— See the key to the subgenera of Essigella.
Discussion.— This plesiomorphic subgenus is paraphyletic, but convex (sensu
Duncan 1980, Estabrook 1986); no qualitative synapomorphies exist that uniquely
define the group. It characteristically has a high ratio for the metabasitarsus:
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70 ( 1 )
metadistitarsus length, relatively many dorsal and marginal setae on abdominal
terga III-IV and VIII, metatibial dorsal setae that are short and incrassate, no
developed pigmentation suites, and species that are functionally monophagous
and restricted to pine species in Pinus (Strobus ), section Strobus, subsection Strobi.
Except for some minor differences in placements of certain dorsal setae on the
abdominal terga III-IV, intriguingly, all these characteristics are shared by Pseu-
dessigella to a great degree. Archeoessigella was named because it differs signifi¬
cantly from Lambersella in several respects, and the two each have distinctly
different host associations.
Similarities between the Archeoessigella species are relative plesiomorphies.
The phylogenetic tree (Fig. 13), based on all 15 available dimensions of discrim¬
inant space, shows E. {A.) kirki to branch from node 1 (distance = 0) as the most
primitive Essigella. However, when the multivariate shape-component differences
for traits between Essigella and Pseudessigella were analyzed on the more dom¬
inant shape vectors, Sorensen (1991) found E. {A.) kathleenae to be generally
more similar to Pseudessigella than to the remaining more derived Essigella, and
he found E. (A.) kirki to be intermediate between those groups; he noted each
Archeoessigella species was less similar to one another than either was to Pseu¬
dessigella or to the more derived Essigella. The closer proximity between Pseu¬
dessigella and E. (A) kathleenae is also reflected on the second-most dominant
minimum selective mortality vector (Fig. 14: DF2). A single, conventional, qual¬
itative trait, the fusion of the abdominal dorsum in oviparae, sheds only vague
light on the problem because its transformation and polarity are uncertain [see
oviparae under the character discussion section].
Coded References to this Taxon. — Sorensen (1983) referred to this taxon under
the manuscript name “ Essigella (Archoessigella ).” Sorensen (1987a) referred to
the assemblage that comprise this taxon as group “I” or, with reference to its
subcomponents, as “J-K”; in Sorensen (1992b), the latter refers to it.
Etymology. — “Archeo-” (Greek) = ancient; the name reflects the old and
primitive status of the subgenus; coincidentally, the compounded name includes
“-eoessig-” for E. O. Essig.
Material Examined.—Essigella (A.) kathleenae, E. (A.) kirki.
Essigella {Archeoessigella) kirki Sorensen, 1988
Essigella kirki Sorensen, 1988: 121, Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 121-124.
Essigella “hottesi ” Sorensen, 1983: 60 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype. vivip. apt.; on slide with 3 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype at lower left (8 o’clock position); data: NEW MEXICO. SANTA FE Co.:
ca. 30kmNEofSantaFe, hwy475, 3100 m, 10 Aug 1978, J. T. Sorensen (78H55),
Pinus flexilis James. Holotype retained in Sorensen collection, eventually to be
deposited in The Natural History Museum, London. Paratypes (all same data as
holotype): 19 vivip. apt. on 5 slides including holotype slide. Paratype slides
deposited: 1 slide in NMNH, Washington, D.C.; 1 slide in CNC, Ottawa, Ontario;
2 slides in Sorensen collection.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
23
Viviparous Apterae.—Morphology: Body length: 1.73-2.13 (1.92 ± 0.13) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 95-133 (117 ± 10) p, processus terminalis: 28-45 (37 ±
5) p; IV: 70-91 (82 ± 7) M ; III: 141-188 (157 ± 15) M ; H: 63-73 (68 ± 3) p. Length of longest setae
on frons: 10-43 (28 ± 9) p, tips incrassate. Head width: 245-316 (285 ± 19) p. Length of stylets:
530-694 (608 ± 55) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 68-83 (76 ± 5) p, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I or II in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length:
367-439 (399 ± 24) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 296-388 (347 ± 28) p.
ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 112-163 (138 ± 15) p\ terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 45-55 (50 ± 4) p; siphunculi nearly flush to truncated conical,
protruding to 1.0 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subquadrate,
subcircular to subelliptical; length: 50-68 (59 ± 6) p, 1.2-2.Ox diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major
+ minor) setae (see Fig. IB) on abdominal terga III-IV: 10-14 (11 ± 1), tips sharp, in 2 irregular
rows, lateral-most minor dorsal seta usually in anterad row; marginal setae 4-6 per segment each side.
Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 10-14 (11 ± 1), length: 5-43 (23 ± 11) p, tips incrassate to rarely
sharp, in 2 irregular rows. Cauda rounded; caudal protuberance moderately developed to frequently
nearly absent; length of longest caudal setae: 70-103 (86 ± 10) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of
metafemora: 500-663 (578 ± 53) p ; metatibiae: 622-900 (755 ± 70) p; longest dorsal setae on central
one-third of metatibiae: 20-30 (24 ± 3) p, 0.1-0.6 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate, approx¬
imately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral setae
on metatibiae: 13-28 (23 ± 4) p, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 93-118 (104 ± 7) p\ meta-
distitarsus: 165-213 (188 ± 13) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus averaging 1.81:1, usually
less than 1.9:1, rarely reaching 2.0:1 or slightly more. Pigmentation: Color in life: Gray-green, occa¬
sionally pale yellow throughout. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum pale (to 10
percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor)
setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga. Thoracic muscle attachment plates pale, in¬
conspicuous to conspicuous. Dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen conspicuous, pale, infre¬
quently dusky. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites usually light brown, slightly darker
than background of abdominal terga, to pale. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda,
anal and subgenital plates concolorous with abdominal terga. Antennal segments V and IV slightly to
moderately dusky over entire segment, to moderately brown distally; III pale; II and I concolorous
with frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae usually pale, concolorous, equivalent to body dorsum; fre¬
quently tibiae subtly dusky at distal tip, rarely entire tibiae moderately dusky, slightly darker than
body dorsum. Distitarsi usually subtly dusky distally to moderate brown, varying with antennae,
infrequently entirely dusky with tibiae.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually vague, faintly pigmented, diameter approximately equal¬
ing eye length.
Oviparae. -Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal terga II-VI fused, lightly to moderately sclerotic, including pleural areas, but VII and
VII free; dorsal demarcations of anterad terga not evident; siphunculi usually incorporated into sclerotic
dorsum, to free; dorsal abdominal muscle attachment plates pale, unicolorous, except those between
terga VI-VII darker. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, difficult to distinguish, 7-11.
Viviparous Alatae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (A.) kirki can easily be confused with other pale individ¬
uals of Essigella. It can be separated from all Essigella, except E. (A.) kathleenae,
E. (L.) eastopi, E. ( L .) fusca, E. (L.) hillerislambersi, and odd specimens of E.
(E.) wilsoni and E. (E.) knowltoni braggi, by having 10 or more dorsal (major +
minor) setae on abdominal terga III-IV, in two rows, with the lateral-most minor
dorsal seta in the anterad row (e.g., Fig. IB). Essigella (A) kirki lacks the very
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 2. Distribution of E. (A.) kirki [dots (JTS samples)], superimposed over the ranges of its
hosts, Pinus flexilis [lighter shading] and Pinus strobiformis [darker shading (AZ, NM and south)].
elongate metadistitarsus of E. (A.) kathleenae, having a metadistitarsus to meta-
basitarsus ratio of usually less than 1.9:1, but rarely to 2.0:1 [mean: 1.8:1 for E.
(A) kirki, 2.05:1 for E. (A.) kathleenae ]. It can be separated from other pale
Essigella, however, by having this ratio at over 1.7:1. Essigella (A.) kirki lacks
the protuberant, exceptionally distad primary rhinarium of E. {E.) wilsoni. It can
be further distinguished from pale E. ( L .) fusca and E. (L.) hillerislambersi, and
some pale E. ( L .) eastopi and E. ( E .) knowltoni braggi by having the longest dorsal
setae on the central part of the mesotibia less than 0.7 x tibial diameter. All
observed E. (E.) knowltoni braggi with 10 or more dorsal (major + minor) setae
on abdominal terga III-IV differ from E. {A.) kirki by having the longest dorsal
metatibial setae in excess of 1.0 x tibial diameter; however, rare, confusing E.
(E.) knowltoni braggi are anticipated, and these could be separated by their broad
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
25
head on noncompressed slides, and by usually longer setae on the frons [see
descriptions and E. ( E .) knowltoni diagnosis].
Range. —Rocky Mountains, Montana to Arizona and New Mexico; southern
Sierra Nevada (east slope) and White Mountains of California; presumably into
Mexico and Canada with its hosts (Fig. 2).
Hosts. —Pinus flexilis James and P. strobiformis Engelmann; the latter was pre¬
viously considered to be a variety [as P. flexilis var. reflexa Engelmann] of the
former. These pines split the higher elevation niche in the Rocky Mountains, with
P. flexilis in the north, P. strobiformis in the south, and some intergradation at
their contact in northern New Mexico (Critchfield & Little 1966). The only other
Essigella species on these pines is E. (E.) californica, which has secondarily in¬
vaded the niche, opportunistically, and is much less common in it than E. (A.)
kirki.
It is possible that E. (A.) kirki also occurs on P. ayacahuite Ehrenberg in central
Mexico and south, because that pine was formerly considered a variety of P.
strobiformis (as P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera Shaw); P. ayacahuite apparently
continues the P. flexilis to P. strobiformis morphological and geographic cline
(Critchfield & Little 1966), and although discontinuous with the latter, a single
isolated stand in western Jalisco, Mexico (Critchfield & Little 1966: map 9) is
morphologically intermediate with P. strobiformis (Martinez 1948).
Discussion. —Because of previous misinterpretation of meso- and metanotal
fusion in Essigella (see character discussion section), the description given here
for this species is more accurate than that in Sorensen (1988).
Essigella (A.) kirki is a common species that is relatively homogeneous, mor¬
phologically, and always pale, unlike several other Essigella species that can grade
from pale to fully pigmented; in these respects it resembles E. {A.) kathleenae.
Sorensen (1983) determined that it differs from the latter in bivariate plots of
head width, between the lateral rims of the antennal sockets, versus body length,
and of metadistitarsus versus metabasitarsus lengths; it also separates under prin¬
cipal component and discriminant function analyses (Sorensen 1983).
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (A.) kirki has been referred to
previously by: the coding “Sp. K” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “HOTT”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the manuscript name E. “hottesi ” in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name.— The species was named for my son, Kirk
Hale Sorensen. Common name: Kirk’s limber pine needle aphid.
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. APACHE Co.: Lake Harney Rd (hwy 473), nr McNary, 2440
m, 11 Sep 1978, JTS 78114, P. strobiformis, (apt.). COCHISE Co.: nr Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mts,
2500 m, 16 Sep 1978, JTS 78150, P. strobiformis, (apt.). CALIFORNIA. INYO Co.: Lake Sabrina,
nr Bishop, 2750 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H2, P. flexilis, (apt.); Onion Valley Cmpgd, 24 km W of
Independence, 2770 m, 4 Aug 1978, JTS 78H13, P. flexilis, (apt.). COLORADO. SAN JUAN Co.: 20
km N of Purgatory, 3020 m, 8 Aug 1978, JTS 78H47, P. flexilis, (apt.). MONTANA. CARBON Co.:
Red Lodge, 1770 m, 20 Aug 1978, JTS 78H115, P. flexilis, (apt.). NEVADA. WHITE PINE Co.:
Wheeler Peak, 3140 m, 26 Aug 1978, JTS 78H147, P. flexilis, (apt., ovip.). NEW MEXICO. OTERO
Co.: 3 km W of Cloudcroft on hwy 82, 2560 m, 13 Sep 1978, JTS 78122, P. strobiformis, (apt., ovip.).
SANTA FE Co.: (type series) 30 km NE of Santa Fe on hwy 475, 3100 m, 10 Aug 1978, JTS 78H55,
P. flexilis, (apt.). SIERRA Co.: Emory Pass on hwy 90, W of Kingston, 2470 m, 14 Sep 1978, JTS
78134, P. strobiformis, (apt.). UTAH. DUCHESNE Co.: 19 km NE of Castle Gate on hwy 33, 2770
m, 25 Aug 1978, JTS 78H144, P. flexilis, (apt.). WYOMING. ALBANY Co.: 5 km SW of Woods
Landing on hwy 230, 2560 m, 15 Aug 1978, JTS 78H92, P. flexilis, (apt.).
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(1)
Essigella ( Archeoessigella ) kathleenae Sorensen, 1988
Essigella kathleenae Sorensen, 1988: 115, Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 115-118.
Essigella “ kathleeni ” Sorensen, 1988: 124 (lapsus), Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 124.
Essigella “ kathleenae ” Sorensen, 1983: 67 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt.; on slide with 3 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype at upper left (11 o’clock position); data: CALIFORNIA. SAN BERNAR¬
DINO Co.: 3 km S of jet hwy 38 & Jenks Lake Rd, San Bernardino Mts, 2200
m, 16 Sep 1977, J. T. Sorensen (77138), Pinus lambertiana Douglass. Holotype
retained in Sorensen collection, eventually to be deposited in The Natural History
Museum, London. Paratypes (all same data as holotype): 30 vivip. apt. on 7 slides
including holotype slide. Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH, Washing¬
ton, D.C.; 1 slide in CNC, Ottawa, Ontario; 8 slides in Sorensen collection.
Viviparous Apterae.—Morphology: Body length: 1.35-2.01 (1.67 ± 0.18) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 85-113 (102 ± 7) p, processus terminalis: 28-43 (40 ±
4) M ; IV: 60-90 (75 ± 9) p\ III: 98-135 (118 + 11) m; H: 55-68 (62 ± 4) p. Length of longest setae
on frons: 8-25 (17 ± 6) p, tips incrassate. Head width: 215-258 (242 ± 11) p. Length of stylets: 428-
653 (581 ± 64) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 55-78 (66 ± 5) p, rostral tip reaching metanotum to
abdominal terga III in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total
length: 286-377 (334 ± 31) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 214-306 (280 ±31)
p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 93-133 (119 ± 12) p; terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 23-38 (32 ± 4) p\ siphunculi flush to truncated conical, protrusion
to 0.5 x maximum distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subcircular, subquad¬
rate to subelliptical; length: 36-60 (48 ± 8) p, 1.3-2. lx diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major +
minor) setae (see Fig. IB) on abdominal terga III-IV: 11-14 (12 ± 1), tips sharp, in 2 irregular rows;
marginal setae 4-5 per segment each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 7-13 (10 ± 2), length:
5-40 (14 ± 10) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 2 irregular rows. Cauda rounded; caudal protuberance
moderately developed, to infrequently nearly absent; length of longest caudal setae: 40-93 (61 ± 16)
p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 316-541 (448 ± 67) p; metatibiae: 428-704 (569 ± 77)
p\ longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 5-23 (13 ± 6) p, 0.1-0.8 x diameter of
metatibiae, tips incrassate; approximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length
dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 10-25(19 ± 5)^, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus:
60-95 (79 ± 10) p\ metadistitarsus: 135-180 (162 ± 12) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus
averaging 2.05:1, greater than 1.9:1, and usually greater than 2.0:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Pale
yellow throughout. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum pale (usually to 10, some¬
times to 30, percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major
+ minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga. Thoracic muscle attachment plates
and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen, pale, inconspicuous. Spiracular plates and ventral
abdominal sclerites pale. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital
plates pale, concolorous with abdominal terga, to slightly darker. Antennal segments V and IV pale,
only very subtly darker than body dorsum; III very pale to distal one-third pale as V and IV; II
concolorous with proximal III; I concolorous with frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae usually pale,
concolorous with body dorsum, to very subtly darker. Distitarsi entirely pale to subtly dusky on distal
one-third.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually vague, faintly pigmented, diameter approximately equal¬
ing eye length.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
27
Oviparae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae, ab¬
dominal terga II-VII fused, lightly to moderately sclerotic, including pleural areas, tergum VIII free;
dorsal demarcations of anterad terga not evident; siphunculi incorporated into sclerotic dorsum; dorsal
abdominal muscle attachment plates pale, unicolorous. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, difficult
to distinguish, 5-9.
Viviparous Alatae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis.—Essigella (A.) kathleenae is consistently pale, and usually can be
identified by the unique, exceptionally long metadistitarsus and short metabasi-
tarsus. The length ratio of the metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus usually exceeds
2.0:1, and only rarely approaches 1.9:1, the upper value for all other Essigella,
except occasional E. (A.) kirki.
Range. —California and southwestern Oregon (Fig. 3).
Hosts. —Pinus lambertiana Douglass; questionable single occurrences on P. jef-
freyi Greville & Balfour, P. sabiniana Douglass and P. monticola Douglass. A
single specimen attributed to P. jejfreyi (77166) is probably a beating tray contam¬
ination from a preceding collection (77164) from P. lambertiana, which occurred
at dusk. A single specimen from P. sabiniana (77G17) is probably also similarly
accidental, following a preceding collection on P. lambertiana (77G16). My col¬
lection from P. monticola (78G7) is a questionable host determination; that col¬
lection is from an isolated, low elevation stand of pines that W. B. Critchfield
(personal communication) believes to be P. monticola, but that I believe is possibly
P. lambertiana on the basis of its ecological, geographic and elevational circum¬
stances [P. monticola replaces P. lambertiana at higher elevations in the Sierra
Nevada, and the P. monticola niche is opportunistically occupied by E. {E.)
californica .]
Discussion.— Because of previous misinterpretation of meso- and metanotal
fusion in Essigella (see character discussion section), the description given here
for this species is more accurate than that in Sorensen (1988).
Essigella (A.) kathleenae is a common, morphologically homogeneous species.
Its elongate metadistitarsus and very shortened metabasitarsus represent a ple-
siomorphy within Essigella ; this is shared with Pseudessigella, which has a much
higher tarsal ratio and differing metatarsal regression. Essigella (A.) kirki nearly
shares the same metatarsal regression with E. (A.) kathleenae, but is displaced
along the regression by its slightly longer metabasitarsus. Essigella {A.) kathleenae
may have no conventional apomorphies beyond those defining the genus; the
confusing polarity for the fused abdominal terga of oviparae, which differs between
E. (A) kathleenae and E. {A.) kirki, is discussed in the character discussion section.
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (A.) kathleenae has been referred
to previously by: the coding “Sp. J” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “KATH”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the manuscript name E. “kathleenae ” in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name. — The species is named for my wife, Kathleen
Hale Sorensen, who served as my field botanist during this study. Common name:
Kathleen’s sugar pine needle aphid.
Material Examined. — CALIFORNIA. CALAVERAS Co.: 18 km E of Arnold on hwy 4, 1680 m,
17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G45, P. lambertiana, (apt.). DEL NORTE Co.: Panther Flat Cmpgd, Six Rivers
Natl Forest, at Pioneer Rd & hwy 199, E of Gasquet, 4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G7, P. monticola, (apt.). EL
DORADO Co.: Lake Tahoe, Emerald Bay, 1980 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G30, P. lambertiana, (apt.).
FRESNO Co.: jet of hwy 180 & Sequoia Lake turnoff, nr Pinehurst, 1710 m, 13 Aug 1977, JTS
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 3. Distribution of E. (A.) kathleenae [dots (JTS samples)], superimposed over the range of
its host, Pinus lambertiana [shaded].
77H10, P. lambertiana, (apt.). KERN Co.: Tiger Flat Rd, N of hwy 155, nr Alta Sierra, 1890 m, 20
Sep 1977, JTS 77164, P. lambertiana, (apt.); same but JTS 77166, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). LOS ANGELES
Co.: 3 km SE of Big Pines on hwy 2, E of Blue Ridge Summit, 2200 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77148, P.
lambertiana, (apt., ovip.). MARIPOSA Co.: Yosemite Natl Park, 13 km W of Crane Flat on hwy 120,
2140 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H6, P. lambertiana, (apt.). MENDOCINO Co.: Fish Rock Rd, 27 km E
of hwy 1, 490 m, 23 Jul 1977, JTS 77G49, P. lambertiana, (apt.). MONTEREY Co.: Cone Peak Rd,
13 km N of jet with Nacimento-Fergusson Rd, Los Pardes Natl Forest, 1310 m, 4 Sep 1977, JTS
77110, P. lambertiana, (apt.). PLACER Co.: 5 km SW of Whitmore on hwy 80, 1430 m, 25 Jun 1977,
JTS 77F2, P. lambertiana, (apt.). PLUMAS Co.: hwy 36, 6 km W of jet with hwy 89, 1460 m, 10 Jul
1977, JTS 77G22, P. lambertiana, (apt.); 8 km E of Chester on hwy 36, 1520 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS
77G16, P. lambertiana, (apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: South Ridge Rd, nr Idyllwild, 1770 m, 9 Sep 1977,
JTS 77121, P. lambertiana, (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: (type series) San Bernardino Mts, 3 km
S of jet of hwy 38 & Jenks Lake Rd, 2200 m, 16 Sep 1977, JTS 77138, P. lambertiana, (apt.); same
but 3 km S of Lake Gregory, 1490 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77145, P. lambertiana, (apt.). SISKIYOU
Co.: Mt Shasta Ski Bowl Rd, 2450 m, 2 Jul 1977, J. T. Sorensen & D. J. Voegtlin, JTS 77G8, P.
lambertiana, (apt.). TEHAMA Co.: Lanes Valley Rd, nr jet with hwy 36, 490 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
29
77G17, P. sabiniana, (apt.). TRINITY Co.: East County Line Rd, 5 km S of Buckhom Summit on
hwy 299, W of Tower, 1530 m, 20 Aug 1977, JTS 77H19, P. lambertiana, (apt.). TUOLUMNE Co.:
2 km E of Groveville on hwy 120, 910 m, 30 Jul 1977, JTS 77G62, P. lambertiana, (apt.); same but
JTS 77G63, P. ponderosa, (apt.). VENTURA Co.: Reyes Peak Rd, 10 km E of Pine Mt Summit on
hwy 33, 2200 m, 19 Sep 1977, JTS 77158, P. lambertiana, (apt.). OREGON. JACKSON Co.: 15 km
S of Union Creek on hwy 62, 850 m, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G17, P. lambertiana, (apt.).
Essigella ( Lambersella ), NEW SUBGENUS
“Essigella ( Lambersella )” Sorensen, 1983: 73 (unpublished manuscript name)
Ph.D. Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Species.—Essigella fusca Gillette & Palmer, 1924, Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 17: 6-9.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body not relatively broad. Meso- and metanota fused dorsally;
abdominal tergum I free. Dorsal setae (majors and minors) between muscle attachment plates on
abdominal segments III-IV in 2 (rarely 1) often irregular rows (see Figs. 1C-D); lateral-most dorsal
minor seta on each side anterad (rarely not) of its immediately mesad neighbor. Abdominal terga III-
IV each with 8-12 dorsal (major + minor) and 3-5 (per side) marginal setae; tergum VIII with 8-11,
rarely 12, setae. Longest dorsal seta on central one-third of metatibiae to nearly 4x tibial diameter,
tips incrassate to sharp, sometimes reflexed; these setae sometimes dimorphic in length or with abrupt
length transition, nearly doubling, centrally on the metatibiae. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments
III-IV reduced (rudimentary), irregular stellate to large, subquadrate to sublinear, often broken into
linearly separated parts. Species means for length ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus varying
between 1.39:1 to 1.54:1. Pigmentation: Body dorsum variable, pale to dark brown, background
unicolorous or not, often mottled; bases of dorsal setae of abdomen concolorous with surrounding
terga to substantially darker. Tibiae varying from entirely pale to nearly black, but when darkened
mesotibiae at least subtly to usually substantially paler than pro- and metatibiae.
Diagnosis. — See the key to the subgenera of Essigella.
Discussion.—Lambersella is monophyletic and convex (sensu Duncan 1980,
Estabrook 1986), and represents the sister clade of E. (Essigella ). The major
nonhomoplasious, qualitative synapomorphy for this subgenus is its “dark-light-
dark” tibial pigmentation suite for the pro-, meso- and metatibiae, respectively.
Also, unlike any other Essigella, there is also a tendency for the ventral abdominal
sclerites on segments III-IV to often be linear; that trait is problematic, however,
because it is shared by Pseudessigella (e.g., Sorensen 1991: figs. 2b-e). I consider
a length dimorphism of the dorsal setae on the metatibiae [except E. (L.) hilleris-
lambersi ] and the usually faint, to absent, forewing medius of alates [morph
unknown for E. (L.) eastopi ] to be apomorphies that are unique to Lambersella,
but that are not found in, or known from, all its species. Of the Lambersella
species, the phylogenetic analysis (Fig. 13) shows E. ( L .) eastopi to be the least
derived (closest to the ancestral node 3) and E. ( L .) hillerislambersi the most, in
anagenic distance from node 3.
Ecologically, Lambersella has invaded the genetically distinct subsection Pon-
derosae of the diploxylon pines (subgenus Pinus)\ only E. ( L .) eastopi feeds chiefly
on a subsection Sabinianae pine, perhaps reflecting its relatively primitive status
in the subgenus. Sorensen (1983: section 2) analyzed the relationships among the
taxa within this subgenus; see the discussion under E. (L.) eastopi for a summary.
An apparent case of character displacement has occurred under sympatry in
California between E. (L.) fusca voegtlini and E. ( L .) hillerislambersi, with respect
to bivariant regressions of the length of dorsal setae on the metatibia versus
metatibial length (unpublished data); see discussion of E. (L.) fusca voegtlini. This
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
suggests that Lambersella species compete for their pine hosts as resources, as
apparently do species in the E. ( E .) knowltoni group of E. (Essigella ) (Sorensen
1992a), where a similar form of character displacement also occurs.
Coded References to This Taxon. — Sorensen (1983) referred to this taxon under
the manuscript name “ Essigella (Lambersella) Sorensen (1987a) referred to the
assemblage that comprises this taxon as group “II” or, with reference to its sub¬
components, as “O-N-M-L” [or entire permutations therefore]; in Sorensen (1992b),
the latter refers to it.
Etymology. — The subgenus is named for Dirk Hille Ris Lambers, who pointed
out the tibial pigmentation synapomorphy.
Material Examined.—Essigella (L.) eastopi, E. ( L .) fusca fusca, E. (L.) fusca voegtlini, E. (L.)
hillerislambersi.
Essigella (Lambersella) eastopi, NEW SPECIES
Essigella “eastopi ” Sorensen, 1983: 76 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt.; on slide with 1 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype on top (12 o’clock position); data: CALIFORNIA. SAN DIEGO Co.: 8 km
N of Mt Laguna, hwy SI, 1700 m, 12 Sep 1977, J. T. Sorensen (77132), Pinus
coulteri D. Don. Holotype deposited in The Natural History Museum, London.
Paratypes (all same data as holotype): 17 vivip. apt. on 5 slides including holotype
slide. Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH, Washington, D.C.; 1 slide in
CNC, Ottawa, Ontario; 2 slides in Sorensen collection. (The type series represents
smaller, darker specimens with short setae; these are the more distinctive form
of E. (L.) eastopi.)
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.65-1.98 (1.84 ± 0.09) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 105-133 (118 ± 8) g, processus terminalis: 30-40 (34 ±
3) ix- IV: 73-88 (82 ± 5) m; HE 133-183 (146 ± 13) II: 65-73 (69 ± 2) ix. Length of longest setae
on frons: 45-66 (52 ± 8) ix, tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 270-306 (286 ± 11) ix. Length of
stylets: 714-836 (766 ± 39) ix: ultimate rostral segment: 65-90 (81 + 8) ix, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—III in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length:
357-428 (385 ± 21) ix. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 316-388 (348 ± 21) g.
ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 133-184 (158 ± 21) terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 33-45 (40 ± 3) siphunculi truncated conical, protrusion 0.2-
0.6 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subquadrate, subelliptical
to sublinear; length: 44-59 (52 ± 5) ix, 1.3-2.Ox diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor)
setae (see Figs. 1C-D) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-10 (9 ± 1), tips blunt to sharp, in 2 (rarely 1)
rows with setae in regular positions, lateral-most minor dorsal seta in anterad row (rarely not); marginal
setae 3-4 per segment each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 8-11 (9 ± 1), length: 45-73 (55 ±
9) ix, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 or 2 irregular rows. Cauda rounded; caudal protuberance absent to
poorly developed; length of longest caudal setae: 75-103 (91 + 9) ix, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of
metafemora: 490-704 (578 ± 59) m; metatibiae: 612-908 (699 ± 84) ix\ longest dorsal setae on central
one-third of metatibiae: 23-83 (53 ± 17) n, 0.3-2.3 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate to sharp;
length variable, either approximately equal to gradually increasing distally, or abruptly doubling in
length on central tibiae with setal length dimorphism present; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 23-
43 (34 ± 7) ix, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 104-128 (115 ± 7) /x; metadistitarsus: 163-195
(177 ± 11) ix. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.54:1. Pigmentation:
Color in life: Yellow throughout to body brown with yellow frons, legs and longitudinal stripe on
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
31
dorsomedial thoracic and abdomen. Dark specimens with tibiae usually yellow, to infrequently pro-
and metatibiae as dark as dorsum, mesotibiae yellow; yellow specimens with tibiae concolorous with
body to pro- and metatibiae brown, mesotibiae yellow. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body
dorsum variable, unicolorously pale to dark brown with paler frons and longitudinal area on dorso¬
medial terga of thorax and anterad of abdomen; dark pigmentation homogeneous to mottled (to 80
percent pigment density), when latter the pigmentation is density centers around each of the mesal
pair of muscle attachment plates on the abdominal dorsum. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal
(major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga, to very subtly darker. Thoracic
muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen pale, vaguely conspicuous,
to dark brown, reticulate with well defined borders, conspicuous. Spiracular plates and ventral ab¬
dominal sclerites light to dark brown, conspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga.
Cauda, anal and subgenital plates concolorous with abdominal terga, to slightly darker. Antennal
segments V dusky; IV usually dusky on distal one-half or central one-third, frequently entirely dusky;
III usually pale, infrequently subtly dusky on distal extreme when IV is entirely dusky; II very pale;
I concolorous with frons. Tibiae variable, usually concolorously pale, despite dorsal pigmentation,
often to moderate brown with pro- and metatibiae darker than mesotibiae; when metatibiae dark,
rarely proximal one-third and ventrodistal tip subtly paler, or rarely pigmentation increasing evenly
distally. Distitarsi dusky on distal one-half to three-quarters, when tibiae pale, to entirely brown with
tibiae.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distant scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually heavily, to faintly, pigmented, diameter approximately
equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae, Oviparae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (L.) eastopi consists of pale to dark brown individuals.
Dark specimens usually can be distinguished from other Essigella by having a
dark brown body dorsum with a paler, longitudinal area on the dorsomedial region
of the thoracic and anterad abdominal dorsum. The tibial pigmentation of E. (L .)
eastopi is similar to that of E. (L.) fusca and E. (L.) hillerislambersi, and varies
from all tibiae concolorously pale to a pigmentation suite in which the pro- and
metatibiae are subtly to substantially darker than the mesotibiae; the latter is less
prevalent in those E. ( L .) eastopi with a dark body dorsum. When pale, the three
Lambersella species can be difficult to separate. Some E. ( L .) eastopi with short
dorsal setae on the metatibiae (less than 1.2 x tibial diameter) and E. (L .) fusca
with long setae (greater than 3.0 x tibial diameter) are exclusive. Essigella (L.)
hillerislambersi is larger and can be separated from E. ( L .) eastopi if antennal
segment III exceeds 0.190 mm. Most morphometric characters overlap in these
three species; reliable separation requires application of the discriminant functions
in the key to the viviparous apterae [couplets 20 and 21, in that order].
Pale E. ( L .) eastopi also can be confused with most other pale Essigella. They
differ from E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) hoerneri and E. ( E .) pini by having eight
or more (see Figs. 1C-D), rather than six (Fig. IF), dorsal (major + minor) setae
on abdominal terga III-IV. Essigella (L.) eastopi lacks: the abdominal tergum I
fusion of E. ( E.) essigi\ the protuberant, unusually distad primary rhinarium of
E. (E.) wilsoni; and the exceptionally long metadistitarsus and short metabasi-
tarsus of E. (A.) kathleenae. Essigella (L.) eastopi differs from E. (E.) alyeska by
having three to five, rather than two, marginal setae on abdominal terga III-IV,
and having large invasive, rather than small noninvasive, muscle attachment
plates on the mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae. Pale E. (L.) eastopi
differ from pale E. ( E.) knowltoni by being narrower, with sometimes sharply
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(1)
Figure 4. Distribution of: A. E. (L.) eastopi [dots (JTS samples)], superimposed over the range of
its host, Pinus coulteri [shaded]. B. E. ( L .) hillerislambersi [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS
samples)], superimposed over the range of its host, Pinus jeffreyi [shaded].
tipped dorsal metatibial setae that frequently have an abrupt increase in length
on the central part of the metatibiae. Pale E. (L.) eastopi with short dorsal metatib¬
ial setae (less than 0.7 x tibial diameter) can be especially similar to E. (A.) kirki,
but have a metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus ratio of less than 1.70:1.
Range. —Coastal ranges of California, south of San Francisco Bay, to Mexico.
The geographic range of E. ( L .) eastopi is the most restricted of the genus (Fig.
4 A).
Host.—Pinus coulteri D. Don. Essigella ( L .) eastopi, on a subsection Sabinianae
pine, is the only E. (Lambersella ) that does not feed primarily on subsection
Ponderosae pines, although P. coulteri does hybridize with P. jeffreyi of subsection
Ponderosae.
Discussion. —Essigella (L.) eastopi is a relatively common species that is fairly
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
33
variable in morphology, especially in the length of the dorsal setae on the metatib¬
iae. There are two semi-discrete, but intergrading, pigmentation morphs for its
viviparous apterae. The general darkening of the background of the body dorsum
on the darker morph can be considered a homoplasy with that of E. {.Essigella );
however, that morph’s longitudinal, lightened dorsomedial area on the thorax
and abdomen is an autapomorphy for E. {L .) eastopi.
Essigella ( L .) eastopi is evolutionarily close to E. (L.) fusca, with which it shares
several bivariate morphometric regressions. However, it appears to be morpho¬
logically closest to allopatric, rather than sympatric, populations of that species
(see below). Dark individuals of E. {L .) eastopi generally have shorter setae than
do paler specimens, which can approach E. (L.) fusca in appearance. Bivariant
plotting of the longest dorsal seta on the central part of the metatibiae, versus
metatibial length (unpublished data), suggests that E. {L.) eastopi may be a di¬
minutive of E. {L .) fusca voegtlini, with respect to that derived regression line; it
differs in this respect, however, from allopatric E. (L.) fusca fusca, which has
relatively longer metatibiae. The isozymes and nucleic acids of populations of
species in E. (Lambersella) should be examined, especially in the Tehachapi, San
Gabriel and San Bernardino mountains of southern California; there, one large
collection (D. J. Voegtlin 17; Running Springs, San Bernardino Co., on P. coulteri)
is troublesome and may obscure clear separation of E. {L .) eastopi from E. {L .)
fusca voegtlini.
Sorensen (1983) analyzed the relationships among taxa within E. {Lambersella)
using principal component and discriminant function analyses on 35 morpho¬
metric traits. The principal component analysis (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-
1) showed that E. {L.) eastopi differed from E. (L.) fusca, as a species, in general-
size, as represented as the first vector (which had uniformly high trait loadings
and correlations). It was partially displaced from E. (L.) fusca on that vector,
which gave the greatest separation to E. (L.) hillerislambersi. Essigella (L.) eastopi
differed from sympatric E. (L.) fusca voegtlini on the second principal component
vector, which chiefly involved the length of dorsal setae on the metatibiae; how¬
ever, allopatric E. {L.) fusca fusca was intermediate between those two taxa on
that vector. Essigella (L.) eastopi chiefly occupied the same size-independent
principal component attribute space, defined by vectors 2 and 3 after size removal,
as did sympatric E. (L.) hillerislambersi.
The discriminant function analysis (Sorensen 1983: section 2 DFA) echoed the
findings of the principal component analysis, but with better group resolution and
refined intergroup anagenic distances, as expected. Function 1 showed E. (L.)
eastopi had greatest separation from E. (L.) hillerislambersi, with sympatric E.
{L.) fusca voegtlini intermediate between those two, and allopatric E. (L.) fusca
fusca yet intermediate between E. (L.) eastopi and E. (L.) fusca voegtlini. Dis¬
criminant function 2 showed E. ( L .) fusca voegtlini separated from E. (L.) eastopi,
E. (L.) fusca fusca and E. (L. ) hillerislambersi, the three of which overlapped.
These analyses indicate a form of character displacement occurs among the
three E. {Lambersella) species in California under sympatry (unpublished data).
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella {L.) eastopi has been referred to
previously by: the coding “Sp. L” (Sorensen 1983 [but not section 2], 1987a,
1992b), “group B” (Sorensen 1983: section 2) and “EAST” (Sorensen 1983); and
by the manuscript name E. “ eastopi ” in Sorensen (1983).
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Etymology and Common Name.— The species is named for the aphidologist
V. F. Eastop, who introduced me to the use and interpretation of bivariate plotting
in aphid taxonomy. Common name: Eastop’s Coulter pine needle aphid.
Material Examined. —CALIFORNIA. LOS ANGELES Co.: hwy 2, 7 km NE of jet with Mt Wilson
Rd, San Gabriel Mts, 1530 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77151, P. coulteri, (apt.). MONTEREY Co.: Cone
Peak Rd, 2 km N of jet with Nacimento-Fergusson Rd, Los Padres Natl Forest, 910 m, 4 Sep 1977,
JTS 7719, P. coulteri, (apt.). ORANGE Co.: above Santiago Peak Rd, 10 km N of jet with hwy 74,
Cleveland Natl Forest, 1220 m, 10 Sep 1977, JTS 77122, P. coulteri, (apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: Keen
Camp Summit on hwy 74, 3 km N of Mountain Center, San Bernardino Natl Forest, 1500 m, 9 Sep
1977, JTS 77120, P. coulteri, (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: “view” Picnic Area on hwy 18, W of
Rimforest, San Bernardino Natl Forest, 1620 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77144, P. coulteri, (apt.); 7 km W
of Barton Flat on hwy 38, 1950 m, 16 Sep 1977, JTS 77136, P. coulteri, (apt.). SAN DIEGO Co.: 5
km S of Julian, Harrison Springs Rd, 1460 m, 12 Sep 1977, JTS 77129, P. coulteri, (apt.); (type series)
8 km N of Mt Laguna on hwy SI, 1700 m, 12 Sep 1977, JTS 77132, P. coulteri, (apt.); Mt Palomar
Rd (S6), 3 km S of Mt Palomar, 1530 m, 11 Sep 1977, JTS 77127, P. coulteri, (apt.). SAN LUIS
OBISPO Co.: Cuesto Ridge Botanical Area, nr La Cuesta Summit on hwy 101, N of San Luis Obispo,
730 m, 5 Sep 1977, JTS 77114, P. coulteri, (apt.).
Essigella ( Lambersella ) fusca fusca Gillette & Palmer 1924,
NEW STATUS
Essigella fusca Gillette & Palmer, 1924: 6, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 17: 6-9.
Essigella agilis Hottes, 1957: 71, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 71-73. NEW SYN¬
ONYM.
Essigella palmerae Hottes, 1957: 96, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 96-98. NEW
SYNONYM.
Primary Types. — Lectotype, vivip. apt., on slide alone; slide data: “Essigella
fusca, apt. viv., Holotype, C. P. Gillette & M. A. Palmer, Mt’d. in Damar in
xylene/U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 41953/On Pinus ponderosa var. scopulorum, Rocky
Mt. Nat. Park (Grags Hill [sic], near Bald Pate Inn) Colo., 7-18-23, Coll. M. A.
Palmer, Colo. Agr. Exp. Ac. No. 3422/[on back] lectotype, J. T. Sorensen, 1982.”
Lectotype deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washing¬
ton, D.C.
There is a problem regarding type designation; Hottes (1957: 88) confusingly
mentions both a lectotype and holotype for this species. A slide marked “holotype”
exists. In the original description, Gillette & Palmer (1924: 6-9) do not designate
a primary type, but later (Gillette & Palmer 1931: 840) state “Types in the U.S.
Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 41953; Paratypes in collection of Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta.” Palmer
(1952: 15) under the heading “Type” also lists that number. In addition, 2 slides
(alio- and morphotypes) bear the number, precluding identification of any indi¬
vidual as lectotype, based on the number alone. Because I cannot tell from Hottes’
publication (1957) that he clearly was designating a lectotype, I presently designate
the “holotype” specimen as lectotype, following Hottes’ mention of it. I have
added the lectotype label listed above to the back of that slide. Unfortunately,
the specimen lacks metalegs and is obscured by debris, but it is recognizable as
E. ( L .) fusca.
Viviparous Apterae.—Morphology: Body length: 1.79-2.39 (2.09 ± 0.18) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
35
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 118-145 (130 ± 7) ju, processus terminalis: 30-48 (37 ±
4) ix\ IV: 73-100 (88 ± 8) n; III: 135-180 (159 ± 12) /u,; II: 65-95 (76 ± 7) n. Length of longest setae
on frons: 35-80 (58 ± 11) tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 245-316 (293 ± 17) ji. Length of
stylets: 602-867 (756 ± 62) ultimate rostral segment: 78-98 (90 ± 5) rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—II, infrequently III, in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused,
total length: 383-479 (424 ± 25) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 326-459 (400
± 31) ii. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 138-184 (162 ± 14) p; terga II—VII fused, VIII free.
Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi: 38-50 (45 ± 3) p\ siphunculi truncated conical,
protrusion 0.2-0.6 x maximum distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subquad¬
rate, subelliptical to sublinear, often centrally constricted; length: 48-90 (73 ± 10) p, 1.2-2.6 x diameter
of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Figs. 1C-D) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-12 (11 ±
1), tips sharp, in 2 (rarely 1) rows with setae in regular position, lateral-most minor dorsal seta in
anterad row; marginal setae 3-5, usually 4 per segment each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII:
8-11 (10 ± 1), length: 40-80 (64 ± 9) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1-2 rows. Cauda broadly rounded;
caudal protuberance absent to poorly developed; length of longest caudal setae: 83-128 (102 ± 13)
P, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 581-898 (762 ± 95) p\ metatibiae: 755-1132 (971 ±
104) p\ longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 50 (rarely 15)—120 (76 ± 18) p, 0.5-
3.6, usually 1.2-2.8,x diameter of metatibiae, tips usually incrassate to blunt, occasionally sharp;
length variable, either approximately equal along tibiae, gradually increasing distally, or abruptly
doubling in length on central tibiae with setal length dimorphism present; longest ventral setae on
metatibiae: 29-68 (41 ± 9) p, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 130-170 (148 ± 12) /u; meta-
distitarsus: 170-233 (205 ± 16) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean
1.39:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Head and thorax yellow-brown, abdomen green, pro- and meta¬
tibiae light to dark brown with mesotibiae yellow-brown, dorsal spots brown; or frequently green-
yellow to straw yellow, rarely gray throughout. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum
pale to moderate brown, often mottled, rarely dark brown (usually to 30, rarely to 80, percent pigment
density). Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen subtly to
substantially darker than surrounding terga. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle
attachment plates of abdomen varying from moderate to dark brown, conspicuous, often reticulate,
sometimes with surrounding tergum more heavily mottled than elsewhere, to pale, inconspicuous.
Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites usually moderate to dark brown, conspicuous, to
pale, inconspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates
concolorous with abdominal terga, to slightly darker. Antennal segments V and IV moderate to dark
brown, usually concolorous, but frequently paler proximally, infrequently also paler distally; III usually
moderate to dark brown on distal one-third, rarely one-half, remainder pale, often entirely pale; II
usually subtly darker than proximal III, seldom conspicuously darker, rarely concolorous with proximal
III; I usually concolorous with frons, to conspicuously darker. Tibiae variable, usually pro- and
metatibiae evenly light to dark brown with mesotibiae substantially paler, sometimes dark pro- and
metatibiae paler on proximal and distal tips to one-fourth; commonly all tibiae concolorously pale
when body dorsum pale. Distitarsi usually evenly light to dark brown with pro- and metatibiae, to
dusky with paler proximal tip when tibiae pale.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually distinct, moderately to darkly pigmented, diameter
approximately equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae. - Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates frequently arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 0-5, IV with 0-1, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture absent. Forewing medius with single
furcation arising on proximad one-third of vein; cubital base usually arising distad, infrequently
proximad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually relatively
large, ca. 30-40 percent or more of anal vein length; usually medius, sometimes cubitus and anal veins
faint, vague to absent. Abdominal terga frequently with irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle
attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or scleroites.
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Oviparae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal terga II-VI fused, lightly to moderately sclerotic, including pleural areas, but VII and
VIII free; dorsal demarcations of anterad terga rarely evident; siphunculi usually incorporated into
sclerotic dorsum, to free; dorsal abdominal muscle attachment plates unicolorous. Pseudorhinaria on
metatibiae irregular, 9-27.
Males. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae except
body slightly smaller, with slightly longer antennae and tibiae; dorsal demarcations of abdominal terga
evident. Antennal segment III with 13-15, IV with 8-10, secondary rhinaria.
Fundatrices. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae
except siphunculi absent; longest dorsal setae on central part of metatibiae 0.8-1. Ox tibial diameter.
Diagnosis. — Pigmented Essigella (X.) fusca can be distinguished from all Es-
sigella, except E. (L.) hillerislambersi and E. (X.) eastopi, by the tibial pigmentation
suite in which the pro- and metatibiae are often substantially darker than the
mesotibiae. Essigella (X.) fusca lack the completely developed pigmentation for
the body dorsum shown by some E. ( L .) eastopi, but cannot be separated reliably
from E. ( L .) hillerislambersi by pigmentation. Pale E. (X.) fusca, E. (X.) eastopi
and E. (X.) hillerislambersi can be separated from other pale Essigella by the
diagnostics given for pale E. (X.) eastopi. Pale E. ( L .) fusca have longer dorsal
setae on the metatibiae (greater than 1.2 x tibial diameter) than some E. ( L .)
eastopi, and a shorter antennal segment III than E. (X.) hillerislambersi ; but these
differences are indiscrete. Reliable separation of these Lambersella species requires
application of the discriminant functions in the key to the viviparous apterae
[couplets 20 and 21, in that order].
As subspecies, E. (X.) fusca fusca and E. (X.) fusca voegtlini are morphologically
indiscrete, with clinal univariate characters; their separation is locality dependent,
but they can be classified using the discriminant function in the key to the vivip¬
arous apterae [couplet 22]. In Essigella (X.) fusca fusca, the metatibiae and an¬
tennal segment V are generally longer, and the dorsal setae on the metatibiae are
generally shorter, than in E. (X.) fusca voegtlini.
Synonyms. —Essigella agilis Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. apt.,
on slide with 4 other specimens, holotype shown by arrow (7-8 o’clock position);
data: COLORADO. MESA Co.: Glade Park, 26 Jun 1956, F. C. Hottes, Pinus
ponderosa Lawson. Essigella agilis holotype deposited in NMNH.
Essigella palmerae Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. alat., on slide
with morphotype vivip. apt.; data: ARIZONA. PIMA Co.: Summerhaven, 13 Jun
1954, F. C. Hottes, Pinus ponderosa. Essigella palmerae holotype deposited in
NMNH.
Range.— Southern British Columbia, south: (in the east) through the Rocky
Mountains to Arizona, New Mexico and into Mexico; (in the west) to northern
and eastern Oregon, but not California or southwestern Oregon (Fig. 5). [For
species, see E. (X.) f. voegtlini also.]
Hosts. — Subsection Ponderosae pines, principally Pinus ponderosa Lawson, but
also P. ponderosa var. arizonica Engelmann, P. engelmannii Carriere, and P.
leiophylla Schiede & Deppe (latter, subsection Leiophyllae). Assuming the iden¬
tification is correct, a reputed collection from Callitris drummondii Betham &
Hooker f. ex F. Mueller (Cupressaceae), listed in Blackman & Eastop (in press)
as “BMNH colln, leg. H. G. Walker” [R. L. Blackman, personal communication],
and in Walker et al. (1978: 588) under that host as “31/1/71 Moderate (VFE),”
is undoubtedly from a nonresident host in one of Walker’s many Los Angeles
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
37
Arboretum samples; most identifications of Essigella to species that are listed in
Walker et al. (1978) are questionable, because only Hottes’ (1957) key was avail¬
able at the time. [For species, see E. (L.) f voegtlini also.]
Discussion.—Essigella (L.) fusca is a common and morphologically variable
species. Sorensen (1983) analyzed the E. (Lambersella) species; see the discussion
of E. (L.) eastopi for a brief summary. That study also analyzed E. ( L .) fusca
itself, after breaking it further into geographic subunits for other principal com¬
ponent analyses (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-2, PCA-3). Within E. (L.) fusca,
general-size variance (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-2, vector 1) dominated any
difference among populations. There was, however, a general east-west gradient
(Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-2, vector 2) with longer dorsal setae on the metatib¬
iae, and shorter metatibiae occurring in the west [E. ( L.) f voegtlini ], and the
opposite combination in the more eastern portions of the range [E. (L.) f. fusca].
The next most dominant vector (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-2, vector 3) in
that analysis suggested a very rough north-south morphocline among non-
Californian populations [E. (L .) f fusca], which the Californian material [E. (L .)
f voegtlini] spanned.
When material from California was omitted from those analyses to improve
resolution further, general-size variance (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-3, vector
1) still dominated interpopulational differences among the nonCalifomian pop¬
ulations. However, subordinate to that, nonCalifomian populations [E. ( L .) f
fusca] showed a general north-south gradient (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-3,
vector 2) that involved the length of dorsal setae on the metatibiae and lateral
setae on the body, plus the number of dorsal (major + minor) setae on the
abdomen; this vector, in the absence of interference from E. ( L .) f voegtlini,
oriented to, and improved the resolution of, the variance revealed in the second
vector of the previous analysis (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-2, vector 3). The
third vector (Sorensen 1983: section 2 PCA-3, vector 3) for the nonCalifomian
populations showed mostly intrapopulational variance.
With respect to qualitative traits, E. (L.) fusca fusca populations from Arizona
and New Mexico frequently are slightly paler, with slightly darker metatibiae that
sometimes show both their distal and proximal ends to be paler. This southwestern
material, however, is not considered sufficiently distinct to warrant recognition
with subspecific status on the basis of either quantitative or qualitative traits.
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (L.) fusca fusca has been referred
to previously by: the coding “Sp. M” (Sorensen 1983 [but not section 2], 1987a,
1992b), “group D” (Sorensen 1983: section 2) and “FUSC” (Sorensen 1983); and
by the name E. fusca fusca in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name.—“Fusca,” from the Latin “ fuscus ,” meaning
“dusky,” “dark” or “swarthy” (Brown 1978); apparently with reference to “. . .
having dorsum of abdomen dark in color in apterous virgogenia” (Gillette &
Palmer 1924: 8). Common name: the dusky ponderosa pine needle aphid; although
Palmer (1952:14) refers to this species as “The Brown and Green Pine needle
Aphid,” the common name indicated here is more appropriate and less confusing
because other Essigella are brown and green.
Material Examined. — [E. (L.) fusca fusca only :] ARIZONA. APACHE Co.: 10 km N of Lupton
on hwy 12 (= 166), 2070 m, 11 Sep 1978, JTS 78118, P. ponderosa, (apt.). COCHISE Co.: nr Rustler
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 5. Distribution of E. (L.) fusca fusca [black dots (JTS samples), black squares (nonJTS
samples)] and E. ( L.) fusca voegtlini [white triangles (JTS samples), white squares (nonJTS samples)],
superimposed over the range of its principal host, Pinus ponderosa [shaded].
Park, Chiricahua Mts, 2500 m, 16 Sep 1978, JTS 78147, P. ponderosa, (apt.). COCONINO Co.: 9 km
W of Williams on hwy 66, 2070 m, 9 Sep 1978, JTS 7815, P. ponderosa, (apt.). GILA Co.: Pine, 17
May 1978, C. F. & C. S. Smith, CFS 78-31, Pinus sp., (apt.). GRAHAM Co.: SW of Stafford on hwy
366, 1830 m, 15 Sep 1978, JTS 78136, P. leiophylla, (apt.); same but 1980 m, JTS 78137, P. ponderosa
var. arizonica, (apt.). NAVAJO Co.: Mogollon Rim Rd, 8 km SW of Showlow, 2070 m, 10 Sep 1978,
JTS 78113, P. ponderosa, (apt.). PIMA Co./Summerhaven, 13 Jun 1954, F. C. Hottes, (alat.). COUNTY
UNCERTAIN: Sitgreaves Natl Forest, 18 Jun 1969, D. T. Jennings, P. ponderosa, (alat.). COLORADO.
ARCHULETA Co.: 25 km W of Pagosa Springs on hwy 160, 2140 m, 8 Aug 1978, JTS 78H50, P.
ponderosa, (apt.). GUNNISON Co.: 16 km NW of Kebler Pass, 2440 m, 13 Aug 1978, JTS 78H75,
P. ponderosa, (apt.). LARIMER Co.: (lectotype) Bald Pate Inn, nr Craig’s Hill, Rocky Mt Natl Park,
12 Jul 1923, M. A. Palmer, CAES 3420, P. ponderosa, (apt.); (paratype) Craigs, Estes Park, 27 Jul
1923, M. A. Palmer, CAES 3430, P. ponderosa, (alat.); (type) Craigs, nr twin Sisters Mt, 27 Jul 1923,
M. A. Palmer, CAES 3430/USNM 41953, P. ponderosa, (alat.); Estes Park, 1 Sep 1922, F. C. Hottes,
CAES 3312/USNM 41953, P. ponderosa, (ovip., male); same but 24 Jul 1921, C. P. Gillette, CAES
2804, (apt.). MESA Co.: Glade Park, 26 Jun 1956, F. C. Hottes, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Carson Hole,
3/8 Aug 1956, (apt.). SAN MIGUEL Co.: 6 km NE of Placerville on hwy 62, 2320 m, 7 Aug 1978,
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
39
JTS 78H43, P. ponderosa, (apt.). IDAHO. IDAHO Co.: Deep Creek, nr Old Warrior’s Face, Bitteroot
Natl Forest, 16 Aug 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 691, P. ponderosa, (apt.). VALLEY Co.: McCall, 23
Sep 1956, M. J. Forsell, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat., ovip., male). MONTANA. MISSOULA Co.: Big
Larch Cmpgd, Seeley Lake, Lola Natl Forest, NE of Missoula, 20 Aug 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 713,
P. ponderosa, (apt.). NEVADA. WHITE PINE Co.: Wheeler Peak, 2750 m, 26 Aug 1978, JTS 78H153,
P. ponderosa, (apt.). NEW MEXICO. BERNALILLO Co.: 2 km NW of San Antinito on hwy 44, 2290
m, 12 Sep 1978, JTS 78120, P. ponderosa, (apt.). OTERO Co.: Cloudcroft, hwy 82, 2710 m, 13 Sep
1978, JTS 78125, P. ponderosa, (apt.). SANTA FE Co.: 20 km NE of Santa Fe on hwy 475, 2680 m,
10 Aug 1978, JTS 78H59, P. ponderosa, (apt.). SIERRA Co.: 3 km W of Kingston on hwy 90, 2140
m, 14 Sep 1978, JTS 78132, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: Gila Natl Forest, 19
Jul 1965, H. G. Kinzer, P. ponderosa, (alat.); same but 1 Nov 1967, (apt.). OREGON. BAKER Co.:
11 km W of Unity on hwy 26, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G112, P. ponderosa, (alat.). HARNEY Co.: 20 km
N of Bums on hwy 395, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G117, P. ponderosa, (apt.). SOUTH DAKOTA. LAW¬
RENCE Co.: 20 km S of Deadwood on hwy 385, 1650 m, 18 Aug 1978, JTS 78H98, P. ponderosa,
(apt.). UTAH. DAGGETT Co.: 21 km S of Manila on hwy 44, 2350 m, 24 Aug 1978, JTS 78H135,
P. ponderosa, (apt.). KANE Co.: 50 km SE of Cedar City on hwy 14, 2560 m, 5 Aug 1978, JTS 78H28,
P. ponderosa, (apt.). WYOMING. ALBANY Co.: hwy 287, 2 km N of state border, 15 Aug 1978, JTS
78H93, P. ponderosa, (apt.). CROOK Co.: 6 km W of Devil’s Tower Jet on hwy 14, 1100 m, 19 Aug
1978, JTS 78H104, P. ponderosa, (apt.). CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA: Fairmont Hotsprings,
hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G91, P. ponderosa, (apt.). MEXICO. PUEBLA: Puebla, km 43 Corn
Fed., 11 Jun 1983, A. L. Munuz, 267, Pinus sp., (apt.). STATE UNCERTAIN: Sierra Largo, at El
Passo, 12 Jun 1966, Eads & Rood, Pinus sp., (apt.).
Essigella (Lambersella) fusca voegtlini, NEW SUBSPECIES
Essigella “ fusca voegtlinr Sorensen, 1983: 89 (unpublished manuscript name)
Ph.D. Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 2 paratype vivip. apt., the
holotype is only complete specimen on the slide, at top (1 o’clock position); data:
CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: jet hwys 180 & 245, 1620 m, 13 Aug 1977, J. T.
Sorensen (77H9), Pinus ponderosa. Holotype deposited in The Natural History
Museum, London. Paratypes (all same data as holotype): 18 vivip. apt., on 5
slides including holotype slide. Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH,
Washington, D.C.; 1 slide in CNC, Ottawa, Ontario; 2 slides in Sorensen collec¬
tion.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: As E. (L.) fusca fusca, except as follows: Body length: 1.88-2.21
(2.04 ± 0.09) mm. HEAD: Length of antennal segment V: 105-135 (121 ± 8) p, processus terminalis:
30-40 (36 ± 3) m; IV: 70-100 (85 ± 7) p\ III: 128-178 (147 ± 14) p; II: 65-85 (73 ± 5) p. Length of
longest setae on frons: 44-88 (59 ± 12) p. Head width: 275-311 (289 ± 10) p. Length of stylets: 551—
857 (732 ± 66) p; ultimate rostral segment: 84-95 (89 ± 3) p. Total length of fused head + pronotum:
377-449 (419 ± 16) p. THORAX: Total length of fused meso + metanota: 347-428 (389 ± 19) p.
ABDOMEN: Tergum I length: 138-179 (157 ± 10) p. Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi:
30-48 (39 ± 5) p. Ventral abdominal sclerite length: 44-80 (69 ± 9) p. Dorsal (major + minor) setae
(see Figs. 1C-D) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-12 (10 ± 1); marginal setae 4-5 per segment each side.
Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 8-10 (8 ± 1), length: 45-100 (69 ± 14) p. Length of longest caudal
setae: 80-120 (98 ± 9) p. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 612-831 (732 ± 62) p\ metatibiae: 806-1061
(941 ± 75) p\ longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 58-135 (103 ± 19) p\ longest
ventral setae on metatibiae: 38-83 (52 ± 11) p. Length of metabasitarsus: 128-155 (141 ± 9) p\
metadistitarsus: 173-223 (198 ± 11) p. Mean ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus: 1.40:1.
Pigmentation: As E. (L.) fusca fusca.
Diagnosis.—See the E. (L.) fusca fusca diagnosis, and couplet 22 in the key to
the viviparous apterae.
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Range.— California, southwestern Oregon, extreme western Nevada (Fig. 5).
[For species, see E. ( L .) f fusca also.]
Hosts. — Subsection Ponderosae pines, principally Pinus ponderosa Lawson, but
also P. jeffreyi Greville & Balfour and P. coulteri D. Don (latter, subsection
Sabinianae); single collections from P. sabiniana Douglass (77F15), P. monophylla
Torrey & Fremont (77H3), P. contorta murrayana Greville & Balfour (R. Luck
sample) and P. quadrifolia Parlatore (77119) are probably not resident. [For spe¬
cies, see E. ( L .) f. fusca also.]
Discussion. —Essigella (L.) fusca voegtlini, although a gradient subspecies [see
discussion under E. ( L .) f. fusca], is named to recognize the morphometric prob¬
lems of E. (L.) fusca in sympatry with E. (L.) eastopi, and especially E. (L.)
hillerislambersi. Essigella (.L.)f. voegtlini [and E. (L.) f. fusca to a very much lesser
extent] shows a common dimorphism of length for the dorsal setae on the meta¬
tibiae. The dimorphism is evident in either of two forms: (a) on a given individual,
as an abrupt transition from shorter to longer setae along the central portion
of the dorsum of the metatibia; or (b) among various individuals in, or among,
populations as the length of the longest setae on the central portion of the dorsum
of the metatibia.
This dimorphism causes a gap along a regression line of length of these setae
when plotted against metatibial length (Sorensen 1983). Interestingly, the length
of the dorsal setae of the metatibiae on E. ( L.) hillerislambersi correspond to this
gap, indicating a character displacement in sympatry. These setal lengths do not
appear to be influenced by host on E. ( L.) f voegtlini.
Coded References to This Taxon. —Essigella (L.)fusca voegtlinih.?iS been referred
to previously by: the coding “Sp. N” (Sorensen 1983 [but not section 2], 1987a,
1992b), “group C” (Sorensen 1983: section 2) and “VOEG” (Sorensen 1983); and
by the manuscript name E. ‘ fusca voegtlini ” in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name.— The California subspecies is named for
aphidologist D. J. Voegtlin, and his ever-present beard. Common name: Voegtlin’s
dusky ponderosa pine needle aphid.
Material Examined. — [E. (L.) fusca voegtlini only :] CALIFORNIA. BUTTE Co.: Feather River
Cyn, 5 km NE of jet of hwy 70 & Cherokee Rd, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F15, P. sabiniana, (apt.).
CALAVERAS Co.: 18 km E of Arnold on hwy 4, 1680 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G46, P. ponderosa,
(apt.); 2 km NE of Murphys on hwy 4, 670 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G47, P. ponderosa, (apt.). EL
DORADO Co.: Georgetown, 29 May 1977, J. T. Sorensen, P. ponderosa, (apt.). FRESNO Co.: (type
species) jet of hwys 180 & 245, 1620 m, 13 Aug 1977, JTS 77H9, P. ponderosa, (apt.). INYO Co.: jet
of Lake Sabrina Rd & Southern Calif. Edison Plant 2 Rd, nr Bishop, 2130 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H3,
P. monophylla, (apt.). KERN Co.: Tehachapi Mtn Park, S of Tehachapi, 1980 m, 19 Sep 1977, JTS
77160, P. ponderosa, (apt., ovip.); same but JTS 77161, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Tiger Flat Rd, N of hwy 155,
nr Alta Sierra, 1890 m, 20 Sep 1977, JTS 77165, P. ponderosa, (apt.). LAKE Co.: 5 km S of Lake
Pillsbury, Elk Mt Rd, 640 m, 24 Jul 1977, JTS 77G56, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). LASSEN Co.: 1 km SW of
Susanville on hwy 36, 1460 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS 77G13, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). LOS ANGELES Co.: Camp
Baldy, 5 Dec 1956, J. MacSwain, “on fir,” (apt.); hwy 2, 7 km NE of jet with Mt Wilson Rd, San
Gabriel Mts, 1530 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77151, P. coulteri, (apt.). MONTEREY Co.: Plaskett Ridge
Rd, Los Padres Natl Forest, 1040 m, 4 Sep 1977, JTS 77111, P. ponderosa, (apt.). PLUMAS Co.: 2
km SE of Graeagle on hwy 89, 1310 m, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F10, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Halsted Cmpgd,
Plumas Natl Forest, 19 km NE of Beldon on hwy 70, 790 m, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F13, P. ponderosa,
(apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: 2 km N of Paradise Valley on hwy 74, 1500 m, 9 Sep 1977, JTS 77119, P.
quadrifolia, (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: 7 km W of Barton Flat on hwy 38, 1950 m, 16 Sep
1977, JTS 77136, P. coulteri, (apt.); San Bernardino Natl Forest, “view” Picnic Area on hwy 18, W
of Rimforest, 1610 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77143, P. ponderosa, (apt.); same but 1620 m, JTS 77144,
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
41
P. coulteri, (apt., alat.); same but Barton Flat, 29 Aug 1972, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 67, (apt.); same but
Camp Angeles, 29 Aug 1972, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 66, P. ponderosa, (apt.); same but Dogwood, 28
Aug 1972, DJV 25, (apt.); same but Snow Valley, DJV 69, P.jejfreyi, (apt.); same but Running Springs,
4 Aug 1973, DJV 77, P. coulteri, (apt.); San Bernardino Mts, nr jet of Jenks Lake Rd & hwy 38, 2010
m, 16 Sep 1977, JTS 77135, P. ponderosa, (apt.); same but 2 km S of jet of hwy 38 & Jenks Lake Rd,
2200 m, JTS 77139, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). SAN DIEGO Co.: 2 km E of Mt Palomar on hwy S6, 1650 m,
11 Sep 1977, JTS 77128, P. attenuata, (apt.); 5 km S of Julian, Harrison Springs Rd, 1460 m, 12 Sep
1977, JTS 77129, P. coulteri, (apt.); lake Cuyamaca, nr Cuyamaca State Park, 1800 m, 12 Sep 1977,
JTS 77130, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Mt Palomar Rd (S6), 3 km S of Mt Palomar, 1530 m, 11 Sep 1977,
JTS 77127, P. coulteri, (apt.). SHASTA Co.: 2 km W of Fall River Mills on hwy 299, 21 Jul 1978,
JTS 78G123, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Hat Creek, 24 Jun 1955, E. O. Essig, P. ponderosa, (apt.). SISKIYOU
Co.: Edson Creek access Rd, Shasta Natl Forest, 8 km W of Bartel on hwy 89, 1160 m, 3 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G10, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). TUOLUMNE Co.: 2 km E of Groveville on hwy 120, 910 m, 30 Jul
1977, JTS 77G63, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Yosemite Natl Park, 17 May 1938, E. O. Essig, P. ponderosa,
(fund.). VENTURA Co.: Mt Pinos Summit, 2680 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77155, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Reyes
Peak Rd, 10 km E of Pine Summit on hwy 33, 2200 m, 19 Sep 1977, JTS 77159, P. jeffreyi, (apt.).
COUNTY UNCERTAIN: Lake Tahoe, 16 Jul 1969, R. Luck, P. contorta murrayana, (apt.); same but
17 Jul 1969, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). NEVADA. CLARK Co.: Charleston Mts, Lee Canyon Ski Area, 2590
m, 4 Aug 1978, JTS 78H18, P. ponderosa, (apt.). OREGON. JACKSON Co.: 21 km S of Union Creek
on hwy 62, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G15, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.). JOSEPHINE Co.: Grant’s Pass, 2 Sep
1914, H.F.W., P. ponderosa, (apt.). LAKE Co.: 28 km N of Lakeview on hwy 395, 20 Jul 1978, JTS
78G119, P. ponderosa, (apt.).
Essigella (Lambersella) hillerislambersi, NEW SPECIES
Essigella “ hillerislambersi ” Sorensen, 1983: 99 (unpublished manuscript name)
Ph.D. Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt.; on slide with 1 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype at bottom (6 o’clock position) and mounted inverted; data: CALIFORNIA.
PLUMAS Co.: jet hwys 36 & 89, 1340 m, 19 Jul 1977, J. T. Sorensen (77G23),
Pinus jeffreyi. Holotype deposited in The Natural History Museum, London. Para-
types (all same data as holotype): 8 vivip. apt. on 6 slides including holotype slide;
4 paratype slides with 1 adult vivip. apt. and 1 nymph, only the adults are
paratypes. Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH, Washington, D.C.; 1 slide
in CNC, Ottawa, Ontario; 3 slides in Sorensen collection.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 2.10-2.64 (2.29 ± 0.14) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 113-145 (132 ± 8) p, processus terminalis: 35-45 (38 ±
3) p\ IV: 90-139 (116 ± 16) p; III: 183-230 (201 ± 13) p\ II: 83-90 (87 ± 2) p. Length of longest
setae on frons: 48-88 (71 ± 10) p, tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 265-357 (329 ± 20) p. Length
of stylets: 622-969 (821 ± 81) p; ultimate rostral segment: 88-108 (101 ± 5) p , rostral tip reaching
abdominal terga I—II in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total
length: 428-500 (470 ± 20) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 400-510 (446 ± 32)
p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 158-204 (183 ± 14) m; terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 40-60 (49 ± 5) p\ siphunculi truncated conical, protruding 0.3-
0.6 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subquadrate to sublinear,
often centrally constricted; moderate to large, length: 50-90 (67 ± 11) p, 1.2-2.3x diameter of
metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. 1C) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-11 (10 ± 1),
tips sharp, in 2 rows with regular positions, lateral-most minor dorsal seta in anterad row; marginal
setae 4-6 each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 8-11 (9 ± 1), length: 55-98 (70 ± 12) p, tips
incrassate to sharp, in 1-2 rows. Cauda broadly rounded; caudal protuberance absent to poorly
developed; length of longest caudal setae: 93-130 (108 ± \2) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of meta-
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
femora: 836-1142 (948 ± 87) /x; metatibiae: 1061-1561 (1276 ± 130) u', longest dorsal setae on central
one-third of metatibiae: 60-113 (92 ± 16) n, 1.5-2.8x diameter of metatibiae, tips blunt to sharp;
approximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral
setae on metatibiae: 33-68 (49 ± 10) n, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 140-200 (168 ± 15) /z;
metadistitarsus: 208-275 (240 ± 22) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1,
mean 1.43:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Body straw yellow, frequently with dark spots; head con-
colorous to orange-brown; tibiae variable, entirely concolorous yellow, to pro- and metatibiae nearly
black, mesotibiae yellow. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum very pale to rarely
light brown (usually less than 10, rarely to 30 percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga at bases
of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga,
to subtly darker. Thoracic muscle attachment plates light to moderate brown, often spotted, conspic¬
uous. Dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen pale to dark brown, conspicuous. Spiracular plates
and ventral abdominal sclerites light to dark brown, conspicuous, rarely pale, inconspicuous. Siphun-
culi concolorous with surrounding terga, to subtly darker. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates pale,
concolorous with abdominal tergum, to substantially darker. Antennal segments V and IV dark brown,
concolorous, to V and distal one-half of IV dusky; III entirely pale to distal one-third dark brown,
remainder pale; II pale; I concolorous with frons, to subtly darker. Tibiae variable, pro- and metatibiae
usually uniformly light to dark brown, often nearly black, mesotibiae pale; commonly all tibiae
concolorously pale. Distal four-fifths of distitarsi dusky to nearly black with tibiae.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually distinct, faintly to darkly pigmented, diameter approx¬
imately equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates infrequently arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 0-2, IV with 0-1, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture absent. Forewing medius with single
furcation arising on proximad one-third of vein; cubital base usually arising distad, infrequently
proximad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually relatively
large, ca. 30-40 percent or more of anal vein length; usually medius, sometimes cubitus and anal veins
faint, vague to absent. Abdominal terga infrequently with irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle
attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or scleroites.
Oviparae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal terga II-VI fused, lightly to moderately sclerotic, including pleural areas, but VII and
VIII free (rarely VII not free); dorsal demarcations of anterad terga not evident; siphunculi usually
incorporated into sclerotic dorsum, to free; dorsal abdominal muscle attachment plates unicolorous.
Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 5-19.
Males, Fundatrices. — Unknown.
Diagnosis.— Essigella ( L .) hillerislambersi and E. (L.)fusca are difficult to dis¬
tinguish. Darker individuals of both can be separated from other Essigella, except
E. (L.) eastopi, by their tibial pigmentation suite [see E. ( L .) eastopi diagnosis].
Dark E. (L.) hillerislambersi usually have a paler background on the body dorsum
than, and lack the developed body dorsum pigmentation of, E. (L.) eastopi. All
three Lambersella species grade into completely pale individuals that can be
differentiated from other pale Essigella by the diagnostics given for E. (L.) eastopi.
Although E. (L.) hillerislambersi is a larger species, with an often longer antennal
segment III, than either E. ( L .) fusca or E. ( L .) eastopi, overlapping morphometric
variation in these species requires that reliable separation use the discriminant
function in the key to the viviparous apterae [couplet 20].
Range. —California, southwestern Oregon, extreme western Nevada (Fig. 4B).
Hosts. —Pinus jejfreyi Greville & Balfour; a single occurrence on P. attenuata
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
43
Lemmon is a questionable host determination; that sample (77142), which in¬
cluded oviparae, was from a host tree that was very small and lacked cones, but
was among mature P. attenuata.
Discussion. —Essigella ( L.) hillerislambersi is the largest Essigella, and is a rea¬
sonable common species. It is the most multivariately divergent within the sub¬
genus, and appears to be involved in a character displacement phenomenon with
the other E. (Lambersella ) taxa in sympatry. See the discussions of E. (L.) eastopi,
E. (L.) fusca fusca and E. (L.) fused voegtlini for its relationships, unrepeated here.
Coded References to This Tdxon.—Essigelld (L.) hillerisldmbersi has been re¬
ferred to previously by: the coding “Sp. O” (Sorensen 1983 [but not section 2],
1987a, 1992b), “group A” (Sorensen 1983: section 2)and“HRL” (Sorensen 1983);
and by the manuscript name E. “hillerisldmbersi ” in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology dnd Common Nome. — This species is named for the aphidologist
Dirk Hille Ris Lambers, who served as a mentor during my early aphid taxonomy
studies. Common name: Hille Ris Lambers’ Jelfrey pine needle aphid.
Material Examined.— CALIFORNIA. ALPINE Co.: Upper Cascade Creek, E side of Ebbett’s Pass
on hwy 4, 5 km E of summit, 2350 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G40, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); W side of Monitor
Pass on hwy 89, 2 km E of jet with hwy 4, 1830 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G38, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). EL
DORADO Co.: Lake Tahoe, Meek’s Bay, 1980 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G29, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); South
Lake Tahoe, 1950 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G32, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). INYO Co.: jet of Lake Sabrina Rd
& Southern Calif. Edison Plant 2 Rd, nr Bishop, 2130 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H4, P. jeffreyi, (apt.).
LOS ANGELES Co.: 3 km SE of Big Pines on hwy 2, E of Blue Ridge Summit, 2200 m, 17 Sep 1977,
JTS 77149, P. jeffreyi, (apt., ovip.). MONO Co.: Deadman Summit on hwy 395, nr Crestview, 2440
m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS 77G72, P. jeffreyi, (apt., alat.); E side of Monitor Pass on hwy 89, 2070 m, 17
Jul 1977, JTS 77G37, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). NEVADA Co.: Prosser Lake Recreation Area, hwy 89, 25 Jun
1977, JTS 77F5, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). PLUMAS Co.: hwy 36, 8 km W of jet with hwy 89, 1460 m, 10
Jul 1977, JTS 77G25, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); (type series) jet of hwys 36 & 89, 1340 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS
77G23, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: 2 km N of Paradise Valley on hwy 74, 1500 m, 9 Sep
1977, JTS 77118, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: San Bernardino Natl Forest, Heart Bar,
30 Aug 1972, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 73, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); same but Keller Peak Cmpgd, 2200 m, 17
Sep 1977, JTS 77142, P. attenuata, (apt., ovip.); same but JTS 77141, P. jeffreyi, (apt., ovip.); San
Bernardino Mts, 2 km S of jet of hwy 38 & Jenks Lake Rd, 2200 m, 16 Sep 1977, JTS 77139, P.
jeffreyi, (apt.). SAN DIEGO Co.: Pioneer Mail Trail Picnic Area, Cleveland Natl Forest, 3 km N of
Mt Laguna on hwy SI, 1740 m, 12 Sep 1977, JTS 77131, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). SIERRA Co.: 18 km S of
Sierraville on hwy 89, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F7, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). TEHAMA Co.: 5 km E of Childs
Meadows on hwy 89, 1460 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G21, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). TULARE Co.: E of Big
Meadows Cmpgd, Sierra Natl Forest, 2320 m, 13 Aug 1977, JTS 77H13, P. jeffreyi, (apt., alat.).
TUOLUMNE Co.: Yosemite Natl Park, nr Porcupine Rat-Porcupine Creek, 2500 m, 30 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G67, P. jeffreyi, (apt., alat.). VENTURA Co.: Mt Pinos Summit, 2680 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS
77155, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Reyes Peak Rd, 10 km E of Pine Summit of hwy 33, 2200 m, 19 Sep 1977,
JTS 77159, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: Eagle Peak, Stanislaus Natl Forest, 8 Jul 1979,
D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 558, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Lake Tahoe, 17 Jul 1969, R. Luck, P. jeffreyi, (apt.).
NEVADA. ORMSBY Co.: E side of Spooner Summit on hwy 50, 1770 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G33,
P. jeffreyi, (apt.).
Essigella ( Essigella ) Del Guercio, 1909, NEW STATUS
Ldchnus Burmeister, 1835 (in part), Handbuch der Entomologie, Berlin, 2: 91
(genus attributed to Illiger); Essig, 1909, Pomona J. Entomol., 1: 1-4.
“Essigella (.Essigella )” Sorensen, 1983: 73 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Species. — Ldchnus cdlifornicus Essig, 1909, Pomona J. Entomol., 1: 1-4.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Viviparous Apterae. —Morphology: Body relatively broad to narrow. Meso- and metanota fused
dorsally; abdominal tergum I usually free but may be fused with meso + metanota, especially laterally.
Dorsal setae (majors and minors) between muscle attachment plates on abdominal segments III-IV
in 1 rarely irregular row with mesad (spinal) setae occasionally slightly anterad or posterad of others
(see Figs. 1E-F); lateral-most dorsal minor seta on each side not anterad (very rarely so) of the
immediately mesad neighbor. Abdominal terga III-IV each with 5-10, rarely to 12, dorsal (major +
minor) and 2-5 (per side) marginal setae; tergum VIII with usually 6, frequently to 8, rarely to 10,
setae. Longest dorsal seta on central one-third of metatibiae to nearly 4 x tibial diameter, tips incrassate
to sharp; these setae not dimorphic in length but sometimes exceptionally variable among specimens,
with nearly equal length, or gradually increasing, along metatibiae. Ventral abdominal sclerites on
segments III-IV reduced (rudimentary), irregular stellate to large, subquadrate, subcircular or subel¬
liptical. Species means for length ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus varying between 1.47:1
to 1.69:1. Pigmentation: Body dorsum variable, pale to nearly black, unicolorous or variable, but not
strongly mottled; bases of dorsal setae of abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga to substantially
darker. Tibiae varying from entirely pale to nearly black; when darkened, all concolorous or pro- and
mesotibiae paler than metatibiae.
Diagnosis.— See the key to the subgenera of Essigella.
Discussion. — This clade has ecologically transferred to diploxylon pines of the
subgenus Pinus (Sorensen 1987a). The transfer is exclusive of subsection Pon-
derosae pines, although E. (E.) californica, which is relatively polyphagous within
Pinus, feeds on that subsection also. Some E. (.Essigella ) taxa have moved to
Pinaceace hosts other than Pinus [i.e., E. (E.) wilsoni, E. (E.) alyeska]. Some have
partially reinvaded haploxylon pines in the subgenus Strobus, through their rel¬
atively polyphagous feeding habits [i.e., E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) pini\. Others
[i.e., E. ( E .) hoerneri ] have entirely reinvaded subgenus Strobus, in the unoccupied
niches of section Parrya subsection Cembroides. Sorensen (1983) examined the
relationships among the E. (Essigella ) species with discriminant function and
principal component analyses, using morphometric data, and with principal co¬
ordinate analysis, multidimensional scaling and various UPGMA and single¬
linkage clustering algorithms, using coded quantitative and qualitative data.
The phylogenetic analyses here indicate that Essigella (. Essigella ) can be divided
into two series with historical biogeographic relevance: series A, which contains
E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) essigi, E. (E.) hoerneri, E. (E.) pini, and E. (E.) wilsoni;
and series B, which contains E. (E.) alyeska, E. (E.) critchfieldi, E. (E.) knowltoni
braggi, and E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni. Series A is paraphyletic, and shares hosts
suspected of having an austral origin during the Tertiary [i.e., Madro-Tertiary
geoflora] (Axelrod 1958, 1967; Raven & Axelrod 1978). Essigella (E.) californica,
and E. (E.) hoerneri, however, clearly form a monophyletic species group within
this series. Essigella ( E .) essigi is the least derived species in the subgenus, and
its immediate ancestral node (Fig. 13: node 7) on the phylogenetic tree is shared
by all other E. (Essigella ), making it the functional sister-group for the remainder
of the subgenus.
Series B is monophyletic, with a synapomorphy as a relatively broad head width
[see discussion of E. ( E .) alyeska ]. Members of Series B occur on Pinus contorta
Douglass ex Loudon, Pinus banksiana Lambert and Picea glauca (Moench) Voss;
hosts that have relatively northern distributions in North America (Critchfield &
Little 1966, Little 1971), and are of boreal origin during the Tertiary [i.e., Arcto-
Tertiary geoflora]. Sorensen (1992a) has analyzed the biological groupings and
host associations within the E. ( E .) knowltoni complex, and has found its species,
subspecies and populations to closely overlay the geographic and terpene variance
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
45
in Pinus contorta and its subspecies [see the discussions under E. (E.) critchfieldi
and E. (E.) knowltoni]. He also notes the presence of character displacement in
both qualitative and multivariate quantitative traits among the taxa in this species
group.
Note that Sorensen (1983) reversed the letters for series A and B, as manuscript
references; in that unpublished work, series A and B were paraphyletic and mono-
phyletic groups, respectively.
Coded References to This Taxon. —Sorensen (1983) referred to this taxon under
the manuscript name “ Essigella (. Essigella ).” Sorensen (1987a) referred to the
assemblage that comprise this taxon as group “III” or, with reference to its sub¬
components, as “I-H-B-A-C-D-E-F-G” [or entire permutations therefore]; in Sor¬
ensen (1992b), the latter refers to it.
Material Examined.—Essigella (E.) alyeska, E. (E.) calif or nica, E. (E.) critchfieldi, E. (E.) essigi,
E. (E.) hoerneri, E. ( E .) knowltoni braggi, E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni, E. (E.) pini, E. (E.) wilsoni.
Series A
Essigella ( Essigella) essigi Hottes, 1957
Essigella essigi Hottes, 1957: 84, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 84-85.
Primary Type. — Holotype, vivip. alat., on slide with 5 other alat. and 7 apt.,
holotype shown by arrow (near center position among all specimens, 9 o’clock
among alat.); slide data: “ Pinus radiata, Redwood City, California, June 10, 1939,
L. Blanc/Paratype, Essigella holotype essigi F. C. Hottes, Essig.” (Redwood City
is in San Mateo Co.). Holotype deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology,
University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.33-1.93 (1.62 ± 0.18) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 90-125 (109 ± 11) p, processus terminalis: 23-43 (36 ±
5) m; IV: 60-93 (78 ± 10) p\ III: 110-153 (133 ± 14) p- II: 56-68 (63 ± 4) p. Length of longest setae
on frons: 13-65 (29 ± 13) p, tips incrassate. Head width: 228-275 (249 ± 13) p. Length of stylets:
541-755 (621 ± 56) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 50-78 (63 ± 7) p, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—III in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length:
245-388 (324 ± 39) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, combined total length when dorsally
demarcated from abdominal tergum I: 250-377 (312 ± 36) p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I fused with
metanotum, completely so across dorsum (pale individuals) to fused laterally only (dark individuals),
length when dorsally demarcated: 92-143 (123 ± 19) p; terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum distal
width of flange on siphunculi: 15-29 (21 ±4) p\ siphunculi flush with tergum. Ventral abdominal
sclerites on segments III-IV subquadrate, subcircular to subelliptical; length: 35-60 (50 ± 7) p, 1.1-
2.0 x diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. IE) on abdominal terga III-IV:
8, very rarely 7 or 9, tips sharp, in 1 row, infrequently with mesad pair of setae posterad; marginal
setae 3, infrequently 2, per segment each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6 to rarely 8, length:
5-48 (23 ± 14) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda rounded to broadly rounded; caudal
protuberance moderately developed to nearly absent; length of longest caudal setae: 20-92 (60 ± 19)
p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 367-581 (476 ± 66) p\ metatibiae: 418-694 (567 ± 87)
p; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 3-43 (18 ± 11) p, 0.1-1.3 x diameter of
metatibiae, tips incrassate; approximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length
dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 5-35 (24 ± 9) p, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus:
65-98 (85 ± 11) p\ metadistitarsus: 118—163 (144 ± 15) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus
less than 1.9:1, mean 1.69:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Black to green throughout or green with
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 6. Distribution of E. ( E .) essigi [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS samples)], superim¬
posed over the range of its hosts, Pinus attenuata [lighter shading] and Pinus radiata [darker shading
(coastal Santa Cruz, Monterey and San Luis Obispo Counties)].
yellow-green head; frequently with dark dorsal spots when body not dark. Slide-mounted specimens:
Background of body dorsum pale to dark brown or nearly black (to nearly 100 percent pigment
density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen
concolorous with surrounding terga, to subtly darker. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal
muscle attachment plates of abdomen pale, inconspicuous to dark brown, conspicuous. Spiracular
plates and ventral abdominal sclerites pale to nearly black. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding
terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates subtly to substantially darker than abdominal terga. Antennal
segments V and IV dusky to moderate brown, concolorous; III entirely pale to dusky on distal one-
third, remainder pale; II concolorous with proximal III, to subtly darker; I concolorous with frons.
Pro-, meso- and metatibiae concolorous, and usually equivalent to abdominal terga, sometimes subtly
lighter (dark individuals), rarely darker. Distitarsi evenly moderate brown, sometimes subtly paler at
proximal tip.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. - Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
47
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites; meso- and metathorax not fused. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending
from muscle attachment sites to engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually heavily, to faintly,
pigmented, diameter approximately equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae. -Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap-
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite, and meso- and metathorax not fused; abdominal
terga normally membranous, dorsal (major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates fre¬
quently arising from distinct scleroites; antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal
one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III with 2-3, IV with 0-1, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture
usually strongly developed, to absent. Forewing medius usually single, infrequently single furcation
arising on distad one-third of vein; cubital base usually arising distad, infrequently proximad, on
subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually relatively large, ca. 30-40
percent or more of anal vein length; medius, especially cubitus and anal veins usually distinct, except
infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Abdominal terga infrequently with irregular sclerites that
engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or scleroites.
Oviparae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. — Adult viviparous apterae of E. (E.) essigi can be identified by the
unique additional fusion of abdominal tergum I to fused meso + metanota. They
vary from entirely pale to dark brown [like E. ( E.) critchfleldi and some E. ( E .)
knowltoni knowltoni], and the fusion of abdominal tergum I varies inversely with
pigmentation: it extends entirely across the dorsum in pale individuals, but is
restricted to the lateral edges of the dorsum in dark specimens. The forewing
medius of alates usually is single, or occasionally 1-branched with the furcation
distad and closer to the posterad margin of the wing than to the subcosta. This
alate character is similar in E. (E.) pini [see that diagnosis] and potentially can
be confused in E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni and E. (E.) alyeska.
Range. —California and southwestern Oregon (Fig. 6).
Hosts.—Pinus radiata D. Don and P. attenuata Lemmon, both subsection
Oocarpae pines that hybridize (W. Libby, personal communication). Although E.
(E.) essigi is commonly found on closed-cone pines, it has not been found on P.
muricata D. Don, despite extensive collecting; its appearance on that pine would
not be surprising, however. Also, one collection (77G12) exists from P. ponderosa,
at a site about 50 mi east, by air, of the nearest stand of P. attenuata, near the
southern Modoc-Siskiyou county border (Critchfield & Little 1966: map 58) in
northwest California. Another collection (7718) exists from P. sabiniana, possibly
a contaminant, at the same location and immediately after a collection (7717)
from P. attenuata. I suspect that the locations where E. (E.) essigi can be found
in California have probably increased substantially in recent years because of the
extensive landscape planting of Pinus radiata.
Discussion.—Essigella (E.) essigi is relatively homogeneous in morphology,
although specimens from southwest Oregon and the northern Californian coast
tend to be very slightly more linear than those near the San Francisco Bay area
and south. The autapomorphic fusion of abdominal tergum I in this species is
incomplete dorsally on darker specimens, probably due to an increased scleroti-
zation of the body dorsum; the break may be necessary for articulation (?) of the
more rigid tergum on those individuals. Subtle differences between coastal pop¬
ulations on P. radiata, and inland populations on P. attenuata should be examined
in more detail with isozyme or nucleic acid techniques.
Hottes (1957: 85) stated “I am sure that specimens of this species [E. (E.) essigi ]
were part of the original material from which Essig described Lachnus californicus,
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
although there is no actual proof in the remaining cotype material.” He based
this supposition on Essig’s illustration (Essig 1909: fig. 2), which failed to indicate
long tibial setae. Unfortunately, Hotte’s reliance upon length of the dorsal setae
on the tibia was entirely misguided. I have found no evidence to support his
supposition.
The phylogenetic position of E. ( E.) essigi within the subgenus is problematic.
Clustering analyses on qualitative coded characters (Sorensen 1983) suggest it is
probably primitive within E. {Essigella) because its similarities to other taxa are
mostly plesiomorphies at the level of the subgenus. Ordinations on morphometric
data indicate that it is close to E. ( E .) pini and E. (E.) wilsoni in ordinant space;
the evolutionary aspects of this are discussed in Sorensen (1992b). Cladistic anal¬
ysis of coded data (unpublished data) suggest that E. (E.) essigi is either para-
phyletically one of the more primitive E. (Essigella ), along with E. (E.) pini, or
that it potentially forms a monophyletic subgroup, which is the sister-group to
the remainder of the subgenus, with E. (E.) pini.
Intuitively, I consider E. (E.) essigi to be closest to E. ( E .) pini, but I am uncertain
of the exact relationship between them. Both share reduction of the alate medius
to a single vein, but I am reluctant to accept the trait as a convincing, nonhomo-
plasious synapomorphy. I also suspect the genetic compatibility of subsection
Oocarpae and Australes pines [the latter chiefly hosts E. (E.) pini ] suggests a
potentially common biogeographic origin; see the section on ecological collabo¬
ration of phylogenetic hypotheses for comments.
Coded References to This Taxon. —Essigella (E.) essigi has been referred to
previously by: the coding “Sp. I” (Sorensen 1983, 1987, 1992b) and “ESSG”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the name E. essigi in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name. — Hottes (1957) apparently named this species
for the aphidologist E. O. Essig, presumably because he described the first Essi¬
gella, E. ( E.) calif or nica, albeit as a Lachnus. Common name: Essig’s closed-cone
pine needle aphid [see etymology for E. (E.) californica ].
Material Examined.— CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA Co.: Berkeley, 10 Nov 1935, E. O. Essig, P.
radiata, (apt.); same but 15 Feb 1982, J. T. Sorensen, P. radiata, (apt.). DEL NORTE Co.: 16 air km
NWW of Crescent City on hwy 199, Six Rivers Natl Forest, 4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G6, P. attenuata, (apt.,
alat.). LAKE Co.: 21 km N of Upper Lake, Elk Mt Rd, 1030 m, 24 Jul 1977, JTS 77G60, P. attenuata,
(apt., alat.); same but 23 km N of Upper Lake, 1160 m, JTS 77G59, (apt.); same but 26 km N of
Upper Lake, JTS 77G58, (apt.). MODOC Co.: E side of Cedar Pass, 29 km E of Alturas, 1890 m, 3
Jul 1977, JTS 77G12, P. ponderosa, (apt.). MONTEREY Co.: 3 km N of Point Lobos State Park
Reserve on hwy 1, 29 Dec 1978, JTS 78L1, P. radiata, (apt.); Carmel, 16 Jun 1973, D. J. Voegtlin,
DJV 25, P. radiata, (apt.); Lockwood-San Ardo Rd, 13 km SW of jet with Paris Valley Rd, 550 m,
4 Sep 1977, JTS 7717, P. attenuata, (apt.); same but JTS 7718, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Monterey, 18 Jun
1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 24, P. radiata, (apt.); same but 19 Feb 1974, T. Kono, CDFA 79B20-10-
2, (apt.). NAPA Co.: 3 km N of Angwin, Howell Mt Rd, 4 Feb 1978, JTS 79B2, P. attenuata, (apt.).
PLACER Co.: 6 km W of Dutch Flat on hwy 80, 2 Aug 1978, JTS 78H2, P. attenuata, (apt.). SAN
LUIS OBISPO Co.: Cambria Pines, 5 Sep 1977, JTS 77112, P. radiata, (apt.). SAN MATEO Co.:
(paratype) Redwood City, 10 Jun 1939, L. Blanc, P. radiata, (apt., alat.). SANTA CLARA Co.: (paratype)
Palo Alto, Stanford Univ., 30 Mar 1938, E. O. Essig, P. radiata, (apt.,); (paratype) same but 25 Apr
1930, P.S.B., (apt.); Morgan Hill, 14 Oct 1942, Bell, CDFA 42J10, P. attenuata, (apt.). SISKIYOU
Co.: Snowman Hill Summit on hwy 89, 8 km E of jet with hwy 5, 1360 m, 2 Jul 1977, JTS 77G3,
P. attenuata, (apt.). TRINITY Co.: Junction City, 11 km of Weaverville on hwy 299, 430 m, 20 Aug
1977, JTS 77H23, P. attenuata, (apt.). OREGON. JOSEPHINE Co.: 2 km N of O’brien on hwy 199,
4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G11, P. attenuata, (apt.).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
49
Essigella ( Essigella) pini Wilson, 1919
Essigella pini Wilson, 1919: 2, Entomol. News, 30: 2-3.
Essigella patchae Hottes, 1957: 98, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 98-100. NEW
SYNONYM.
Primary Type. — Lectotype, vivip. alat., on slide alone; data: “(Lectotype)/82-
14/11, Essigella pini Wilson, Cotype, Pinus virginiana, Plummer’s Is., Md., May
27, 1914.” Lectotype deposited in the Granovsky Collection, Department of
Entomology, Fisheries & Wildlife, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota.
Hottes (1957: 103) designated a vivip. alat., from the Granovsky collection as
lectotype. A slide that is so labeled does exist, although I doubt that Hottes
personally labeled it because the printing does not match his, and he did not label
other lectotypes in this genus; I have seen this specimen and consider it the
lectotype.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.57-2.03 (1.79 ± 0.15) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 98-133 (115 ± 9) p, processus terminalis: 25-38 (31 ±
4) m; IV: 73-100 (84 ± 8) HI: 110-158 (136 ± 16) p\ II: 63-79 (68 ± 4) p. Length of longest setae
on frons: 15-73 (29 ± 16) p, tips incrassate. Head width: 245-316 (276 ± 19) p. Length of stylets:
541-663 (572 ± 34) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 55-75 (67 ± 5) p, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—II in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length:
326-454 (400 ± 36 ) /x. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 265-367 (327 ± 33) p.
ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 112-163 (134 ± 15) p\ terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 15-35 (28 ± 5) p; siphunculi usually flush to slightly protruding
to 0.3 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV usually subcircular,
subquadrate to subelliptical, sometimes irregular, asterisk-shaped, or constricted anteriorly; length:
40-75 (54 ± 8) p, 1.0-2.Ox diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. IF) on
abdominal terga III-IV: 6, infrequently 7, tips sharp, in 1 row; marginal setae 2 per segment, each
side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6, length: 8-25 (13 ± 5) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row.
Cauda rounded; caudal protuberance well developed, often pointed, to moderately developed; length
of longest caudal setae: 43-120 (75 ± 20) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 398-581 (486
± 57) p ; metatibiae: 561-831 (675 ± 79) p\ longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae:
11-33 (17 ± 6) p, 0.3-1.Ox diameter of metatibiae, tips usually incrassate, infrequently sharp; ap¬
proximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral
setae on metatibiae: 23-68 (35 ± 11) p, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 79-103 (89 ± 6) p\
metadistitarsus: 138-163 (147 ± 9) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean
1.65:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Green with yellow-orange to red-orange head (from notes on C.
F. Smith slides). Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum pale (to 10 percent pigment
density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen
concolorous with surrounding terga. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment
plates of abdomen pale, inconspicuous. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites pale, to
moderate brown, conspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital
plates pale, concolorous with, to subtly dusky and slightly darker than abdominal terga. Antennal
segments V and IV pale to light brown, concolorous; III entirely pale to distal one-third concolorous
with V and IV; II concolorous with proximal III; I concolorous with frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae
usually pale, concolorous and equivalent to body dorsum, infrequently entire tibiae slightly dusky,
subtly darker than dorsum. Distitarsi entirely pale to subtly dusky on distal one-third.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with, very rarely lacking, 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
attachment sites to engulf neighboring setal bases; plates faintly to heavily pigmented, diameter ap¬
proximately equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae. -Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap-
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates occasionally arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 2-3, IV with 0, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture vaguely to strongly developed. Forewing
medius usually single, infrequently single furcation arising on distad one-third of vein; cubital base
usually arising distad on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually
relatively large, ca. 30-40 percent or more of anal vein length; medius, especially cubitus and anal
veins distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Abdominal terga infrequently with
irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases
or scleroites.
Oviparae. -Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae, ab¬
dominal terga II-VII fused, moderately sclerotic, including pleural areas, tergum VIII free (uncom¬
monly tergum VII free, demarcations of II-VI evident laterally); dorsal demarcations of anterad terga
sometimes evident; siphunculi incorporated into sclerotic field, to free; dorsal abdominal muscle
attachment plates unicolorous. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 8-15.
Males, Funda.trices. — Unknown.
Diagnosis. — This species is pale and may be confused with other pale Essigella-,
it requires the combination of several characters for identification. Essigella (E.)
pini can be separated from all Essigella, except E. (E.) californica and E. (E.)
hoerneri, by having six (Fig. IF), instead or eight or more, dorsal (major + minor)
setae on abdominal terga III-IV. It differs from E. (E.) calif ornica and E. ( E .)
hoerneri by having usually large subcircular-subquadrate, rather than usually small
irregular, ventral abdominal sclerites on abdominal segments III-IV, and by hav¬
ing usually large invasive, instead of small noninvasive, mesonotal muscle at¬
tachment plates on later stadia nymphs of apterae. The mean lengths of antennal
segments III and the metatibiae are shorter, but overlapping, in proportion to
body length in E. (E.) pini than in either E. (E.) calif ornica or E. ( E .) hoerneri.
The caudal protuberance of E. ( E .) pini also is often abnormally long and pointed,
but the trait is not an entirely satisfactory discriminator. Alates of E. ( E.) pini
differ from other species, except E. (E.) essigi, in having the medius usually single,
or infrequently 1-branched with the furcation exceptionally distad; but E. (E.)
knowltoni knowltoni has also rarely shown this condition. Although the relative
stability of the trend to a single medius for E. {E.) pini and E. (E.) essigi seems
a reasonable partial diagnostic for those species, unknown alate morphs and
interspecific variance in several Essigella species make discriminatory use of
venation potentially questionable.
Synonyms. —Essigella patchae Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. alat.,
as a single fragmented specimen on the slide; data: MAINE. PENOBSCOT Co.:
Stillwater, 4 Jul 1909, Pinus strobus L. Essigella patchae holotype deposited in
the NMNH.
Range. —Eastern U.S.; one record from southern Quebec (Fig. 7).
Hosts. —Notably Pinus virginiana P. Miller, P. taeda L., P. strobus L.; presum¬
ably many species of Pinus subsection Australes; subsection Sylvestres pines also
recorded as hosts. Note that because E. (E.) pini is the only Essigella that I have
not personally collected, during extensive sampling of the western Nearctic (Sor¬
ensen 1983), I cannot attest to the accuracy of determination of its hosts, as with
other Essigella. Indeed, because the aphid occurs only in the eastern U.S., and it
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
51
Figure 7. Distribution of E. ( E .) pini [squares (nonJTS samples)], superimposed over the ranges
of its hosts, Pinus strobus [darker + moderate shading] and an amalgamation of subsection Australes
plus eastern subsection Contortae pines [lighter + moderate shading] (moderate shading indicates the
distributional overlap of hosts).
could not often be successfully identified until now (see discussion), many western
pine species attributed as its hosts are in error.
Discussion.—Essigella ( E .) pini, known from the eastern Nearctic only, has
been the most confused Essigella with regard to misidentifications. This is, no
doubt, due in large part to Hottes’ (1957) erroneous key. Using that key, it is
conceivable that at least some individuals (albeit, small and pale in several in¬
stances) of all species, except E. ( L .) hillerislambersi, might key out to Hottes’
“is. pint”
References to Essigella “pini” from the western U.S. and Canada (i.e., Knowlton
1930, Gillette & Palmer 1931, Palmer 1952, Smith & Parron 1978) are in error
and clearly do not represent that species. I cannot determine exactly to what they
correctly refer, because adequate diagnostics are not mentioned. Such references
evoke potential confusion with E. ( E .) californica, E. (is.) hoerneri, E. (is.) wilsoni,
E. (L.) fusca fusca, E. (is.) knowltoni knowltoni and E. (A.) kirki, due to the
geography involved and the earlier erroneous diagnostic fixation on the length of
the dorsal setae of the metatibiae. A single alate from Quebec, captured in a
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Malaise trap (F. W. Quednau, personal communication), appears to be the only
Canadian record of this species. Patti & Fox (1981a, b) discuss the seasonal
occurrence and intratree distribution of E. (E .) pini in South Carolina.
Essigella ( E .) pini appears to be relatively homogeneous morphologically. Be¬
cause it was not extensively sampled over its range during this study, however,
knowledge of its variation is drawn only from collections by others, which have
relatively limited geographic spread and continuity. It shows infrequent variability
in reduction of the ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV, but this trait
is paralleled within other species.
Placement of E. (E.) pini within the subgenus was confusing during analysis;
for comments, see the discussion of E. ( E .) essigi. It shows several qualitative
loss-reduction apomorphies that are considered to be homoplasious with E. (E.)
californica and E. (E.) hoerneri, and a few others with E. ( E .) wilsoni and E. ( E.)
alyeska. The fusion of abdominal terga on its oviparae is also problematic [see
character discussion section].
Coded References to This Taxon. —Essigella (E.) pini has been referred to pre¬
viously by: the coding “Sp. H” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “PINI” (Sor¬
ensen 1983), and by the name E. pini in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name. —Wilson (1919) presumably named this spe¬
cies with reference to the host genus, Pinus. Common name: the eastern pine
needle aphid; although Palmer (1952: 16) refers to this species as “The Speckled
Pine Needle Aphid,” the common name indicated here is more appropriate and
less confusing because many Essigella are speckled.
Material Examined. — ALABAMA. BARBOUR Co.: Eufaula, 10 Feb 1876, Pinus sp., (apt.). FLOR¬
IDA. ALACHUA Co.: Gainesville, 23 Mar 1928, A. Tissot, ANT F323-28, P. taeda, (apt., alat.); same
but no date, ANT F886-32, (apt., alat.). COLUMBIA Co.: 22 Mar 1973, G. Hertel, P. elliottii En-
gelmann, (apt.); 26 May 1972, G. Hertel, P. elliottii, (alat.). SAINT JOHNS Co.: St. Augustine, 10
May 1945, D. & B. Darry, P. taeda, (apt.); same but 24 May 1945, D. & B. Darry, (alat.). SEMINOLE
Co.: Sanford, 23 Feb 1929, A. Tissot, ANT F480-29, P. taeda, (alat.). MAINE. PENOBSCOT Co.:
Stillwater, 4 Jul 1909, E. M. Patch, MAES 46-09, P. strobus, (alat.). MARYLAND. BALTIMORE
Co.: Sheppard Pratt, 3 Aug 1974, A. Scarbough, (alat.). PRINCE GEORGES Co.: Beltsville, 19 Jun
1978, W of Cantelo, yellow pan trap, (alat.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: (lectoype) Plummer’s Island,
27 Apr 1914, P. virginiana, (apt., alat.). NORTH CAROLINA. ALLEGANY Co.: Gladesville, 17 Jun
1959, D. A. Young, Pinus sp., (apt.). BANCOMBE Co.: Twin Tunnels, (Blue Ridge) Parkway, 29 Jul
1958, C. F. Smith, CFS 58-347, Pinus sp., (apt.). CHEROKEE Co.: N of Andrews, 24 Jul 1958, C.
F. Smith, CFS 58-309, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). DURHAM Co.: Durham, 10 Jan 1978, D. Whitman,
P. lambertiana, (apt.); same but 22 Oct 1959, S.S.T.,P. taeda, (apt.); same but 8 Jan 1979, J. Richmond,
(apt.). MACON Co.: Highlands, Mt Satulah, 29 Sep 1970, C. F. Smith C. S. Smith & C. Sullivan, P.
rigida P. Miller (alat.). MOORE Co.: West End, 30 Oct 1958, S.S.T., Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). RICH¬
MOND Co.: Norman, 30 Oct 1958, S.S.T., Pinus sp., (apt.). WAKE Co.: McCullers, 18 May 1967,
C. F. Smith, CFS 67-28b, P. taeda, (apt.); Umstead Park, 30 May 1960, C. F. Smith, CFS 60-303, P.
taeda, (apt., alat.). WASHINGTON Co.: Roper, 10 Feb 1975, C. G. Livingston, P. taeda, (apt.).
WILKES Co.: McGrady, 14 Oct 1963, C. F. & C. S. Smith, CFS 63-166, (alat.). YANCEY Co.: 2.4
km (1.5 mi) E of Mt Mitchell State Park entrance, 23 Jul 1970, G. Fedde, P. pungens Lambert (apt.,
alat.). Crabtree Meadows, (Blue Ridge) Parkway, 12 Oct 1958, S.O.T., P. strobus, (apt., ovip.); same
but Pinus sp., (apt.). OKLAHOMA. LATIMER Co.: Robber’s Cave State Park, 19 Sep 1957, Van
Cleave, P. echinata P. Miller (apt., alat.). McCURTAIN Co.: Broken Bow, 13 Sep 1960, Van Cleave,
P. echinata, (apt.). PENNSYLVANIA. CENTRE Co.: State College, 3 Oct 1959, J. Pepper, P. sylvestris
L., P. resinosa Aiton, P. strobus, (apt., alat.). SOUTH CAROLINA. OCONEE Co.: Seneca, 26 May
1962, R. Eikenbarry, Pinus sp., (apt.). PICKENS Co.: Clemson, 4 Apr 1973, K. Griffith, Pinus sp.,
(apt., alat.); same but 6 Jun 1977, W of Hood, P. taeda, (alat.). VIRGINIA. MONTGOMERY Co.:
Blacksburg, 6 Feb 1967, W. A. Allen, P. taeda, (apt.). CANADA. QUEBEC: Mt St. Hilaire, Cte
Rouville, Meteo, 5 Jul 1979, R. Roy, Malaise trap (alat.).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
53
Essigella ( Essigella) californica (Essig), 1909
Lachnus californicus Essig, 1909: 1, Pomona J. Entomol., 1: 1-4.
Essigella californica Del Guercio, 1909: 328, Rivista di Patologia Vegetale, Anno
III Num. 20-21: 328-329.
Essigella claremontiana Hottes, 1957: 79, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 79-81.
NEW SYNONYM.
Essigella cocheta Hottes, 1957: 82, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 82-84. NEW
SYNONYM.
Essigella monelli Hottes, 1957: 95, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 95-96. NEW
SYNONYM.
Essigella pineti Hottes, 1957: 101, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 101-102. NEW
SYNONYM.
Essigella swaini Hottes, 1957: 105, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 105-106. NEW
SYNONYM.
Primary Type. — Lectotype, vivip. alat., on slide alone; data: “Monterey pine,
Claremont, Cal., Feb. 14, 1909, E.O.E./type/Cotype, Lachnus californicus Essig,
Essig/[on back] Lectotype of Hottes, J. T. Sorensen ‘82” (Claremont is in Los
Angeles Co.). Lectotype deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, University
of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
The extent of the original type series is somewhat confused; but the [1909]
series must have involved an ovipara (see discussion). The series was scattered
and possibly adulterated by the addition of material collected in 1911 (“47” slides),
which may be involved with Essig’s (1912) redescription (see Hottes 1957: 78).
Hottes (1957: 78) mentions a lectotype and describes the slide as thick, but the
apparent slide merely bears a small label stating “type” below the coverslip. The
label is asymmetrically placed, and could have had a prefix “lecto” removed.
There are also, however, two other slides, deposited in the NMNH, bearing “type”
in blue ink on the right-hand label that are part of the 1911 “47” series. I deduced
what must be Hottes’ lectotype based upon his description of the slide and its
location, and I have labeled the slide as lectotype.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.30-2.38 (1.90 ± 0.24) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 103-155 (128 ± 11) /x, processus terminalis: 30-48 (37
± 5) p\ IV: 88-138 (109 ± 14) p; III: 135-250 (194 ± 31) u; II: 63-88 (77 ± 8) p. Length of longest
setae on frons: 6-73 (39 ± 18) p, tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 214-347 (270 ± 26) p. Length
of stylets: 551-806 (688 ± 71) /u.; ultimate rostral segment: 70-98 (83 ± 8) p, rostral tip reaching
abdominal terga I—II, occasionally III, in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head +
pronotum fused, total length: 316-510 (393 ± 42) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length:
245-571 (365 ± 57) p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 82-194 (131 ± 23) p; terga II-VII fused,
VIII free. Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi: 25-45 (36 ± 5) p\ siphunculi flush to truncated
conical, protrusion to 0.7 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV
usually irregular, to subcircular when small (length less than 0.6 x metatibial diameter), subquadrate
when large (length greater than 1.0 x metatibial diameter); length: 8-63 (23 ± 14) p, 0.3-1 . 1 x diameter
of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. IF) on abdominal terga III-IV: 6, rarely 7, tips
incrassate to sharp, in 1 row; marginal setae 2 each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6, occasionally
7, infrequently 8, length: 8-85 (36 ± 20) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda rounded; caudal
protuberance moderately to poorly developed, sometimes absent; length of longest caudal setae: 48-
103 (75 ± 12) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 469-938 (718 ± 126) p\ metatibiae: 653-
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
1397 (1042 ± 195) fx; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 8-118 (58 ± 33) n, tips
0.1-3.0 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate to sharp; approximately equal or very gradually
increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism, but very rarely with dorsal setae breaking on proximad
one-third of metatibiae to a ca. 30-50 percent increase in length; longest ventral setae on metatibiae:
14-73 (35 ± 14) n, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 84-148 (122 ± 16) u; metadistitarsus: 148—
230(191 ± 20) /i. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.57:1. Pigmentation:
Color in life: Thorax gray-green, abdomen lime green, legs light to dark brown, or straw yellow
throughout; dorsal spots absent to brown. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum
pale to moderate brown (usually to 20, infrequently to 40 percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga
at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding
terga, to conspicuously darker. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates
of abdomen, spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites pale, inconspicuous, to dark brown,
conspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga, to substantially darker. Cauda, anal and
subgenital plates concolorous with abdominal terga, to substantially darker. Antennal segments V and
IY subtly dusky distally, pale proximally, to entirely dusky; III entirely very pale to subtly dusky on
distal one-third, remainder pale; II concolorous with proximal III, to subtly darker; I concolorous
with frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae usually concolorous, evenly pale or pale with subtly dusky
distal tip, to evenly dark brown; or metatibiae subtly to substantially darker than pro- and mesotibiae.
Distitarsi dusky on distal one-third, pale proximally, to evenly dark brown with tibiae.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum lacking 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; area surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous.
Viviparous Alatae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates occasionally arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 0-5, IV with 0-3, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture strongly developed. Forewing medius
with single furcation arising on proximad, very rarely on central, one-third of vein; cubital base arising
proximad, rarely distad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually
relatively small, ca. 20-30 percent or less of anal vein length; medius, especially cubitus and anal veins
usually distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Abdominal terga lacking irregular
sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or
scleroites.
Oviparae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal dorsum membranous with irregular transverse sclerites containing dorsal (major +
minor) setae, occasionally dorsal muscle attachment plates, on each tergum; marginal setae usually
on separate scleroites, occasionally engulfed by dorsal sclerites on posterad terga; siphuncular cones
sclerotized, regular, separated from other dorsal sclerotic fields; dorsal abdominal muscle attachment
plates unicolorous. Rarely with abdominal II-VI sclerotic/fused, terga VII and VIII free; dorsal de¬
marcations of anterad terga then evident and siphuncular cones surrounded closely by, sometimes
engulfed by, sclerotic fields. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 12-21; also on procoxa and pro-
and metafemora (Essig 1909: figs. 2a-b, 2d).
Males.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae except
body slightly smaller, with slightly longer antennae and tibiae; dorsal demarcations of abdominal terga
evident. Antennal segment III with 13-15, IV with 8-10, secondary rhinaria.
Fundatrices. -Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae
except siphunculi absent; longest dorsal setae on central part of metatibiae 0.5-1.5x tibial diameter.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (E. ) californica requires the combination of several char¬
acters for identification; individuals usually are pale and may be confused with
other pale Essigella. Essigella (E. ) californica can be separated from all Essigella,
except E. (E .) hoerneri and E. ( E .) pini by having six (Fig. IF), instead of eight
or more, dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdominal terga III-IV. Essigella (E.)
californica differs from E. (E.) pini by having usually small and irregular, rather
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
55
than large, ventral abdominal sclerites on abdominal segments III—IV, and also
small and noninvasive, rather than large and'invasive, muscle attachment plates
on the mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae. Alates differ from those of
E. (E.) pini by having the forewing medius always 1-branched with the furcation
proximad, near the subcosta, instead of usually unbranched or occasionally
1-branched but with the furcation no more distad than half way between the
subcosta and the posterad margin of the wing, as in E. (E.) pini. Oviparae of E.
( E .) californica and E. (E.) pini differ in the sclerotic pattern of the abdominal
dorsum; in E. ( E .) pini, usually all terga, except terga I and VIII, are fused; in E.
(. E .) californica, usually all terga are separate (as independent sclerotic bands), or
infrequently segments II-VI are (sometimes only partially) united, with evident
segmental demarcations, but terga VII and VIII remain independent [E. ( E .) pini
rarely shows the latter condition].
Essigella (E.) californica and E. (E.) hoerneri are difficult to distinguish; the
qualitative characters listed above for alates, oviparae and nymphs are identical
between them. Although E. (E.) californica has a shorter rostrum, narrower head
and longer antennal segment IV than does E. ( E .) hoerneri, these differences are
indiscrete and reliable separation requires application of the discriminant function
in the key to the viviparous apterae [couplets 27 or 28, see 26].
Synonyms. —Essigella claremontiana Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vi-
vip. apt., on slide with 5 other apt., holotype shown by arrow (11 o’clock position);
data: CALIFORNIA. LOS ANGELES Co.: Claremont, 14 Feb 1909, Pinus ra-
diata. Essigella claremontiana holotype deposited in the NMNH.
Essigella cocheta Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with
9 other apt. (including the holotype of E. monelli), E. cocheta holotype shown by
circle (7 o’clock position); data: CALIFORNIA. MENDOCINO Co.: Fort Bragg,
8 May 1936, E.O.E[ssig]., Pinus “ tuberculata ” [= P. muricata]. Essigella cocheta
holotype is deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, University of Cali¬
fornia at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Essigella monelli Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. apt., on same
slide as holotype of E. cocheta (see above), E. monelli holotype shown by circle
(12 o’clock position). Essigella monelli holotype data and depository same as E.
cocheta, above.
Essigella pineti Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype vivip. alat., on slide with
fundatrix of E. (L.) fusca voegtlini; data: CALIFORNIA. MARIPOSA Co.: Yo-
semite, 1218 m (4000 ft), 17 May 1938, E.O.E.[ssig]., Pinus ponderosa. Essigella
pineti holotype is deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, University of
California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Essigella swaini Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. alat., on slide with
6 other specimens, holotype shown by circle (12 o’clock position); data: CALI¬
FORNIA. LAKE Co.: Kelseyville, 12 Apr 1936, P. Schulthess, Pinus sabiniana.
Essigella swaini holotype is deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, Uni¬
versity of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Range. — Southern British Columbia and Alberta, throughout the western U.S.
(exclusive of Alaska), to southern Mexico (Fig. 8); extensive sampling (Sorensen
1983) has most commonly collected it west of the Cascade-Sierra Nevada ranges
and through Arizona and New Mexico. One confirmed record from Miami, Flor¬
ida suggests it may occur in the Caribbean and have a Pan-Mexican distribution.
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 8. Distribution of E. (E.) californica [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS samples)], su-
perimposd over an amalgamation of the ranges of its hosts. Collections (not shown) also exist in
southern Florida, central Mexico, France and Spain.
Recently (Turpeau & Remaudiere 1990), I have identified it as having been
introduced into France, in Pinus radiata plantations; since then, it has also been
found in Spain (Seco Fernandez & Mier Durante 1992).
Hosts. —Pinus and Pseudotsuga. Frequently found on: Pinus albicaulis Engel-
mann, P. monticola, P. flexilis, P. leiophylla, P. ponderosa, P. ponderosa var.
arizonica, P. jeffreyi, P. engelmannii, P. sabiniana, P. coulteri, P. torreyana Parry,
P. radiata, P. attenuata, P. muricata\ infrequently found on: Pinus strobiformis,
P. Iambertiana, P. contorta latifolia Engelmann ex S. Watson, P. washoensis Mason
& Stockwell, Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirbel) Franco, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa
(Vasey) Mayr; not found on: Pinus cembroides Zuccagni, P. edulis Engelmann, P.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
57
monophylla, P. quadrifolia, P. balfouriana Greville & Balfour, P. aristata Engel-
mann, P. contorta contorta, P. contorta murrayana, P. contorta bolanderi (Sor¬
ensen 1983). During a recent introduction in France, Turpeau & Remaudiere
(1990) report P. rigida, P. strobus, P. taeda, P. virginiana and P. griffithi McClelland
as additional hosts.
Essigella (E.) californica is frequently abundant on nonnative pines in the central
valley of California, and also on native pines, especially subsection Sabinianae,
in the surrounding foothills and in southern California. Although it is quite po-
lyphagous within Pinus, it is notably absent on piny on pines [see discussion of
E. ( E .) hoerneri ]. It occasionally feeds on Pseudotsuga, but apparently not in the
presence of E. (E.) wilsoni. Although E. (E.) calif ornica may occur on hosts that
are occupied by other, more restricted Essigella species, it is generally less nu¬
merous (i.e., relative abundance on an individual tree) on such hosts than are the
species that are restricted to that niche; this is especially true when both occur on
an individual tree.
Note that with reference to “Sp. A” [= E. (. E .) calif ornica ], Sorensen (1987a:
255, lines 27, 28) mentioned Pseudotsuga as a “(secondary host capture)”; this
unfortunate wording refers to opportunistic capture of a host species as a primary
host, not a secondary (i.e., summer) host in the sense of the life cycle of the
aphidines.
Discussion. — This species, together with E. ( E .) hoerneri, forms the E. ( E .)
calif ornica complex. Essigella (E.) calif ornica is the commonest Essigella in the
western Nearctic and appears to be the species [followed closely by E. (E.) hoerneri]
that is most prone to produce alates, as determined by their frequency among
and within collection samples. This species is operationally defined and may
actually represent a series of sibling entities on different host groups; however, I
am comfortable with considering it to be a single taxon, because the range of its
morphological variance does not appear to significantly exceed that shown by
other, less polyphagous Essigella species. Further taxonomic division, beyond the
current operational level, seems unwarranted unless biological and genetic anal¬
yses are carried out.
Essigella (E.) calif ornica and E. (E.) hoerneri share several nonexclusive apo-
morphies, although I have no doubt that they form a monophyletic group: re¬
duction of the dorsal (major + minor) setae to six [shared with E. (E.) pini] and
the marginal setae to two [with E. (E.) pini, E. (E.) wilsoni and E. ( E .) alyeska]
on abdominal terga III-IV; reduction of the ventral abdominal sclerites on seg¬
ments XII-IV to small, irregular plates [with E. (E.) wilsoni and, in part, E. ( E .)
alyeska, E. (L.) fusca, E. (L.) hillerislambersi and (rarely) E. (E.) pini]; and the
reduction of the mesonotal muscle attachment plates on the latter stadia apterae
nymphs to noninvasive [with E. ( E .) wilsoni, E. ( E .) alyeska, and (very rarely)
E. ( E .) pini].
I have analyzed character variation among and within populations of the E.
( E.) calif ornica complex, in comparison to the E. ( L.) fusca and E. (E.) knowltoni
complexes, using principal component analyses (unpublished data). In those anal¬
yses, the body setal lengths of the former generally loaded uniformly and heavily
on the second principal component vector, with the first vector representing
general-size. The extent of that setal loading was generally much more uniform
for the E. ( E .) calif ornica complex, than it was for these other complexes, indicating
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
that setal lengths vary more, in unison, in the E. (E.) californica complex than in
either of the others. In other analyses (unpublished data), when only E. (E.)
calif ornica and E. (E.) hoerneri were subjected to principal component analysis,
where general-size was again represented by vector 1, they diverged on combi¬
nations of vectors 2 versus 3. The loadings of those vectors indicated that their
separation was chiefly on the basis of body widths and stylet length. In contrast,
Hottes (1957: 109, key couplet 11) used 0.030 mm as a threshold value for the
length of the dorsal setae on the metatibia (his “hairs on the mid region of outer
margin of metathoracic tibiae”) to separate his E. “ calif ornica” and E. “ hoerneri ”;
clearly Hottes’ approach was erroneous.
Essigella (E.) calif ornica and E. ( E .) hoerneri show extreme variation of the
length of the setae on the frons and dorsal setae on the metatibiae. This population
attribute could be considered synapomorphic, as a mutation that allows greater
phenotypic plasticity of setal length in response to environmental conditions, but
the mechanism of expression is not understood. Essigella (E.) wilsoni also shows
a similar tendency, but to a lesser degree; the number of incidences of extreme
setal length reduction (i.e. , < 0.3 x tibial diameter) is much less in it.
Other variation shared by both E. {E.) calif ornica and E. ( E .) hoerneri entails
the relative length of the metatibiae on adult viviparous apterae. On occasion,
aberrant individual viviparous apterae retain the relatively shorter metatibiae that
is characteristic of the ultimate stadium of their nymph (i.e., the holotype of E.
“cocheta ”). This trait also occurs in other Essigella species, but it seems to be
less frequently expressed than in the E. (E.) calif ornica complex. I suspect that
such aberrantly short tibiae result from the failure of a regulatory gene that controls
physiognomic transitions between nymphal versus adult (or alate versus aptera)
allometries.
With the exception of E. ( E.) pini, E. ( E .) californica has caused the greatest
confusion in the genus. Hottes did not have adequate samples to reflect its vari¬
ability, and used poor preparatory techniques. Among his synonyms, E. “monelli ”
and E. “ cocheta ” were stated to lack distinctly bifid tarsal claws, but their types
actually have them; excessive clearing in potassium hydroxide obscures this char¬
acter when viewed through only low power magnification. Other synonyms, E.
“ claremontiana” and E. “ swainif were previously separated on the basis of setal
lengths, which vary continuously. In fact, based upon setal length, Hottes (1957:
85) believed that the series from which Essig originally described “Lachnus cal-
ifornicus ” must have had specimens of E. “ essigi ” in it [see discussion of that
species], Wilson’s (1919: 1) (re)description of “Essigella californica (Essig),” from
material on Pseudotsuga “ douglassi ” [= P. menziesii], “Pinus ponderosaT ’ and
specimens sent to him by Essig, most probably incorporates species other than
E. ( E.) californica ; if so, E. ( E .) wilsoni and E. ( L.) fusca might presumably be
involved, but I cannot determine this.
Ironically, even Essig (1909) had some trouble recognizing the different morphs
when originally describing E. ( E .) californica. For example, Essig’s illustration of
an aptera of the species (Essig 1909: fig. 2a-b, 2d) clearly shows the legs with
sensoria, which he mentions in the description, but the description is labeled
“Apterous Vivivarous Female”; these are pseudorhinaria of the ovipara morph,
however.
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (E.) californica has been referred
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
59
to previously by: the coding “Sp. A” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “CALF”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the name E. californica in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name.— Essig named this species for California, the
state in which its original collection occurred, and where it is most commonly
encountered (e.g., Fig. 8). Common name: the Californian pine needle aphid;
although Essig (1936: 229), Doane et al. (1936: 360), Palmer (1952: 14), and
Furniss & Carolin (1977: 99) refer to this species as the “Monterey Pine Aphid,”
the common name indicated here is more appropriate and less confusing because
Pinus radiata, Monterey pine, as a niche is occupied much more representatively
by E. (E.) essigi, whereas E. (E.) californica is quite polyphagous within Pinus.
Material Examined. — ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Southwest Research
Station, Chiricahua Mts, 1700 m, 16 Sep 1978, JTS 78143, P. engelmannii, (apt.); Carr Canyon Rd,
Huachuca Mts, 2070 m, 17 Sep 1978, JTS 78155, P. engelmannii, (apt.); Miller Canyon Rd, Huachuca
Mts, 1700 m, 17 Sep 1978, JTS 78152, P. leiophylla, (apt.); nr Steward Camp, Chiricahua Mts, 1530
m, 16 Sep 1978, JTS 78142, P. leiophylla, (apt., alat.). COCONINO Co.: 9 km W of Williams on hwy
66, 2070 m, 9 Sep 1978, JTS 7815, P. ponderosa, (apt.). GILA Co.: 16 km E of Kohles Ranch on hwy
260, 1700 m, 9 Sep 1978, JTS 78111, P. ponderosa, (apt.). GRAHAM Co.: SW of Stafford on hwy
366, 1830 m, 15 Sep 1978, JTS 78136, P. leiophylla, (apt.); same but 1980 m, JTS 78137, P. ponderosa
var. arizonica, (apt.). MARICOPA Co.: Phoenix, 13 Jan 1972, D. Carver, P. canariensis, (apt.); Sun
City, 27 Jan 1972, D. Carver, P. taeda, (apt.). NA VAJO Co.: Mogollon Rim Rd, 8 km SW of Showlow,
2070 m, 10 Sep 1978, JTS 78113, P. ponderosa, (apt.). PIMA Co.: Bear Canyon Picnic Area, Santa
Catalina Mts, 1830 m, 18 Sep 1978, JTS 78157, P. leiophylla, (apt., alat.); same but JTS 78160, P.
ponderosa var. arizonica, (apt.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: Sitgreaves Natl Forest, 19 Jun 1969, D. T.
Jennings, P. ponderosa, (apt.). CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA Co.: Berkeley, 23 Apr 1947, E. O. Essig,
P. radiata, (apt., alat.); same but 10 Nov 1935, (apt.); same but 28 Oct 1952, trap pan, (alat.). ALPINE
Co.: E. side of Ebbett’s Pass on hwy 4, 3 km E of summit, 2440 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G41, P.
monticola, (apt.); same but W side, 5 km W of summit, 2500 m, JTS 7 7 G4 3, P. jeffreyi, (gcpi). AMADOR
Co.: 13 km N of Plymouth, 29 May 1977, J. T. Sorensen, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.). BUTTE Co.:
Chico, 27 Oct 1949, H. T. Osborn, CDFA 40-K-5, P. yunnanensis Franchet [?], (apt., alat.); Feather
River Cyn, 22 km NE of jet of hwy 70 & Cherokee Rd, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F14, P. ponderosa, (apt.).
CALAVERAS Co.: 18 km E of Arnold on hwy 4, 1680 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G46, P. ponderosa,
(apt.); 2 km NE of Murphys on hwy 4, 670 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G47, P. ponderosa, (apt.); 7 km
NE of Angel’s Camp on hwy 4, 460 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G48, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.). COLUSA
Co.: W of William on hwy 20, 18 Apr 1979, T. Kono & P. Crane, CDFA 79D19-35, P. sabiniana,
(apt.). CONTRA COSTA Co.: Mt Diablo, 23 Apr 1939, E. O. Essig, P. sabiniana, (alat.); Orinda, 29
Sep 1961, E. I. Schlinger, EIS 61-9-30b, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). DEL NORTE Co.: Gasquet, 21 Sep
1966, P. Allen, CDFA 66-116-14, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (alat.). EL DORADO Co.: Blodgett Exper¬
imental Forest (Univ. Calif.), E of Georgetown, 26 Jul 1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 55, P. ponderosa,
(apt., alat.); same but 28/29 May 1977, J. T. Sorensen, P. lambertiana, P. ponderosa, (alat.); George¬
town, 29 May 1977, J. T. Sorensen, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); Lake Tahoe, Meek’s Bay, 1980 m, 16
Jul 1977, JTS 77G29, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Mutton Cyn, 3 Oct 1961, T. Kono, Pinus sp., (alat.); S Fork
of American River, 5 Jul 1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 35, P. sabiniana, (apt.). FRESNO Co.: 22.4 km
(14 mi) W of Coalinga on hwy 145, 25 Apr 1979, D. Taylor, CDFA 79D27-8, P. sabiniana, (apt.,
alat.); Clovis, 7 Apr 1965, Dunnegan, CDFA 65D9-21, P. canariensis, (apt.); Trimmer, Pine Flat
Lake, 13 Aug 1977, JTS 77H8, P. sabiniana, (apt.); jet of hwys 180 & 245, 1620 m, 13 Aug 1977,
JTS 77H9, P. ponderosa, (apt.). HUMBOLT Co.: nr Little River State Beach, 17 km N of Areata on
hwy 101, 4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G3, P. muricata, (apt., alat.). KERN Co.: Caliente-Bodhsh Rd, S of
Bodhsh, 820 m, 20 Sep 1977, JTS 77167, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Heritage Park, 19 Jun 1967, K. Hench,
P. canariensis C. Smith, (apt.); Keene, 760 m, 20 Sep 1977, JTS 77162, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Kemville,
22 May 1978, C. F. & C. S. Smith, CFS 78-76, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.); Lebec, 25 Mar 1958, E. I.
Schlinger, EIS 58-3-259, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Tehachapi Mtn Park, S of Tehachapi, 1980 m, 19 Sep
1977, JTS 77160, P. ponderosa, (apt.); same but JTS 77161, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); Tiger Flat Rd, N of hwy
155, nr Alta Sierra, 1890 m, 20 Sep 1977, JTS 77164, P. lambertiana, (ovip.); same but JTS 77166,
P. jeffreyi, (apt.). LAKE Co.: 10 km S of Lake Pillsbury, Elk Mt Rd, 930 m, 24 Jul 1977, JTS 77G57,
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); same but 5 km S, 640 m, JTS 77G56, P. jejfreyi, (apt.); 21 km N of Upper
Lake, Elk Mt Rd, 1030 m, 24 Jul 1977, JTS 77G60, P. attenuata, (alat.); Kelseyville, 12 Apr 1936,
P. Schulthess, P. sabiniana, (apt.); same but 15 Jul 1935, E. Doybell, (alat.); W of Lake Pillsbury, Eel
River Rd, 340 m, 24 Jul 1977, JTS 77G54, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.). LASSEN Co.: 7 km SW of
Susanville on hwy 36, 1460 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS 77G13, P. jejfreyi, (apt., alat.); Lassen Natl Park,
summit area, 2440 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G18, P. monticola, (apt.); hwy 89 (nr Lassen Natl Park),
6 km N of jet with hwy 36, 2013 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G20, P. monticola,(apt.). LOS ANGELES
Co.: (lectotype) Claremont, 14/18 Feb 1909, E. O. Essig, P. rndiata, (apt., alat.); Lake Hughes, 22 May
1959, E. I. Schlinger, EIS 59-5-23k, P. ponderosa, (alat.); same but 2 km NE on hwy N2, 1000 m, 18
Sep 1977, JTS 77152, P. sabiniana, (apt.); 3 km SE of Big Pines on hwy 2, E of Blue Ridge Summit,
2200 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77149, P. jejfreyi, (alat.); Azuza, 4 Nov 1969, McHom & Weber, CDFA
69K7-8, P. canariensis, (apt.); Camp Baldy, 5 Dec 1956, J. MacSwain, “on fir,” (apt., alat.); hwy 2,
7 km NE of jet with Mt Wilson Rd, San Gabriel Mts, 1530 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77151, P. coulteri,
(apt.). MARIN Co.: San Rafael, 18 May 1967, C. Schmid, P. radiata, (apt.). MARIPOSA Co.: Feliciana
Mt, 25 Jul 1946, H. Chandler, P. “ tuberculata ” [= muricata!], (apt.); Yosemite Natl Park, Camp
Foresta, 1340 m, 30 Jul 1977, JTS 77G64, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); same but JTS 77G65, P.
lambertiana, (apt.). MENDOCINO Co.: 10 km W of Laytonville, Branscomb Rd, 580 m, 24 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G53, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Albion-Little River Rd, 5 km E of hwy 1, 210 m, 23 Jul 1977, JTS
77G52, P. muricata, (apt., alat.); Fish Rock Rd, 7 km E of Anchor Bay, 23 Jul 1977, JTS 77G51, P.
muricata, (apt.); Fort Bragg, 8 May 1936, E. O. Essig, P. “ tuberculata ” [= muricata!], (apt.). MODOC
Co.: 1 km W of Adin Pass on hwy 299, 21 Jul 1978, JTS 78G120, P. ponderosa, (apt.); E side of
Cedar Pass, 29 km E of Alturas, 1890 m, 3 Jul 1977, JTS 77G12, P. ponderosa, (apt.). MONO Co.:
Deadman Summit on hwy 395, nr Crestview, 2440 m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS 77G72, P. jejfreyi, (apt.);
Saddlebag Lake, 3050 m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS 77G69, P. albicaulis, (apt., fund.). MONTEREY Co.: Cone
Mt, 9 Aug 1962, E. I. Schlinger, EIS 62-8-9a, Pinus sp., (apt.); Cone Peak Rd, 2 km N of jet with
Nacimento-Fergusson Rd, Los Padres Natl Forest, 910 m, 4 Sep 1977, JTS 7719, P. coulteri, (apt.);
Lockwood-San Ardo Rd, 13 km SW of jet with Paris Valley Rd, 550 m, 4 Sep 1977, JTS 7717, P.
attenuata, (apt.); same but JTS 7718, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Monterey, 16 Feb 1979, T. Kono, CDFA
79B20-10-3, P. radiata, (apt.); same but 18 Jun 1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 24, P. radiata, (apt., alat.).
NAPA Co.: 16 km NE of Angwin, jet of Howell Mt Rd & Pope Canyon Rd, 4 Feb 1978, JTS 79B1,
P. sabiniana, (apt.). ORANGE Co.: Anaheim, 9 Feb 1965, J. Seapy, CDFA 65B15-26-2, P. radiata,
(apt.); above Santiago Peak Rd, 10 km N of jet with hwy 74, Cleveland Natl Forest, 1220 m, 10 Sep
1977, JTS 77122, P. coulteri, (apt.); same but JTS 77123, P. attenuata, (apt.). PLACER Co.: 5 km SW
of Whitmore on hwy 80, 1430 m, 25 Jun 1977, JTS 77F1, P. ponderosa, (apt.); 6 km W of Dutch
Flat on hwy 80, 2 Aug 1978, JTS 78H2, P. attenuata, (apt.); same but 27 Aug 1978, JTS 78H160,
(apt.). PLUMAS Co.: 13 km E of Chester on hwy 36, 1520 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS 77G15, P. jejfreyi,
(apt., alat.); hwy 36, 6 k W of jet with hwy 89, 1460 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G22, P. lambertiana,
(apt.); same but JTS 77G25, P. jejfreyi, (apt.); Jackson Creek Cmpgd, Plumas Natl Forest, 2 km SE
of Cromberg on hwy 70/89, 1280 m, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F12, P. ponderosa, (apt.); Keddie, 18 Oct
1966, Swanson, CDFA 66J24-27, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: Idyllwild, 1 Jun
1940, C. Michner, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); Keen Camp Summit on hwy 74, 3 km N of Mountain
Center, San Bernardino Natl Forest, 1500 m, 9 Sep 1977, JTS 77120, P. coulteri, (apt.); Riverside, 28
Nov 1961, C. Lagace, EIS 61-2-28a, P. canariensis, (apt., alat.); same but 9 Mar 1960, E. I. Schlinger,
EIS 60-3-9a, P. canariensis, (apt., alat.). SACRAMENTO Co.: Wm. Land Park, Sacramento, 26 Aug
1961, T. Kono, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). SAN BENITO Co.: Clear Creek Rd, 10 km SE of jet with
Coalinga Rd, 1000 m, 3 Sep 1977, JTS 7714, P. coulteri, (apt.); same but 14 km SE of that jet, 1370
m, JTS 7715, (apt., alat.); same but Clear Creek Recreation Area entrance, 2600 m, JTS 7716, P.
sabiniana, (apt.); Coalinga Rd, 2 km SE of jet with hwy 25, 550 m, 3 Sep 1977, JTS 7713, P. sabiniana,
(apt.); Gloria-Bickmore Rd, 14 km W of jet with hwy 25, 580 m, 3 Sep 1977, JTS 7711, P. sabiniana,
(apt.); same but JTS 7712, P. coulteri, (apt.); Pinnacles Natl Monument, 24 Apr 1948, J. MacSwain,
Pinus sp., (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: 7 km W of Barton Rat on hwy 38, 1950 m, 16 Sep 1977,
JTS 77136, P. coulteri, (apt., alat.); San Bernardino Natl Forest, Keller Peak Cmpgd, 2200 m, 17 Sep
1977, JTS 77142, P. attenuata, (apt.); same but Dogwood, 28 Aug 1972, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 72, P.
ponderosa, (alat.); same but Running Springs, 4 Aug 1973, DJV 77, P. coulteri, (alat.); same but Snow
Valley, 28 Aug 1972, DJV 69, P. jejfreyi, (alat.); Redlands, 22 Dec 1978, CDFA 78L26-28, P. radiata,
(apt.). SAN DIEGO Co.: 2 km E of Mt Palomar on hwy S6, 1650 m, 11 Sep 1977, JTS 77128, P.
attenuata, (apt.); Mt Palomar Rd (hwy S6), 5 km S of Mt Palomar, 1370 m, 11 Sep 1977, JTS 77126,
Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.); 5 km S of Julian, Harrison Springs Rd, 1460 m, 12 Sep 1977, JTS
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
61
77129, P. coulteri, (apt.); La Jolla, Univ. Calif, campus, 11 Sep 1977, JTS 77125, P. torreyana, (apt.,
alat.); San Diego, 10 May 1967, R. Roberson, CDFA 67E15-68, P. radiata, (apt.); same but 29 Jun
1961, O. Beck, CDFA 61F29-53, (apt., alat.); same but 11 Dec 1957, W. Radcliffe, P. canariensis,
(apt., alat.); Torrey Pines State Reserve, 10 Sep 1977, JTS 77124, P. torreyana, (apt.); Valley Center,
18 Apr 1975, G. Gordun, CDFA 75D24-34, Pinus sp., (apt.). SAN FRANCISCO Co.: San Francisco,
28 Apr 1967, M. Stufflebeam, CDFA 67E1-10, P. radiata, (apt., alat.). SAN LUIS OBISPO Co.: 2
km E of Santa Margarita on hwy 58, 300 m, 5 Sep 1977, JTS 77113, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Cuesta Ridge
Botanical Area, nr La Cuesta Summit on hwy 101, N of San Luis Obispo, 730 m, 5 Sep 1977, JTS
77114, P. coulteri, (apt., alat.); Ragged Point, 21 Jul 1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 56, P. radiata, (alat.).
SANTA BARBARA Co.: Happy Canyon Rd, 16 km NE of jet with hwy 154, Los Padres Natl Forest,
370 m, 6 Sept 1977, JTS 77116, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); Purissima Hills, 10 km N of jet of hwys 1
& 246, 6 Sept 1977, JTS 77115, P. muricata, (apt., alat.); San Marcos Pass, 740 m, 14 Apr 1960, E.
I. Schlinger & J. Hall, EIS 60-4-15c, P. “ monticola’' [?], (apt., alat.); Santa Barbara, 1 May 1939, G.
Woodham, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.); Santa Cruz Island, Prisoner’s Harbor, 25 Sep 1978, JTS 78164, P.
muricata, (apt.); Santa Ynez, 23 Apr 1975, B. Jarvis, CDFA 75D24-39, Pinus sp., (apt.); Tequepis
Cyn, 17 May 1957, M. Cravens, CDFA 57E21-14, P. radiata, (apt.). SANTA CLARA Co.: Campbell,
19 Apr 1967, G. Prole, CDFA 67E5-34, Pinus sp., (apt.); Palo Alto, Stanford Univ., 25 Apr 1930,
P.S.B., P. radiata, (apt.); same but 7 Apr 1912, H. Morrison, P. “maritima ” [?], (apt., alat.). SANTA
CRUZ Co.: Santa Cruz, 20 Jul 1966, J. Bauer, CDFA 66G26-3, Pinus sp., (alat.). SHASTA Co.: 24
km (15 mi) E of Redding, nr Bella Vista, 29 Mar 1979, D. Henry, CDFA 79C29-19, P. sabiniana,
(apt.); 16 km S of Castella on hwy 5, 400 m, 2 Jul 1977, JTS 77G1, P. sabiniana, (apt.); 2 km W of
Fall River Mills on hwy 299, 21 Jul 1978, JTS 78G121, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); same but JTS
78G123, P. ponderosa, (apt.); 3 km N of hwy 299 on Rock Creek Rd, W of Redding, 300 m, 20 Aug
1977, JTS 77H14, P. attenuata, (apt.); Whiskeytown Lake, 370 m, 20 Aug 1977, JTS 77H15, P.
attenuata, (apt.); same but JTS 77H16, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.). SISKIYOU Co.: Edson Creek access
Rd, Shasta Natl Forest, 8 km W of Bartel on hwy 89, 1160 m, 3 Jul 1977, JTS 77G10, P. jeffreyi,
(apt., alat.); Mt Shasta Ski Bowl Rd, 2450 m, 2 Jul 1977, J. T. Sorensen & D. J. Voegtlin, JTS 77G8,
P. lambertiana, (apt.); same but JTS 77G6, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); same but JTS 77G4, P. albicaulis,
(apt., fund.); Snowman Hill Summit on hwy 89, 8 km E of jet with hwy 5, 1360 m, 2 Jul 1977, JTS
77G2, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.). SOLANO Co.: Green Valley, 29 Oct 1939, N of Frazier, (alat.).
SONOMA Co.: hwy 101, at Sonoma-Mendocino Co. line, 3 Jul 1978, JTS 78G1, P. sabiniana, (apt.,
alat.). TEHAMA Co.: 29 km E of Dales on hwy 36, 910 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G27, P. sabiniana,
(apt., alat.); same but 970 m, JTS 77G28, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); Lanes Valley Rd, nr jet with hwy
36, 490 m, 4 Jul 1977, JTS 77G17, P. sabiniana, (apt.). TRINITY Co.: Big Flat, 1 Jun 1978, C. F.
Smith, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Buckhom Summit on hwy 299, W of Tower House, 980 m, 20 Aug 1977,
JTS 77H17, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); Weaverville, 550 m, 20 Aug 1977, JTS 77H20, P. sabiniana,
(apt., alat.); same but JTS 77H21, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.). TULARE Co.: E of Big Meadows Cmpgd,
Sierra Natl Forest, 2320 m, 13 Aug 1977, JTS 77H13, P. jeffreyi, (apt.); same but JTS 77H12, P.
monticola, (apt.); Visalia, 9 Apr 1971, J. Gilley, CDFA 71D12-11, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). TUOLUMNE
Co.: 2 km E of Groveville on hwy 120, 910 m, 30 Jul 1977, JTS 77G63, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.);
7 km W of Big Oak Flat on hwy 120, 550 m, 30 Jul 1977, JTS 77G61, P. sabiniana, (apt.); Kennedy
Meadows, 12 Jul 1951, W. Lange, P. ponderosa, (alat.); Mocassin, 14 Jun 1973, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV
37, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); Strawberry, 26 Apr 1951, J. MacSwain, Pinus sp., (alat.); Yosemite Natl
Park, 1330 m, 17 May 1938, E. O. Essig, P. ponderosa, (alat.). VENTURA Co.: 4.8 km (3 mi) S of
Pine Mt Summit, 16 May 1961, R. Van den Bosch, RVdB 61 -V-19j, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); Mt
Pinos Summit, 2684 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77154, P. flexilis, (apt., ovip., male); Santa Paula, 26 Jun
1911, E. O. Essig (USNM type 16243, P. radiata, (apt., alat.). YOLO Co.: Davis, 1 Mar 1979, R.
Harris, CDFA 79C2-1-2, P. sabiniana, (apt., alat.); Davis, 19 May 1979, T. & C. Kono, CDFA 79E21-
42, P. sabiniana, (apt.). COLORADO. LARIMER Co.: Stove Prairie Hill, nr Bellvue, 16 Jun 1922,
M. A. Palmer, CAES 3118, P. “ murraryana" [= contorta latifoliaP. ], (alat.); Estes Park, 22 Jul 1922,
M. A. Palmer, CAES 3152, P. flexilis, (apt.). SAN JUAN Co.: 20 km N of Purgatory, 3020 m, 8 Aug
1978, JTS 78H47, P. flexilis, (apt.). FLORIDA. DADE Co.: Opa Locka, 29 Feb 1956, C. Shepard &
L. Daigle, Pinus sp., (apt.). IDAHO. BONNER Co.: 6 km E of Colburn on hwy 95, 18 Jul 1978, JTS
78G102, P. monticola, (apt.); 6 km S of Cocolalla on hwy 95, 18 Jul 1978, JTS 78G105, P. ponderosa,
(apt., alat.). CLEAR WATER Co.: 5 km EofOrofino on hwy 12, 18 Jul 1978, JTS 1&G10&, P. ponderosa,
(apt.). MONTANA. CARBON Co.: E side of Beartooth pass on hwy 212, 2780 m, 20 Aug 1978, JTS
78H118, P. albicaulis, (apt., ovip.). FLATHEAD Co.: 5 km W of MacGregor Lake on hwy 2, E of
Happy Inn, 18 Jul 1978, JTS 78G101, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); hwy 93, nr Olney, 17 Jul 1978, JTS
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
78G99, P. monticola, (apt.). NEBRASKA. THOMAS Co.: Halsey, 14 Sep 1958, R. Henzlik, (alat.).
NEVADA. CLARK Co.: Charleston Mts, Lee Canyon Ski Area, 2590 m, 4 Aug 1978, JTS 78H16, P.
flexilis, (apt., alat.). WASHOE Co.: Mt Rose Summit Cmpgd, Toiyabe Natl Forest, 2 Aug 1978, JTS
78H8, P. albicaulis, (apt., fund.); same but JTS 78H9, P. monticola, (apt.); Mt Rose, Slide Mountain
Ski Area, 2 Aug 1978, JTS 78H6, P. washoensis, (apt.). NEW MEXICO. BERNALILLO Co.: 2 km
NW of San Antinito on hwy 44, 2290 m, 12 Sep 1978, JTS 78120, P. ponderosa, (apt.). CATRON
Co.: Apache Natl Forest, 11 May 1978, C. F. & C. S. Smith, CFS 78-24, (apt., alat.). OREGON.
BAKER Co.: 11 km W of Unity on hwy 26, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G112, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.).
CLACKAMAS Co.: Timberline Lodge, Mt Hood, 1770 m, 6 Jul 1978, JTS 78G35, P. albicaulis,
(fund.). DESCHUTES Co.: Sisters, 23 May 1968, C. F. Smith & B. Zak, CFS 68-115, P. ponderosa,
(apt.). HARNEY Co.: 20 km N of Bums on hwy 395, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G117, P. ponderosa, (apt.,
alat.). JACKSON Co.: 21 km S of Union Creek on hwy 62, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G15, P. ponderosa,
(apt., alat.); same but 3 km E, 110 m, JTS 78G18, (apt). JOSEPHINE Co.: O’brien, 4 Jul 1978, JTS
78G9, P. jeffreyi, (apt.). KL AMATH Co.: 16 km S of LaPine on hwy 97, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G26, P.
ponderosa, (apt., alat.). LAKE Co.: 28 km N of Lakeview on hwy 395, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G119, P.
ponderosa, (apt.). WASCO Co.: 21 km SE of Government Camp on hwy 26, 970 m, 6 Jul 1978, JTS
78G34, P. monticola, (apt.); same but 46 km SE, 670 m, JTS 78G32, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.);
jet of Mills Creek & hwy 26, 35 km NW of Madras, 6 Jul 1978, JTS 78G29, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.).
UTAH. CACHE Co.: Bearlake Summit on hwy 89, 8 km W of Garden City, 2350 m, 24 Aug 1978,
JTS 78H132, P. flexilis, (apt.). DUCHESNE Co.: 19 km NE of Castle Gate on hwy 33, 2770 m, 25
Aug 1978, JTS 78H144, P. flexilis, (apt.); W of Duchesne, 29 Jun 1958, G. F. Knowlton, (alat.). IRON
Co.: 32 km SE of Cedar City on hwy 14, 3020 m, 5 Aug 1978, JTS 78H27, P. flexilis, (apt.). PIUTE
Co.: Marysville Cyn, 11 Jun 1943, G. F. Knowlton, P. ponderosa, (alat.). WASHINGTON. CHELAN
Co.: 8 km SW of Chelan on hwy 97, 12 Jul 1978, JTS 78G68, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.); Washington
Pass on hwy 20, 1700 m, 12 Jul 1978, JTS 78G75, P. albicaulis, (apt., fund.). CLALLAM Co.: Olympic
Natl Park, Hurricane Ridge, 9 Jul 1978, JTS 78G51, P. monticola, (apt., fund.). GRAYS HARBOR
Co.: 16 km W of Amanda Park on hwy 101, 10 Jul 1978, JTS 78G54, P. monticola, (apt.). KING
Co.: Seattle, 16 Jun/20 Oct 1955, M. Forsell, Pinus sp., (apt.). KITSAP Co.: 8 km S of Hood Canal
bridge on hwy 3, 9 Jul 1978, JTS 78G49, P. monticola, (apt.). OKANOGAN Co.: 17 km NW of
Winthrop on hwy 20, 550 m, 12 Jul 1978, JTS 78G71, P. ponderosa, (apt., alat.). WHITMAN Co.:
Pullman, 26 Sep 1956, F. C. Hottes, P. ponderosa, (alat.). YAKIMA Co.: 16 km W of Naches on hwy
410, 11 Jul 1978, JTS 78G65, P. ponderosa, (apt.); E side of Chinook Pass on hwy 410, 1310 m, 11
Jul 1978, JTS 78G63, P. monticola, (apt.); Union Gap, 22/26 Sep 1952, E. Davies, trap pan, (alat.).
WYOMING. CROOK Co.: 6 km W of Devil’s Tower Jet on hwy 14, 1100 m, 19 Aug 1978, JTS
78H104, P. ponderosa, (apt.). PLATTE Co.: S of Glendo on hwy 25, 1920 m, 17 Aug 1978, JTS
78H94, P. ponderosa, (apt.). TETON Co.: Hoback Jet, 19 km S of Jackson on hwy 89, 1860 m, 23
Aug 1978, JTS 78H128, P. flexilis, (apt., male); nr Togwotee Pass on hwy 287, 2800 m, 23 Aug 1978,
JTS 78H125, P. albicaulis, (apt., fund., ovip.). WASHAKIE Co.: 19 km NE of Tensleep on hwy 16,
2350 m, 19 Aug 1978, JTS 78H107, P. flexilis, (apt.); Tensleep Cyn, Bighorn Mts, 1580 m, 20 Aug
1978, JTS 78H111, P. ponderosa, (apt.). CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA: 21 km N of Cache Creek
on hwy 97, 13 Jul 1978, JTS 78G81, P. ponderosa, (apt.); 21 km S of Lytton on hwy 1, 13 Jul 1978,
JTS 78G78, P. ponderosa, (apt.); 5 km N ofSpuzzum on hwy 1, 13 Jul 1978, JTS 78G77, P. monticola,
(apt., male); 7 km S of Canal Flats on hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G95, P. c. latifolia, (apt.); Fairmont
Hotsprings, hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G91, P. ponderosa, (apt.). MEXICO. DISTRITO FEDERAL:
Ajusco, 2800 m, 2 Apr 1981, G. Remaudiere, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). STATE UNCERTAIN: Chapingo,
27 Oct 1980, G. Remaudiere, Pinus sp., (apt., alat.). FRANCE. PROVINCE UNCERTAIN: Rennesle
Rheu, 30 Jun 1989, “R 42,” piege, (alat.); Landemeau Finistere, 6 Sep 1989, E. Turpeau, 16580, “P.
radiatalfl (apt.).
Essigella ( Essigella ) hoerneri Gillette & Palmer, 1924
Essigella hoerneri Gillette & Palmer, 1924: 5, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 17: 5-6.
Essigella gillettei Hottes, 1957: 88, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 88-90. NEW
SYNONYM.
Essigella maculata Hottes, 1957: 93, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 93-95. NEW
SYNONYM.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
63
Primary Type. — Lectotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 6 other specimens, lec-
totype in upper right; slide data: “ Essigella hoerneri n. sp., lectotype (vivip. apt.)
(type—others paratypes) C. P. Gillette & M. A. Palmer/U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 41952/
On Pinus edulis, 9-25-21, Owl Canon [sic] Larimer Co., Colo., Coll. J. L. Hoemer,
Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta. Ac. 2894/[on back] lectotype, Essigella hoerneri Gillette &
Palmer, J. T. Sorensen 1981.” Lectotype deposited in the U.S. National Museum
of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
There is confusion concerning the lectotype designation. In the original de¬
scription, Gillette & Palmer (1924: 5-6) list no primary type, but later (Gillette
& Palmer 1931: 841) state “Types in U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 41952; Paratypes
in collection of Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta.” Palmer (1952:16) again refers to that museum
number under the heading Type. There is a second “type” slide, containing one
ovipara with four other specimens, that also bears the U.S. Nat. Mus. number
41952. Consequently, the slide cannot be identified from that number alone.
Hottes (1957: 92) mentions a lectotype and gives the slide data (as above), but
does not tell the position of the designated individual on the slide. Although there
is a “map” of position of the “type” on the slide, I am uncertain that this represents
the lectotype mentioned by Hottes. Because the “type” individual on that slide
was incomplete, I have designated a different, intact specimen from the slide
(upper right corner, 2 o’clock position) as lectotype.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.49-2.36 (1.86 ± 0.22) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 110-148 (130 ± 10) p, processus terminalis: 30-43 (37
± 4) p- IV: 75-120 (101 ± 12) p\ III: 118-238 (175 ± 29) p\ II: 59-88 (70 ± 7) p. Length of longest
setae on frons: 13-88 (48 ± 24) p, tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 245-329 (291 ± 22) p. Length
of stylets: 714-1130 (860 ± 107) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 58-100 (80 ± 9) p, rostral tip reaching
abdominal terga III-V in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused,
total length: 316-459 (385 ± 37) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 275-439 (371
± 46) p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 102-148 (123 ± 13) p\ terga II-VII fused, VIII free.
Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi: 28-45 (35 ± 5) p; siphunculi flush to truncated conical,
protrusion to 0.7 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV usually
irregular, subcircular or sublinear when small (length less than 0.6 x metatibial diameter), subquadrate
when large (length greater than 1.0 x metatibial diameter); length: 5-51 (22 ± 11) p, 0.3-1.1 x diameter
of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. IF) on abdominal terga III-IV: 6, very rarely
7, tips sharp, in 1 row; marginal setae 2 per segment, each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6,
rarely 7, length: 13-60 (31 ± 15) p, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda rounded; caudal pro¬
tuberance moderately to poorly developed, occasionally absent; length of longest caudal setae: 43-
105 (78 ± 17) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 388-857 (596 ± 106) p\ metatibiae: 561-
1275 (908 ± 179) p\ longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 10-113 (38 ± 26) p, 0.1-
2.9 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate to sharp; approximately equal or very gradually increasing
distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 18-50 (34 ± 10) p, tips
sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 93-148 (118 ± 15) p\ metadistitarsus: 148-223 (187 ± 18) p. Ratio
of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.58:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Thorax
gray-green, abdomen lime green, legs yellow-brown. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body
dorsum usually pale to rarely light brown (to 20 percent pigment density), usually unicolorous, oc¬
casionally abdominal terga dorsomedially dusky to entire abdomen evenly moderate brown (to 50
percent pigment density) in contrast to pale head and thorax. Terga at bases of setae on frons and
dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga, to rarely subtly darker.
Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen usually pale,
inconspicuous, to rarely light brown, vaguely evident. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites
pale, inconspicuous, to moderate brown, conspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga.
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Cauda, anal, and subgenital plates concolorous with abdominal terga to subtly darker. Antennal
segments Y and IV subtly dusky distally, pale proximally, to entirely dusky, infrequently to moderate
brown; III entirely very pale to subtly dusky on distal one-third, remainder pale; II as pale as proximal
III to subtly darker; I concolorous with frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae concolorous, usually evenly
pale, equivalent to thoracic tergum or slightly darker, to subtly dusky on distal and occasionally
proximal tip, rarely entirely dusky. Distitarsi usually dusky on distal one-half, pale proximally, to
entirely dusky with distal tip of tibiae.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum lacking 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; area surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous.
Viviparous Alatae. - Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
setae between muscle attachment plates very rarely arising from distinct scleroites; antennal segments
often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III with 0-5, IV with
0-3, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture strongly developed. Forewing medius with single furcation
arising on proximad one-third of vein; cubital base arising proximad on subcosta with distance between
anal and cubital bases on subcosta relatively small, ca. 20-30 percent or less of anal vein length;
medius, especially cubitus and anal veins usually distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent
vague. Abdominal terga lacking irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and
dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or scleroites.
Oviparae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal dorsum membranous with irregular transverse sclerites containing dorsal (major +
minor) setae on each tergum; marginal setae usually on separate scleroites; siphuncular cones scler¬
otized, regular, separated from other dorsal sclerotic fields; dorsal abdominal muscle attachment plates
unicolorous. Rarely with abdominal terga II-VI sclerotic/fused, terga VII and VIII free; then dorsal
demarcations of anterad terga evident and siphuncular cones surrounded closely by, sometimes en¬
gulfed by, sclerotic fields. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 11-23.
Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (E.) hoerneri requires the combination of several char¬
acters for identification; individuals usually are pale and may be confused with
other pale Essigella. Essigella (E.) hoerneri can be separated from all Essigella,
except E. (E.) californica and E. (E.) pini by having six (Fig. IF), instead of eight
or more, dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdominal terga III-IV. Diagnostics
for all morphs of E. ( E .) hoerneri that separate it from E. ( E .) pini are the same
as for E. (E.) californica [see that diagnosis].
Essigella (E.) hoerneri and E. (E.) californica are difficult to distinguish. Al¬
though E. ( E .) hoerneri has a longer rostrum, wider head and shorter antennal
segment IV than does E. ( E .) californica, these differences are indiscrete, and
reliable separation requires application of the discriminant function in the key to
the viviparous apterae [couplets 27 or 28, see 26].
Synonyms.—Essigella gillettei Flottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. alat.,
on slide alone; data: COLORADO. LARIMER Co.: Stove Prairie Hill, Bellevue,
16 Jun 1922, M. A. Palmer, P. murrayana [= P. contorta latifolial ]. Essigella
gillettei holotype deposited in the NMNH.
Essigella maculata Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. alat., on slide
alone; data: COLORADO. MESA Co.: Grand Junction, 2 Sep 1956, Pinus edulis.
Essigella maculata holotype deposited in the NMNH.
Range. — Great Basin, from the Sierra Nevada to the Rocky Mountains, south
of Idaho and Wyoming to Arizona, New Mexico and southern California; pre¬
sumably into Mexico following its hosts (Fig. 9).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
65
Figure 9. Distribution of is. ( E .) hoerneri [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS samples)], super¬
imposed over the range of its hosts, Pinus monophylla [darker shading] and Pinus edulis [lighter
shading (UT, AZ and east)].
Hosts. —Pinus section Parrya, subsection Cembroides: P. edulis Engelmann, P.
monophylla Torrey & Fremont, P. cembroides Zuccagni and P. quadrifolia Par-
latore [see discussion]. Essigella ( E .) hoerneri is the only Essigella regularly on
piny on pines [E. (L .) fusca has rarely been taken on pinyons, but is considered
nonresident]. References to E. (E.) hoerneri on P. flexilis and P. ponderosa are
probably erroneous, or at least nonresident; although I have not yet seen the slides,
I suspect they represent E. (E .) californica, or in the case of ponderosa pine possibly
E. (. L .) fusca.
Discussion. —Essigella (E.) hoerneri is closely related to E. (E.) californica\ see
the discussion of that species, where most comments apply equally to E. (E.)
hoerneri ]. The long rostrum and styli of E. (E.) hoerneri are autapomorphic;
although, within other Essigella species complexes, some species may have these
features slightly lengthened in comparison to their close relatives, that lengthening
is not in the same class as here. In E. ( E .) hoerneri, this appears to be an adaptation
to feeding on pinyons, whose needles are relatively thick. Their needle thickness
results from a failure to split into the multiple needles (Mirov 1967) that normally
arise from a needle fascicle (e.g., Pinus monophylla). There is an east-west gradient
for stylet length in this aphid, which appears to roughly reflect the needle diameter
of the hosts. The more eastern populations of E. (. E.) hoerneri (Colorado, New
Mexico) have a relatively shorter rostrum, and the rostrum reaches maximal
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
relative length in the populations of the Owens Valley area of California, and
western Nevada. This reflects their host pine geography and needle diameter:
Pinus monophylla, a single-needled pinyon with a large diameter needle, occurs
west of the Nevada-Utah border; whereas P. edulis, a double-needled pinyon with
needles of proportionately less diameter, occurs to the east. The exact species
status of these two pines may be questionable (W. B. Critchfield, personal com¬
munication).
Essigella (E.) hoerneri has apparently split (Fig. 13: node 10) from the E. (E.)
californica lineage to ecologically reinvade Pinus (Strobus ), on subsection Cem-
broides pines. These section Parrya pine niches are unoccupied by other Essigella.
The Archeoessigella species feed monophagously within Pinus (Strobus), but in
section Strobus, subsection Strobi; E. (E.) californica and E. (E.) pini also feed
in that subsection in polyphagy; further, E. (E.) californica occurs on P. albicaulis,
the sole Nearctic representative of Pinus (Strobus) section Strobus, subsection
Cembrae. Interestingly, the other section Parrya subsections are not occupied by
Essigella : subsection Gerardianae is Asian, but the Nearctic subsection Balfour-
ianae probably predates Essigella (see Ecological Corroboration of tl).
Coded References to This Taxon. —Essigella (E.) hoerneri has been referred to
previously by: the coding “Sp. B” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “HOER”
in (Sorensen 1983), and by the name E. hoerneri in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name.— This species was apparently named after J.
L. Hoerner, who collected the series upon which the original description was based
(Gillette & Palmer 1924: 5). Common name: Hoemer’s pinyon pine needle aphid;
although Palmer (1952: 15) refers to this species as “The Immaculate Pine Needle
Aphid,” the common name indicated here is more appropriate and less confusing
because other Essigella are immaculate, in the sense of lacking “speckles” [see
etymology for E. (E.) pini].
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. APACHE Co.: 5 km W of Eagar on hwy 273, 2140 m, 11 Sep
1978, JTS 78115, P. edulis, (apt.); 6 km N of Lupton on hwy 12 (= 166), 1980 m, 11 Sep 1978, JTS
78116, P. edulis, (apt., alat.). COCHISE Co.: Miller Canyon Rd, Huachuca Mts, 1700 m, 17 Sep 1978,
JTS 78153, P. cembroides, (apt.). COCONINO Co.: 22 km N of Williams on hwy 64, 2070 m, 9 Sep
1978, JTS 7817, P. edulis, (apt.); 32 km S of Grand Canyon Village on hwy 180, 2070 m, 9 Sep 1978,
JTS 7819, P. edulis, (apt.); 8 km W of Grand Canyon Caverns on hwy 60, 1700 m, 9 Sep 1978, JTS
7813, P. edulis, (apt.). CALIFORNIA. INYO Co.: Bristlecone Pine Forest entrance on hwy 168, Inyo
Natl Forest, W of Westgard Pass, 2230 m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS 77G74, P. monophylla, (apt.); jet of Lake
Sabrina Rd & Southern Calif. Edison Plant 2 Rd, nr Bishop, 2130 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H3, P.
monophylla, (apt., alat.). KERN Co.: Valle Vista Cmpgd, 13 km W of Apache Saddle Ranger Station,
1500 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77156, P. monophylla, (apt.); W side of Walker Pass on hwy 178, 26 km
E of Oyx, 1530 m, 20 Sep 1977, JTS 77163, P. monophylla, (apt., alat.). MONO Co.: Cedar Flat, nr
White Mt, 15 Jul 1961, E. I. Schlinger, EIS 61-7-15h, “Pinon pine,” (apt.); E side of Monitor Pass
on hwy 89, 2070 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G36, P. monophylla, (apt., alat.); Lee Vining Cmpgd, Inyo
Natl Forest, W of Tioga Pass on hwy 120, 2290 m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS 77G70, P. monophylla, (apt.);
Sherwin Summit, 17 Jul 1972, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 47, P. monophylla, (apt.); Topaz Lake, 1680 m,
5 Jul 1979, S. Paulaitis, DJV 541, P. monophylla, (apt.). RIVERSIDE Co.: 2 km N of Paradise Valley
on hwy 74, 1500 m, 9 Sep 1977, JTS 77119, P. quadrifolia, (apt.); Alpine Village, 21 km S of Palm
Desert on hwy 74, 1160 m, 9 Sep 1977, JTS 77117, P. monophylla, (apt.); Joshua Tree Natl Monument,
Key’s View, 1530 m, 12 Sep 1977, JTS 77133, P. monophylla, (apt.). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: 16
km W of Barton Flat on hwy 38, 2140 m, 16 Sep 1977, JTS 77140, P. monophylla, (apt.); Pipes Cyn,
NW of Yucca Valley & Pioneer Town, 8 km NW of jet of Pioneertown Rd & Pipes Canyon Rd, 1530
m, 15 Sep 1977, JTS 77134, P. monophylla, (apt., alat.); Sheep Cyn, 2 km NW of Mountain Top Jet
on hwy 138, 1525 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77147, P. monophylla, (apt.); nr Ivanpah, New York Mts,
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
67
1600 m, 8 Sep 1978, JTS 7812, P. monophylla, (apt.); same but 1700 m, JTS 7811, P. edulis, (apt.).
VENTURA Co.: Cuyama Valley, 22 May 1959, E. I. Schlinger, EIS 59-5-23i, P. “ cembroides ” [?],
(apt., alat.); Lake of the Woods, 10 km W of Tejon Pass, 1556 m, 18 Sep 1977, JTS 77153, P.
monophylla, (apt., alat.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: Frazier Park, 22 May 1959, E. I. Schlinger, EIS
59-5-23d, P. “ cembroides ” [?], (apt., alat.) (slide is labeled “Los Angeles” Co., but Frazer Park is in
Kern Co.; however, main roads in NW L.A. Co. are less than ~5 km away and Ventura Co. is also
immediately adjacent). COLORADO. CHAFFE Co.: Poncha Springs, 2440 m, 12 Aug 1978, JTS
78FI69, P. edulis, (apt.). LARIMER Co.: (lectotype) Owl Cyn, 25 Sep 1921, C. P. Gillette & J. Hoemer,
CAES 2894, P. edulis, (apt.); (paratype) same but 10 Oct 1921, C. L. Corkins, CAES 3028/USNM
41952, (apt., ovip.); (paratype) same but 6 Nov 1921, J. Hoemer, CAES 3035, (ovip.). MESA Co.:
Grand Junction, 2 Sep 1956, P. edulis, (alat.); same but 3 Oct 1956, F. C. Hottes, (alat.). SAN MIGUEL
Co.: 6 km NE of Placerville on hwy 62, 2320 m, 7 Aug 1978, JTS 78H41, P. edulis, (apt.). COUNTY
UNCERTAIN: Refe, 17 Aug 1956, P. edulis, (apt.). NEVADA. CLARK Co.: Charleston Mts, Lee
Canyon Rd (hwy 52), 2290 m, 4 Aug 1978, JTS 78H14, P. monophylla, (apt.); same but Lee Canyon
Ski Area, 2590 m, JTS 78H18, P. ponderosa, (alat.); W of Las Vegas, 20 Apr 1978, C. F. Smith, CFS
78-56, P. monophylla, (apt., alat.). DOUGLAS Co.: hwy 395, 16 km NW of jet with hwy 3, Pine Nut
Mts, 1650 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G35, P. monophylla, (apt.). LANDER Co.: Scott Summit on hwy
50, 11 km E of Austin, 2230 m, 26 Aug 1978, JTS 78H158, P. monophylla, (apt., alat.). WASHOE
Co.: Mt Rose, Slide Mountain Ski Area, 2 Aug 1978, JTS 78H6, P. washoensis, (alat.). WHITE PINE
Co.: Leyland Cave Natl Monument, 2074 m, 26 Aug 1978, JTS 78H156, P. monophylla, (apt.); Little
Antelope Summit on hwy 50, 56 km E of Eureka, 2260 m, 26 Aug 1978, JTS 78H157, P. monophylla,
(apt.). NEW MEXICO. BERNALILLO Co.: Crest View, hwy 14, 2280 m, 12 Sep 1978, JTS 78121,
P. edulis, (apt., alat., ovip.). RIO ARRIBA Co.: 8 km S of Tierra Amarilla on hwy 84, 2410 m, 8 Aug
1978, JTS 78H52, P. edulis, (apt., alat.). SANTA FE Co.: 20 km NE of Santa Fe on hwy 475, 2680
m, 10 Aug 1978, JTS 78H57, P. edulis, (apt.). SIERRA Co.: 2 km E of Kingston on hwy 90, 1860
m, 14 Sep 1978, JTS 78131, P. edulis, (apt.). OKLAHOMA. CIMARRON Co.: Kenton, 16 May 1961,
Van Cleave, “Pinon pine,” (apt., alat.). UTAH. DAGGETT Co.: Flaming Gorge Dam, Dutch John,
22 Jun 1978, C. S. Smith, CFS 78-238, “pinyon pine,” (apt., alat.) (slides of this series marked Butch
John and Dutch John, Wyoming). DUCHESNE Co.: Starvation lake, hwy 40, 1800 m, 25 Aug 1978,
JTS 78H140, P. edulis, (apt.). GARFIELD Co.: hwy 20, 5 km W of jet with hwy 89, 2040 m, 6 Aug
1978, JTS 78H32, P. edulis, (apt.). SEVIER Co.: 35 km E of Salina on hwy 70, 2130 m, 6 Aug 1978,
JTS 78H33, P. edulis, (apt., alat.). WASHINGTON Co.: 43 km SW of Cedar City on hwy 15, 1220
m, 5 Aug 1978, JTS 78H22, P. monophylla, (apt.). WAYNE Co.: 2 km NE of La Sal on hwy 46, 2230
m, 6 Aug 1978, JTS 78H36, P. edulis, (apt.).
Essigella (Essigella) wilsoni Hottes, 1957
Essigella wilsoni Hottes, 1957: 106, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 106-108.
Essigella pergandei Hottes, 1957: 100, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 100. NEW
SYNONYM.
Essigella oregonensis Hottes, 1958: 155, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 71: 155-156.
NEW SYNONYM.
Primary Type. — Holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 6 other specimens, holotype
shown by arrows (12 o’clock position); data: “Douglas Fir, Whitby Isd., Seattle,
Wash., Aug 29, 1955, M. J. Forsell, Coll./Holotype, Essigella wilsoni F.C. Hottes”
(reference to “Whitby Isd.” may be to “Whidbey Island” in Island Co.; Seattle
is in King Co.). Holotype deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, Uni¬
versity of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Viviparous Apterae.—Morphology: Body length: 1.24-2.03 (1.49 ± 0.22) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim less than 0.5, usually 0.3, x diameter of rhinarium; distal face
of rhinarial rim usually perpendicular to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane
usually conspicuously protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 83-113 (101 ± 8) n, processus
terminalis: 20-40 (31 ± 5) ju; IV: 66-95 (82 ± 9) n\ III: 83-183 (133 ± 23) n\ II: 55-80 (66 ± 6) fi.
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 10. Distribution of E. ( E .) wilsoni [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS samples)], super¬
imposed over the range of its hosts, Pseudotsuga menzeisii [darker shading] and Pseudotsuga macro¬
carp a [lighter shading (Santa Barbara Co. and south in CA)].
Length of longest setae on frons: 13-35 (22 ± 6) g, tips incrassate to sharp. Head width: 225-286
(248 ± 14) g. Length of stylets: 408-653 (525 ± 64) /x; ultimate rostral segment: 43-73 (64 ± 7) g,
rostral tip reaching abdominal terga I—II, infrequently III, in dorsal view through slide-mounted
specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length: 281-428 (332 ± 37) g. THORAX: Meso + metanota
fused, total length: 204-357 (265 ± 35) g. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 71-153 (99 ± 20) g\
terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi: 31-48 (38 ± 5) g;
siphunculi flush to truncated conical, protruding to 0.5 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal
sclerites on segments III-IV usually irregular, subcircular when small (length less than 0.6 x metatibial
diameter), to subquadrate when large (length greater than 1.0 x metatibial diameter); length: 5-53 (27
± 15) m, 0.1-1.3 x diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae (see Fig. IE) on abdominal
terga III-IV: usually 8, occasionally 10, very rarely 12, tips sharp, when 8 setae then in 1 row,
infrequently single mesad or lateral-most minor dorsal seta anterad, when 10 or more then in 2
irregular rows, usually with lateral-most minor dorsal seta on each side anterad to its next mesad
neighbor; marginal setae 2 per segment, each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6, rarely to 8,
length: 8-28 (12 ± 5) g, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda rounded; caudal protuberance
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
69
moderately to poorly developed, infrequently absent; length of longest caudal setae: 45-88 (58 ± 11)
li, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 393-592 (466 ± 52) metatibiae: 561-836 (682 ± 78)
m; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 10-35 (18 ± 7) u, 0.05-1.5 x diameter of
metatibiae, tips incrassate to sharp; approximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal
length dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 15-38 (24 ± 6) p, tips sharp. Length of
metabasitarsus: 79-110 (94 ± 8) ju; metadistitarsus: 125-180 (155 ± 16) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus
to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.65:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Lime green throughout.
Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum pale (to 10 percent pigment density), unico-
lorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous
with surrounding terga. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of
abdomen pale, inconspicuous. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites pale to infrequently
light brown. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates pale,
concolorous with abdominal terga, to subtly darker. Antennal segments V and IV dusky, concolorous;
III entirely pale, to distal one-half dusky, remainder pale; II concolorous with proximal III; I con¬
colorous with frons, to subtly darker. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae usually pale, concolorous and
equivalent to body dorsum, infrequently entire tibiae slightly dusky, subtly darker than body dorsum.
Distitarsi entirely pale to subtly dusky on distal one-third.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum lacking 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; area surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous.
Viviparous Alatae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates occasionally arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 1, IV with 0, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture absent to vaguely developed. Forewing medius
with single furcation arising on proximad one-third of vein; cubital base usually arising distad, infre¬
quently proximad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually
relatively large, ca. 30-40 percent or more of anal vein length; medius, especially cubitus and anal
veins distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Abdominal terga lacking irregular
sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases or
scleroites.
Oviparae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous apterae ex¬
cept abdominal dorsum membranous with faint, irregular transverse sclerites containing dorsal (major
+ minor) setae on each tergum; marginal setae usually on separate faint scleroites; siphuncular cones
sclerotized, regular, separated from other dorsal sclerotization fields; dorsal abdominal muscle at¬
tachment plates faint, unicolorous. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 9-15.
Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (E.) wilsoni can be identified by the unique primary rhi-
narium that is unusually protuberant and exceptionally close to the tip of the
antennal segment V. This species is pale.
Synonyms. —Essigella oregonensis Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip.
apt., on slide with 1 male; data: OREGON. CLACKAMAS Co.: Government
Camp, 17 Aug 1957, Pinus albicaulis. Essigella oregonensis holotype deposited
in the NMNH.
Essigella pergandei Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: holotype, vivip. apt., several
specimens on slide, holotype circled; data: WASHINGTON. KING Co.: Seattle,
17 Jul 1955, M. J. Forsell, “ Abies concolor ” (Gordon) Lindberg [reference to
“ Abies concolor ” presumably is a mistaken identification of Pseudotsuga men-
ziesii, see host discussion below]. Essigella pergandei holotype deposited in the
NMNH.
Range. — Southern British Columbia and Alberta, throughout the western U.S.
(exclusive of Alaska), presumably south into Mexico as far as its hosts (Fig. 10).
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(1)
Hosts. —Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirbel) Franco and Pseudotsuga macrocarpa
(Vasey) Mayr. Many museum slides (other collectors), are labeled Abies concolor
(e.g., E. pergandei holotype), or simply “fir.” Also, there is one record ( E. ore-
gonensis holotype) from Pinus albicaulis, which is probably opportunistic. Essi-
gella (E.) wilsoni is a commonly collected species that has transferred exclusively
to a host other than Pinus. Numerous records from Abies are most probably in
error; my extensive sampling (Sorensen 1983) on Abies did not yield any Essigella.
Whenever I sampled E. ( E .) wilsoni from what I thought to be an Abies, there
was invariably an adjacent Pseudotsuga with a branch intermingled that proved
to be the host. If Abies is a host, it is very much less commonly used than
Pseudotsuga.
Discussion.—Essigella (E.) wilsoni is common and morphologically homoge¬
neous. The condition of the primary rhinarium on antennal segment V is an
autapomorphy. Its other apomorphies are listed in the discussion of E. (E.) Cal¬
ifornia. The length of dorsal setae on the metatibiae varies somewhat similarly
to, but not to the extent of, E. (E.) californica.
The male of E. (E.) wilsoni is unknown. The morphotype male [synonym E.
pergandei ] is too poorly mounted and positioned to determine its species; its
primary rhinarium is not characteristic of E. (E.) wilsoni, and it may be a male
E. (E.) calif ornica. The rhinarial difference may be a sexual character difference
or preparation artifact, however?
The phylogenetic placement of E. (. E.) wilsoni is confusing; see alternative
analyses in the phylogenetics section. Ordinations (Sorensen 1992b) place it closest
to E. (. E .) pini and E. ( E.) essigi in discriminant space, but conventional (coded
data) cladistic analyses suggest it forms a trichotomy with the E. ( E .) californica
clade and series B (unpublished data). On the basis of many bivariant regression
plottings (unpublished data), I feel E. (E.) wilsoni shows the closest relationship
to the E. (E.) californica complex. Many traits that I discount as homoplasies
suggest a relationship to E. ( E .) alyeska; however, I believe the broad body of
the latter is a strong synapomorphy linking it to the E. ( E .) knowltoni complex,
as is its host association.
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (E.) wilsoni has been referred to
previously by: the coding “Sp. C” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “WILS”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the name E. wilsoni in Sorensen (1983).
Etymology and Common Name. — Hottes (1957: 107) named this species after
aphidologist H. F. Wilson, who described the second named Essigella species, E.
( E.) pini. Hottes apparently attributed the naming to Wilson’s (1919: 1) mention
of “j E. californica (Essig)” from Pseudotsuga “douglasii ” [= P. menziesii]. He
probably (correctly) deduced, from mention of that host, that his own “ E. wilsoni ”
was involved, because Hottes undoubtedly could not make such a deduction from
the description or characters mentioned by Wilson. Common name: Wilson’s
Douglas fir needle aphid.
Material Examined.—ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: nr Rustler park, Chiricahua Mts, 2500 m, 16
Sep 1978, JTS 78151, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). GILA Co.: 32 km E of Kohles Ranch on hwy
260, 10 Sep 1978, JTS 78112, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). GRAHAM Co.: 34 km SW of Stafford
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
71
on hwy 366, 2170 m, 15 Sep 1978, JTS 78141, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). CALIFORNIA. EL
DORADO Co.: Blodgett Experimental Forest (Univ. Calif.), E of Georgetown, 26 Jul 1973, D. J.
Voegtlin, DJV 57, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.); same but 28 Apr 1977, J. T. Sorensen, (apt.). HUM-
BOLT Co.: Lord Ellis Summit on hwy 299, W of Willow Creek, 670 m, 21 Aug 1977, JTS 77H25,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). LAKE Co.: 18 km W of Lake Pillsbury, Eel River Rd, 490 m, 24 Jul
1977, JTS 77G55, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). LOS ANGELES Co.: hwy 2, 15 km NE of jet with
hwy 39, San Gabriel Mts, 2290 m, 17 Sep 1977, JTS 77150, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.). MARIN
Co.: Alpine Lake, 25 Mar 1977, J. T. Sorensen, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.); Muir Woods, 27 Mar
1964, C. F. Smith & Graham, CFS 64-27, “ Abies ” [assumed erroneous], (apt.). MENDOCINO Co.:
Fish Rock Rd, 27 km E of hwy 1, 490 m, 23 Jul 1977, JTS 77G50, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.);
Nature Conservancy Coastal Redwood Preserve, 8 km N of Branscomb, 13 May 1978, JTS 78E103,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). PLUMAS Co.: Jackson Creek Cmpgd, Plumas Natl Forest, 2 km SE of
Cromberg on hwy 70/89, 1280 m, 26 Jun 1977, JTS 77F11, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). SAN
BERNARDINO Co.: 3 km NE of Lake Gregory Village, San Bernardino Mts, 1310 m, 17 Sep 1977,
JTS 77146, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.); 8 km W of Barton Flat on hwy 38, 1920 m, 16 Sep 1977,
JTS 77137, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.). SAN DIEGO Co.: Mt Palomar Rd (S6), 5 km S of Mt
Palomar, 1370m, 11 Sep 1977, JTS 77126, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.). SISKIYOU Co.: Deadhorse
Summit on hwy 89, 10 km SE of Bartel, 1370 m, 3 Jul 1977, JTS 77G11, Pseudotsuga menziesii,
(apt.); Mt Shasta Ski Bowl Rd, 2450 m, 2 Jul 1977, JTS 77G7, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). TEHAMA
Co.: 45 km E of Dales on hwy 36, 1460 m, 10 Jul 1977, JTS 77G26, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.).
TRINITY Co.: 3 km W of Weaverville on hwy 299, 730 m, 20 Aug 1977, JTS 77H22, Pseudotsuga
menziesii, (apt.); Buckhorn Summit on hwy 299, W of Tower House, 980 m, 20 Aug 1977, JTS 77H18,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.); Ironside Mt Lookout Rd, W of Junction City, 1070 m, 21 Aug 1977,
JTS 77H24, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). TUOLUMNE Co.: Yosemite Natl Park, hwy 120 entrance,
1700 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H7, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). VENTURA Co.: 5 km NNE of Pine
Mt Summit on hwy 33, 1340 m, 19 Sep 1977, JTS 77157, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa, (apt.); Pine Mt
Summit, 16 May 1961, R. Van den Bosch & J. Hall, RVdB 61-V-19L, “white fir” [assumed erroneous],
(apt.). COLORADO. GUNNISON Co.: 16 km NW of Kebler Pass, 2440 m, 13 Aug 1978, JTS 78H76,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). SAN MIGUEL Co.: 6 km NE of Placerville on hwy 62, 2320 m, 7 Aug
1978, JTS 78H42, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). IDAHO. BONNER Co.: 6 km S of Cocolalla on hwy
95, 18 Jul 1978, JTS 78G106, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). MONTANA. GALLATIN Co.: Battle
Ridge Pass, Bridger Mts, S of Bozeman, 19 Aug 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 702, Pseudotsuga menziesii,
(apt.). LINCOLN Co.: 4 km S of Stryker on hwy 93, nr Flathead Co. line, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G96,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). NEW MEXICO. OTERO Co.: 3 km W of Cloudcroft on hwy 82, 2560
m, 13 Sep 1978, JTS 78124, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). SANTA FE Co.: 30 km NE of Santa Fe
on hwy 475, 3110 m, 10 Aug 1978, JTS 78H54, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). OREGON. BENTON
Co.: Corvallis, 25 Jan 1915, L. Childs, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). CLACKAMAS Co.: Government
Camp, 17 Aug 1958, P. albicaulis, (ovip.). JOSEPHINE Co.: O’brien, 4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G10,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). POLK Co.: 6 km W of Grand Ronde on hwy 18, 7 Jul 1978, JTS 78G41,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). WASCO Co.: 46 km SE of Government Camp on hwy 26, 670 m, 6
Jul 1978, JTS 78G30, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). WASHINGTON Co.: 21 km W of Manning on
hwy 26, 7 Jul 1978, JTS 78G48, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). UTAH. DUCHESNE Co.: 19 km NE
of Castle Lake on hwy 33, 2780 m, 25 Aug 1978, JTS 78H146, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). IRON
Co.: 16 km SE of Cedar City on hwy 14, 2170 m, 5 Aug 1978, JTS 78H23, Pseudotsuga menziesii,
(apt.). SEVIER Co.: 66 km E of Salina on hwy 70, 2227 m, 6 Aug 1978, JTS 78H34, Pseudotsuga
menziesii, (apt.). WASHINGTON. KING Co.: Seattle, 17 Jul 1955, J. W. Forsell, “Abies concolor"
[assumed erroneous], (apt.); same but 25 Apr 1973, D. Pike, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). KITSAP
Co.: 8 km S of Hood Canal bridge on hwy 3, 9 Jul 1978, JTS 78G50, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.).
OKANOGAN Co.: 17 km NW of Winthrop on hwy 20, 550 m, 12 Jul 1978, JTS 78G72, Pseudotsuga
menziesii, (apt.); Loup Loup Pass, Okanogan Natl Forest, 19 Sep 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 759,
Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). PIERCE Co.: hwy 706, nr Ashford, 11 Jul 1978, JTS 7%G51, Pseudotsuga
menziesii, (apt., alat.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN: [see primary type paragraph] (type) “Whitby Island,”
“Seattle,” 29 Aug 1955, M. J. Forsell, (apt.). WYOMING. TETON Co.: 35 km SE of Jackson on hwy
187, 1950 m, 23 Aug 1978, JTS 78H130, Pseudotsuga menziesii, (apt.). CANADA. BRITISH CO¬
LUMBIANS km SofRadium Hot Springs on hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G90, Pseudotsuga menziesii,
(apt.).
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Series B
Essigella ( Essigella ) alyeska Sorensen, 1988
Essigella alyeska Sorensen, 1988: 118, Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 118-121.
Essigella “ alyeska ” Sorensen, 1983: 112 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 1 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype on top (12 o’clock position); data: ALASKA. FAIRBANKS NORTH STAR
BOROUGH: College (Univ. Alaska campus), nr Fairbanks, 24 Jun 1979, J. T.
Sorensen (79F1), Picea glauca. Holotype retained in Sorensen collection, even¬
tually to be deposited in The Natural History Museum, London. Paratypes (all
same data as holotype): 25 vivip. apt. on 13 slides including holotype slide,
Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH, Washington, D.C.; 1 slide in CNC,
Ottawa, Ontario; 11 slides in Sorensen collection.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.42-1.65 (1.51 ± 0.07) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminals to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 100-120 (108 ± 8) p, processus terminalis: 28-38 (34 ±
4) m; IV: 83-98 (86 ± 5) p- HI: 138-170 (151 ± 11) IE 63-73 (67 ± 3) p. Length of longest setae
on frons: 33-53 (41 ± 7) p, tips incrassate, rarely sharp. Head width: 286-301 (292 ± 301) p. Length
of stylets: 561-775 (600 ± 69) p\ ultimate rostral segment: 63-85 (74 ± 8) p, rostral tip reaching
abdominal terga I—II in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total
length: 337-388 (361 ± 16) p. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 265-316 (298 ± 17)
p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 102-118 (108 ± 7) p\ terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 43-48 (46 ± 2) p\ siphunculi strongly protuberant, protruding
0.7-1.1 x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV irregular, to subcircular
when large; length: 26-40 (35 ± 5) p, 0.8-1.4x diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major + minor) setae
(see Fig. IE) on abdominal terga III-IV: 7-9, usually 8, tips sharp, in 1 row; marginal setae 2 each
side, per segment. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6-8, length: 15-45 (36 ± 10) p, tips incrassate
to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda broadly rounded; caudal protuberance poorly developed to absent; length
of longest caudal setae: 83-100 (91 ± 7) p, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 428-520 (488
± 33) p\ metatibiae: 663-785 (731 ± 44) p; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae:
30-45 (38 ± 5) p, 0.7-1.5 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate, rarely sharp; approximately equal
or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae:
23-33 (28 ± 7) p, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 95-103 (99 ± 2) p; metadistitarsus: 135-158
(147 ± 8) p. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.48:1. Pigmentation:
Color in life: Body gray-green, head yellow-orange. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body
dorsum pale to light brown (to 20 percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on
frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga. Thoracic
muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen pale, inconspicuous, to
moderate brown, conspicuous. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites pale, to dark brown,
conspicuous. Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga, to subtly darker, especially distally near
flange. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates light to moderate brown, subtly to substantially darker than
abdominal terga. Antennal segments V and IV light to moderate brown, IV sometimes proximally
pale; III pale if proximal IV pale, to dusky on distal one-half, if IV entirely darker; II subtly darker
than proximal III: I as dark as V, or nearly so, and subtly darker than frons. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae
usually concolorous, pale, equivalent to body dorsum, sometimes slightly dusky on distal tip, entire
tibiae infrequently slightly darker. Distitarsi entirely dusky.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum lacking 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; area surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous.
Viviparous Alatae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
73
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates sometimes arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 0-2, IV with 0, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture absent to weakly developed. Forewing
medius with furcation arising on central one-third of vein; cubital base usually arising distad, uncom¬
monly proximad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital bases on subcosta usually
relatively large, ca. 20-40 percent or more of anal vein length; medius, especially cubitus and anal
veins usually distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Abdominal terga lacking
irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal (major + minor) setal bases
or scleroites.
Oviparae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis.— Essigella (E.) alyeska requires the combination of several char¬
acters for identification, because it may be confused with other pale Essigella.
Essigella (E.) alyeska can be separated from E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) hoerneri
and E. (E.) pini by having eight (Fig. IE), rather than six, dorsal (major + minor)
setae on abdominal terga III-IV. It can be distinguished from E. (A) kathleenae,
E. (A.) kirki, E. (L.) eastopi, E. (L.) fusca and E. ( L .) hillerislambersi by having
two, instead of three or usually more, marginal setae on abdominal terga III-IV,
and having small and noninvasive, rather than large and invasive, mesonotal
muscle attachment plates on later stadia nymphs of apterae. Essigella (E.) alyeska
lacks the thoracic fusion of E. (. E .) essigi, and the protuberant, exceptionally distad
primary rhinarium of E. (E.) wilsoni. Some individuals of E. ( E .) alyeska are
particularly similar to small, pale E. ( E .) critchfieldi and E. ( E .) knowltoni [es¬
pecially E. ( E.) knowltoni braggi\, but differ from these by often having: often
small, instead of always large, ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV;
two, instead of three or four, marginal setae on abdominal terga III-IV; and small
and noninvasive, rather than large and invasive, mesonotal muscle attachment
plates on later stadia nymphs of apterae.
Range. —Interior of Alaska, Ontario and Quebec (Fig. 11) [known only from
the type series and three other collections]. I anticipate that E. (E.) alyeska will
be found in the northern Rocky Mountains in the U.S., and across Canada,
wherever the hosts occur.
Hosts. —Picea glauca (Moench) Voss, Pinus banksiana Lambert. Collections of
E. (E.) alyeska are too few to reliably suggest which host is usual. My extensive
sampling of Picea and all other conifers in Alaska, beyond the northern limits of
Pinus, yielded E. ( E .) alyeska in only two locations; it was not found during
extensive samplings of all conifers in the western U.S. and western Canada (Sor¬
ensen 1983). Collections from Quebec and Ontario list the host as Pinus bank-
SldYlQ .
Discussion. —Because of previous misinterpretation of meso- and metanotal
fusion in Essigella (see character discussion section), the description given here
for this species is more accurate than that in Sorensen (1988).
Essigella (E.) alyeska is apparently uncommon; the limited collections of it
preclude an adequate understanding of its morphological variation over its range.
It is a broad-shaped species, but use of its body width characteristic, and that of
the E. (E.) knowltoni complex, are not suggested for diagnostics because of the
measurement error often associated with nonstandardized (compressed) slides
that have been made by others. In contrast, I have attempted to standardize my
Essigella slides for noncompression (Sorensen 1983) and, thus, have been able to
use body width as an attribute in classification. This allowed the monophyletic
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Figure 11. Distribution of E. ( E .) alyeska [dots (JTS samples), squares (nonJTS samples)], super¬
imposed over the range of its hosts, Picea glauca [lighter shading (inclusive of darker)] and Pinus
banksiana [darker shading].
grouping of E. (E.) alyeska with the E. ( E .) knowltoni complex, on the basis of
width as a nonhomoplasious synapomorphy. In the absence of use of that trait,
several other homoplasies would have indicated a closer relationship to E. ( E .)
wilsoni (see discussion of that species). Essigella (E.) alyeska has no autapomor-
phies, or nonhomoplasious synapomorphies beyond its broad body width; most
characters separating it from the E. ( E .) knowltoni complex are reductions or
losses.
Biology and biogeography also indicate its relationship to the E. (E.) knowltoni
complex. The latter feed on the western members of Pinus {Pinus) Subsection
Contortae, of which P. banksiana is an eastern member (Little & Critchfield 1969).
Essigella (E.) alyeska superficially resembles very pale E. (E.) critchfieldi, despite
several finer level differences. That resemblance, and E. {E.) alyeska' s central
Alaskan distribution, which is very close to the potential Alaskan panhandle
distribution of E. (E.) critchfieldi on Pinus contorta contorta, leads to the suspicion
that these two species may be divergent sisters. That hypothesis is furthered by
the proximity of these species on the phylogenetic tree derived from discriminant
analysis (see the phylogenetics section). Essigella {E.) alyeska may have arisen
from the progenitor of the E. (E.) knowltoni complex after the host capture of
Picea, or when P. contorta and P. banksiana probably were separated during
glaciations. In either event, these species, as members of the series B clade (Figs.
13-15), must have had an origin in the Arcto-Tertiary geoflora, unlike other
Essigella, whose hosts had an origin in the Madro-Tertiary geoflora (Sorensen
1992a).
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (E.) alyeska has been referred to
previously by: the codings “Sp. D” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b) and “ALYE”
(Sorensen 1983), and by the manuscript name E. “alyeska ” (Sorensen 1983).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
75
Etymology and Common Name. — The aphid’s species name is the Athabascan
Indian term for “Alaska.” Common name: the Alaskan conifer needle aphid.
Material Examined. -ALASKA. FAIRBANKS NORTH STAR BOROUGH: (type series) College,
(Univ. Alaska Campus), nr Fairbanks, 24 Jun 1979, JTS 79F1, Picea glauca, (apt.). BOROUGH
UNCERTAIN: 20 km NE of entrance Mt McKinley Natl Park, 15 Jul 1979, JTS 79G1, Picea glauca,
(apt.). CANADA. ONTARIO: Perrault Falls, 17 Jul 1963, G. A. Bradley 63-147-O-APV, Pinus
banksiana. QUEBEC: St. Bruno, Lac St. Jean, 10 Aug 1985, A. St. Hilaire, Pinus banksiana.
Essigella ( Essigella ) critchfieldi, NEW SPECIES
Essigella “ critchfieldi ” Sorensen, 1983: 112 (unpublished manuscript name) Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. 605 p.
Type Series. — Holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 4 paratype vivip. apt., ho-
lotype in lower right (5 o’clock position); data: WASHINGTON. GRAYS HAR¬
BOR Co.: 16 km W of Amanda Park, hwy 101, 10 Jul 1978, J. T. Sorensen
(78G56), Pinus contorta contorta. Holotype deposited in the Natural History
Museum, London. Paratypes (all same data as holotype): 20 vivip. apt., on 5
slides including holotype slide. Paratype slides deposited: 1 slide in NMNH,
Washington, D.C.; 1 slide in CNC, Ottawa, Ontario; 1 slide in Sorensen collection.
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.65-1.88 (1.78 ± 0.08) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 100-163 (132 ± 16) g, processus terminals: 30-43 (34
± 4) u; IV: 95-113 (102 ± 6) g; HI: 138-160 (147 ± 7) g\ II: 65-73 (70 ± 2) g. Length of longest
setae on frons: 28-55 (41 ±7) g, tips incrassate. Head width: 296-325 (308 ± 10) g. Length of stylets:
510-653 (597 ± 41) g\ ultimate rostral segment: 65-78 (74 ± 4) g, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—II, infrequently III, in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused,
total length: 326-418 (372 ± 39) g. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 316-357 (340
± 17) ix. ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 122-143 (132 ± 6) g\ terga II-VII fused, VIII free.
Maximum distal width of flange on siphunculi: 39-50 (45 ± 4) g\ siphunculi protuberant, protrusion
0.5-0.8x maximal distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subquadrate to sub-
circular; length: 38-48 (43 ± 3) ix , 1.0-1.4x diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal (major -l- minor) setae
(see Fig. IE) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-9, tips sharp, in 1 row; marginal setae 3-4 each side, per
segment. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: usually 6, infrequently 7, anticipated rarely to 8, length:
23-40 (29 ± 5) ix, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda broadly rounded; caudal protuberance
moderately developed to absent; length of longest caudal setae: 50-100 (78 ± 15) ix, tips sharp. LEGS:
Length of metafemora: 490-581 (529 ± 32) g\ metatibiae: 683-826 (760 ± 50) g\ longest dorsal setae
on central one-third of metatibiae: 14-28 (22 ± 4) /x, 0.3-1.2 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate;
approximately equal or very gradually increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral
setae on metatibiae: 25-58 (39 ± 9) g, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 98-110 (103 ± 3) g\
metadistitarsus: 153-178(162 ± 8)/u. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean
1.57:1. Pigmentation: Color in life: Black to very dark brown. Slide-mounted specimens: Background
of body dorsum dark brown to nearly black (to nearly 100 percent pigment density), rarely pale,
unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen conclorous
with surrounding terga; on dark individuals, dorsal (major + minor) setal sockets transparent, resem¬
bling pinholes. Thoracic muscle attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen
moderate to dark brown, vaguely evident (dark individuals) to conspicuous (pale individuals). Spi-
racular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites moderate brown (light individuals) to nearly black (dark
individuals). Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates subtly
to substantially darker than abdominal terga. Antennal segments V and IV concolorously dusky to
moderate brown, paler than I and subtly paler than abdominal terga (dark individuals), rarely darker
than I and abdominal terga (light individuals); III distal one-fifth to one-third dusky to moderate
brown, remainder pale; II at least subtly darker than proximal III; I at least subtly darker than II and
frons (all individuals) and substantially darker than V and IV (dark individuals). Pro-, meso- and
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
metatibiae all concolorous, as dark as (dark individuals) body tergum, to subtly darker (pale individ¬
uals). Distitarsi entirely moderately brown, to proximal tip sometimes subtly paler.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae. — Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates distinct, darkly pigmented, diameter approximately equaling eye
length.
Viviparous Alatae, Oviparae, Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Essigella (E.) critchfieldi is usually dark brown to nearly black, but
infrequently nonteneral specimens are moderately brown. When dark, it is easily
confused with E. ( E .) essigi and E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni. It lacks the abdominal
tergum I fusion of E. (E.) essigi. It differs from E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni by:
having the darkest pigmentation of antennal segments IV and V at least subtly
lighter, instead of subtly darker, than antennal segment I and the abdominal
dorsum; usually having a wider maximal distal width of the siphunculi (more
than, versus less, than 0.040 mm, although this is an indiscrete difference); and
having the body dorsum unicolorous, rather than the frons and sometimes the
head and anterad abdomen at least subtly lighter than the abdominal dorsum.
The last character can be troublesome for separating E. ( E.) knowltoni knowltoni
from the Cascade range and southwestern regions of Oregon, where some indi¬
viduals have the frons concolorously as dark as the abdomen. Essigella ( E .)
critchfieldi might also be confused with dark E. (L.) eastopi or aberrant, dark E.
(L.) fusca, but differs from these by: having eight dorsal (major + minor) setae
on abdominal terga III-IV in a single row (Fig. IE), rather than double (or rarely
single) row with the lateral-most minor dorsal seta in the anterad row (e.g., Fig.
ID); and having six, instead of eight, setae on abdominal tergum VIII. Addition¬
ally, the pigmentation patterns of E. ( L.) eastopi and E. (L.) fusca differ [see their
diagnoses].
Uncommon, pale E. (E.) critchfieldi individuals require the combination of
several characters for identification. In particular, E. {E.) alyeska may be confused
with these [see diagnosis: E. (E.) alyeska]. Pale E. (E.) critchfieldi can be diagnosed
by their chaetotaxy pattern and the number of setae on abdominal terga III-IV
and VIII (see above); by their ventral abdominal sclerites on abdominal segments
III-IV always being large and subquadrate to subcircular; by the mesonotal muscle
attachment plates on their later stadia nymphs of apterae being large and invasive;
and by the longest dorsal setae on the central part of their mesotibiae being 0.5-
1.5 x tibial diameter, with tips always incrassate.
Range. — Coastal in: Washington, Oregon, northern California, and presumably
British Columbia and the Alaskan panhandle (Fig. 12A).
Host.—Pinus contorta contorta Douglass ex Loudon; one collection (78G61)
from P. contorta latifolia Englemann ex S. Watson shows E. ( E.) critchfieldi and
E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni occur discretely in sympatry.
Discussion.—Essigella (E.) critchfieldi is the most divergent member of the E.
(. E .) knowltoni complex, and it was generally difficult to procure when sampling
its host. It is relatively homogeneous in morphology, and is nearly always very
dark when nonteneral. Its dark body dorsum is homoplasious within E. (. Essigella ),
and causes confusion with evenly dark E. (E .) knowltoni knowltoni (e.g., Cascades)
and the more distantly related E. (E.) essigi. The species’ incrassate tips of the
setae on the frons and dorsal setae on the metatibiae, regardless of their length,
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
77
Figure 12. Distribution of: A. E. ( E .) critchfieldi [dots (JTS samples)], superimposed over the range
of its host, Pinus contorta contorta [shaded]; B. E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni [black dots (JTS samples),
black squares (nonJTS samples)] and E. (E.) knowltoni braggi [white triangles (JTS samples), white
squares (nonJTS samples)], superimposed over the range of their hosts, Pinus contorta latifolia [lighter
shading] and Pinus contorta murrayana [darker shading (CA and cascade OR)].
is a synapomorphy for the E. (. E.) knowltoni complex, as is its broad body. On
E. (. E .) critchfieldi, the length of dorsal setae on the central part of the metatibiae
appears less variable and generally somewhat shorter than on E. (E.) knowltoni,
but these setae are generally longer and more variable than on E. (E.) essigi. The
lighter antennal pigmentation in E. (E .) critchfieldi, in contrast to the dark body
dorsum, is an autapomorphy.
Sorensen (1992a) analyzed the relationships within the E. (E .) knowltoni com¬
plex, and in that study assigned populations of E. ( E .) critchfieldi to the coastal
group (Sorensen 1992a: COA). There [see discussion under E. (E.) knowltoni
knowltoni], composite clusterings indicate that E. (E.) critchfieldi is the most
divergent entity of the complex, and remained distinct until the ultimate clustering
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
level. Its relative distinction was confirmed by principal component and discrim¬
inant function analyses, both of which indicate that it is less like either of the E.
(. E .) knowltoni subspecies than they are to themselves. The analyses showed that
E. (E.) critchfieldi separates from the most geographically proximal populations
of E. ( E .) knowltoni [the equally and evenly dark, Cascade E. ( E .) knowltoni
knowltoni] by the relative difference, albeit subtle, in pigmentation of its antennal
segments, the distal width of its extended siphuncular flange, and its smaller
general size. It separates easily from E. ( E .) knowltoni braggi because the latter
has much paler general pigmentation. Character displacement involving quali¬
tative and qualitative traits occurs within this aphid complex [ see discussion of
E. ( E .) knowltoni ].
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (E.) critchfieldi has been referred
to previously by the codings: “Sp. E” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b), “CRIT”
(Sorensen 1983), and “COA” (Sorensen 1992a). Sorensen (1983) referred to this
taxon under the manuscript name E. “ critchfieldi .”
Etymology and Common Name.— The species is named for the botanist and
plant geneticist W. B. Critchfield, who provided much of the information on pines
and their relatedness that was necessary for this aphid revision. Common name:
Critchfield’s shore pine needle aphid.
Material Examined. —CALIFORNIA. DEL NORTE Co.: Crescent City, 4 Jul 1978, JTS 78G5, P.
c. contorta, (apt.). HUMBOLT Co.: Manila, 7 km W of Areata on hwy 255, 3 Jul 1978, JTS 78G2,
P. c. contorta, (apt.). OREGON. CLATSOP Co.: Seaside, 7 Jul 1978, JTS 78G46, P. c. contorta, (apt.).
TILAMOOKCo.: Pacific City, 7 Jul 1978, JTS 78G44, P. c. contorta, (apt.). WASHINGTON. GRAYS
HARBOR Co.: (type series) 16 km W of Amanda Park on hwy 101, 10 Jul 1978, JTS 78G56, P. c.
contorta, (apt.). YAKIMA Co.: E side of Chinook Pass on hwy 410, 1310 m, 11 Jul 1978, JTS 78G61,
P. c. latifolia, (apt.).
Essigella {Essigella) knowltoni knowltoni Hottes, 1957,
NEW STATUS
Essigella knowltoni Hottes, 1957: 92, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 92-93.
Primary Type. — Lectotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 3 other apt., lectotype in
lower right comer; slide data: “Colo. Aphids, Host Pinus contorta var. muriana,
Essigella fusca G. & P., Pink-gree Park, Color., Date 23 Aug 1935, G. F. Knowlton-
collector/Holotype Essigella knowltoni F. C. Hottes (over)/[on back] Essigella
knowltoni knowltoni Hottes, lectotype, designated J. T. Sorensen, 1981/[specimen
position map on slide label] Lectotype Sorensen 1981, as seen from this side.”
Lectotype deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washing¬
ton, D.C.
There is confusion concerning the type designation. Hottes (1957: 93) designated
a holotype (data as above). The slide has “holotype” written on it, and a circle
drawn to indicate the individual, but there is no specimen subtending, or even
near, the designation circle. I have selected one of the same morph on the slide
as technical lectotype, because no single individual was identifiable as the “ho¬
lotype.”
Viviparous Apterae.— Morphology: Body length: 1.60-2.32 (1.99 ± 0.21) mm. HEAD: Primary
rhinarium on terminal antennal segment (V) not exceptionally distad, distance from tip of processus
terminalis to distal face of rhinarial rim greater than 0.5 x diameter of rhinarium; distal face of rhinarial
rim usually oblique to longitudinal axis of antennal segment; rhinarial membrane not conspicuously
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
79
protuberant. Length of antennal segment V: 108-150 (132 ± 12) /x, processus terminalis: 28-50 (39
± 5) iu; IV: 78-115 (100 ± 9) /x; III: 148-218 (184 ± 20) /x; II: 63-95 (75 ± 6) ix. Length of longest
setae on frons: 20-73 (44 ± 14) g, tips incrassate. Head width: 296-377 (333 ± 23) ix- Length of
stylets: 520-836 (658 ± 74) fx\ ultimate rostral segment: 69-90 (80 ± 5) u, rostral tip reaching abdominal
terga I—III in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Head + pronotum fused, total length:
367-479 (420 ± 33) ix. THORAX: Meso + metanota fused, total length: 306-449 (373 ± 42) ix.
ABDOMEN: Tergum I free, length: 102-173 (142 ± 18) /u; terga II-VII fused, VIII free. Maximum
distal width of flange on siphunculi: 28-44 (36 ± 3) m; siphunculi nearly flush to truncated conical,
protruding to 0.6 x maximum distal width. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV subcircular
to less commonly subelliptical, length: 40-68 (54 ± 7) /x , 1.0-1.6 x diameter of metatibiae. Dorsal
(major + minor) setae (see Fig. IE) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-10, tips sharp, in 1 row, often
irregular with setae next to most mesad slightly anterad, or most mesad pair slightly posterad; marginal
setae 3-4 each side. Setae on abdominal tergum VIII: 6, infrequently 7, very rarely to 8 (anticipated),
length: 20-63 (39 ± 12) /x, tips incrassate to sharp, in 1 row. Cauda broadly rounded; caudal protu¬
berance usually absent to poorly developed, sometimes to moderately developed; length of longest
caudal setae: 70-123 (96 ± 16) ix, tips sharp. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 479-775 (655 ± 77) ix;
metatibiae: 669-1102 (939 ± 127) m; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 10-78
(39 ± 18) ix, 0.3-2.3 x diameter of metatibiae, tips incrassate; approximately equal or very gradually
increasing distally, no setal length dimorphism; longest ventral setae on metatibiae: 25-50 (38 ± 8)
ix, tips sharp. Length of metabasitarsus: 105-163 (131 ± 14) ju; metadistitarsus: 150-230 (195 ± 18)
ix. Ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarsus less than 1.9:1, mean 1.49:1. Pigmentation: Color in
life: Body usually dark brown to black, infrequently gray-green or gray; when dark, frons usually paler,
yellow. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum variable, usually moderately brown
to often nearly black (to nearly 100 percent pigment density), occasionally moderately pale to light
brown; when dark, frons and sometimes anterad of thorax usually paler than abdominal dorsum;
dorsum rarely slightly mottled, or abdominal dorsum rarely darkened more dorsomedially. Terga at
bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding
terga; on dark individuals, dorsal (major + minor) setal sockets transparent, resembling pinholes;
occasionally on paler specimens pigmentation of setal bases on abdominal terga subtly darkened and
laterally expanded to form a nearly complete, vague band on each terga. Thoracic muscle attachment
plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen conspicuous, slightly darker than (pale indi¬
viduals) to as dark as (dark individuals) abdominal terga. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal
sclerites conspicuous, usually dark brown to nearly black (dark individuals), rarely pale (pale individ¬
uals). Siphunculi concolorous with surrounding terga. Cauda, anal and subgenital plates slightly darker
than (pale individuals) to as dark as (dark individuals) abdominal terga. Antennal segments V and IV
moderate to very dark brown, often distal one-half paler, infrequently pale individuals with proximal
one-third of IV paler; III usually moderate to dark brown on distal one-half, remainder pale, infre¬
quently entirely pale (pale individuals), rarely proximal one-half moderate brown and substantially
darker distally (dark individuals); II concolorous with proximal III; I concolorous with frons, always
lighter than darkest part of V and IV. Pro-, meso- and metatibiae concolorous but variable, usually
equivalent with (dark individuals) abdominal terga, often paler, infrequently slightly darker (pale
individuals); infrequently tibiae dusky at both tips, paler centrally. Distitarsi variable with tibiae,
entirely dark to dusky on distal one-third, proximally paler.
Ultimate Stadium Nymphs of Viviparous Apterae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics
as described for viviparous apterae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga
membranous with dorsal (major + minor) setae, between muscle attachment plates, arising from
distinct scleroites. Mesonotum with 2 sclerotized plates extending from muscle attachment sites to
engulf neighboring setal bases; plates usually distinct, faintly to heavily pigmented, diameter approx¬
imately equaling eye length.
Viviparous Alatae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparous ap¬
terae except lacking body dorsum pigmentation suite; abdominal terga normally membranous, dorsal
(major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates frequently arising from distinct scleroites;
antennal segments often as dark as tibiae, except proximal one-fifth of III pale. Antennal segment III
with 0-5, IV with 0, secondary rhinaria. Epicranial suture usually absent, to vaguely developed.
Forewing medius with single furcation, very rarely 2 or rarely medius single, (if 2, then first) furcation
point usually arising on proximad, infrequently on central or distad, one-third of vein; cubital base
usually arising distad, infrequently proximad, on subcosta with distance between anal and cubital
bases on subcosta usually relatively large, ca. 30-40 percent or more of anal vein length; medius,
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
especially cubitus and anal veins distinct, except infrequently proximad 10-15 percent vague. Ab¬
dominal terga frequently with irregular sclerites that engulf or join muscle attachment plates and dorsal
(major + minor) setal bases or scleroites.
Oviparae.— Slide-mounted specimens: Nonmorphometrics as described for viviparious apterae,
abdominal terga II-VII fused, moderately to heavily sclerotic, including pleural areas, tergum VIII
free; dorsal demarcations of anterad terga not evident; siphunculi incorporated into sclerotic dorsum;
dorsal abdominal muscle attachment plates unicolorous. Pseudorhinaria on metatibiae irregular, 8-9.
Males, Fundatrices.— Unknown.
Diagnosis.—Essigella (E.) knowltoni can be difficult to distinguish because it
varies in body pigmentation from pale to nearly black. These are relatively wide
(broad) aphids, for Essigella, but that trait is shared with E. (E.) critchfieldi and
E. (E .) alyeska, and is very easily distorted by slide compression [see discussion
of E. (E.) alyeska]-, therefore, it is not recommended. Although dark individuals
can be confused with E. (E.) essigi and E. (E.) critchfieldi, E. (E.) knowltoni lacks
the abdominal tergum I fusion of E. (E.) essigi, and differs, most reliably, from
E. (E.) critchfieldi in having antennal segments IV and V at least subtly darker,
rather than lighter, than antennal segment I. Essigella ( E .) knowltoni also may be
confused with dark E. (L. ) eastopi or dark, aberrant E. (L.) fusca, but differs from
these as E. (E.) critchfieldi does [see diagnosis: E. (E.) critchfieldi]. Pale E. (E.)
knowltoni individuals can be confused with most pale Essigella, and require the
combination of several characters for identification. They differ from (my limited
samples of) E. (E.) alyeska by having three to four, rather than two, marginal
setae on abdominal terga III-IV, and always large and invasive, rather than small
and noninvasive, muscle attachment plates on the mesonotum of later stadia
nymphs of apterae. They differ from E. (E.) californica, E. (E.) hoerneri and E.
( E.) pini by having eight to infrequently 10 (Fig. IE), rather than six, dorsal (major
+ minor) setae on abdominal terga III-IV. They lack the protuberant, excep¬
tionally distad primary rhinarium of E. (. E .) wilsoni, and the exceptionally long
metadistitarus and short metabasitarsus of E. (A.) kathleenae. Many pale E. ( L.)
eastopi, E. ( L .) fusca and E. (L.) hillerislambersi may be confused with pale E.
( E .) knowltoni-, individuals with sharp dorsal setae on the metatibiae can be
distinguished from E. (is.) knowltoni, which always have these setae incrassate,
regardless of length; other E. (is.) knowltoni with fewer than eight setae on ab¬
dominal tergum VIII can be separated from these three species, which always
have eight or more such setae. Problems arise in separating pale E. (E.) knowltoni
with eight or more setae on abdominal tergum VIII from pale E. ( L.) eastopi, E.
(L.) fusca and E. (L.) hillerislambersi with incrassate or blunt dorsal setae on the
metatibiae; such E. (L.) fusca, E. ( L .) hillerislambersi and (usually) E. ( L .) eastopi
have dorsal (major + minor) setae on abdominal terga III-IV in two rows with
the lateral-most minor dorsal seta in the anterad row (e.g., Fig. 1C); although rare
E. (. E .) knowltoni braggi may approach this condition, they usually resemble Fig.
ID. In E. (L.) fusca and E. (L.) hillerislambersi, the ventral abdominal sclerites
on segments III-IV vary from small to large and sublinear, but not large and
subcircular-subelliptical, as is always the case for E. (E.) knowltoni. Odd, pale E.
( E .) knowltoni [usually is. (E.) k. braggi] with 10 setae on abdominal tergum VIII,
and short dorsal setae on the metatibiae, might be potentially confused with E.
(A.) kirki [see diagnosis: E. (A.) kirki].
Separation of the E. ( E .) knowltoni subspecies depends chiefly on pigmentation
differences, because univariate traits overlap to a large degree. However, pig-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
81
mentation differences between E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni and E. (E.) knowltoni
braggi can be subtle for paler specimens. Essigella (E.) k. knowltoni are usually
dark, ranging to nearly black, and usually have the frons, and sometimes the entire
head and anterad of the thorax, paler than the abdominal terga; some specimens
from the Cascade Range and southwest Oregon have the frons as dark (to black)
as the rest of the body dorsum. Most E. ( E .) k. braggi are pale, rarely moderately
dark, but then always with the frons concolorous with the body dorsum; they
have six to often eight, rarely 10, setae on abdominal tergum VIII, versus the six,
to rarely eight for E. (E.) k. knowltoni. The degree of sclerotization of the terga,
and the subgenital and anal plates, for E. (E.) k. braggi is less than for equivalently
pigmented E. (E.) k. knowltoni. Essigella (E.) k. braggi individuals have indis-
cretely longer metatibiae for their body length, than do E. (E.) k. knowltoni. See
couplet 16 in the key to the viviparous apterae for separation of these subspecies.
Range. — Interiors of Oregon, Washington and British Columbia; south through
the Rocky Mountains to central Utah and southern Colorado (Fig. 12B). [For
species, see E. (E.) knowltoni braggi also.]
Hosts.—Pinus contorta latifolia Engelmann ex S. Watson; P. contorta murray-
ana Greville & Balfour (only to southern Oregon). [For species, see E. ( E .) knowl¬
toni braggi also.].
Discussion. — This species [including E. (E.) k. braggi as a subspecies], and E.
(E.) critchfieldi, comprise the E. ( E.) knowltoni complex. A unique, qualitative
synapomorphy for this complex is that the tips of the setae on the frons and
dorsum of the central part of the metatibiae are always incrassate, regardless of
the length of those setae. The complex also has a broad body, which is a syna¬
pomorphy with E. (E.) alyeska, denoting a clade on subsection Contortae pines
within E. (Essigella ) [see discussion of E. (E.) alyeska]. The fusion of the abdom¬
inal terga of the oviparae for E. ( E .) knowltoni is problematic [see the character
discussion section].
Essigella (. E .) knowltoni shares the Pinus contorta niche with E. (E.) critchfieldi,
but occurs only on the interior (noncoastal) morphocline of P. contorta latifolia-
murrayana. Sorensen (1992a) analyzed and discusses the taxonomic and host
relationships within the complex, as coded groups of populations. In those anal¬
yses, E. (E.) k. knowltoni and E. (E.) k. braggi represent the populations assigned
to the Cascade-Rocky Mountain (Sorensen 1992a: CAS + RMT) and the Sierra
Nevada (Sorensen 1992a: SNV) groups, respectively. The analyses, using exem¬
plars from populations, combined character information from both coded qual¬
itative traits and factor loading scores derived from principal component analyses.
The composite data was then clustered, and showed that the groupings of pop¬
ulations that make up E. (E.) k. knowltoni and E. (E.) k. braggi are best circum¬
scribed separately. These groups of populations show somewhat divergent trends
in their covariance distributions of morphometric traits in the attribute space
defined by principal component analysis, but both differ markedly from the pop¬
ulations comprising E. ( E .) critchfieldi (Sorensen 1992a: fig. 5). The closer rela¬
tionship of the E. (E.) knowltoni subspecies to one another, in comparison with
either to E. ( E.) critchfieldi, was also confirmed by discriminant function analysis
(Sorensen 1992a: fig. 6).
The subspecies of E. (E.) knowltoni break in the Klamath-Siskiyou region
(California-Oregon border) along the Pinus contorta latifolia-murrayana mor-
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
phocline, which arcs around the Great Basin and Columbia Plateau. Interestingly,
this schism of aphid populations does not occur slightly further north, at the
Columbia river (Oregon-Washington border), where Critchfield (1957) states the
morphological break in the P. c. latifolia-murrayana morphocline, itself, occurs.
The Klamath-Siskiyou area marks a steep terpene gradient within Pinus contorta
murrayana, which separates the California Sierra Nevada populations of the tree
from those of the Cascades (Forrest 1980). Thus, the aphid relationships within
the E. ( E .) knowltoni complex show excellent geographic congruence with the
genic and biochemical diversity in the Pinus contorta complex (Wheeler & Guries
1982a, b; Wheeler et al. 1983).
Essigella (E. ) k. knowltoni is the most variable of the two subspecies, grading
from completely pale to nearly black within populations; Sorensen (1992a: figs.
2a-d) shows maps depicting qualitative character variance over geography. Rocky
Mountain populations have the highest incidence of pale individuals, show the
greatest size variation, and generally have the longest (but quite variable) dorsal
setae on the metatibiae. Populations from British Columbia are similar to those
of the Rocky Mountains, except darker individuals show greater development of
the paleness of the frons and usually the entire head and anterad of the thorax.
Dark individuals from Oregon cascade populations often show the frons to be
unicolorously as dark as the rest of the body dorsum, as does E. ( E .) critchfieldi.
Populations of E. (E.) k. braggi are pale to seldom moderately brown, but then
always have the entire body dorsum unicolorous.
Pigmentation suites within the E. (E.) knowltoni complex do not appear influ¬
enced by host or environment. For example, a collection of specimens (77G61)
of E. (E.) k. braggi spuriously from Pinus monticola maintained their characteristic
pigmentation suite, despite occurring opportunistically on that haploxylon pine.
Analysis of 25 environmental variables (unpublished data) from sample locations,
in relation to qualitative characteristics of individuals from those samples, did
not appear to indicate relatedness.
Within the E. (E.) knowltoni complex, the pigmentation suite is involved in a
character displacement phenomenon (Sorensen 1992a) that also involves general-
size. Among the most geographically proximal populations of E. (E.) knowltoni
knowltoni, E. (E.) knowltoni braggi and E. (E.) critchfieldi, where these taxa are
relatively adjacent in southern Oregon and northern California, those sharing the
most similar pigmentation differ the most markedly in covariance relationships
among morphometric traits and general-size, and vice versa. When the adjacent
populations of these taxa are similarly colored, they differ in size, but when similar
in size, they differ in color. The body is relatively unicolorously dark or pale in
these geographic areas, but becomes differentiated, as gradiently bicolored, in E.
(E.) knowltoni knowltoni in the Rocky Mountains, at a maximal distance from
the zone of contact (Sorensen 1992a: figs. 2a-c).
Although I consider the populations that comprise E. ( E .) k. knowltoni and E.
( E .) k. braggi to be subspecific, based upon the relative anagenic distance between
them when compared to E. (E.) critchfieldi (Fig. 13; Sorensen 1992a: fig. 6), they
are definitely more distinct (nonclinal) than the subspecies of E. (L.) fusca. The
subspecific status of E. (E.) k. braggi is assigned here to reflect the relative inter¬
taxon distances shown by Sorensen (1992a); however, it would be more appro¬
priate to elevate E. (E.) k. braggi to full species status, rather than synonymize
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
83
it. Hottes (1957) apparently did not recognize the relationship between his E.
“ knowltoni ” and E. “braggi ” [or E. “robusta ”], which he believed to be separate
species; although he does contrast his E. “braggi ” with ft. “robusta,” suggesting
an awareness of similarity between them. He considered his E. “knowltoni ” [here
£. (if.) knowltoni knowltoni ] to be “perhaps most closely allied to E. essigi citing
the dorsal darkness of the body. Toward the beginning of this study, Dirk Hille
Ris Lambers (personal communication [1980]), also citing the dark body dorsum,
but without close examination, indicated that he thought my collections of E.
( E .) knowltoni knowltoni, E. (E.) critchfieldi and E. (E.) essigi were conspecific,
whereas E. (E.) knowltoni braggi was distinct. Several analyses (Sorensen 1983,
1987a, 1992a, b, unpublished data) indicate that the melanic dorsum trait, which
varies to pale within many of the populations of all those species that display it,
is homoplasious within E. ( Essigella ).
Coded References to This Taxon. —Essigella (E.) knowltoni knowltoni has been
referred to previously by the codings: “Sp. F” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b),
“KNOW” (Sorensen 1983), and “CAS + RMT” (Sorensen 1992a). Sorensen
(1983) referred to this taxon under the name E. knowltoni knowltoni.
Etymology and Common Name. — This species was named for G. F. Knowlton,
who collected the holotype (Hottes 1957: 93), and had a long time friendship with
F. C. Hottes that began when they were students under A. A. Granovsky (G. F.
Knowlton, personal communication). Common name: Knowlton’s lodgepole pine
needle aphid.
Material Examined. —[E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni only:] COLORADO. CLEAR CREEK Co.:
Empire, 2530 m, 14 Aug 1978, JTS 78H86, P. ponderosa, (apt.). GRAND Co.: 24 km NW of Grandby
on hwy 125, 2530 m, 15 Aug 1978, JTS 78H90, P. c. latifolia, (apt., ovip.). GUNNISON Co.: W side
of Monarch Pass on hwy 50, 2870 m, 13 Aug 1978, JTS 78H74, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). HUERFANO
Co.: North La Veta Pass Summit on hwy 160, 2870 m, 12 Aug 1978, JTS 78H63, P. c. latifolia, (apt.).
LAKE Co.: 11 km W of Twin Lakes on hwy 82, 3050 m, 14 Aug 1978, JTS 78H77, P. c. latifolia,
(apt., ovip.). LARIMER Co.: (paratype) Cameron Pass, 18 Aug 1940, G. F. Knowlton, P. c. latifolia,
(apt.); (lectotype) Pingree Park, 23 Aug 1935, G. F. Knowlton, P. contorta var. “ muriana (apt.);
(paratype) same but 19 Aug 1935, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). IDAHO. ADAMS Co.: Tamarack, 18 Jul 1978,
JTS 78G110, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). BONNER Co.: 6 km S of Cocolalla on hwy 95, 18 Jul 1978, JTS
78G104, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). VALLEY Co.: McCall, 5 Jun 1978, C. S. Smith, CFS 78-170, P. c.
latifolia, (apt.). MONTANA. FLATHEAD Co.: 16 km S of Stryker on hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS
78G97, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). PARK Co.: Silver Gate, hwy 212, 2170 m, 21 Aug 1978, JTS 78H122,
P. c. latifolia, (apt.). RAVALLI Co.: Chief Joseph Pass on hwy 13 [93?] on continental divide, 17 Jul
1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 692, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). OREGON. BAKER Co.: Blue Mt Summit on
hwy 26, 20 Jul 1978, JTS 78G113, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). GRANT Co.: Canyon Meadows Cmpgd,
Malheur Natl Forest, nr John Day, 21 Aug 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 613, P. c. murrayana, (apt.).
JACKSON Co.: 3 km E of Union Creek on hwy 62, 1100 m, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G19, P. c. murrayana,
(apt.). KLAMATH Co.: 16 km S of LaPine on hwy 97, 5 Jul 1978, JTS 78G22, P. c. murrayana, (apt.,
alat.). WASCO Co.: 46 km SE of Government Camp on hwy 26, 670 m, 6 Jul 1978, JTS 78G32, P.
c. murrayana, (apt.). UTAH. CACHE Co.: 11 km W of Garden City on hwy 89, 2350 m, 24 Aug
1978, JTS 78H133, P. c. latifolia, (apt.); Beaver Creek, Logan Cyn, 25 Jul 1929 Aug 1937, C. F. &
C. S. Smith, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). DAGGETT Co.: 32 km S of Manila on hwy 44, 2400 m, 24 Aug
1978, JTS 78H139, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). WASHINGTON. FERRY Co.: Sherman Pass, Colville Natl
Forest, 14 Sep 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 751, P. c. latifolia, (alat.). KING Co.: Arboretum, Seattle,
12 Aug 1956, M. J. Forsell, P. contorta, (apt.). WHATCOM Co.: NE of Newhalem on hwy 20, 300
m, 12 Jul 1978, JTS 78G76, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). YAKIMA Co.: E side of Chinook Pass on hwy 410,
1310 m, 11 Jul 1978, JTS 78G61, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). WYOMING. JOHNSON Co.: 26 km W of
Buffalo on hwy 16, 2290 m, 19 Aug 1978, JTS 78H105, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). TETON Co. /Huckleberry
Hotsprings, hwy 287, between Yellowstone & Grand Teton Natl Parks, 2010 m, 23 Aug 1978, JTS
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
78H124, P. c. latifolia, (apt., alat., ovip.). CANADA. ALBERTA: 3 km (2 mi) S of Cypress Hills, 18
Jul 1966, P. Rauch, RVdB CL66-VII-18B, P. c. latifolia, (apt.). BRITISH COLUMBIA. 21 km S of
100 Mile House on hwy 97, 910 m, 13 Jul 1978, JTS 78G82, P. c. latifolia, (apt.); 40 km E of Prince
George on hwy 16, 14 Jul 1978, JTS 78G85, P. c. latifolia, (apt.); 5 km N of Spuzzum on hwy 1, 13
Jul 1978, JTS 78G77, P. monticola, (apt.); 7 km S of Canal Flats on hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, JTS 78G95,
P. c. latifolia, (apt.); Mt Robson Prov Park, 15 Jul 1978, JTS 78G88, P. c. latifolia, (apt.); nr Clearwater,
9 Sep 1979, D. J. Voegtlin, DJV 744, P. c. latifolia, (apt.).
Essigella ( Essigella ) knowltoni braggi Hottes, 1957,
NEW STATUS
Essigella braggi Hottes, 1957: 73, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 73-75.
Essigella robusta Hottes, 1957: 103, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 103-105. NEW
SYNONYM.
Primary Type. — Holotype, vivip. apt., on slide with 4 other apt., holotype shown
by arrow (upper right); slide data: “ Pinus contorta, Tuolumne Meadows, Calif.,
VIII-22-1955, J. W. MacSwain/Holotype, Essigella braggi F. C. Hottes” (Tuol¬
umne Meadows is in Tuolumne Co., in Yosemite National Park, west of Tioga
Pass). Holotype deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, University of
California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California.
Viviparous Apterae.—Morphology: As E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni, except as follows. Body length:
1.67-2.39 (2.04 ± 0.21) mm. HEAD: Length of antennal segment V: 125-153 (141 ± 9) p, processus
terminalis: 33-63 (41 ± 8) p- IV: 95-118 (107 ± 7) p; III: 168-215 (190 ± 17) p ; II: 70-88 (77 ± 4)
p. Length of longest setae on frons: 28-78 (52 ± 12) p. Head width: 316-398 (349 ± 22) p. Length
of stylets: 632-816 (718 ± 60) p m , ultimate rostral segment: 68-88 (81 ± 6) p, rostral tip reaching
abdominal terga I—II in dorsal view through slide-mounted specimens. Total length of fused head +
pronotum: 393-490 (438 ± 29) p. THORAX: Total length of fused meso + metanota: 296-439 (381
± 39) p. ABDOMEN: Tergum I length: 112-173 (149 ± 20) p. Maximum distal width of flange on
siphunculi: 25-45 (37 ± 6) p. Ventral abdominal sclerite length: 48-65 (56 ± 6) p. Dorsal (major +
minor) setae (see Fig. IE) on abdominal terga III-IV: 8-10, rarely to 12, when 12 the lateral-most
minor dorsal seta usually anterad of its next mesad neighbor (i.e., Fig. ID). Setae on abdominal tergum
VIII: 6-8, rarely to 10, length: 23-88 (52 ± 16) p, in 1 row, to 2 when 12. Length of longest caudal
setae: 70-125 (93 ± 15) p. LEGS: Length of metafemora: 622-842 (724 ± 61) p; metatibiae: 928-
1219 (1048 ± 76) p; longest dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae: 25-55 (39 ± 9) p\ longest
ventral setae on metatibiae: 23-48 (34 ± 7) p. Length of metabasitarsus: 125-158 (140 ± 11) p;
metadistitarsus: 190-225 (206 ± 12) p. Mean ratio of metadistitarsus to metabasitarus: 1.47:1. Pig¬
mentation: As E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni, except as follows. Color in life: Gray-green or gray to light
brown, throughout. Slide-mounted specimens: Background of body dorsum pale to light brown (to
40 percent pigment density), unicolorous. Terga at bases of setae on frons and dorsal (major + minor)
setae on abdomen concolorous with surrounding terga, infrequently subtly darker. Thoracic muscle
attachment plates and dorsal muscle attachment plates of abdomen usually substantially darker than
body dorsum, often only subtly darker. Spiracular plates and ventral abdominal sclerites conspicuous,
usually dark brown, infrequently light brown, but always darker than body dorsum. Cauda, anal and
subgenital plates usually substantially darker than abdominal terga, often only slightly darker. Antennal
segments with darkest areas usually moderate brown, sometimes lighter; proximal base of III never
moderate brown; II usually concolorous with proximal one-half of III, but infrequently darker. Pro-,
meso- and metatibiae usually pale to frequently moderately brown, often substantially darker than
abdominal dorsum.
Diagnosis. — For separation of the E. (E.) knowltoni subspecies, see the diagnosis
of E. (E. ) knowltoni knowltoni, and couplet 16 in the key to the viviparous apterae.
Synonyms. —Essigella robusta Hottes, NEW SYNONYM: lectotype (formerly
“holotype”), vivip. apt., on slide with 7 other specimens (lectotype in 10 o’clock
position); data: CALIFORNIA. EL DORADO Co.: Upper Echo Lake, 2285 m
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
85
(7500 ft), 6 Aug 1937, E.O.E[ssig]., Pinus contorta murrayana. Essigella robusta
lectotype deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology, University of California
at Berkeley, Berkeley, California. Although Hottes (1957: 104-105) designated a
“holotype” for E. robusta, his designation circle on the slide encompasses 2 adult
and 1 nymphal vivip. apt.; I have selected the center specimen within the des¬
ignation circle as technical lectotype, because no single individual was clearly
identifiable as “holotype.”
Range. — Sierra Nevada and Cascades of California (Fig. 12B). [For species, see
E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni also.]
Host.—Pinus contorta murrayana Greville & Balfour (south of the Oregon-
Califomia border only) (see discussion). [For species, see E. (E.) knowltoni knowl¬
toni also.]
Discussion. —See E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni.
Coded References to This Taxon.—Essigella (E.) knowltoni braggi has been
referred to previously by the codings: “Sp. G” (Sorensen 1983, 1987a, 1992b),
“BRAG” (Sorensen 1983), and “SNV” (Sorensen 1992a). Sorensen (1983) referred
to this taxon under the manuscript name E. “knowltoni braggi .”
Etymology and Common Name. — Hottes (1957:) named “ Essigella braggi” for
L. C. Bragg, presumably because he collected many aphids early in this century;
1 cannot find reference, however, to his association with “ Essigella braggi ” in
particular. Common name: Bragg’s lodgepole pine needle aphid.
Material Examined. — [E. (E.) knowltoni braggi only:] CALIFORNIA. ALPINE Co.: E side of
Ebbett’s Pass on hwy 4, 3 km E of summit, 2400 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G42, P. c. murrayana, (apt.);
same but JTS 77G41, P. monticola, (apt.); Upper Cascade Creek, E side of Ebbett’s Pass on hwy 4,
2 km E of summit, 2350 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G39, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.); W side of Ebbett’s
Pass on hwy 4, 18 km W of summit, 2470 m, 17 Jul 1977, JTS 77G44, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). EL
DORADO Co.: South Lake Tahoe, 1950 m, 16 Jul 1977, JTS 77G31, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.);
Upper Echo Lake, 2400 m, 6 Aug 1937, E. O. Essig. P. c. murrayana, (apt.); Wright’s Lake, 850 m,
28 Sep 1969, C. Lagace, Pinus sp., (ovip.). INYO Co.: Bishop, 15 Sep 1969, T. Kono & M. Wasbauer,
CDFA 69-J30-32, P. c. murrayana, (apt.); Lake Sabrina, nr Bishop, 2750 m, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H1,
P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.). MONO Co.: 1 km S of Crestview on hwy 395, 1 Aug 1977, JTS 77H5,
P. c. murrayana, (apt.); Deadman Summit on hwy 395, nr Crestview, 2440 m, 31 Jul 1977, JTS
77G71, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). NEVADA Co.: Prosser Lake Recreation Area, hwy 89, 25 Jun 1977,
JTS 77F6, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). PLUMAS Co.: 13 km E of Chester on hwy 36, 1520 m, 4 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G14, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.); hwy 36, 8 km W of jet with hwy 89, 1460 m, 10 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G24, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). SIERRA Co.: 18 km S of Sierraville on hwy 89, 26 Jun 1977,
JTS 77F8, P. c. murrayana, (apt.); Donner Summit on hwy 80, 2200 m, 27 Aug 1978, JTS 78H159,
P. c. murrayana, (apt.); same but 2290 m, 25 Jun 1977, JTS 77F3, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). SISKIYOU
Co.: Edson Creek access Rd, Shasta Natl Forest, 8 km W of Bartel on hwy 89, 1160 m, 3 Jul 1977,
JTS 77G9, P. c. murrayana, (apt.). TULARE Co.: 8 km NW of Stoney Creek Cmpgd, Sierra Natl
Forest, 2380 m, 13 Aug 1977, JTS 77H11, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.). TUOLUMNE Co.: Yosemite
Natl Park, Tuolumne Meadows, 22 Aug 1955, J. MacSwain, P. c. murrayana, (apt.); same but nr
Porcupine Flat-Porcupine Creek, 2500 m, 30 Jul 1977, JTS 77G66, (apt.). COUNTY UNCERTAIN:
Lake Tahoe, 16/17/21 Jul 1969, R. Luck, P. c. murrayana, (apt., alat.).
Key to the Viviparous Apterae of Essigella
Before using this key, see the commentary under taxonomic key usage in the
methods section; also see the character discussion section.
la. Abdominal terga III-IV each with 6 dorsal (major + minor) setae be¬
tween muscle attachment plates (e.g., Fig. IF). 23
86 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(1)
lb. Abdominal terga III-IV each with 7 or more dorsal (major + minor)
setae between muscle attachment plates. 2
2a. (lb) Pro- and metatibiae subtly to conspicuously darker than mesotibiae,
with mesotibial pigmentation approximately that of abdominal terga,
or paler. Abdominal tergum VIII with 8 or more setae. Lateral-most
minor dorsal seta on each side, between muscle attachment plates on
abdominal terga III-IV, usually conspicuously anterad of immediately
mesad neighbor (e.g., Figs. 1C-D). ... [pigmented E. (Lambersella)] 17
2b. All tibiae concolorous, or metatibiae darker than pro- and mesotibiae.
Setae on abdominal tergum VIII and arrangement of dorsal (major
+ minor) setae on abdominal segments III-IV variable (e.g., Figs.
1B-E). 3
3a. (2b) Abdominal tergum I fused to the amalgamated meso + metanota;
this fusion at least along their lateral contacts, but may be dorsally
complete in more heavily pigmented specimens. .. E. ( E .) essigi Hottes
(Host: P. radiata, P. attenuata )
3b. Abdominal tergum I always completely free. 4
4a. (3b) Metadistitarsal length usually > 2.0 (rarely to 1.9) x length of meta-
basitarsus (if 1.9-2.0 x, then: color in life of vivip. apt. is pale yellow,
oviparae with abdominal terga II-VII fused). Slide-mounted speci¬
mens always concolorously pale. E. (A.) kathleenae Sorensen
(Host: P. lambertiana )
4b. Metadistitarsal length at most 1.95 x, usually less, length of metaba-
sitarus (if 1.9-2.Ox, then: color in life of vivip. apt. is usually not pale
yellow, oviparae with abdominal terga II-VI fused but VII free, host
P. flexilis or P. strobiformis). Slide-mounted specimens variable, pale
to developed pigmentation of some sort. 5
5 a. (4b) Primary rhinarium on antennal segment V close to tip; distance
between distal portion of rim of primary rhinarium and tip < 0.5,
usually < 0.3, x diameter of rhinarium. Distal face of rim of primary
rhinarium extending perpendicularly to longitudinal axis of segment
V. Membrane of primary rhinarium, if extended, often reaching tip
of segment. E. (E.) wilsoni Hottes
(Host: Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pseudotsuga macrocarpa)
5b. Distal rim of primary rhinarium and tip of antennal segment V more
distant than 0.5 x diameter of primary rhinarium. Distal face of rim
of primary rhinarium usually extending obliquely from antennal seg¬
ment. Membrane of primary rhinarium, when protruding, not reach¬
ing tip of segment. 6
6a. (5b) Abdominal tergum VIII bearing 6, occasionally 7, setae. 14
6b. Abdominal tergum VIII with 8 or more setae. 7
7a. (6b) Metadistitarsal length > 1.70 x length of metabasitarsus (if 1.9-
2.0 x, see couplet 4b). Slide-mounted specimens always concolorously
pale. E. (A.) kirki Sorensen
(Host: P. flexilis, P. strobiformis )
7b. Metadistitarsal length < 1.70 x length of metabasitarsus. Side-mounted
specimens with variable pigmentation, pale to developed. 8
8a. (7b) Abdominal terga III-IV each with 8 dorsal (major + minor) setae
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
87
in 1 roughly linear row (but occasionally with the pair of setae im¬
mediately lateral to the most mesal pair displaced anterad) so that the
lateral-most minor dorsal seta on each side of these terga is not con¬
spicuously anterad to its immediately mesad neighbor (e.g., Fig.
IE). 9
8b. Abdominal terga III-IV each with 8 or more dorsal (major + minor)
setae in 2 rows or staggered, so that the lateral-most minor dorsal seta
on each side is conspicuously anterad to its immediately mesad neigh¬
bor (e.g., Figs. 1B-C). 10
9a. (8a) Adult apterae with 2 marginal setae on abdominal segments III-
IV. Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with area imme¬
diately surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous; bases of
neighboring setae not on a sclerotized plate contiguous with the muscle
attachment sites. E. [E.) alyeska Sorensen
(Host: Picea glauca, Pinus banksiana )
9b. Adult apterae with 3 or more marginal setae on abdominal segments
III-IV. Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with scleroti-
zation (light to dark pigmentation) extending from muscle attachment
sites to form a pair of contiguous plates (approximately the diameter
of the eye length) that engulf some neighboring setal bases. 10
10a. (8b, 9b) Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV linear to sub-
linear (when not folded), the length (anteroposterior axis) of longest
sclerite > 2.0 x width (mesolateral axis). . [some £. ( Lambersella)\ 17
10b. Ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III-IV circular to subcircular
(when not folded), the length of longest sclerite, < 2.0, usually < 1.5 x
width. 11
1 la. (10b) At least some setae on frons and some dorsal setae on central one-
third of metafemora and metatibiae with sharp tips.
.[some E. [Lambersella )] 17
lib. Tips of all setae on frons and all dorsal setae on central one-third of
metafemora and metatibia incrassate. 12
12a. (lib) Dorsal setae on metatibiae with an abrupt transition in length
(nearly doubling) about midway along segment.
.[some E. [Lambersella)} 17
12b. Dorsal setae on metatibiae approximately equal in length or gradually
increasing distally. 13
13a. (12b) Body dorsum dark with a longitudinal paler region on dorsomedial
region of thoracic and abdominal terga. .. [some E. [Lambersella)} 17
13b. Body dorsum pale to dark, but if dark then either concolorous or frontal
area of head is paler than abdominal dorsum. 14
14a. (6a, 13b) Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with a pair of
light to dark pigmented sclerotizations that extend from muscle at¬
tachment sites to form contiguous plates that engulf some neighboring
setal bases; the diameter of these plates approximates the eye length.
Adult apterae with pigmentation of body dorsum variable, often tho¬
racic and abdominal terga are dark brown to black; if pale [nonteneral )
then : (a) ventral abdominal sclerites on segments III and IV conspic¬
uous, circular or subcircular (when not folded), and large (minimum
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
diameter at least 0.6 x metatibial diameter); (b) antennal segment III
length usually > 0.160 mm; (c) maximal distal diameter of extended
siphuncular flange usually < 0.040 mm; and (d) 3-4 marginal setae
on abdominal terga III-IV. [E. (E.) knowltoni complex] 15
14b. Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with only membranous
areas immediately surrounding muscle attachment sites; bases of
neighboring setae not on contiguous sclerotized plates with the muscle
attachment sites. Adult apterae with thoracic and abdominal terga
pale and: (a) ventral abdominal sclerites segments III and IV variable,
frequently small with minimum diameter < 0.6 x metatibial diam¬
eter; (b) antennal segment III length < 0.160 mm; (c) maximal distal
diameter of extended siphuncular flange usually > 0.040 mm; and (d)
abdominal terga III-IV with 2 marginal setae. .. E. (E.) alyeska Sorensen
(Host: Picea glauca, Pinus banksiana )
15a. (14a) Darkest pigmentation (nonteneral) of antennal segments III, IV,
and V subtly to substantially lighter than antennal segment I. Antennal
segment III pale except distal one-quarter frequently slightly pig¬
mented. Body dorsum, including frons, uniformly dark brown to black.
Longest dorsal seta on central one-third of metatibiae usually <0.8,
rarely > 1.1, x metatibial diameter. Maximum distal diameter of
extended siphuncular flange usually > 0.040 mm.
. E.(E.) critchfieldi NEW SPECIES
(Host: P. contorta contorta )
15b. Darkest pigmentation (nonteneral) of antennal segments III, IV, and V
darker than antennal segment I. Distal one-third to one-half of an¬
tennal segment III dark. Body dorsum variable; if dark, frons often
lighter than abdominal dorsum. Longest dorsal seta on central one-
third of metatibiae variable, often > 1.1 x metatibial diameter. Max¬
imum distal diameter of extended siphuncular flange usually < 0.040
mm. [E. (E.) knowltoni] 16
16a. (15b) Body dorsum usually moderately to extremely dark, occasionally
pale; when dark, frons often lighter than abdominal dorsum; when
pale, the ventrolateral border of abdominal tergum, anteroventral
border of frons, and posterad border of subgenital plate well defined
and demarcated from adjacent membranous regions. Abdominal ter¬
gum VIII with 6, rarely to 8, setae. E. ( E .) knowltoni knowltoni Hottes
(Host: P. contorta latifolia; P. contorta murrayana [Oregon])
16b. Body dorsum usually pale to infrequently moderately dark; not extreme¬
ly dark. Darker specimens with frons concolorous with abdominal
dorsum; and with either the ventrolateral border of abdominal tergum,
anteroventral border of frons, or posterad border of subgenital plate
usually poorly defined compared to adjacent membranous regions.
Abdominal tergum VIII with 5-8, rarely to 10, setae.
. E. (E.) knowltoni braggi Hottes
(Host: P. contorta murrayana [California])
17a. (2a, 10a, 11a, 12a, 13a) Background of body dorsum darker than tibiae,
with a paler longitudinal area on dorsomedial region of the thoracic
and abdominal terga. E. (L.) eastopi NEW SPECIES
(Host: P. coulteri)
1994 SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA 89
17b. Background of body dorsum variable from uniformly pale to dark, or
mottled, but not as described in couplet 17a; if dark then lacking a
paler longitudinal area on dorsomedial region of thoracic and abdom¬
inal terga, and pro- and metatibiae substantially pigmented. 18
18a. (17b) Length of dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae > 0.100
mm, and metatibial length < 0.905 mm. Tips of these setae sharp,
often reflexed. 22
18b. Length of dorsal setae on central one-third of metatibiae < 0.100 mm,
or metatibial length > 0.905 mm. Tips of these setae variable, in-
crassate to sharp, but not reflexed. 19
19a. (18b) Metatibial length >1.30 mm, and antennal segment III length >
0.200 mm, and head width (noncompressed slide) measured at lateral
bases of antennae > 0.330 mm E. (L.) hillerislambersi NEW SPECIES
(Host: P. jejfreyi )
19b. Metatibial length < 1.30 mm, or antennal segment III length < 0.200
mm, or head width (noncompressed slide) measured at lateral bases
of antennae < 0.330 mm [default here if unsure of degree of slide
compression]. 20
20a. (19b) Discriminant score (D.S.) < —1.2769,
where D.S. -
[(antennal segment III length in mm)x (—41.1157)]
+ [(antennal segment IV length in mm) x (—71.1238)]
+ [(antennal segment V in mm)x (50.8637)]
+ [(eye length in mm) x (—58.8556)]
+ [(number of dorsal {major + minor} setae on abdominal tergum
III)x (0.5209)]
+ (9.81618). E. (L.) hillerislambersi NEW SPECIES
(Host: P. jejfreyi )
20b. D.S. (couplet 20a) > —1.2769. 21
21a. (20b) Discriminant score (D.S.) > 1.3945,
where D.S. —
[(metatibial length in mm)x (—8.3479)]
+ [(metabasitarsal length in mm) x (—63.4133)]
+ [(antennal segment III length in mm)x (65.4496)]
+ [(dorsomedial length of head + pronotum in mm)x (—29.4826)]
+ [(dorsomedial length of abdominal tergum I in mm)x (38.7739)]
+ (12.4544). E. (L.) eastopi NEW SPECIES
(Host: P. coulteri)
21b. D.S. (couplet 21a) < 1.3945. [E. (L.)fusca] 22
22a. (18a, 21b) Discriminant score (D.S.) < —0.0803,
where D.S.
[(met a has i tarsal length in mm)x (71.9890)]
+ [(length of longest dorsal seta on central part of metatibiae in
mm) x (—51.6627)]
T- [(number of dorsal {major + minor} setae on abdominal tergum
VIII) x (0.9549)]
+ [(length from anterior of eye to posterolateral comer of protho¬
rax) x (-28.9019)]
+ [(length of longest seta on antennal segment II) x (—98.3813)]
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
+ (-6.11263). E. (L.) fusca voegtlini NEW SUBSPECIES
(Host: P. ponderosa, P. jejfreyi, P. coulteri)
22b. D.S. (couplet 22a) > —0.0803.. E. (L.) fusca fusca G & P
(Host: P. ponderosa, P. ponderosa var. arizonica, P. engelmannii, P.
leiophylla)
23a. (la) Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with area immediately
surrounding muscle attachment sites membranous; bases of neigh¬
boring setae not on a pair of contiguous, sclerotized plates (light to
dark pigmentation) extending from muscle attachment sites. Western
Nearctic in distribution [default here if specimen is from the Rocky
Mountains, Black Hills or westward, Mexico or not North American].
. [E. (E.) californica complex]
23b. Mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of apterae with sclerotization (light
to dark pigmentation) extending from muscle attachment sites to form
a pair of contiguous plates (approximately the diameter of the eye
length) that engulf some neighboring setal bases. Eastern Nearctic in
distribution [default here if specimen is from east of the Rocky Moun¬
tains or Black Hills and not Mexico]. E. (E.) pini Wilson
(Host: most eastern Pinus sp.)
24a. (23a) Siphunculi conspicuously darker than surrounding abdominal ter-
ga, or dorsal (major + minor) setae between muscle attachment plates
on abdominal terga II-VI, on dark basal scleroites with well defined
borders (nonnymph).. E. (E.) californica (Essig)
(Host: most Pinus sp. [except pinyons])
24b. Siphuncular pigmentation approximately equivalent to surrounding ab¬
dominal terga. Dorsal (major + minor) setae between muscle attach¬
ment plates on abdominal terga II-VI arising from undifferentiated
areas of abdominal terga, or from areas that are subtly darker, but
have only vaguely defined borders. 25
25a. (24b) Abdominal terga (excluding tergum immediately adjacent to setal
bases) subtly to conspicuously darker than thoracic terga and head
dorsum. E. (E.) hoerneri G & P
(Host: P. monophylla, P. edulis, P. cembroides, P. quadrifolia )
25b. Abdominal terga (excluding tergum immediately adjacent to setal bases)
concolorous with thoracic and head terga; if body dorsum pigmented,
abdominal terga not contrasting with thoracic terga and head dor¬
sum. 26
26a. (25b) Slide compressed or sagittal plane of aphid rolled from vertical
axis; body width measurements potentially distorted by compression
or perspective artifacts of slide preparation [default here if uncer¬
tain]. 27
26b. Slide not compressed and sagittal plane of aphid not rolled; body width
measurements not distorted by compression or perspective artifacts
of slide preparation. 28
27a. (26a) Discriminant score (D.S.) > 0.3991,
where D.S. =
[(antennal segment IV length in mm)x (0.0093)]
+ [(antennal segment II length in mm) x (-0.1345)]
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
91
+ [(stylet length in mm) x (0.0134)]
+ (0.39912). E.(E.) hoerneri G & P
(Host: P. monophylla, P. edulis, P. cembroides, P. quadrifolia)
27b. D.S. (couplet 27a) < 0.3991. E. ( E .) californica (Essig)
(Host: most Pinus sp. [except pinyons])
28a. (26b) Discriminant score (D.S.) < —0.4847,
where D.S. =
[(antennal segment IV length in mm)x (0.0059)]
+ [(antennal segment II length in mm)x (0.2023)]
+ [(head width at lateral base of antennae in mm)x (—0.0456)]
+ [(stylet length in mm)x (-0.0083)]
+ (3.18802). E.(E.) hoerneri G & P
(Host: P. monophylla, P. edulis, P. cembroides, P. quadrifolia )
28b. D.S. (couplet 28a) > —0.4847. E. (E.) californica (Essig)
(Host: most Pinus sp. [except pinyons])
Phylogenetic Analyses: tl
During this project, the need for development of an operational method to
estimate phylogeny using noncoded, morphometric attributes became apparent,
because Essigella have few morphological traits that could be treated or coded
objectively using the then existing numerical cladistic procedures that were based
upon discrete-state data. While analyzing the genus (Sorensen 1983), I developed
a phylogenetic procedure for morphometric data that employed discriminant
function analysis to reveal unshared variance among groups, and then linked the
group centroids to yield a phylogenetic network. That procedure was later modified
(Sorensen 1987a) to yield the currently accepted phylogeny for the genus. The
method estimates minimum selective mortality indices (sensu Lande 1979) that
account for divergence resulting from past selection (Pimentel 1992). Sorensen &
Foottit (1992) present the quantitative genetic rationales for the procedure, and
Sorensen (1992b) discusses its operational limitations.
The phylogeny developed for Essigella, as tl of Sorensen & Foottit (1992),
Sorensen (1992b) and here [= 0 of Sorensen (1987a)], is based on adult virgi-
noparous apterae only. Sorensen (1983) used 26 morphometric traits (see methods
section) to derive tl and circumscribe all Essigella taxa; these are listed elsewhere
(see Sorensen 1991: table 1). For Essigella, tl was generated using discriminant
function analysis (Nie et al. 1975: SPSS, version 7, program DISCRIMINANT,
direct selection mode, Wilks-X criterion) to derive group centroids, as mean group
phenotypes (z, sensu Lande 1979) for taxa; this was followed by their linkage
using a maximum-likelihood cladistic algorithm (Felsenstein 1984: PHYLIP, ver¬
sion 2.5, program CONTML, c-option); the analysis included Pseudessigella, as
an outgroup (Sorensen 1990), for rooting. Because this phylogenetic estimate is
probability based, as a maximum-likelihood network, confidence intervals for
each phyletic segment (intemode) were generated; these are listed in Sorensen
(1987a: table 1).
In Fig. 1 3,11 is shown with the length of its intemodes, which represent evolved
apomorphic anagenic distance, scaled proportionally to their divergence. Figure
14 shows this phylogenetic pathway as it navigates through the 3-dimensional
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Evolutionary Distance
1 a unit
* = anagenic distance significant
at a =0.05(1.96 a units)
to Pseudessigella
Figure 13. Anagenic distance preserving portrayal of the phylogenetic estimate, tl, for Essigella
(after Sorensen 1987a). White nodes are taxa (as group centroids); black nodes (numbered in square
brackets) are ancestors; intemode lengths are proportionate to their anagenic distances (indicated) in
pooled standard deviation units (o-); intemodes that are significant (as > 1.96 a for a = 0.05) for the
genus/subgenus level are shown in bold numbers with an asterisk. Subgenera are indicated by shading.
2 . 08 *
discriminant space that is represented by the dominant three minimum selective
mortality vectors (Sorensen & Foottit 1992, Sorensen 1992b) occurring over the
given evolutionary episode. Although preserving the furcation patterns in that
space, Fig. 14 necessarily distorts the intemodal distances, which are derived from
the full 15 dimensions (= Groups — 1) of the data matrix. The cladistic relation¬
ships among Essigella species should be obvious from these figures; for discussion,
see Sorensen (1992b) or Sorensen (1987a).
Justification for Delimitation of Subgenera.— Because Pseudessigella was nec¬
essarily included in the analysis for polarity, and because it represents the nearest
separate genus (Sorensen 1990), the analytical perspective (sensu Sorensen 1992b)
used in generating tl allows inference of reasonable, quantitatively determined
subgeneric demarcations within Essigella. This is possible, and logically called
for, because, for the general analytical procedure:
(1) All, and only, unshared variance (apomorphy, sensu Sorensen & Foottit
1992) among the taxa is used in network construction, so that the derived inter-
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
93
Figure 14. Spatial-based portrayal for tl (after Sorensen 1992b). Here, tl transverses the evolu¬
tionary space defined by the dominant three minimum selective mortality vectors (sensu Lande 1979),
represented as discriminant functions (DF) (see Sorensen & Foottit 1992, Sorensen 1992b). Taxa (as
group centroids) are abbreviated by their first two letters; the subgenera and Pseudessigella are cir¬
cumscribed by dashed lines that indicate the maximal spatial distributions of their contained indi¬
viduals. The first two vectors (DF1, DF2) are shown, and the third (DF3) is implied by the relative
size and color of the dot, and size of letters, for each taxon: larger (white) dots are forward of,
intermediate (gray) dots are on, and smaller (black) dots are backward from, the plane of the page.
Phyletic internodes here are not proportionate to their anagenic distances (as in Fig. 13), but spatially
demonstrate the furcation events in this evolutionary space.
node values appropriately portray a maximum-likelihood representation of solely
apomorphic anagenic distance among the network nodes.
(2) The intemodal lengths are in Mahalonobis’ distance, as standard deviation
units, o [= SD units of Sorensen (1987a, 1992b)], that are parsimoniously pooled
across all incorporated groups (as taxa). Thus, these <r distances have implied
meaning for the relative levels of apomorphic divergence leading to the respective
taxonomic ranks among all included taxa. In this case, divergence from both
species and genus level taxa was incorporated. Because the former (16, including
subspecies) were more numerous than the latter (2), the likelihood is that any
given intemode should represent a species-, rather than genus-, level divergence
event.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
% notably present among hosts
intraspecific relationships
among hosts (nested)
= notably polyphagous aphids
Figure 15. Diagrammatic portrayal of host plant radiation shown by Essigella. Here, tl is shown
with preserved intemodal anagenic distances, with evolution beginning at the left (see Fig. 13). Aphid
taxa are designated by their first two letters. Host grouping to pine subsection are shown for the aphid
taxa; where taxa are not strictly monophagous, they are assigned to the host group of their predominant
pine species. Pine groupings follow Little & Critchfield (1969). Note that: (1) reinvasion of Pinus
(,Strobus ) by E. ( E .) hoerneri [HO] occurs in a separate section of that subgenus; (2) terminal groupings
of the aphids occur within single pine subsections [e.g., Ponderosae, Contortae]; and (3) hybridization
links between pine subsections mirror the evolutionary proximity of the aphids on tl.
(3) The lengths of internodes on any tl network, in a large enough sample,
should be Gaussian or Poisson in distribution. Therefore, because 95.45% of such
lengths should occur within ±1.96 a of the mean (Spiergel 1988: 90) in those
distributions, an a = 0.05 confidence level for significant differentiation in the
length of any intemode is appropriate at 1.96 a (Spiergel 1988: 207). For any
given relative perspective (sensu Sorensen 1992b), this should be true (i.e., if 15
genera, representing 3 tribes, were individual nodes on such a network, then
intemodes exceeding 1.96 a should depict tribal level divergence); see Sorensen
(1990) for discussion of similar objective taxonomic demarcations on networks.
Accordingly, on tl, any intemodal length exceeding 1.96 a is significant in
differentiation and, therefore, its divergence level exceeds the type most commonly
encountered on this network: speciation. Such intemodes indicate the next higher
taxonomically recognizable level: genus (or subgenus, because these are function¬
ally equivalent, sensu ICZN). Here, only three intemodes exceed 1.96 a; those
between: Pseudessigella and node 1 (18.9 a), nodes 2 and 3 (2.08 a), and nodes
3 and 7, at (4.22 a). They define the gaps between Pseudessigella, E. ( Archeoes-
sigella), E. (Lambersella ), E. {Essigella), respectively. The gap between the existing
genera is 18.9 a; although the others are less, they are significant and reflect
ecological divergence of the aphids onto host groups (see below), hence they are
treated as subgenera. The subgeneric intemode distances are not considered to
represent species groups because Pseudessigella was included in the analysis; spe¬
cies group demarcation would have been appropriate if only Essigella taxa lacking
subgeneric delimitation were analyzed.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
95
Alternative Analyses.— Recently, PAUP (Swofford 1990) analyses were con¬
ducted, using on coded traits from Essigella apterae, nymphs, alates and oviparae
(unpublished data); a majority rule consensus of the 150 PAUP minimum length
trees supports the tl topology, with the following modifications: (a) the two E.
(Archeoessigella) species form a basal trichotomy with the remaining clade, (b)
E. (E.) essigi and E. ( E.) pini form a sister clade [63%] to the remaining E.
(.Essigella ), and (c) E. (E.) wilsoni forms a trichtomy with the E. (E.) californica
/hoerneri clade and Series B. These potential topological modifications, due to
inclusion of additional morphs/stages, do not require altering the present sub¬
generic assignments. Because of space limitations here, these PAUP analyses will
be published elsewhere.
Ecological Corroboration of Phylogeny
It is reasonable to assume that associated ecological and biogeographic infor¬
mation for the taxa should substantiate, or at least not refute, tl if indeed it
approximates the correct phylogeny. Because of the apparent feeding specificity
of Essigella, the hosts, principally pines, are assumed to be important to the
interpretation of the aphids’ evolution. A resource tracking model of evolution
(Brooks 1981), seems at least partially applicable with lineages of Essigella shifting
to, and sometimes evolving with, various lineages of pines or their relatives.
Unfortunately, no cladistic evidence for a phylogeny of Pinus exists. In its absence,
Little & Critchfield’s (1969) revision of Pinus is used here and the evolutionary
interrelationships among pines are assumed to mirror their genetic compatibilities,
as shown through the extensive U.S. Forest Service hybridization programs (W.
Critchfield, personal communications). Figure 15 shows a diagrammatic portrayal
of the host radiation across pine subsections that has occurred during evolution
within Essigella ; this portrayal is superimposed over tl.
Little & Critchfield (1969) divide the genus Pinus into three subgenera: Du-
campopinus, Strobus, and Pinus. (The older terms haploxylon and diploxylon,
previous subgeneric synonyms for Strobus and Pinus, respectively, are used here
as adjectives.) Subgenus Ducampopinus, as a single southeast Asian species, is
universally regarded as primitive (Mirov 1967). Subgenus Strobus, which shares
some derived characters with subgenus Pinus, is regarded as more primitive than
the latter (D. Axelrod, W. Critchfield, personal communications). Subgenus Stro¬
bus contains section Strobus, with subsections Cembrae and Strobi, and section
Parrya, with subsections Cembroides, Gerardianae* and Balfourianae. Subgenus
Pinus contains section Tematae, with subsections Leiophyllae, Canarienses* and
Pineae*, and section Pinus, with subsections Sylvestres, Australes, Ponderosae,
Sabinianae, Contortae and Oocarpae. Those subsections with an asterisk (*) have
no Nearctic native species; subsections Cembrae and Sylvestres are predominantly
nonNearctic.
The only Essigella species restricted to the primitive subgenus Strobus, with
the exception of E. (E.) hoerneri (discussed later), are E. (A.) kathleenae, on P.
lambertiana, and E. (A.) kirki, on P. flexilis and P. strobiformis', both aphids are
in E. ( Archeoessigella ) and both pines are in subsection Strobi (Fig. 15). Pinus
flexilis and P. strobiformis are closely related and occupy nearly allopatric zones
interfacing at the Colorado-New Mexico border. Pinus strobiformis was previously
treated as a variety of P. flexilis, and intergrades with it in sympatry (Critchfield
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
& Little 1966). Pinus lambertiana is distinctive among haploxylon pines and is
genetically incompatible with most of them; it is compatible, however, with P.
griffithi, an Asian subsection Strobi pine that is restricted to the Himalayas and
is the host of Pseudessigella brachychaeta, Essigella' s sister-group (Sorensen 1991).
The more advanced Essigella subgenera, E. (.Lambersella) and E. (Essigella ) [ex¬
cept E. (E.) hoerneri ], occur on pines of the derived subgenus Pinus, or on other
Pinaceae genera, when host specific (Fig. 15).
Within E. (. Lambersella ), E. (L.) fusca occurs primarily on P. ponderosa, but
also on P. engelmannii, as E. (L.) f fusca, and on P. jejfreyi and P. coulteri, as E.
(L.)f voegtlim. Essigella (L.) hillerislambersi and E. (L.) eastopi are monophagous
on P. jejfreyi and P. coulteri, respectively. Pinus ponderosa, P. jejfreyi and P.
engelmannii are in subsection Ponderosae, and all hybridize. Pinus coulteri is in
subsection Sabinianae, but hybridizes with P. jejfreyi, although not with P. pon¬
derosa. Consequently, the tJ furcation pattern within E. (Lambersella) mirrors
the P. coulteri to P. jejfreyi to P. ponderosa hybridization link (Fig. 15 [where,
note the HI vs FU/VO positions could be rotated]). Furthermore, subsection
Ponderosae is genetically distinct and divergent within subgenus Pinus, and its
species show little hybridization with pines in other subsections (W. Critchfield,
personal communication). Therefore, the divergence of that pine subsection re¬
flects that of E. (Lambersella), as a clade, from E. (Essigella), which primarily
occupies the other Nearctic diploxylon pine subsections (Fig. 15).
Among Series A taxa (Fig. 13) within E. (Essigella), when host specificity is
restricted, the hosts have austral biogeographic origins during the Madro-Tertiary
geoflora (Alexrod 1958, 1967). On tl, which was based solely on morphometric
attributes from apterae, the phylogenetic topology indicates a paraphyletic rela¬
tionship between E. (E.) essigi and E. (E.) pini, as the more primitive taxa in the
subgenus. Essigella (E.) essigi' s hosts, P. radiata and P. attenuata of subsection
Oocarpae, interbreed. Essigella (E.) pini, in the eastern Nearctic, feeds widely in
subsection Australes and also in subsection Strobi; the latter probably are sec¬
ondary adaptations to unoccupied niches in the east. Subsections Australes and
Oocarpae have a strong hybridization link (Fig. 15) that temporally reflects the
phylogenetic proximity of these aphids. Thus, evidence suggests that this most
primitive section of E. (Essigella) probably originated in association with the
Madro-Tertiary geoflora, where its immediate aphid ancestor probably fed on the
pine ancestor to both the Australes and Oocarpae subsections. Under this scenario,
and E. (E.) essigi and E. (E.) pini probably diverged on Oocarpae pines in the
western Nearctic and Australes pines in the eastern Nearctic, respectively, as those
pines moved north.
The phylogenetic analyses indicate that E. (E.) californica and E. (E.) hoerneri
form a monophyletic subunit. In that clade, E. (E.) hoerneri is restricted to section
Parrya subsection Cembroides (pinyon pines), which have their greatest diversity
in the southern Nearctic. This host specificity is probably a secondary invasion
of unoccupied haploxylon niches (Fig. 15). In contrast, E. (E.) calif ornica feeds
broadly in Pinus, but not on pinyons, presumably because of competition there
from E. (E.) hoerneri. The remaining Series A taxon, E. (E.) wilsoni, is the sister-
group to Series B (Fig. 13). That aphid feeds on Pseudotsuga, again a host of
southern Nearctic origin, and which apparently represents another secondary
adaptation to an unoccupied niche (Fig. 15).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
97
The Series B aphid lineage (Fig. 13) most probably has an origin in the Arcto-
Tertiary geoflora (Sorensen 1992a). Although E. ( E .) alyeska again shows another
secondary adaptation of host by using Picea glauca, it also feeds on Pinus bank-
siana, an eastern subsection Contortae pine (Fig. 15). That pine subsection is the
host of E. (E.) alyeska" s sister-group, the E. knowltoni complex, whose aphid and
host relationships are detailed in Sorensen (1992a). Within the complex, the most
distinct aphid, E. (E.) critchfieldi, feeds on P. contorta contorta, which is the more
distantly related and distinctive of the occupied P. contorta subspecies; in contrast,
E. (E.) knowltoni knowltoni and E. (E.) knowltoni braggi, as subspecies, occupy
the Pinus contorta latifolia-murrayana subspecies cline (Fig. 15).
Thus, host associations, their genetic compatibilities and their suspected bio¬
geographic origins, all tend to corroborate at least the greater aspects of the tl
phylogeny for Essigella. If that scenario is correct, Essigella originated on subgenus
Strobus pines, and radiated, as a clade, onto those of the subgenus Pinus in the
Madro-Tertiary geoflora. That clade split soon after its inception. A morpholog¬
ically more plesiomorphic daughter clade moved onto, or evolved with, pines of
subsections Sabinianae and Ponderosae. A morphologically more derived daugh¬
ter clade moved onto pines of subsections Oocarpae and Australes, which moved
north in the eastern and western Nearctic, respectively, over geologic time. The
latter clade continued to radiate in the western Nearctic, seeking unoccupied
niches, and among its species: one secondarily reinvaded subsection Cembroides
of subgenus Strobus, one colonized Pseudotsuga, and a monophyletic lineage
invaded subsection Contortae pines in the Arcto-Tertiary geoflora.
Ecologically, single species of Essigella in the east and west, each have evolved
relative polyphagy, probably to exploit niches with no or limited competition.
Niche competition is seen as a driving force in Essigella'’ s evolution, because
several apparent instances of character displacement seem to occur within its
species complexes (Sorensen 1992a, unpublished data). Interestingly, only one,
albeit relatively polyphagous, Essigella exists in the eastern Nearctic. That species,
E. (E.) pini, appears to necessarily feed chiefly on subsection Australes, which is
the predominant diploxylon pine group there. Records indicate that it also feeds
in subsections Strobi (subgenus Strobus ), Sylvestres and Contortae, although the
latter is occupied by E. (. E .) alyeska in the northeastern Nearctic. More Essigella
species may have failed to develop in the eastern Nearctic, where subsection
Australes predominates, because of the lack of pine subsection diversity in that
area, in contrast to the west. In the west, E. (E.) californica seems to feed on
nearly all pine subsections except Cembroides, which its very close sister, E. (E.)
hoerneri, occupies; in fact, my collections of E. (E.) calif ornica on pines of any
given subsection were considerably lessened if that host group had a monophagous,
closely related, Essigella occupant.
Among the Nearctic pine groups, the only one not occupied by Essigella is the
haploxylon subsection Balfourianae (Sorensen 1983). Those subgenus Strobus
pines are generally considered to be evolutionary relicts that are restricted to
small, scattered, high alpine regions (Critchfield & Little 1966). Despite my nu¬
merous attempts, Essigella has not been found on Balfourianae pines, although
Cinara, a more primitive Lachninae aphid genus (Sorensen 1990), does feed on
them. This, along with the occurrence of Pseudessigella and E. (. Archeoessigella )
on relatively more advanced subsection Strobi pines, suggests that the Balfour-
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
ianae subsection of haploxylon pines may be older than Essigella. If so, then
Essigella probably evolved in the mid-Tertiary, when Pinus was originating or
radiating.
Conclusions and Suggestions for Future Work
This revision recognizes 13 species, two subspecies, and three subgenera. Of
these, three species, one subspecies, and two subgenera are described here as new;
13 of the 21 previous species names are synonymized and one is given lower
status. I feel the framework of this revision is well corroborated, because the
currently recognized intrageneric taxa reflect closely the genetic relationships of
their Pinaceae hosts, and are strongly concordant with their known variation and
suspected phylogenetic and biogeographic relationships. However, at present only
the most common morph, the viviparous apterae, can be accurately keyed within
the genus. Alates of many species cannot be identified with certainty and some
morphs of most species remain unknown. Furthermore, the Essigella fauna of
Mexico and its variation are largely unknown, although the pine diversity in that
area is the greatest for any world region. Specimens seen from Mexico thus far,
however, fit into the current classification without incident, and I intuitively
suspect few, if any, new species will be found there, because most Mexican pine
groups (subsections) exist and have been sampled further north.
New species might be anticipated, however. Hence, it is important to note the
characters that are most likely to reflect important taxonomic differences among
Essigella species or species groups. These are the ranges of variation or expression
of: (a) pigmentation of the adult viviparous apterae, (b) the pattern and numbers
of hairs on the abdominal dorsum, (c) the ventral abdominal sclerites on segments
III-IV, (d) the sclerotization and fusion of the abdominal dorsum of oviparae, (e)
the sclerotization of the mesonotum of later stadia nymphs of viviparous apterae,
(f) the dorsal hairs on the metatibiae, and (g) the variation of the medius of alates.
A recommendation for future work is that only adult viviparous apterae be con¬
sidered for description of new species, and especially for holotype designation.
Designation of an alate as a holotype should be avoided in particular [a major
and problematic failing of Hottes (1957)].
Acknowledgment
I thank the following people and institutions, who contributed information,
specimens and aid, without which this study could never have been completed.
Loan of, or access to, Essigella specimens was provided by: J. A. Chemsak (Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley), E. F. Cook and P. Clausen (University of Min¬
nesota, St. Paul), V. F Eastop (The Natural History Museum, London), H. Evans
(Colorado State University, Fort Collins), W. Ewart (University of California,
Riverside), R. G. Foottit (Agriculture Canada, Ottawa), S. L. Frommer (University
of California, Riverside), D. Hille Ris Lambers (Bennekom, the Netherlands), G.
F. Knowlton (Utah State University, Logan), T. Kono (California Department of
Food & Agriculture, Sacramento), J. A. Powell (University of California, Berkeley),
F. W. Quednau (Forestry Canada, Sainte-Foy, Quebec), G. Remaudiere (Institute
Pasteur, Paris), C. F. Smith (North Carolina State University, Raleigh), M. B.
Stoetzel (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland) and D. J. Voegtlin
(Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign).
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
99
Ev Schlingler initially suggested this revision, as a thesis problem. At the Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley: guidance was provided by: J. A. Powell, J. T.
Doyen, T. O. Duncan, D. Hille Ris Lambers and E. S. Sylvester; computing funds
were supplied, in part, by the Departments of Botany and Entomological Sciences;
information on hostplants was provided by D. Axelrod, W. B. Critchfield and W.
Libby. Later, T. Kono and D. Voegtlin commented on the species key, Susan M.
Sawyer and S. Kaiser provided assistance with parts of the evolving manuscript
drafts, and Eric Maw provided distributional information from Canada. Bob
Foottit and Ray Gill reviewed the final manuscript and Bob Dowell served as
editor.
Larry Bezark and Bob Dowell arranged for partial funding for this publication,
which was provided by the Biological Control Program, California Department
of Food & Agriculture; additional funding, beyond page charges, was provided
by the Henry Clinton Fall Memorial Fund of the PCES.
I especially thank Dirk (“Dick”) Hille Ris Lambers, a friend and aphidological
mentor, who generously took me under his wing at Berkeley and Bennekom,
spending countless hours in careful tutelage; and Kathleen H. Sorensen, my wife
and field botanist, who provided both field assistance and vital logistic support
throughout the study. During this study, I have named new Essigella taxa after
Victor F. Eastop, William B. Critchfield, Dirk Hille Ris Lambers, Kathleen H.
Sorensen, Kirk H. Sorensen and David J. Voegtlin, for their assistance and in¬
spiration.
Literature Cited
Axelrod, A. I. 1958. Evolution of the Madro-Tertiary geoflora. Bot. Rev., 24: 433-509.
Axelrod, D. I. 1967. Evolution of the California closed-cone pine forest, pp. 93-149. In Philbrick,
R. N. (ed.). Proceeding of the Symposium on the Biology of the California Islands. Santa Barbara
Botanical Gardens, Santa Barbara, California.
Blackman, R. L. & V. F. Eastop. (in press). Aphids on the world’s trees. C.A.B. International,
Wallingford England.
Blackman, R. L., V. F. Eastop, B. D. Frazer & D. A. Raworth. 1987. The strawberry aphid complex,
Chaetosiphon (Pentatrichopus ) spp. (Hemiptera: Aphididae): taxonomic significance of varia¬
tions in karyotype, chaetotaxy and morphology. Bull. Entomol. Res., 77: 201-212.
Brooks, D. R. 1981. Hennig’s parasitological method: a proposed solution. Syst. Zool., 30: 229-249.
Brown, L. R. & C. O. Eads. 1967. Insects affecting ornamental conifers in southern California. Univ.
California Agric. Exp. Stat. Bull., 834.
Brown, R. W. 1978. Composition of scientific words, a manual of methods and a lexicon of materials
for the practice of logotechnics. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington D.C.
Burke, H. E. 1937. Important insect enemies of the Monterey pine. Western Shade Tree Conf. Proc.,
4:21-31.
Burmeister, H. 1835. Handbuch der Entomologie, Zweiter Band: Berlin.
Critchfield, W. B. 1957. Geographic variation in Pinus contorta. Harvard University, Maria Moors
Cabot Foundation, Publ. 3.
Critchfield, W. B. & E. L. Little, Jr. 1966. Geographic distribution of the pines of the world. USDA
Forest Service, Misc. Publ. 991.
Crock, J. E. & C. H. Shanks, Jr. 1983. Setal variation in clonal lineages of strawberry aphids
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii (Cockerall) and C. thomasii (Hille Ris Lambers) (Homoptera: Aphid¬
idae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 76: 225-227.
Del Guerico, G. 1909. Intomo a due nuovi generi e a tre specie nuove di afidi di California. Riv.
Patol. Veg., 3: 328-332.
Doane, R. W., E. C. Van Dyke, W. J. Chamberlin & H. E. Burke. 1936. Forest Insects. McGraw-
Hill Book Company, New York.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Doyen, J. T. & C. N. Slobodchikoff. 1974. An operational approach to species classification. Syst.
Zool., 23: 239-245.
Duncan, T. O. 1980. A taxonomic study of the Ranunculus hispidus Michaux complex in the western
hemisphere. Univ. Calif. Publ. Botany, 77.
Duncan, T. O. & R. Phillips. 1980. A guide to the computing facilities and applications for life
sciences. Vol. 2 (Rev. 3.1): CDC program documentation. Univ. Calif. Berkeley, Dept. Botany
Publ.
Eastop, V. F. & D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the world’s aphids. Dr. W. Junk b. v.,
Publishers: The Hague, The Netherlands.
Essig, E. O. 1909. Aphididae of southern California, I. Pomona Coll. J. Entomol., 1: 1-10.
Essig, E. O. 1912. Aphididae of southern California, X. Pomona Coll. J. Entomol., 4: 223-239.
Essig, E. O. 1936. Insects of Western North America. Macmillian Company, New York.
Estabrook, G. F. 1986. Evolutionary classification using convex phenetics. Syst. Zool., 35:560-570.
Falconer, D. S. 1981. Introduction to quantitative genetics. (2nd ed.) Longman: London.
Felsenstein, J. 1984. PHYLIP—phylogeny inference package (Version 2.5). (A phylogenetic computer
program package distributed by the author.) J. Felsenstein, Dept. Genetics, Univ. Washington,
Seattle, Washington.
Forrest, G. I. 1980. Geographic variation in the monoterpenes of Pinus contorta oleoresin. Biochem.
Syst. & Ecol., 8: 343-359.
Fumiss, R. L. & V. M. Carolin. 1977. Western forest insects. USDA Forest Service, Misc. Publ.
1339.
Gillette, C. P. & M. A. Palmer. 1924. New Colorado Lachnini. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 17: 1-44.
Gillette, C. P. & M. A. Palmer. 1931. The Aphididae of Colorado, part 1. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am.,
24: 827-934.
Griffin, J. R. & W. B. Critchfield. 1972. The distribution of forest trees in California. USDA Forest
Service Research Paper, PSW-82/1972.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1950. On mounting aphids and other soft-skinned insects. Entomol. Berichten,
13: 55-58.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1966. New and little known aphids from Pakistan (Homoptera, Aphididae).
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, 109: 193-220.
Hood, W. M. & R. C. Fox. 1978. An apparatus for field sampling of pine aphids on 10 to 15-year-
old loblolly pines. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 13: 370-371.
Hood, W. M. & R. C. Fox. 1980. Control of aphids on loblolly pine in northwestern South Carolina.
J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 15: 105-108.
Hottes, F. C. 1957. A synopsis of the genus Essigella (Aphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 70: 69-110.
Hottes, F. C. 1958. A new species of Essigella from Oregon (Aphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 71:
155-156.
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. 1985. (3rd ed.) International Trust for Zoological
Nomenclature (B.M.[N.H.]). Univ. California Press, Berkeley, California.
Knowlton, G. F. 1930. Notes on Utah Lachnea (Aphididae). Can. Entomol., 62: 152-161.
Lampel, G. & R. Burgener. 1987. The genetic relationships among lachnid taxa as established by
enzyme-gel-electrophoresis, pp 71-95. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann
(eds). Population structure, genetics and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. Inter¬
national Symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB Academic
Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Lande, R. 1979. Quantitative genetic analysis of multivariate evolution applied to brain: body size
allometry. Evolution, 33: 402-416.
Little, E. L., Jr. & W. B. Critchfield. 1969. Subdivisions of the genus Pinus (Pines). USDA Forest
Service Misc. Publ., 1144.
Little, E. L., Jr. 1971. Atlas of United States trees. Volume 1. Conifers and important hardwoods.
USDA, Forest Service, Misc. Publ., 1146.
Martinez, M. 1948. Los pinos Mexicanos (2nd ed.). Mexico City.
Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of Systematic Zoology. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
Mirov, N. T. 1967. The Genus Pinus. The Ronald Press Co., New York.
Moran, N. 1986. Morphological adaptation to hostplants in Uroleucon. Evolution, 40: 1044-1050.
Nie, N. H., C. H. Hull, J. G. Jenkins, K. Steinbrenner & D. H. Brent. 1975. SPSS: statistical package
for the social sciences (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
1994
SORENSEN: A REVISION OF ESSIGELLA
101
Palmer, M. A. 1952. Aphids of the Rocky Mountain region. The Thomas Say Foundation, Volume
5. The A. B. Hirschfeld Press, Denver, Colorado.
Patti, J. H. & R. C. Fox. 1981a. Seasonal occurrence of Cinara spp. and Essigella pini Wilson on
loblolly pine, Pinus taeda L. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 16: 96-105.
Patti, J. H. & R. C. Fox. 1981b. Vertical and lateral distribution of Cinara spp. and Essigella pini
Wilson on loblolly pine, Pinus taeda L. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 16: 214-218.
Pimentel, R. A. 1992. An introduction to ordination, principal components analysis and discriminant
analysis, pp. 11-28. In Sorensen, J. T. & R. Foottit (eds). Ordination in the study of morphology,
systematics and evolution of insects, applications and quantitative genetic rationals. Elsevier
Science Publishers, Amsterdam.
Raven, P. H. & D. I. Axelrod. 1978. Origin and relationships of the California flora. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot., 72.
Seco Fernandez, M. V. & M. P. Mier Durante. 1992. Presencia en Espana del pulgon verde de los
pinos americanos: Essigella (Horn., Aphididae: Cinarinae). Boln. Asoc. Esp. Entomol., 16: 255-
256.
Smith, C. F. and C. S. Parron. 1978. An annotated list of Aphididae (Homoptera) of North America.
North Carolina Agric. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull., 255.
Sorensen, J. T. 1983. Cladistic and phenetic analysis of Essigella aphids: systematics and phylogeny
in relation to their Pinaceae host plants (Homoptera: Aphididae, Lachninae). Ph.D. Thesis,
University of California, Berkeley. 605 p. (Unpublished for the purposes of taxonomic no¬
menclature).
Sorensen, J. T. 1987a. Multivariate statistical approach to deduction of phylogeny within Essigiella
(sic) (Aphididae: Lachninae). pp. 243-260. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L.
Weismann (eds). Population structure, genetics and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera.
Proc. International Symposia, Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB Academic
Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Sorensen, J. T. 1987b. The multivariate evolution and taxonomic analysis of leafhopper biotypes
and species complexes: use of characters correlations and quantitative genetics methods, pp.
217-234. In Wilson, M. R. & L. R. Nault (eds.). Proc. 2nd International Workshop on Leaf-
hoppers and Planthoppers of Economic Importance, Provo Utah, July 28-Aug. 1, 1986. Com¬
monwealth Instit. Entomol., London.
Sorensen, J. T. 1988. Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.,
64: 115-125.
Sorensen, J. T. 1990. Taxonomic partitioning in discrete-state phylogenies: relationships of the aphid
subtribes Eulachnina and Schizolachnina (Homoptera: Aphididae: Lachninae). Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Am., 83: 394-408.
Sorensen, J. T. 1991. Phylogenetic character responses for shape component variance during the
multivariate evolution of eulachnine aphids: redescriptions of Pseudessigella Hille Ris Lambers
(Homoptera: Aphididae: Lachninae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 67: 28-54.
Sorensen, J. T. 1992a. Deciphering biological groupings in the Essigella knowltoni complex (Ho¬
moptera: Aphidinea: Lachnidae), and comparison to variation in Pinus contorta (Coniferae:
Pinaceae). Entomol. Generalis, 17: 81-99.
Sorensen, J. T. 1992b. The use of discriminant function analysis for estimation of phylogeny:
partitioning, perspective and problems, pp. 65-93. In Sorensen, J. T. & R. Foottit (eds.).
Ordination in the study of morphology, systematics and evolution of insects, applications and
quantitative genetic rationals. Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam.
Sorensen, J. T. & R. Foottit. 1992. The evolutionary quantitative genetic rationales for the use of
ordination analyses in systematics: phylogenetic implications, pp. 29-53. In Sorensen, J. T. &
R. Foottit (eds.). Ordination in the study of morphology, systematics and evolution of insects,
applications and quantitative genetic rationals. Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam.
Speigel, M. R. 1988. Theory and problems of statistics (2nd edition). Schaum’s Outline Series in
Mathematics. McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New York.
Swofford, D. L. 1990. PAUP: phylogenetic analysis using parsimony, Version 3.0. (A phylogenetic
computer program package distributed by the author.) Illinois Natural History Survey, Cham¬
paign, Illinois.
Turpeau, E. & G. Remaudiere. 1990. Decouverte en France d’un puceron des pins americains du
genre Essigella. C. R. Acad. Agric. France, 76 (8): 131-132.
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(1)
Walker, H. G., M. B. Stoetzel & L. Enari. 1978. Additional aphid-host relationships at the Los
Angeles State and County Arboretum (Homoptera: Aphididae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.,
80: 575-605.
Wheeler, N. C. & R. P. Guries. 1982a. Population structure, genic diversity, and morphological
variation in Pinus contorta Dougl. Can. J. For. Res., 12: 595-606.
Wheeler, N. C. & R. P. Guries. 1982b. Biogeography of lodgepole pine. Can. J. Bot., 60: 1805-1814.
Wheeler, N. C., R. P. Guries & D. H. O’Malley. 1983. Biosystematics of the genus Pinus, subsection
Contortae. Biochem. Syst. & Ecoh, 11: 333-340.
Wilson, H. F. 1919. Three new lachnids with comparative notes on three others (Homop.). Entomol.
News, 30: 1-7.
Index
Acknowledgment
98
Essigella (Lambersella)
29
agilis, E. [synonym]
34,36
essigi, E. (E.)
45
alyeska, E. (E.)
72
fuscafusca, E. (L.)
34
analytical methods
4,91,95
fusca voegtlini, E. (L.)
39
californica, E. (E.)
53
gillettei, E. [synonym]
62,64
Character Discussion
6
hillerislambersi, E. (L.)
41
Abdominal Chaetotaxy
9
hoerneri, E. (E.)
62
Aberrations
6
kathleenae, E. (A.)
26
Alatae
16
Keys: Essigella subgenera
20
Body Widths
14
Essigella viviparous apterae
85
Caudal Protuberance
16
Eulachnina genera
17
Dorsal Setae on the Metatibiae
12
usage
5
Fusion of Terga
7
kirki, E. (A.)
22
Lengths and Shapes of
knowltoni braggi, E. (E.)
84
Appendage Segments
14
knowltoni knowltoni, E. (E.)
78
Nymphs
16
maculata, E. [synonym]
62, 64
Pigmentation
8
Methods and Philosophy
3
Rostral Characters
15
monelli, E. [synonym]
53,55
Sclerotization
7
oregonensis, E. [synonym]
67,69
Ventral Abdominal Sclerites
13
palmerae, E. [synonym]
34,36
claremontiana, E. [synonym]
53,55
patchae, E. [synonym]
49,50
cocheta, E. [synonym]
53,55
pergandi, E. [synonym]
67,69
conclusions/future work
98
Phylogenetic Analyses
91,95
critchfieldi, E. (E.)
75
pineti, E. [synonym]
53,55
eastopi, E. (L.)
30
pini, E. (E.)
49
Ecological Corroboration of
robusta, E. [synonym]
84
Phylogeny
95
species concepts
4
Essigella
18
specimen collecting/processing
3
Essigella (Archeoessigella)
21
swaini, E. [synonym]
53,55
Essigella (Essigella)
43
wilsoni, E. (E.)
67
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author's name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal's locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman. J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting; (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
Volume 70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
January 1994
Number 1
Contents
Pacific Coast Entomological Society: funding announcement for The Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
70(1). i
Pacific Coast Entomological Society: financial statement for 1990 and 1991 . ii
SORENSEN, J. T.—A revision of the aphid genus Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae: Lachni-
nae): its ecological associations with, and evolution on, Pinaceae hosts. 1
The
PANPACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 70 April 1994 Number 2
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
R. V. Dowell, Associate Editor
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor
Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Treasurer
R. M. Bohart
J. T. Doyen
J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomo¬
logical Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Stanley E. Vaughn, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be
found in volume 69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs
to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the Society,
$26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for in¬
stitutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 67(1): 80 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1994
Kirby W. Brown, President
Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Treasurer
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer
Curtis Y. Takahashi, President-Elect
Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Keve Ribardo, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 29 September 1994
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
@ This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 103-112, (1994)
BIONOMICS AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE GALL MIDGE
CHAMAEDIPLOSIS NOOTKATENSIS GAGNE & DUNCAN
(DIPTERA: CECIDOMYIIDAE) ON YELLOW CYPRESS
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
Robert W. Duncan
Pacific Forestry Centre, Forestry Canada,
Victoria, British Columbia V8Z 1M5 Canada
Abstract. — The bionomics and life history of the gall midge, Chamaediplosis nootkatensis Gagne
& Duncan, on yellow cypress are described including a detailed account of gall formation, seasonal
development, parasitoids, host damage and geographic distribution. This gall midge has caused
significant seed production losses and defoliation of yellow cypress at a seed orchard on Van¬
couver Island. The gall midge is univoltine but has two distinct life cycles determined by mi¬
croclimatic differences within the tree.
Key Words. — Insecta, Chamaediplosis, Chamaecyparis, gall, life history, parasitoids, damage
This paper reports the results of a five-year field study on the biology and impact
of Chamaediplosis nootkatensis Gagne & Duncan on yellow cypress in a seed
orchard on south Vancouver Island.
In recent years, reforestation with yellow cypress has increased due to its high
economic value, more frequent harvesting at high elevations (the natural habitat
of yellow cypress), and extended planting beyond its natural range (Grossnickle
& Russell 1989). Increased demand for yellow cypress seed, combined with dif¬
ficulties in securing wild collections, has made protection of the seed orchard crop
vital. Observed damage indicates that this recently described gall midge (Gagne
& Duncan 1990) has the potential to become a significant economic pest of yellow
cypress grown either in seed orchards or as ornamentals.
Materials and Methods
Geographic distribution within British Columbia was ascertained from field
collections made throughout the host range during 1987-89. Host susceptibility
of other Chamaecyparis spp. or intergeneric hybrids was determined by: (1) plant¬
ing trees of each species within 2 m of heavily infested trees, monitoring gall
formation over a two-year period and (2) confining freshly emerged adults in cages
containing potted trees. Species included in trials were Chamaecyparis obtusa
(Seibold & Zuccarini) Endlicher, C. pisifera (Seibold & Zuccarini) Endlicher, and
Cupressocyparis leylandi (Dallimore & Jackson) Dallimore.
Detailed field studies were conducted at a forest industry seed orchard near
Saanichton, British Columbia. Yellow cypress at the study site were 3-18 years
old and varied in height from 1-7 m.
To determine the influence of shade and exposure on rates of larval development
within a tree, four 15-cm branch tips were collected at weekly intervals from
February, 1987, to July, 1990, at both exposed and shaded microsites of each
tree sampled. All galls on each branch sample were dissected and developmental
stages determined by measuring head capsule widths at 200 x magnification using
a micrometer.
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Table 1. Body measurements (mm) of C. nootkatensis.
Stage
Head capsule width (n = 50)
Body length (n = 200)
Body width (n = 200)
X
Range
X
Range
Range
Instar I
0.023
0.023-0.027
0.42
0.32-0.43
0.18
0.14-0.22
Instar II
0.043
0.041-0.050
1.37
0.80-1.62
0.49
0.30-0.61
Instar III
0.092
0.090-0.099
1.86
1.20-3.24
0.68
0.36-0.83
Pupa male
2.42
1.80-2.88
0.66
0.65-0.72
Pupa female
2.71
2.05-3.24
0.77
0.76-0.79
Oviposition sites and density of egg deposition were determined by mapping
egg distribution on 20 15-cm branch tips. Oviposition behavior was observed in
the field. Mating behavior, adult longevity and egg hatch were determined from
observations of laboratory-reared specimens. Potential fecundity was determined
by dissecting and counting eggs in newly emerged females.
Adult midge and parasitoid emergence was monitored in two ways: (1) by
counting adults caught on four 100 mm x 50 mm yellow sticky traps set out at
weekly intervals from mid March to mid August in 1988 and 1989, and (2) by
examining marked galls weekly at exposed and shaded micro sites. The round exit
holes of the parasitoids were easily distinguishable from the slits produced by
midge pupae as they pushed through the wall of the gall. Information on parasitism
was obtained by rearing adult parasitoids from galls and by dissections of weekly
gall collections.
Data relating to the incidence, location, form, growth and development of galls
were derived from detailed counts, measurements and descriptions of galls on 15-
cm branch tips collected throughout the year. Specific collections of male and
female strobili were made to assess the level of damage to reproductive structures.
Development of individual galls (increase in size, color change, senescence and
shedding of galls) was tracked by examining 100 marked galls weekly over a five-
month period.
Chamaediplosis nootkatensis Gagne & Duncan
Egg .—Eggs orange, elongate oval (Fig. 2a), average 0.270 mm long and 0.106 mm wide.
Larval Instars.— Distribution of head capsule width measurements revealed 3 distinct size classes,
as 3 instars (Table 1). First-instars bright orange, with distinct internal red spot (Fig. 2b). Second-
instars somewhat larger, bright orange, lacking a distinct internal red spot (Fig. 2b). Head capsule
width increases about twofold between each instar. Final (third) instar larvae (Fig. 2b) easily distin¬
guished by a sternal spatula near anterior end. Immediately prior to pupation third-instar changes to
somewhat duller orange, and anterior fades to a creamy color.
Pupa. — Pupation within galls. Male pupae smaller (Table 1), duller in color than the females, which
have bright orange abdomen (Fig. 2d).
Adult. — Females are slightly larger, heavier bodied, more brightly colored than males (Fig. 2c). The
ratio of males to females 0.9:1.0 (n = 1000).
Distribution and Hosts
Chamaediplosis nootkatensis has been collected throughout most of the range
of yellow cypress in British Columbia (Fig. 1), except for the Queen Charlotte
Islands and the Selkirk Mountains, which are isolated from the main host dis-
1994
DUNCAN: GALL MIDGE BIONOMICS
105
Figure 1. Distribution records for Chamaediplosis nootkatensis in British Columbia. Shaded area
represents distribution of the host Chamaecyparis nootkatensis.
tribution (Hosie 1979). Collections have been made from sea level to near tree
line. It is likely the midge is also present in adjacent areas of both Alaska and
Washington, since it has been collected at sites in both extreme northern and
southern coastal British Columbia.
Chamaediplosis nootkatensis has not yet been recorded attacking other Cham¬
aecyparis spp., or intergeneric hybrids despite extensive surveys of ornamental
trees growing near the seed orchard site. Successful attacks were not observed in
any of the host specificity trials.
Gall Development
Galls in the earliest stage of development can be recognized by a slight swelling
of the tip and a kink in the terminal scales (Fig. 2e). A distinct feeding chamber
is not formed within the gall until just before the larva reaches the second instar.
Small, readily recognizable galls (Fig. 2f) are apparent by the time early second-
instars are present. Galls are globose and similar in color to the foliage. Typically,
the basal portion of two to four pairs and occasionally up to six pairs of scale
leaves are modified as a result of gall development. The distal part of each scale
remains relatively unchanged and protrudes from the gall. The galls grow (Table
2) as the larvae mature and reach an average maximum diameter of 2.6 mm when
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
106
Figure 2. Life stages, galls, parasitoids and damage of Chamaediplosis nootkatensis on Chamae-
cyparis nootkatensis: (a) Eggs in crevices of overlapping scale leaves, (b) Comparative sizes of first,
second and third instars, scale in mm. (c) Male (upper) and female (lower) adult midge, (d) Female
(upper) and male (lower) pupa, scale in mm. (e) Early gall, (f) Galls containing early second instar
(left) and third instar (right), (g) Newly emerged female midge and pupal exuviae, (h) Dieback on
heavily galled branch, (i) Subapical and apical galls, (j) Galled (left) and normal (right) male strobili.
(k) Galled (right) and normal (left) female strobili. (1) Eclosion of C. nootkatensis. (m) First instar
mined into tip. (n) Larva of Platygaster sp. in second instar host, (o) Pupa of Platygaster sp. in host
gall, (p) Larva of Mesopolobus sp. nr. finlaysoni on host pupa.
1994
DUNCAN: GALL MIDGE BIONOMICS
107
Table 2. Measurements (mm) of C. nootkatensis galls.
Gall length
n = 200
Gall width
Terminal structure galled and larval stage
X
Range
X
Range
Vegetative with early
second instar
2.05
1.33-3.03
2.13
1.14-3.03
Vegetative with late
second/third instar
2.58
1.90-3.80
2.62
1.52-3.80
Reproductive (microsporangia)
with late second/third instar
3.34
2.89-3.88
2.88
2.28-3.72
Reproductive (megasporangia)
with late second/third instar
3.01
2.20-3.88
2.65
1.90—4.10
the larva is in the late second instar or early third instar (Fig. 2f). Although the
shape of the gall is still generally globose, it varies considerably. The wall averages
0.61 mm in thickness and the larval chamber averages 1.5 mm in diameter. The
color of the gall gradually changes from green to yellowish-green and the thickness
of the walls decreases during third instar as the larva completes its feeding. The
prepupal larva orients itself head upwards in the gall and wears a circular area
0.7-0.8 mm wide through the spongy tissue lining the gall leaving only a thin
layer of epidermal tissue. Presumably this abrasion of gall tissues on the inner
wall is a result of the axial rotation of the prepupal larva within the gall. By the
time pupation occurs, the galls turn a bronze, yellow or reddish color and the
walls of the gall become much thinner as the gall tissues begin to dry up. After
emergence of the midge (Fig. 2g), the galls and supporting shoot, down to the
nearest crotch, turn brown, dry up and drop off (Fig. 2h). At this stage, heavily
galled trees appear noticeably scorched. Although most galls develop at the tip of
a shoot, about 10% occur in subterminal positions up to 50 mm below the apex
(Fig. 2i).
Both male and female strobili are indiscriminately attacked in the same ratio
as vegetative tips (Table 3). Galled male strobili are ovoid and appear similar to
unaffected male strobili but are less elongate and somewhat stouter (Fig. 2j). The
swollen axis of a galled strobilus is loosely covered with somewhat reduced mi-
crosporophylls and undeveloped remnants of microsporangia. The lack of mature
pollen sacs causes galled strobili to remain green in late winter; unaffected strobili
turn bright yellow as their pollen matures. Galled female strobili are globose when
mature and are readily recognized by the presence of six to eight stigmata that
persist through gall development and noticeably protrude from the distal end of
the gall (Fig. 2k).
Galls are unilocular but may occasionally appear to be plurilocular where two
or three galls form in close proximity. They may be stacked linearly along a branch
or laterally on a short adjacent shoot. Galls are very spongy; the interior of the
gall is composed of large undifferentiated cells which provide nourishment for
the developing larva. During the final instar, larval feeding gradually reduces the
spongy tissue lining the wall of the chamber.
Life History and Behavior
This species is univoltine. The seasonal life cycle, however, is highly variable
and site dependent. Larval development was more advanced in galls located on
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Table 3. Relative occurrence of galls on different types of terminal structures.
Terminal structure
1987
Sample size
1988
Sample size
1989
Sample size
Vegetative tip
1.4%
2959
18.5%
4813
11.1%
2440
Microsporangia
4.0%
681
16.6%
1101
12.8%
500
Megasporangia
2.3%
52
22.2%
90
10.6%
603
warmer microsites (open to sun with a south or west aspect) (Fig. 3) than those
on cooler microsites (shaded with a north or east aspect) (Fig. 4). Each gall usually
had a single larva; however, two occurred occasionally (3%) and three rarely (0.4%)
(n = 1000).
Adult emergence began in late March or early April on the warmest sites and
continued until early August on the coolest sites. Adult emergence occurred con¬
tinuously over this period with peak emergences in the first two weeks of April
on south-facing exposed branches and in the middle two weeks of both April and
June on north-facing or shaded branches. Copulation occurred within hours of
emergence and the pairs disengaged after a union lasting only a few seconds. The
females laid their eggs singly, close to a crevice formed by overlapping scale leaves
(Fig. 2a) either on the upper or lower surface of the branchlets and usually near
the tip. Females and males were observed in flight during daylight hours; they
are weak fliers and generally remained close to the branches. Once ovipositing
females were settled on a branch, they began ovipositing on distal areas of the
branches and branchlets and progressed to more proximal areas. They walked to
each site and oviposited with the ovipositor oriented distally to the trunk. Over
a 4 5-minute period, a single female was observed to lay 31 eggs, punctuated by
I instar
II instar
III instar
Pupa
Adult & Egg
Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Figure 3. Life cycle of C. nootkatensis at warm microsites.
109
1994
DUNCAN: GALL MIDGE BIONOMICS
I instar
II instar
III instar
Pupa
Adult & Egg
Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Figure 4. Life cycle of C. nootkatensis at cool microsites.
several 3-5 minute rest periods. Adults held in vials lived approximately 7 days
at 20° C, 17 days at 10° C and 21 days at 0° C.
Dissections of 20 newly emerged females indicated that the mean fecundity per
female was 102.5 eggs (range 75-124). Eggs hatched in four days at 20° C. Newly
emerged larvae (Fig. 21) mine into a nearby scale leaf lodging either at the base
of a scale leaf or in the pith, usually near the meristematic dome (Fig. 2m). At
warm microsites, first-instars molted to the second instar in October and the
infested branch tips began to swell into typical galls. Molting into the third instar
peaked in February, and most larvae pupated by mid-March. Adults emerged in
late March and April. Newly laid eggs were observed on the foliage throughout
April. At cooler microsites, most (55%) of the larvae molted to the second instar
in October but a significant portion (45%) overwintered in the first instar. De¬
velopment of the early-maturing fraction at cooler microsites was very similar to
that of larvae at warm microsites, but was slightly delayed. Larvae overwintering
in the first instar molted to second and third instar in April and May respectively;
pupation occurred in late May and adults emerged in mid-June. Much delayed
seasonal development was observed in a few galls (< 5%) at cooler microsites with
small numbers of adults continuing to emerge through July and early August. Eggs
were observed on the foliage from June through August. Just before adult emer¬
gence, the pupa forced itself through a small slit in the wall of the gall. Following
adult emergence, the pupal exuviae usually remained partially protruding from
the gall in the emergence hole (Fig. 2g). Almost all unparasitized galls dropped
during June and July. Evidence of early gall development was apparent by mid-
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
May at sites where early-emerging adults oviposited, and by mid July where late-
emerging adults oviposited.
In both types of development, a prolonged diapause lasting five or more months
occurred in the first instar. The early-emerging population remained as first-instar
larvae from April through October and resumed development in the fall as tem¬
peratures began to drop; development then continued throughout the winter months
except at times of extreme cold (Fig. 3). The late-emerging population remained
as first-instar larvae from summer through the following spring (July-April), and
resumed development in April as temperatures increased (Fig. 4).
Parasitism. — The dominant species in the parasitoid guild was Platygaster sp.
(Platygastridae), an egg-larval, primary endoparasite. One other parasitoid Meso-
polobus sp. nr. finlaysoni Doganlar (Pteromalidae), a facultative secondary ecto-
parasitoid, was consistently reared from C. nootkatensis. Although this parasitoid
guild is species poor, the genera represented have been reported to be important
control agents in other cecidomyiid studies (Ehler 1987).
Platygaster spp. with cecidomyiid hosts oviposit in embryonized eggs (L. Mas-
ner, personal communication). My field observations confirmed that peak emer¬
gence of Platygaster sp. occurred one to two weeks after host emergence and
coincided with the period of maximum abundance of C. nootkatensis eggs on host
foliage. Platygaster sp. completed its development primarily in a late host second-
instar or, rarely, an early third-instar. Development of the parasite larva was
arrested in the host first-instar. Following an unknown triggering mechanism, it
developed rapidly during the host second-instar (Fig. 2n). At maturity, it pupated
in a cocoon made within the epidermis of the host (Fig. 2o). Normally a single
parasitoid or occasionally two parasitoids (13.0%), completed development in a
host. The life cycle reported here differs from that of other Platygaster spp. in
that development is completed in an earlier host stage (second instar) rather than
the prepupal or pupal stages reported for other species (Hill 1923). The diameter
of the round emergence holes in the galls averaged 0.23 mm. Parasitism by
Platygaster sp. ranged from 8.9% to 61.4% over the five year study (Table 4).
The pteromalid Mesopolobus sp. nr. finlaysoni Doganlar attacked third-instar
or, more commonly, pupal hosts (Fig. 2p) and completed its development on the
stage initially attacked. Adults emerged about one month after the host emerged.
The level of parasitism was relatively low, averaging about 6.6% (Table 4).
The attack strategies of the two species of parasitoids complement each other;
this reduces competition and makes optimum use of the host material available.
Platygaster sp., the dominant parasitoid, heavily parasitizes the gall midge early
in its development. As Platygaster sp. completes its development, the remaining
non-parasitized mature larvae and pupae are attacked by the second parasitoid,
Mesopolobus sp. nr. finlaysoni.
Galls containing Platygaster sp. discolored to yellow or bronze slightly earlier
than nonparasitized galls but dropped somewhat later. Galls containing pupae
parasitized by Mesopolobus sp. nr. finlaysoni discolored and dropped later than
nonparasitized galls.
Predation.— An unknown predator, possibly avian, opened and destroyed up
to 40% of the galls on some branches. This damage was most evident from March
to June. Relatively firm branches in peripheral parts of the tree sustained heaviest
predation.
1994
DUNCAN: GALL MIDGE BIONOMICS
111
Table 4. Gall abundance and level of parasitism.
Year
Gall abundance
(% of tips)
Parasitism (% of galls)
Platygaster sp.
Mesopolobus
sp. nr. finlaysoni
Total
1987
1.9%
8.9%
8.0%
16.9%
1988
16.7%
no data
1989
10.9%
61.4%
6.2%
67.6%
1990
9.4%
no data
1991
5.8%
50.5%
5.6%
56.1%
Competition. —Although two larvae occasionally completed development in a
gall, intraspecific competition for food and space normally insured that only a
single larva would mature in each gall.
Interspecific competition occurred in <1% of the galls when Argyresthia sp.
(Lepidoptera: Argyresthiidae), Epinotia hopkinsana (Kearfott) (Lepidoptera: Tor-
tricidae), or Eriophyes chamaecypari Smith (Acari: Eriophyidae) occurred on the
same shoot or gall. Defoliator competition usually resulted in midge mortality
whereas eriophyiid damage rarely resulted in mortality.
Physical Factors. —Although a severe and unseasonable freeze of —12° C oc¬
curred in February 1989 when larvae were actively feeding and undergoing rapid
development, the low temperatures appeared to have had little effect on the larvae
except where the foliage itself was severely burned by cold, dry winds.
History of the Infestation and Damage
Damage was first observed 17 Feb 1987 at the Canadian Pacific Forest Products
seed orchard near Saanichton, B.C. The level of galling at that time was 1.9% of
the tips. By 1988, the level of galling had increased to 16.7% at this site and then
declined progressively each year thereafter and was 5.8% in 1991 (Table 4). At
other sites in natural stands the level of attack has been very low (<0.1%).
Studies by Frankie et al. (1987) suggest that there may be a time lag between
colonizing midges on urban trees and their natural enemies due to the relative
isolation of these trees from natural stands. Since my study site was located in a
seed orchard removed from the natural forest the discovery of orchard gall pop¬
ulations by natural enemies may also have been delayed. A low level of parasitism
(16.9%) at the outset of the infestation in 1987 appeared to have allowed an
unregulated increase in the gall midge population in 1988, followed by a gradual
decline in 1989-91 as parasitism increased.
Samples taken from various levels in the host crown showed little difference in
the incidence of galling. Density of attack on vegetative growth was similar to
that on reproductive structures, suggesting that the midge does not discriminate
between the types of terminal structure it attacks. Where the general level of attack
was high the losses of cone crop and foliage were similarly high. Vegetative growth
supporting a terminal gall is killed to the nearest crotch and all growth beyond a
subterminal gall is also killed. Where heavy foliar losses occurred, the general
vigour and health of the tree could be adversely affected and future cone crops
could be reduced.
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to Vlad Korelus, Manager (now retired) of Canadian Pacific Forest
Product’s Saanichton seed orchard, for permission to use the orchard as a study
site, and to Deborah McLeod, also of Canadian Pacific Forest Products, for her
assistance. I thank Leslie McAuley and Jane Seed—both of Forestry Canada—
for assistance in measuring specimens and tabulating data, J. Vallentgoed, N.
Humphreys, R. Erickson and A. Stewart of the Forest Insect and Disease Survey
unit of Forestry Canada for providing field collections of Chamaediplosis, and G.
Gibson and L. Masner of the Centre for Land and Biological Resources Research,
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa for providing identifications.
Literature Cited
Ehler, L. E. 1987. Ecology of Rhopalomyia californica Felt at Jasper Ridge (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae).
Pan-Pac. Entom., 63: 237-241.
Frankie, G. W., J. W. Brewer, W. Cranshaw & J. F. Barthell. 1987. Abundance and natural enemies
of the spindle gall midge Pinyonia edulicola Gagne, in natural and urban stands of pinyon pine
in Colorado (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 60: 133-144.
Gagne, R. J. 1989. The plant-feeding gall midges of North America. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca,
New York.
Gagne, R. J. & R. W. Duncan. 1990. A new species of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera) damaging shoot
tips of yellow cypress, Chamaecyparis nootkatensis, and a new genus for two gall midges on
Cupressaceae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 92: 146-152.
Grossnickle, S. & J. Russell. 1989. Rooting of yellow cypress cuttings. Part 1: Influence of donor
plant maturation. FRDA Res. Memo No. 083, For. Can., Victoria, British Columbia.
Hill, C. C. 1923. Parasites of the Hessian fly in the North Central States. U.S. Dept. Agr. Circular
No. 923.
Hosie, R. C. 1979. Native trees of Canada (8th ed.). Envir. Can., Can. For. Serv., Ottawa, Ontario.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 113-121, (1994)
LECTOTYPE DESIGNATIONS AND HOLOTYPES FOR
BEES OF THE GENUS HYLAEUS ( NESOPROSOPIS)
DESCRIBED FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
(HYMENOPTERA: COLLETIDAE)
Howell V. Daly
Department of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management,
University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720
Abstract .—Lectotypes are designated for 44 species, and holotypes are identified for 13 species,
of Hylaeus ( Nesoprosopis) that were described by T. Blackburn. W. F. Kirby, R. C. L. Perkins,
F. Smith and P. H. Timberlake during the period 1853-1926. The types are located in The
Natural History Museum, London, and Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.
Key Words.— Insecta, Hymenoptera, Colletidae, Hylaeus, Nesoprosopis, Hawaiian bees, lecto¬
types
The native bees of the Hawaiian Islands, all members of the genus Hylaeus,
subgenus Nesoprosopis, were described by Blackburn (1886), Kirby (1880), Cock¬
erell (1926), Perkins (1899, 1910, 1911), Smith (1853, 1879a), and Timberlake
(1926). Except for Timberlake, the other authors failed to explicitly identify the
holotypes for their proposed species group names. In advance of a revision of
these native bees, I have sought to identify the holotypes and have designated
lectotypes from types series where more than one specimen was indicated in the
description. To assist in the future recognition of the types, wing length was taken
as the distance from the base of the costal vein to the maximum curve of the
wing tip. Some wings were bent and others had the tip damaged. The best wing
was measured and recorded “as is.” Locality data and date of collection are
recorded from the specimen labels. Each holotype and each new lectotype has my
red label. At The Natural History Museum, London, each holotype also has a
red-rimmed label uppermost that reads “Holotype,” and each lectotype has a
purple-rimmed label uppermost that reads “Lectotype.” Paralectotypes will be
labeled.
1. Species group names proposed by Rev. Thomas Blackburn. —The same de¬
scriptions were published in Blackburn (1886, 1887). Perkins (1911: 719) stated
that he had acquired the Blackburn collection with a number of types. Types for
three of the species are now in the Bishop Museum, but the type series of P.
rugiventris Blackburn (1886: 146) has not been located. Blackburn used a graphic
code on the mounting card to indicate the island on which a specimen was taken.
The key to the codes can be found handwritten opposite entry “79-40” in Anon¬
ymous (1864-1881) and in Zimmerman (1957: 201). He also used a numeric
code. A key to some numbers appears in a letter (Blackburn 1880; see also below
under W. F. Kirby and F. Smith), but the meanings of the numbers for the species
immediately below are unknown.
Prosopis coniceps Blackburn (1886: 145). Holotype male; wing length 6.5 mm;
mounting card has Blackburn’s code for Hawaii (line with a circle in the middle),
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
on the under side of the card is written in pencil “82,” another word marked
out, and a word which is illegible except for the letters “M-u-K” presumably
corresponding to Mauna Kea cited in the publication; “Type,” “coniceps,
Blackb.,” “Haw. Is. Coll. Blackburn,” and the Bishop Museum label for Type
No. 2339.
Prosopis kona Blackburn (1886: 144). Lectotype male here designated; wing length
3.6 mm (distance to distal end of marginal cell, wing tip missing); a piece of
paper has Blackburn’s code for Hawaii and “125;” “Type,” “kona, Blk.,” “Haw.
Is. Coll. Blackburn,” and the Bishop Museum label for Type No. 2595.
Prosopis satelles Blackburn (1886: 140-141). Holotype male; wing length 6.5 mm
(tip damaged); a piece of paper has Blackburn’s code for Maui in pencil (line
crossed by one oblique line) and “115;” “Type,” “satelles Blk.,” “Haw. Is. Coll.
Blackburn,” and the Bishop Museum label for Type No. 2340.
The specimen corresponds to the description except that it is only 9 mm long,
not 11 mm as stated in the description. The original description on page 140
is of “ satellus but “ satelles ” appears in the key on page 148. The latter is
correct as a noun in apposition and was used consistently by the next reviser
(Perkins 1899, 1910).
2. Species group name proposed by T. D. A. Cockerell.—The types of Neso-
prosopis fuscipennis swezeyi Cockerell (1926: 308-309) have not been located.
3. Species group name proposed by W. F. Kirby. —
Prosopis flavifrons Kirby (1880: 85). Holotype male; wing length, 3.72 mm; spec¬
imen mounted on a card with “24” written in ink beside it on the card, “Cam¬
eron 99-30,” “Prosopis flavifrons, E. M. M. XVII.85,” and on back of label,
“Hawaiian Isles, Kauai, Blackburn (24),” round label with blue rim, “Syntype”;
B. M. Type Hym. 17a 170.
In his description, Kirby does not indicate the sex of the specimen described
or the number of specimens examined. The description clearly is of a male. In
Kirby’s paper, Blackburn is quoted: “Taken at flowers on Kauai, very sparingly,”
indicating that Blackburn had collected more than one specimen. However, other
evidence indicates that only one specimen was seen by Kirby. Earlier, Blackburn
had sent specimens of Hawaiian aculeates to F. Smith at the British Museum
(Natural History). The native bees in the shipment were listed under six manu¬
script names in accession “79-40” (Anonymous 1864-1881). Smith died, but his
manuscript with five of the names for native bees was duly published by the
Trustees of the British Museum (Smith 1879b). The single bee corresponding to
the sixth entry, “P. carbonaria,” was not. In the preface to the volume, it is stated
that “... the only alterations admitted by the Editor were those of some specific
names which were found to be preoccupied for species of the same genus.” Kirby,
in his description of Prosopis flavifrons wrote: “This species is ticketed, carbonaria
Smith; but I cannot find that it has been described; and the specific name has
already been used in the genus.” The number “24” on the label refers to Black-
bum’s field notes and also is mentioned in Kirby’s paper. After Smith’s death,
Blackburn (1880) wrote, apparently to Kirby, “Prosopis no. 24 This appears to
be omitted altogether. It is allied to Blackbumi and facilis, & is from Kauai. 1
1994
DALY: HAWAIIAN HYLAEUS ( NESOPROSOPIS) TYPES
115
was sent. ” (italics added here). Therefore, Kirby must have seen only the single
specimen marked “24” that was initially assigned the name carbonaria by Smith
and whose description was deleted from Smith’s manuscript because the Editor
discovered the name was preoccupied. Of the other label entries, “Cameron 99-
33” refers to the accession of Hymenoptera purchased from P. Cameron who
presumably had acquired the Blackburn specimen after Kirby’s publication. “E.
M. M. XVII.85” refers to Kirby’s paper.
4. Species group names proposed by R. C. L. Perkins. — The dates of publication
for Perkins’ contributions to the Fauna Hawaiiensis are from Manning (1986).
Hawaiian bees collected by Perkins can be found in roughly equal numbers in
The Natural History Museum in London, The Hope Entomological Collection at
Oxford University, and in the Bishop Museum. Although Perkins’ collection of
British aculeates is at the University Museum of Zoology at Cambridge University,
no Hawaiian specimens are included.
Perkins’ types are conveniently treated in two groups: those proposed in volume
1 of the Fauna Hawaiiensis and those proposed later. For the first group, candidate
types were found in The Natural History Museum, London, for all his names. In
selecting the lectotypes for these names, I have tried to honor what I assume to
be Perkins’ choice of type specimens. Perkins explicitly mentions his choice of
types only in the description of N. obscurata, but the word “Type” appears on
labels of specimens that are consistent with his descriptions. When both were
available, a male and a female were so labeled with the word “Type” handwritten
in black ink directly on the paper cover of the cork mounting block or imprinted
on a label glued to the block. With certain qualifications noted under the species
names, lectotypes were chosen according to the following additional criteria: (1)
the collection locality and, when given, the date in the description corresponded
to that of the specimen; (2) the labels on the specimen indicated that it was collected
and identified by Perkins and the specimen usually had the accession label “Ha¬
waiian Islands, R. C. L. Perkins, 98-60” for Hymenoptera collected by Perkins;
(3) the specimen corresponded to the description; and (4), when both sexes were
available, the male was chosen because they exhibit greater morphological di¬
versity. Alternate specimens from the type series were chosen for lectotypes of
N. kauaiensis and N. laticeps because Perkins’ choice of male types had the heads
missing.
In some cases, more information about the collection locality and ecology is
given in the description than appears on the specimen label. The specimens were
initially assigned field numbers corresponding to Perkins’ notes. Unfortunately,
at least for the bees, the field number was discarded when it was replaced by a
printed label bearing geographic place names, elevation, Perkins’ name, and date.
The additional information in Perkins’ publications must have been from his
notes. Some geographic place names on the specimen labels are less precise than
those in the descriptions. For example, the lectotypes of N. erythrodemas, N.
inquilina, N. insignis, N. rugulosa, N. setosifrons, and N. volcanica have “Kau,”
a large district on Hawaii, on their specimen labels while in the descriptions
“Kilauea” is given, referring to the vicinity of the active crater. Finally, some
obvious errors were discovered by Manning (1986: 32) who notes that Perkins
could not have collected Nesoprosopis on Oahu in February 1892 because, ac¬
cording to her carefully documented itinerary, he was enroute to Hawaii from
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
England. No types were alleged to have been collected during that period and all
other dates correspond to her itinerary for Perkins.
The search for types of the second group of names (i.e., those proposed after
volume 1 of the Fauna Hawaiiensis) has been less successful. Type series, but no
specimens labeled “Type,” have been found for Nesoprosopis ombrias and N.
psammobia. Lectotypes for these are designated below. However, no specimens
likely to be types or members of a type series have been located for N. filicum
Perkins (1911: 722), AL homoeochroma Perkins (1911: 722), N. hula Perkins (1911:
721), and N. pele Perkins (1911: 723).
Nesoprosopis andrenoides Perkins (1899: 111). Lectotype female here designated;
wing length, 7.61 mm; “Waimea, Kauai, 2000 ft, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 145.
Nesoprosopis angustula Perkins (1899: 95-96). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 4.02 mm; “Mts. Koele, Lanai, 2500 ft, Perkins, 1.1894”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 150a.
Nesoprosopis anomala Perkins (1899: 112-113). Holotype female; wing length
5.60 mm; “Honolulu, Oahu, 2000 ft, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a
146.
Nesoprosopis assimulans Perkins (1899: 101-102). Lectotype male here desig¬
nated; wing length, 5.61 mm; “Mts. Koele, Lanai, 2000 ft, Perkins, 1.1894”;
B. M. Type Hym. 17a 165a.
Nesoprosopis assimulans oahuensis Perkins (1899: 102). Lectotype male here
designated; wing length, 5.36 mm; “Waianae, Oahu, Perkins, 1.1897”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 166b.
Nesoprosopis caeruleipennis Perkins (1899: 107). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 7.86 mm; “Molokai Mts., Perkins, 12 VI. 1893”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 138a.
Nesoprosopis chlorosticta Perkins (1899: 78-79). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 4.40 mm; “Waimea, Kauai, 2000 ft, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 156b.
Nesoprosopis comes Perkins (1899: 90-91). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.72 mm; “Haleakala, Maui, 5000 ft, Perkins, X.1896”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 161a.
Nesoprosopis connectens Perkins (1899: 85-86). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 4.28 mm; “West Maui Mts., Iao Valley, Maui, Perkins, IV. 1894”;
B. M. Type Hym. 17a 121.
Nesoprosopis crabronoides Perkins (1899: 94). Lectotype female here designated;
wing length, 3.71 mm; “638,” “Type (female symbol),” “98-60,” and identified
as Nesoprosopis crabronoides Perkins; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 2752.
The number “638” appears under the card on which the bee is mounted.
This was the lot number assigned by Perkins (1895-1897): “638. Kilauea,
Hawaii IX.‘95.” At the time of writing the lectotype was not labeled with the
B. M. type number, but that number was assigned to this name.
Nesoprosopis difficilis Perkins (1899: 80-81). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.72 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 159b.
Nesoprosopis dimidiata Perkins (1899: 96). Lectotype male here designated; wing
1994
DALY: HAWAIIAN HYLAEUS ( NESOPROSOPIS) TYPES
117
length, 3.33 mm; “Kona, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, 8.1892”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 149.
Nesoprosopis dumetorum Perkins (1899: 92-93). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 3.71 mm; “Puna, Hawaii, 2000 ft, Perkins, XI. 1896”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 163a.
Nesoprosopis erythrodemas Perkins (1899: 112). Holotype female; wing length 7.8
mm (tip damaged); “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, IX. 1895”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 147.
Nesoprosopisfinitima Perkins (1899: 100). Lectotype female here designated; wing
length, 4.96 mm; “Kauai, Perkins, VI. 1894,” handwritten: “N. finitima, Type
(female symbol)”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 168.
The male mentioned in the description could not be found.
Nesoprosopis fuscipennis obscuripes Perkins (1899: 107). Lectotype male here
designated; wing length, 7.11 mm; “West Maui Mts., Iao Valley, Maui, Perkins,
V.1896; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 140.
Nesoprosopis haleakalae Perkins (1899: 87-88). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 4.59 mm; “Haleakala, Maui, 5000 ft, Perkins, X.1896”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 122.
Nesoprosopis hirsutula Perkins (1899: 79-80). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 5.16 mm; “Halemanu, Kauai, 4000 ft, Perkins, V.1895”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 158b.
Nesoprosopis hostilis Perkins (1899: 104-105). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 3.82 mm; “Waimea, Kauai, 3000 ft, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 167b.
Nesoprosopis inquilina Perkins (1899: 102-103). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 4.88 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 169a.
Nesoprosopis insignis Perkins (1899: 110-111). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 6.29 mm (tip damaged); “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, VI. 1895”;
B. M. Type Hym. 17a 144b.
Nesoprosopis kauaiensis Perkins (1899: 90). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.53 mm; “Mts. Waimea, Kauai, 4000 ft, Perkins, VI. 1894”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 162a.
Perkins’ “type” male is now headless. Consequently, an alternative male was
selected as lectotype from the other three males of the type series available in
The Natural History Museum. At the time of writing the lectotype was not
labeled with the B. M. type number, but that number was assigned to this name.
Nesoprosopis koae Perkins (1899: 85). Lectotype female here designated; wing
length, 4.72 mm; “Honolulu, Oahu, Perkins, III. 1897”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a
120.
Nesoprosopis laeta Perkins (1899: 81-82). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.02 mm; “Waianae Mts., Oahu, Perkins, 2.1896”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 134a.
Nesoprosopis laticeps Perkins (1899: 88-89). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 5.36 mm; “Molokai Mts., 4000 ft, Perkins, IX. 1893”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 124b.
Perkins’ “type” male is now headless. Consequently, the other male of the
type series available in The Natural History Museum was selected as the lec-
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70 ( 2 )
totype. At the time of writing the lectotype was not labeled with the B. M. type
number, but that number was assigned to this name.
Nesoprosopis longiceps Perkins (1899: 98). Lectotype male here designated (male
and female mounted together); wing length, 4.34 mm; “Wailuku, Maui, Perkins,
1895”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 160ab.
Nesoprosopis mauiensis Perkins (1899: 94-95). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 3.58 mm; “Haleakala, Maui, 5000 ft, Perkins, 5.4.1894”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 148.
Nesoprosopis melanothrix Perkins (1899: 86-87). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 5.35 mm; “Haleakala, Maui, 5000 ft, Perkins, X.1896”; B. M.
Type Hym. 17a 119b.
Nesoprosopis mutata Perkins (1899: 93). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 3.65 mm; “Waimea, Kauai, 2000 ft+, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 164.
A discrepancy exists between the description that reads “Kauai (3000 ft)”
and the label on the lectotype.
Nesoprosopis neglecta Perkins (1899: 89). Holotype female; wing length, 5.79 mm;
“Molokai Mts., 4500 ft, Perkins, 21.9.1893”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 125.
Nesoprosopis nivalis Perkins (1899: 83-84). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.97 mm; “Haleakala, Maui, 9000 ft, Perkins, IV. 1894”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 136a.
Nesoprosopis obscurata Perkins (1899: 99). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.84 mm (tip damaged); “Kona, Hawaii, Perkins, 8.1894”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 151a.
Nesoprosopis ombrias Perkins (1910: 604-605). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length 6.36 mm; handwritten “N. ombrias (male symbol), S. Kona, 3000
ft, Febr., RCLP,” “RCLPerkins Collection,” and the Bishop Museum label for
Type No. (to be assigned).
Nesoprosopis paradoxica Perkins (1899: 111-112). Lectotype male here desig¬
nated; wing length, 8.05 mm; “Kona, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, 22.7.1892”; B.
M. Type Hym. 17a 141b.
Nesoprosopisperspicua Perkins (1899: 109). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 6.29 mm; “Makaweli, Kauai, 2000 ft, Perkins, 2.1897”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 143b.
The description reads “Mountains of Kauai about 3000 ft (January 1897),”
but all labels on five other specimens of the type series in the Bishop Museum
agree with the lectotype.
Nesoprosopis psammobia Perkins (1911: 72). Lectotype female here designated;
wing length, 4.21 mm; handwritten on cork mounting block “Hilo coast, VI. 190
(illegible 3 ?) R. C. L. Perkins, N. psammo-bia P.,” “RCLPerkins Collection,”
and the Bishop Museum label for Type No. (to be assigned).
Three females are mounted on the same block of which only the lectotype
has the abdomen intact.
Nesoprosopispubescens Perkins (1899: 107-108). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 7.55 mm; “Hilo, Hawaii, 2000 ft, Perkins, 1.1896”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 139a.
Nesoprosopis rugulosa Perkins (1899: 84). Lectotype female here designated; wing
length, 4.84 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, VI. 1895”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 2750.
1994
DALY: HAWAIIAN HYLAEUS (NESOPROSOPIS) TYPES
119
Nesoprosopis setosifrons Perkins (1899: 108-109). Lectotype male here designated;
wing length, 6.23 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, VI. 1895”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 142a.
Nesoprosopis simplex Perkins (1899: 79). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.97 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 157b.
Nesoprosopis specularis Perkins (1899: 93-94). Holotype female; wing length, 3.84
mm; handwritten: “Kilauea 1896”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 2751.
Nesoprosopis sphecodoides Perkins (1899: 105-106). Lectotype male here desig¬
nated; wing length, 4.53 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B.
M. Type Hym. 17a 137b.
Nesoprosopis unica Perkins (1899: 88). Holotype male; wing length, 4.72 mm;
“Honolulu Mt., Oahu, 2000 ft, Perkins, 1896”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 123.
A discrepancy exists between the description that reads “mountains near
Honolulu at an elevation of about 2500 ft (1897)” and the label on the holotype.
Nesoprosopis vicina Perkins (1899: 84-85). Lectotype female here designated; wing
length, 4.65 mm; “Puna, Hawaii, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a
118.
Nesoprosopis volcanica Perkins (1899: 83). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 4.91 mm; “Kau, Hawaii, 4000 ft, Perkins, XII. 1896”; B. M. Type Hym.
17a 135a.
5. Species group names proposed by F. Smith. —The same descriptions were
published in Smith (1879a, 1879b). Except for P. anthracina and P. flavipes from
the voyage of Captain Beechey, the rest of the Hawaiian bees described by Smith
were sent to him by Blackburn. The shipment was accompanied by field notes
corresponding to numbers on the specimens. As noted above, Smith’s descriptions
appeared posthumously (see preface, 1879b). Later, Blackburn (1880) expressed
his displeasure with the handling of his specimens and sought assistance from
Kirby in London to set the record straight. From memory, Blackburn composed
another copy of his field notes for Kirby. Parts of the notes are included by Kirby
(1880: 85) along with the field numbers. The numbers were written on the cards
on which the bees were mounted and are given below. Most specimens also have
the accession number “79-40” which corresponds to the entry of six manuscript
names for native bees presented by T. Blackburn from the Sandwich Islands
(Anonymous 1864-1881).
Prosopis anthracina Smith (1853: 23). Lectotype female here designated; wing
length, 4.06 mm; “Sandw. I. Beechey,” “anthracina Type Sm.”; B. M. Type
Hym. 17a 172.
Both sexes were described, but only one female was found in the collection.
Prosopis blackburni Smith (1879a: 682). Lectotype male here designated; wing
length, 3.74 mm; male marked “4” and female marked “5” on same card,
“Maui 79-40”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 2827ab.
Confusion has arisen because the specimens also bear a label “Prosopis sim-
illima Sm Type.” The lectotype designated here matches Smith’s description
of P. blackburni and not his description of P. simillima (1879b: 26) from
Moreton Bay. The type of the latter species has been identified elsewhere in the
collection and assigned the label B. M. Type Hym. 17a 46 (Houston 1981: 27).
Prosopis facilis Smith (1879a: 683). Lectotype male here designated; wing length,
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(2)
4.53 mm; male marked “6,” and female marked “7” on same card, “Maui 79-
40,” “Prosopis facilis (Type) Sm.”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 154ab.
Blackburn (1886: 43) states the true type locality is Pauoa Valley, Oahu.
Prosopisflavipes Smith (1853: 23). Holotype male; wing length, 4.02 mm; “Sandw.
I. Beechey,” “flavipes Sm. Type”; B. M. Type Hym. 17a 153.
Prosopis fuscipennis Smith (1879a: 682-683). Holotype male; wing length, 7.67
mm; specimen marked “9,” “Oahu 79.40,” “Prosopis fuscipennis Type Sm.”
B. M. Type Hym. 17a 155.
Smith mentions characters of the female as noted by Blackburn (1880), but
according to accession 79-40 (Anonymous 1864-1881) only one specimen,
presumably the male, was sent to Smith.
Prosopis hilaris Smith (1879a: 683). Holotype male; wing length, 4.14 mm; spec¬
imen marked “8,” “Maui 79-40,” “Prosopis hilaris (Type) Sm.”; B. M. Type
17a 171.
Prosopis volatilis Smith (1879a: 683-684). Holotype male; wing length, 4.15 mm;
specimen marked “25,” “Kauai 79.40,” “Prosopis volatilis (Type) Sm.”; B. M.
Type 17a 152.
Confusion of this name with a type specimen from Australia was resolved
by Houston (1981: 50).
6. Species group name proposed by P. H. Timberlake. — Only a single Timber-
lake name is treated here.
Nesoprosopisperkinsiana Timberlake (1926: 22-23). Holotype male; B. P. Bishop
Museum Type Cat. No. 226.
Acknowledgment
This research was initiated at the request of Gordon Nishida of the Bernice P.
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii. I appreciate his prompt response to my many
requests and questions. Thanks go to Donald B. Baker, St. John’s College, Oxford;
George Else, The Natural History Museum, London; Roy R. Snelling, Los Angeles
County Museum of Natural History; and Y. Hirashima, President, Miyazaki
Municipal University, Japan, for their comments on the manuscript, not all of
which I accepted. For their hospitality and assistance during my visit in England,
I am indebted to George Else, Laraine Ficken, and Tom Huddleston of the Hy-
menoptera Section, and Carole Romaya and Julie Harey of the Entomology Li¬
brary, The Natural History Museum, London; Christopher O’Toole, Hope En¬
tomological Collection, University Museum, Oxford University; and W. A. Foster
and S. G. Shreves, University Museum of Zoology at Cambridge University.
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1864-1881. Zoological accessions, Annulosa, vol. IV. Entomology Library, The Natural
History Museum, London.
Blackburn, T. 1880. Letter, apparently to W. F. Kirby, 9 March 1880. Insect Room Lists, Collection
Archives, vol. 2, p. 92. Entomology Library, The Natural History Museum, London.
Blackburn, T. 1886. (descriptions of new species, pp. 140-147). In Blackburn, T. & P. Cameron.
1886. On the Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian Islands. Proc. Manchester Literary and Philo¬
sophical Society, 25: 134-183.
Blackburn, T. 1887. (descriptions of new species, pp. 200-208). In Blackburn, T. & P. Cameron.
1887. On the Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian Islands. Mem. Manchester Literary and Philo¬
sophical Society, 30 (= third series, tenth volume): 194-244.
1994
DALY: HAWAIIAN HYLAEUS (NESOPROSOPIS) TYPES
121
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1926. Descriptions and records of bees. CIX. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 17(series
9): 301-309.
Houston, T. F. 1981. A revision of the Australian hylaeine bees (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). II. Aust.
J. Zool., Suppl. Ser., 80.
Kirby, W. F. 1880. (description of a new species, p. 85). In Blackburn, T. & W. F. Kirby. 1880.
Notes on species of Aculeate Hymenoptera occurring in the Hawaiian Islands. Entomol. Month¬
ly Mag., 17: 85-89.
Manning, A. 1986. The Sandwich Islands committee, Bishop Museum, and R. C. L. Perkins: co¬
operative zoological exploration and publication. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers, 26: 1—46.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1895-1897. Key to numbers & localities of Mr. Perkins’ Hawaiian insects, 2nd
expedition, 1895-1897. Insect Room Lists, Collection Archives, vol. 1, pp. 3, 39. Entomology
Library, The Natural History Museum, London.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1899. Hymenoptera, Aculeata. pp. 1-115, Pis. 1-2. In David Sharp (ed.). Fauna
Hawaiiensis. Vol. 1. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1910. Supplement to Hymenoptera. pp. 600-612. In David Sharp (ed.). Fauna
Hawaiiensis. Vol. 2. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1911. New species of Hawaiian Hymenoptera, with notes on some previously
described. Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, 59: 719-727.
Smith, F. 1853. Catalogue of Hymenopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part
I. Andrenidae and Apidae. 197 pp. Printed by order of the Trustees, London.
Smith, F. 1879a. Descriptions of new species of Aculeate Hymenoptera collected by the Rev. Thos.
Blackburn in the Sandwich Islands. J. Linnean Soc., 14: 674-685.
Smith, F. 1879b. Descriptions of new species of Hymenoptera in the collection of the British Museum.
240 pp. Printed by order of the Trustees, London.
Timberlake P. H. 1926. (description of a new species, pp. 22-23). In E. H. Bryan, Jr. (ed.). Insects
of Hawaii, Johnston Island and Wake Island. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin, 31.
Zimmerman, E. C. 1957. Supplement to volumes 1-5. Insects of Hawaii, vol 6, pp. 177-201.
University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 122-147, (1994)
AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF THE PLANT BUGS OF
COLORADO (HETEROPTERA: MIRIDAE)
Dan A. Polhemus
Department of Entomology, Bishop Museum, 1 Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
Abstract .—Based on literature records and recent collections, 513 species of Miridae, or plant
bugs, are recorded in a checklist for Colorado. If allowances are made for misidentifications and
unconfirmed records this total drops to 470 species, which is still the largest number of mirid
species reported from any state in the U.S.A. Of these species, 7 are introductions, and 22 are
Holarctic species indigenous to North America. Annotations are provided in the checklist giving
information on counties of occurrence, host plant records, Colorado type localities, and instances
of Holarctic or introduced species. Cases where the listing of a species in the state may be
potentially erroneous due to misidentification or taxonomic uncertainty are noted.
Key Words.— Insecta, Miridae, Colorado, checklist, county distributions, host plants
The state of Colorado is one of the most biologically diverse areas in the United
States, due to its geographical position straddling the central Rocky Mountains
and encompassing the headwaters of four major river basins: the South Platte,
Arkansas, Rio Grande and Colorado. The state contains a wide range of landforms
and vegetational assemblages, including the shortgrass prairies of the Great Plains,
the coniferous forests and tundras of the Rocky Mountains, and the semi-desert
piny on and juniper woodlands of the Colorado Plateau. This topographical and
vegetational complexity is reflected in the state’s rich fauna of Miridae, or plant
bugs. On the basis of the checklist presented below Colorado has 513 mirid species,
more than are documented from any other state in the U.S.A. This total contrasts
with the 119 species recorded from Colorado by Gillette & Baker (1895) and the
144 species listed by Knight (1968). The present total represents a 357 percent
increase over Knight’s (1968) list, and is indicative of the tremendous diversity
of Miridae in the western United States, as well as the underestimation of this
diversity in the current entomological literature.
Of the 513 mirid species recorded from Colorado, 28 are probably based on
misidentifications. In addition, 22 species are plausible residents of the state but
have not been confirmed outside of their original literature listings, and of these
15 are questionable. Deleting these 43 probable misidentifications and uncertain
records leaves a revised state total of 470 species, which is the largest documented
mirid fauna of any state for which reliable information is available (Table 1). Of
these 470 species, 7 are definite introductions, leaving a native fauna of 463
species. It is probable that this revised total of 463 species is relatively close to
an accurate count, since additional future discoveries are likely to be counter¬
balanced by the deletion of inaccurate records from the list as our knowledge of
North American mirid systematics and distributions becomes more refined. The
areas from which additional new state records are most likely to originate are the
Arkansas River valley in the southeastern portion of the state, the Mesa de Maya
P.O. Box 19000-A.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
123
east of Trinidad on the New Mexican border, the Colorado Plateau region along
the western border of the state, and the high mountaintop tundras.
Colorado’s exceptional mirid diversity is related to its geography. Each of the
major river basins with headwaters in Colorado has provided a corridor along
which mirids associated with different biomes have invaded the state. The South
Platte River has been an avenue for species typical of the northern Great Plains
grasslands and midwestem outliers of the eastern hardwood forests, the Arkansas
River for species from the southern Great Plains grasslands and the savannahs
of Oklahoma, the Rio Grande River for species from the Chihuahuan Desert of
Texas and New Mexico, and the Colorado River for species from the Great Basin
and Sonoran Deserts. Further, the great mountain chains of the Central Rockies
that run north to south through the state have presented a barrier, isolating species
on opposite sides of the Continental Divide, but also provided a boreal corridor
for species typical of the coniferous forests and tundras of Canada and Alaska.
This boreal component is best illustrated by the state’s 22 Holarctic species that
are indigenous to North America and shared with Eurasia.
In addition to the dispersal corridors noted above, certain mirids in Colorado
exhibit what appear to be relictual distribution patterns caused by transgression
and recession of plant communities during the Pleistocene. The extensive areas
of alpine tundra above 12,000 feet provide montane refugia for Holarctic species
such as Chlamydatus wilkinsoni (Douglas and Scott) and Labops burmeisteri St&l
that are unknown elsewhere south of Alaska or the Yukon. Such species were
likely more widespread at lower elevations during periods of glaciation, and have
retreated uphill with the warming climate of the present interglacial. Similarly,
species such as Ceratocapsus modestus (Uhler), Phytocoris olseni Knight and Hy-
aliodes hard Knight that are typical of the hardwood forests of eastern North
America but now occur as isolated populations in certain sheltered Front Range
canyons are probably disjunct relicts from a time when such forests covered the
Great Plains.
Methods
This checklist has been compiled primarily from collections made by the author
and J. T. Polhemus over the last 10 years; these specimens are held in the J. T.
Polhemus collection in Englewood, Colorado. Additional records were obtained
from the Catalog of North American Heteroptera (Henry & Froeschner 1988),
and from personal examination of specimens held in the following collections:
University of Colorado (Boulder), Colorado State University (Ft. Collins), Uni¬
versity of Utah (Salt Lake City), Brigham Young University (Provo), University
of Arizona (Tucson), University of Kansas (Lawrence), American Museum of
Natural History (New York), and National Museum of Natural History (Wash¬
ington, D.C.).
The notation “Colo.” after a species indicates that the species has been listed
for the state but that no specific locality was given, and that no specimens have
been examined to confirm the record. These are usually older literature records
that are likely to have been based on misidentifications but which are difficult to
confirm without examining the specimens. In certain cases they also represent
true records based on collections by Uhler, Gillette or Baker that bear the notation
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Table 1. Numbers of mirid species reported from various states.
State
Number of species
Source
Arizona
233
Knight 1968 a
California
455
Henry & Froeschner 1988
Nevada
207
Knight 1968 a
Illinois
330
Knight 1941
Ohio
180
Watson 1928
Georgia
172
Henry & Smith 1979
North Carolina
175
Brimley 1938, Wray 1967
West Virginia
247
Wheeler et al. 1983
Colorado
513
current checklist
a The numbers from Knight (1968), although the most recently published for any western states,
should be considered underestimates. For example, this same work listed only 147 species for Cali¬
fornia, compared to the 455 obtained by counting state records in the North American catalog (Henry
& Froeschner 1988) and only 148 species for Colorado, compared to the 513 in the current checklist.
“Col.” or “Colo.” but no additional data. In some instances “Cal.” labels were
incorrectly interpreted as “Col.,” leading to the erroneous listing of Californian
species from Colorado. I have noted those cases where I am fairly certain that a
misidentification is involved.
The records of many eastern U.S. species from Colorado are open to suspicion,
especially those based on determinations by Gillette & Baker (1895), whose work
predated the description of many western species. On the other hand, a number
of typically eastern mirid species are now known to have disjunct populations
occurring in moist canyons along the Front Range, so such records cannot be
dismissed out of hand. It is also possible that some species recorded correctly by
early authors but not collected subsequently may have gone extinct in Colorado
due to human induced changes in the present Front Range urban corridor. Con¬
versely, new populations of exotic eastern U.S. species that were not originally
present in Colorado continue to be imported with nursery stock, and some of
these, such as Neurocolpus tiliae Knight and Plagiognathus delicatus (Uhler) have
become established as permanent residents of the state.
Taxonomic interpretations in this checklist follow those in the catalog of Henry
& Froeschner (1988), except for certain genera that were revised subsequently,
such as Phytocoris (Stonedahl 1988), Pilophorus (Schuh & Schwartz 1988), Lopidea
(Asquith 1990, 1991) and various small genera in the tribe Stenodemini (Schwartz
1990). Species concepts and documented distributions are most confident for the
following genera, which have either been recently revised or are currently under
study: Coquillettia, Deraeocoris, Irbisia, Lepidopsallus, Lopidea, Lygus, Orecto-
derus, Phytocoris, Pilophorus, Pseudopsallus. This same information should be
considered less reliable for several other genera that are still badly in need of
revision, such as Dichrooscytus, Lygidea, Orthotylus, Teleorhinus, and Tropidos-
teptes.
Taxa are listed alphabetically below the subfamily level. Subgenera are not
included, and subspecies are not treated separately from their nominate species.
A note is provided if a subspecies other than the nominate subspecies has been
listed from the state. A question mark in parentheses following a species name
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
125
indicates that the determination is tentative. Taxa listed merely as “sp.” are either
undescribed or impossible to correctly identify using the present literature.
A locality followed by an asterisk [*] and enclosed in parentheses indicates a
type locality. The notation “Colo.” followed by an asterisk [*] and enclosed in
parentheses indicates that the type came from Colorado but that no precise type
locality was specified. The type localities for many species described by Uhler
were taken from Gillette & Baker (1895) and Uhler (1877a, b). The descriptions
prepared by Uhler for these works were mostly based on material collected in the
vicinity of Fort Collins, Steamboat Springs, Colorado Springs, and Clear Creek
Canyon (near Golden). In certain cases the original descriptions in the above
works are followed by multiple locality listings, and it has not been possible to
determine which of these represents the correct type locality. The type series for
several of these species have been located in the collections of the Smithsonian
Institution, thus clarifying the issue, but in other instances the type locality is still
merely listed as “Colo.” An explanatory note is provided in the cases where Uhler
dealt with a mixed series of syntypes from several states.
Host records are provided only where the host association is known for Col¬
orado; host associations from other states are not included. Based on the present
list, western yellow pine ( Pinus ponder os a Laws) has the largest number of recorded
mirid species with 20, followed closely by pinon pine ( Pinus edulis Engelm.) and
Gambel oak ( Quercus gambelii Nutt.), each with 19. Other Colorado plants sup¬
porting large numbers of mirid species are rabbitbrush ( Chrysothamnus nauseosus
Pallas) with 13, sagebrush ( Artemisia tridentata Nutt.) with 11, bristlecone pine
(Pinus aristata Engelm.), Rocky Mountain juniper ( Juniperus scopulorum Sarg.),
and mountain mahogany ( Cercocarpus montanus Raf.) with 9 each, and lodgepole
pine ( Pinus contorta Dougl.) and Englemann spruce ( Picea engelmanni Parry) with
8 each. These mirid species loads are comparable to and in many cases exceed
those reported by Knight (1968) for the Nevada Test Site, where the host plant
supporting the most mirid species was singleleaf pinon pine {Pinus monophylla
T. & F.) with 12, followed by one seed juniper {Juniperus monosperma Engelm.)
with 8. The species totals for the various Colorado host plants listed above are
probably underestimates, since the ecological associations between many plant
species and their mirid faunas are poorly understood.
Occurrence dates are not given because they are quite variable, due to the wide
altitudinal range occupied by many Colorado species, and nearly a month may
separate a species’ occurrence at high versus low elevations. Year to year fluc¬
tuations in temperature also have a marked influence on the dates of species
appearance, often advancing or retarding the average emergence date by 2-4
weeks. This is particularly noticeable in the high tundras, where many species are
adapted to take quick advantage of the short and unpredictable growing season.
Checklist of Colorado Miridae
The references to the original descriptions of most species treated in the fol¬
lowing checklist may be found in the catalog of Henry & Froeschner (1988).
Additional revisionary treatments containing taxonomic changes applicable to
the Colorado fauna subsequent to 1988 include those of Asquith (1990, 1991),
Henry (1991), Polhemus & Polhemus (1988), Schwartz (1990), Schuh & Schwartz
(1988). Lattin et al. (1992), Schwartz et al. (1991), and Stonedahl (1988, 1990).
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Subfamily Isometopinae
Corticoris libertus (Gibson).—Montrose Co. Attacking scale insects on Firms edulis
Engelm.
Subfamily Cylapinae
Fulvius slateri Wheeler.—“Colo.”
Subfamily Bryocorinae
Cyrtopeltus notata (Distant).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Dicyphus agilis (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co. (Beaver Brook Gulch*),
Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On Geranium sp.
Dicyphus californicus (St&l).—Larimer Co.
Dicyphus confusus Kelton.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., La Plata Co., Mesa
Co., Summit Co.
Dicyphus cucurbitaceous Spinola.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of D.
agilis (Uhler).
Dicyphus elongatus Van Duzee.—Eagle Co.
Dicyphus hesperus Knight.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co.
Dicyphus paddocki Knight.—Douglas Co. Probably a misidentification.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
127
Dicyphus tibialis Kelton.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Larimer Co., Park Co.,
Routt Co. On Geranium viscosissimum F. & M., Ribes viscosissimum Pursh.
Dicyphus vestitus Uhler.—Larimer Co. (Fort Collins*).
Halticotoma valida Townsend.—Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Prow¬
ers Co., Washington Co. On Yucca glauca Nutt.
Macrolophus brevicornis Knight.—Douglas Co. On Physalis sp.
Macrolophus separatus (Uhler).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of M.
brevicornis Knight.
Monalocoris americanus Wagner & Slater.—Jefferson Co. Based on a Uhler record
from Beaver Brook; not seen since.
Sixeonotus brevirostris Knight.—Yuma Co. (Wray*).
Sixeonotus insignis Reuter.—Rio Blanco Co. Probably a misidentification.
Sixeonotus rostratus Knight.—Dolores Co., Huerfano Co. (La Veta Pass*), Lar¬
imer Co.
Sixeonotus scabrosus Uhler.—Larimer Co. (Estes Park*).
Subfamily Deraeocorinae
Clivenema detecta Knight.—Bent Co., Prowers Co.
Clivenema medialis Knight. —“Colo.” Based on Uhler label with no additional
data.
Clivenema sericea Knight.—Otero Co. At light.
Clivenema villosa Reuter.—Prowers Co.
Conocephalocoris nasicus Knight.—Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Deraeocoris aphidiphagus Knight.—Larimer Co.
Deraeocoris bakeri Knight.—Delta Co., Garfield Co., Pitkin Co.
Deraeocoris balli Knight.—Montezuma Co. (Dolores*).
Deraeocoris barberi Knight. —Conejos Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson
Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Deraeocoris betulae Knight.—Jefferson Co. On Betula fontinalis Sarg., Alnus ten-
uifolia Nutt.
Deraeocoris brevis (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Denver Co., Douglas Co.,
El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co. On Rhus trilobata Nutt.,
Ribes cereum Dougl., Rubus sp., Quercus gambelii Nutt., Pseudotsuga menziesii
Mirb., Betula fontinalis Sarg.
Deraeocoris bullatus Knight.—Montezuma Co., Routt Co. On Purshia tridentata
Pursh., Cowania stansburiana Torr.
Deraeocoris cerachates Uhler.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Deraeocoris fulgidus (Van Duzee).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. On
Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Deraeocoris fulvescens (Reuter). —Chaffee Co., El Paso Co., Lake Co., Larimer
Co., Las Animas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws, Pinus edulis Engelm.
Deraeocoris grandis (Uhler).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Deraeocoris histrio (Reuter).—Yuma Co. On Polygonum sp.
Deraeocoris incertus Knight.—Archuleta Co., Huerfano Co., Larimer Co., Las
Animas Co., Montrose Co. On Picea engelmanni Parry. Possible synonym of
D. picipes Knight.
Deraeocoris manitou (Van Duzee).—Douglas Co., El Paso Co. (Garden of the
Gods*), Elbert Co., Garfield Co., La Plata Co., Mesa Co., Mineral Co., Montrose
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Co., Ouray Co. On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg., Juniperus monosperma Engelm.
Deraeocoris navajo Knight.—La Plata Co., Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Deraeocoris nebulosus (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., Denver Co., Jefferson Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Mesa Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt., Gleditsia tricanthos L.
Deraeocoris nigrifrons Knight.—Eagle Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Larimer
Co., Pitkin Co., Routt Co. On Chrysothamnus sp.
Deraeocoris nitenatus Knight.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Deraeocoris piceicola Knight.—Boulder Co., Dolores Co., Eagle Co., Larimer Co.
(Pingree Park*), Mineral Co., Montrose Co. On Abies lasiocarpa Hook., Picea
engelmanni Parry, Pinus aristata Engelm.
Deraeocoris picipes Knight.—Archuleta Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las An¬
imas Co., Montrose Co., Saguache Co. On Pseudotsuga menziesii Mirb., Picea
engelmanni Parry.
Deraeocoris quercicola Knight.—Archuleta Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Huer¬
fano Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co., Moffat Co., Montrose Co. On Quercus
gambelii Nutt.
Deraeocoris sayi (Reuter).—Probably a misidentification.
Deraeocoris schwarzii (Uhler).—Eagle Co., Lake Co., Pitkin Co., Routt Co., Sum¬
mit Co. On Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Deraeocoris tinctus Knight.—Delta Co., Mesa Co. (Grand Junction*).
Deraeocoris triannulipes Knight.—Dolores Co., Douglas Co. On Salix amygda-
loides Ander.
Eustictus pusillus (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Las Animas Co., Montrose Co. On
Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Hyaliodes hard Knight.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Largidea gerhardi Knight.—Jefferson Co. (Golden*), Larimer Co. On Pinus pon¬
der os a Laws.
Largidea rubida (Uhler).—Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Largidea shoshonea Knight.—Larimer Co. (Estes Park*).
Subfamily Phylinae
Atomoscelis modestus (Van Duzee).—Arapahoe Co., Montezuma Co. On Iva xan-
thifolia Nutt.
Atractotomus albidicoxis Reuter.—Huerfano Co. (La Veta Pass*). On Pinus sp.
Atractotomus balli Knight.—Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Routt Co. On Purshia tri¬
dentata Pursh.
Atractotomus cercocarpi Knight.—Boulder Co., Bent Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek
Co., Douglas Co., Elbert Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co.
(Stonewall*), Park Co. On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Atractotomus cooperi Stonedahl.—Park Co.
Campylomma verbasci (Meyer-Diir). —“Colo.” A Palearctic species introduced to
North America.
Chaetophylidea moerens (Reuter).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of Pla-
giognathus geranii Knight.
Chlamydatus arcuatus Knight.—Clear Creek Co., Dolores Co., Mineral Co. (Wolf
Creek Pass*), Routt Co.
Chlamydatus associatus (Uhler).—Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Montezuma Co.,
Routt Co., Weld Co.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
129
Chlamydatus brevicornis Knight.—Larimer Co., Routt Co., San Miguel Co. On
Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Chlamydatus monolipes Van Duzee.—Douglas Co. On Artemisia sp.
Chlamydatus pallidicornis Knight.—Routt Co. On Potentilla plattensis Nutt.
Chlamydatus pullus (Reuter).—Larimer Co., Routt Co. A Holarctic species in¬
digenous to North America.
Chlamydatus ruficornis Knight.—Elbert Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On
Trifolium sp.
Chlamydatus suavis (Reuter).—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. On Ambrosia trifida L.
Chlamydatus wilkinsoni (Douglas & Scott). —Clear Creek Co. On alpine tundra.
A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Conostethus americanus Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., Elbert Co., Lari¬
mer Co. (Ft. Collins*), Pueblo Co., Weld Co. On shortgrass prairie.
Coquillettia alpina Polhemus and Polhemus.—Clear Creek Co. (Mt. Goliath*),
Gilpin Co. On alpine tundra.
Coquillettia amoena (Uhler).—Denver Co., Fremont Co., Weld Co. Syntypes from
Colorado, New Mexico, Texas and Illinois. Described twice by Uhler in the
same year (1877a, b), in different publications. A lectotype needs to be fixed.
Eastern U. S. populations are not conspecific with those from Colorado, and
are probably referable to C. mimetica Osborn.
Coquillettia balli Knight.—Prowers Co. (Lamar*).
Coquillettia granulata Knight.—Probably occurs in Mesa Co. (type locality West-
water, Utah, on the Colorado border, incorrectly listed as “West Wats” in
original description).
Coquillettia insignis Uhler.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Elbert Co.,
Las Animas Co., Logan Co., Montrose Co., Morgan Co., Pueblo Co., Teller
Co. On Lupinus argenteus Pursh. Syntypes from Colorado, Dakota Territory,
Idaho and Montana.
Coquillettia jessiana Knight. —Elbert Co., Logan Co. (Sterling*), Morgan Co.,
Weld Co.
Coquillettia mimetica Osborn.—Las Animas Co. Colorado records belong to the
subspecies laticeps Knight, which is probably synonymous with C. amoena
Uhler.
Coquillettia nigrithorax Knight.—Elbert Co., Las Animas Co. On Gutierrezia
sarothrae Pursh.
Criocoris saliens (Reuter).—Jefferson Co.
Cyrtopeltocoris albofasciatus Reuter.—Pueblo Co.
Cyrtopeltocoris balli Knight.—Elbert Co., Pueblo Co. (Pueblo*).
Dacota hesperia Uhler.—Clear Creek Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co. Syntypes from
Colorado and Dakota Territory. On Potentilla sp. A Holarctic species indige¬
nous to North America.
Europiella angulata (Uhler).—Jefferson Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Las
Animas Co., Montezuma Co., Prowers Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
On Chrysothamnus sp., Artemisia sp.
Europiella decolor (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Elbert Co., Larimer Co., La Plata Co.,
Logan Co., Montezuma Co., Rio Blanco Co., Saguache Co. On Artemisia tri¬
dentata Nutt.
Europiella monticola Knight.—Routt Co. (Rabbit Ears Pass*).
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Europiella pilosula (Uhler).—Costilla Co., Garfield Co., Larimer Co., Logan Co.,
Moffat Co., Rio Blanco Co., Weld Co.
Europiella sparsa Van Duzee.—“Colo.”
Europiella stigmosa (Uhler).—Costilla Co., Jackson Co., Montezuma Co. On
Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Europiella unipunctata Knight.—Gunnison Co., Las Animas Co.
Hoplomachus affiguratus (Uhler).—Montrose Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*),
San Juan Co. On Pice a engelmanni Parry.
Icodema nigrolineatum (Knight).—Douglas Co., Mesa Co. On Quercus gambelii
Nutt.
Keltonia tuckeri (Poppius).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Mesa Co. On Chrysopsis
villosa Pursh.
Lepidopsallus atricolor (Knight).—Archuleta Co., Bent Co., Boulder Co., Chaffee
Co., Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co.,
Mesa Co., Moffat Co., Montezuma Co., Montrose Co., Pueblo Co., Routt Co.
On Salix interior Rowlee.
Lepidopsallus ovatus (Knight).—Douglas Co., Garfield Co., Jefferson Co., Mon¬
tezuma Co., Montrose Co., Ouray Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Lepidopsallus tuthilli (Knight).—Las Animas Co., Mineral Co. (Creede*), Park
Co. On Ribes sp.
Lopus decolor (Fallen). —“Colo.” A Palearctic species introduced to North Amer¬
ica.
Macrotylus amoenus Reuter.—Douglas Co.
Macrotylus tristis Uhler. —“Colo.” Probably a mislabelled specimen from Cali¬
fornia.
Maurodactylus consors Uhler.—Garfield Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson
Co., Lake Co. (Leadville*), Larimer Co., Montezuma Co., Pueblo Co., Rio
Blanco Co., Routt Co., Saguache Co., Weld Co.
Megalopsallus latifrons Knight.—Delta Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. (Del¬
hi*), Mesa Co.
Megalopsallus rubropictipes Knight.—Fremont Co. (Florence*), Las Animas Co.,
Otero Co., Pueblo Co. On Atriplex sp.
Microphylellus adustus Knight.—Chaffee Co., Costilla Co. (Ft. Garland*), Eagle
Co., Pueblo Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Monosynamma bohemanni (Fallen).—Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co.,
Rio Grande Co. On Salix interior Rowlee. A Holarctic species indigenous to
North America.
Oncotylus guttulatus Uhler.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Montezuma Co. On
Sphaeralcea coccinea Pursh.
Orectoderus bakeri Knight.—Eagle Co., Jackson Co., Routt Co. On Artemisia
tridentata Nutt.
Orectoderus cockerelli Knight.—Teller Co. (Florrisant*). On Potentilla sp.
Orectoderus longicollis Uhler.—Eagle Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat
Springs*). On Symphoricarpos albus L.
Orectoderus obliquus Uhler.—(“Colo.”*), Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co.,
El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co. Syntypes from Colorado,
Washington, Kansas, Illinois, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Pennsylvania and
Canada. On Symphoricarpos sp.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
131
Orectoderus salicis Knight.—Clear Creek Co., Eagle Co., Grand Co. (Berthoud
Pass*), Summit Co. On Salix scouleriana Barr., Potentilla sp.
Orectoderus utahensis Knight.—Eagle Co., Mesa Co., Montrose Co. On Sympho-
ricarpos sp.
Phoenicocoris longirostris (Knight).—Clear Creek Co., Chaffee Co., Larimer Co.,
Park Co. On Pinus flexilis James, Pinus contorta Dougl., Pinus aristata Engelm.
Phoenicocoris obscurellus (Fallen).—Costilla Co., Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis
Engelm.
Phyllopidea montana Knight.—Eagle Co., Garfield Co., Gunnison Co., Lake Co.,
Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Phyllopidea picta (Uhler).—Delta Co., Eagle Co., La Plata Co., Mesa Co., Moffat
Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co. On Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Phymatopsallus pantherinus (Van Duzee).—“Colo.”
Pilophorus americanus Poppius.—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co.,
Douglas Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Lake Co.,
Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Park Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco Co., Routt Co.,
Summit Co. On Pseudotsuga menziesii Mirb., Pinus contorta Dough, Pinus
flexilis James, Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Pilophorus balli Knight.—Larimer Co., Mesa Co. (Grand Junction*).
Pilophorus clavatus (L.).—Delta Co. A Holarctic species introduced to North
America.
Pilophorus crassipes Heidemann.—Douglas Co., Elbert Co. On Pinus ponderosa
Laws.
Pilophorus diffusus Knight.—Archuleta Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co., Douglas
Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*), Mesa
Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco Co., Routt Co., San Juan Co., Summit Co. On
Pinus aristata Engelm., Pinus contorta Dough
Pilophorus discretus Van Duzee.—Mesa Co.
Pilophorus dislocatus Knight.—Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co.,
Larimer Co., Montezuma Co., Park Co. (Stonewall*). On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Pilophorus exiguus Poppius.—Rio Blanco Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Pilophorus fuscipennis Knight.—Chaffee Co., Costilla Co., Las Animas Co. (Stone¬
wall*), Montrose Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Pilophorus longisetosus Knight.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co. (Colorado Springs*),
Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co., Montezuma Co., Montrose Co., Routt Co. On
Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Pilophorus nevadensis Knight.—Moffat Co.
Pilophorus salicis Knight.—Bent Co. (Las Animas*), Chaffee Co., Douglas Co.,
El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Otero Co., Pitkin Co., Yuma
Co. On Salix interior Rowlee.
Pilophorus tibialis Van Duzee. —Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co., Cos¬
tilla Co., Dolores Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., El Paso Co., Fremont Co.,
Garfield Co., Gilpin Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Huerfano Co., Jackson
Co., Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Lake Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co.,
Mineral Co., Montezuma Co., Montrose Co., Park Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco
Co., Routt Co., Summit Co., Teller Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws, Pinus con¬
torta Dough, Pinus aristata Engelm., Pinus edulis Engelm., Pseudotsuga men¬
ziesii Mirb., Juniperus scopulorum Sarg.
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Pilophorus vicarius Poppius.—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Conejos
Co., Custer Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Fremont Co., Garfield Co., Gunnison
Co., Jackson Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Montezuma
Co., Ouray Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco Co., Saguache Co. On Artemisia tri-
dentata Nutt., Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Plagiognathus albonotatus Knight.—Larimer Co.
Plagiognathus annulatus Uhler.—Denver Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
Plagiognathus apiatus (Uhler).—Huerfano Co., (“Colo.”*).
Plagiognathus cuneatus Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., Routt Co.
Plagiognathus delicatus (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co. On ornamental Gleditisia trican-
thos L. Introduced on nursery stock.
Plagiognathus flavescens Knight.—Boulder Co., Dolores Co., Gunnison Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Montrose Co., Ouray Co., Pitkin Co., Routt Co., San Juan Co. On
Lonicera involucrata Rich. Frequently confused with Lopus decolor Fallen.
Plagiognathus fulvaceus Knight.—Eagle Co., Montezuma Co. (Dolores*), Rio
Blanco Co. On Symphoricarpos sp.
Plagiognathus fumidus Uhler.—Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
Plagiognathus fuscipes Knight.—Huerfano Co. (La Veta Pass). On Potentilla sp.
Plagiognathus geranii Knight.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Huerfano Co., Jefferson
Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Routt Co. On Geranium sp.
Plagiognathus guttatipes (Uhler).—El Paso Co. (Manitou Springs*), Larimer Co.,
Yuma Co.
Plagiognathus guttulosus (Reuter).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Montrose Co. On
Quercus gambelii Nutt, Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt. This species is likely poly¬
typic as presently interpreted.
Plagiognathus longipennis (Uhler).—Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., (“Colo.”*).
Plagiognathus nicholi Knight.—Costilla Co.
Plagiognathus nigritus Knight.—Larimer Co.
Plagiognathus nigronitens Knight.—Larimer Co.
Plagiognathus obscurus Uhler.—Boulder Co., Costilla Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer
Co., Routt Co.
Plagiognathus politus Uhler.—Larimer Co. (Fort Collins*).
Plagiognathus ribesi Kelton. — Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Gunnison Co. On Ribes
cereum Dougl.
Plagiognathus rolfsi Knight. —Clear Creek Co. On Pinus aristata Engelm.
Plagiognathus rubidus (Poppius).—Denver Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Larimer
Co. On Rhus trilobata Nutt.
Plagiognathus sheperdiae Knight.—Archuleta Co. (Pagosa Springs*), Dolores Co.
On Sheperdia sp.
Plagiognathus verticalis (Uhler).—“Colo.” Based on a Baker label with no addi¬
tional data.
Pronotocrepis clavicornis Knight.—Costilla Co. (Ft. Garland*), Mineral Co. On
Ribes cereum Dougl.
Psallus amorphae Knight.—Douglas Co. On Amorpha fruticosa L.
Psallus cercocarpicola Knight.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co.
(Stonewall*). On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Psallus drakei Knight.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
133
Psallus falleni Reuter.—Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Rio Grande Co., San Miguel
Co. On Alnus tenuifolia Nutt. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Psallusflaviclavus Knight.—Larimer Co. (Estes Park*). On Pinusponderosa Laws.
Psallus fuscopunctatus Knight.—Huerfano Co. (La Veta Pass*), Larimer Co., Park
Co. On Artemisia frigida Willd.
Psallus nigrovirgatus Knight.—Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. (Estes Park*), Las An¬
imas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Psallus picitipes Van Duzee.—Mesa Co.
Psallus purshiae Knight.—Eagle Co., Routt Co. On Purshia tridentata Pursh.
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus (Reuter).—Douglas Co., Otero Co., Weld Co. On Croton
texanus Klot., Solidago sp.
Reuteroscopus abroniae Knight.—Larimer Co., Weld Co. (Hudson*).
Reuteroscopus longirostris Knight.—Larimer Co.
Reuteroscopus ornatus (Reuter).—Denver Co., Larimer Co., Otero Co., Weld Co.
Rhinacloa forticornis Reuter.—Arapahoe Co.
Semium subglaber Knight.—Montezuma Co., Pueblo Co. On Euphorbia sp.
Tannerocoris sarcobati Knight.—Delta Co., La Plata Co.
Teleorhinus utahensis (?) Knight.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co. On
Cercocarpus montanus Raf. The correct identities of this and the next species
are uncertain.
Teleorhinus tephrosicola (?) Knight.—Montrose Co.
Tuponia statices Jakolev.—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co. Probably a misidentification.
Tuponia subnitida Uhler.—Gunnison Co., Kit Carson Co., Larimer Co., Routt
Co. (Steamboat Springs*). Reported injuring alfalfa at Fowler.
Tytthus pubescens Knight.—Jackson Co. A Holarctic species indigenous to North
America.
Tytthus vagus Knight. —Larimer Co.
Subfamily Orthotylinae
Argyrocoris scurrilis Van Duzee.—Mesa Co. at UV light.
Brooksetta althaeae (Hussey).—Costilla Co., Routt Co.
Brooksetta chelifer (Knight).—Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Larimer Co. On Sphaer-
alcea coccinea Pursh.
Brooksetta inconspicua (Uhler).—Routt Co.
Brooksetta incurva (Knight).—Larimer Co. (Ft. Collins*).
Brooksetta viridicata (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Gunnison Co., Mineral Co., Routt
Co., Summit Co., (“Colo.”*). On Potentilla pulcherrima Lehm.
Ceratocapsus apicalis Knight.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Pueblo Co. On Sphaer-
alcea coccinea Pursh.
Ceratocapsus apicatus Van Duzee.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co.,
Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Ceratocapsus biformis Knight.—Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*), Park
Co. Possible synonym of elongatus (Uhler).
Ceratocapsus denticulatus Knight.—Dolores Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jef¬
ferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Montrose Co., Ouray Co. On Quercus
gambelii Nutt.
Ceratocapsus elongatus (Uhler).—Custer Co., Larimer Co.
Ceratocapsus fasciatus (Uhler).—El Paso Co. Syntypes from Colorado, Texas,
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Missouri, Illinois, Pennsylvania and Maryland. Uhler’s species concept was
based on a composite syntype series, and a lectotype needs to be fixed. If eastern
U.S. populations are considered “true” C. fasciatus, then Colorado records of
this species are probably referable to C. apicatus Van Duzee.
Ceratocapsus fulvipennis Knight.—Douglas Co., Las Animas Co. (Stonewall*). On
Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Ceratocapsus fusiformis Van Duzee. —Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Montezuma
Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Ceratocapsus geminatus Knight.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. (Little Beaver*), Las
Animas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Ceratocapsus minutus (Uhler).—Larimer Co.
Ceratocapsus modestus (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. On Quercus gambelii
Nutt.
Ceratocapsuspumilus (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Morgan Co. On Vitis riparia Michx.
Ceratocapsus tricolor Knight.—Huerfano Co., Las Animas Co., Montezuma Co.
(Mancos*), Rio Grande Co.
Cyrtorhinus caricis (Fallen).—Larimer Co. A Holarctic species indigenous to North
America.
Cyrtorhinus pubescens Knight.—Yuma Co. (Wray*).
Diaphnidia debilis Uhler.—Costilla Co., Dolores Co., Eagle Co., El Paso Co.,
Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Symphoricarpos albus L.
Diaphnocoris chlorionis (Say).—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co. On ornamental Gle-
ditsia tricanthos L. Introduced on nursery stock.
Diaphnocoris pellucida (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. (Fort Collins*), Las
Animas Co.
Diaphnocoris provancheri (Burque). —Clear Creek Co.
Diaphnocoris ulmi (Knight).—Larimer Co.
Dichaetocoris anasazi Polhemus.—Mesa Co., Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis En-
gelm.
Dichaetocoris coloradensis Knight.—La Plata Co. (Durango*), Montezuma Co.
On Juniperus osteosperma Torrey.
Dichaetocoris nevadensis Knight. — Garfield Co. On Juniperus osteosperma Torrey.
Dichaetocorispiceicola (Knight).—Las Animas Co., Mineral Co. (Wolf Creek Pass*),
Routt Co. On Pice a engelmanni Parry.
Dichaetocoris spinosus (Knight).—Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Mesa
Co. On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg., Juniperus osteosperma Torrey.
Hadronema bispinosum Knight.—Larimer Co.
Hadronema militare Uhler.—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Costilla Co., Custer
Co., Dolores Co., Douglas Co., Elbert Co., El Paso Co., Gilpin Co., Jefferson
Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Mineral Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co.
Hadronema pictum Uhler.—El Paso Co. (Colorado Springs*), Larimer Co., Logan
Co., Prowers Co.
Hadronema princeps Uhler.—Dolores Co., Eagle Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co.,
Montezuma Co.
Hadronema simplex Knight.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Mineral Co.
Hadronema uhleri Van Duzee.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Pueblo Co.
Halticus apterus (L.). —“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of H. intermedius
Uhler.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
135
Halticus bractatus (Say). —“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of H. intermedius
Uhler.
Halticus intermedius Uhler.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On
Clematis linguisticifolia Nutt.
Heterocordylus malinus Slingerland.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Ilnacora albifrons Knight.—Denver Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co.,
Larimer Co., Logan Co., Routt Co., Weld Co. On Grindelia subalpina Greene.
Ilnacora chloris (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., Conejos Co., Costilla Co., Douglas Co.,
El Paso Co. (Colorado Springs area*), Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Montrose
Co. On Chrysopsis villosa Pursh.
Ilnacora divisa Reuter.—Boulder Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co.
Ilnacora stalii Reuter.—Costilla Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Rio Gran¬
de Co.
Ilnacorella nigrisquamosa Knight.—Dolores Co.
Ilnacorella sulcata Knight.—Gunnison Co., Montrose Co., Routt Co. On Ligus-
ticum porteri C. & R., Osmorhiza occidentalis Nutt.
Ilnacorella viridis (Uhler).—Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat
Springs*).
Labops burmeisteri Stfil.—Clear Creek Co. On tundra. A Holarctic species indig¬
enous to North America.
Labops hesperius Uhler.—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Douglas
Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co. Syntypes from Colorado and Montana. On grasses.
Labops hirtus Knight.—Eagle Co., Denver Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Min¬
eral Co., Park Co.
Labops utahensis Slater.—“Colo.”
Labopidea nigripes (Reuter).—“Colo.”
Labopidea simplex (Uhler). —Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Dolores Co., Douglas
Co., Eagle Co., Jefferson Co., Huerfano Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co., Routt
Co., Teller Co., (“Colo.”*), type locality not specified.
Lindbergocapsus lenensis (Lindberg).—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co. On Allium
geyeri Wats. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Lopidea balli Knight.—Arapahoe Co. (Denver*), Archuleta Co., Costilla Co.,
Crowley Co., Custer Co., Eagle Co., El Paso Co., Fremont Co., Gunnison Co.,
Huerfano Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Mesa Co., Morgan Co., Otero
Co., Sedgewick Co., Weld Co. On Salix amygdaloides Ander., Robinea neo-
mexicana Gray, Solidago sp. As interpreted by Asquith (1991), the subspecies
L. balli balli Knight occurs on the Great Plains, and the subspecies L. balli
chelifer Knight in the mountains.
Lopidea caesar (Reuter).—Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Otero Co., Prowers Co.
Probably misidentifications of L. instabilis (Reuter).
Lopidea confluenta (Say).—Morgan Co., Sedgewick Co. Probably a misidentifi¬
cation.
Lopidea confraterna (Gibson).—Boulder Co., Dolores Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson
Co., Montezuma Co., Ouray Co., Prowers Co., Weld Co., Yuma Co.
Lopidea cuneata Van Duzee.—Larimer Co., Otero Co.
Lopidea dakota Knight.—Alamosa Co., Arapahoe Co., Boulder Co., Denver Co.,
Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Moffat Co., Pueblo
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Co., Weld Co. On Conium maculatum L., Solidago canadensis L., Salix amyg-
daloides Ander., Symphoricarpos sp.
Lopidea falcicula Knight.—Archuleta Co., Conejos Co., Costilla Co., Dolores Co.
(Rico*), Huerfano Co., Gunnison Co., Las Animas Co., Mineral Co., Monte¬
zuma Co., Ouray Co., Pitkin Co., Rio Blanco Co. On Astragalus sp.
Lopidea heidemanni Knight.—Otero Co.
Lopidea hesperus (Kirkaldy).—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. On Amorpha fruticosa
L. As interpreted by Asquith (1991), Colorado populations belong to the sub¬
species L. hesperus amorphae Knight.
Lopidea instabilis (Reuter).—Arapahoe Co., Weld Co. On Salix interior Rowlee.
As interpreted by Asquith (1991) the Colorado populations belong to the nom¬
inate subspecies.
Lopidea marginata Uhler. —“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Lopidea media (Say).—Arapahoe Co., Boulder Co., Costilla Co., Denver Co.,
Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Garfield Co., Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Larimer
Co., Moffat Co., Routt Co., Teller Co. On Ceonothus fendleri Gray, Chryso-
thamnus nauseosus Pallas, Solidago sp.
Lopidea minor Knight.—(“Colo.”*), Denver Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. On
Dalea purpurea Vent.
Lopidea nicholella Knight.—Mesa Co. On Agropyron trachycalum Link.
Lopidea nigridia Uhler.—Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Mon¬
tezuma Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). Asquith (1990) recognized two
subspecies in Colorado, L. nigridia nigridia Uhler to the west of the Continental
Divide, and L. nigridia serica Knight (type locality Larimer Co., Fort Collins)
to the east. On Delphinium occidentale Wats., Lupinus sp.
Lopideapicta Knight.—Archuleta Co., Chaffee Co., Dolores Co., Eagle Co., Grand
Co., Gunnison Co., Moffat Co., Pueblo Co. (Pueblo*), Rio Blanco Co., Routt
Co. On Artemisia tridentata Nutt., Chrysothamnus sp.
Lopidea robineae (Uhler).—Douglas Co. On Robinea pseudoacacia L.
Lopidea robusta Uhler. —“Colo.”
Lopidea salicis Knight.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. On Salix amygdaloides Ander.
Lopidea teton Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co.,
Denver Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Teller Co.,
Weld Co. On Astragalus parryi Gray, Astragalus drummondi Doug., Astragalus
crassicarpus Nutt., Astragalus bisulcatus Hook., Oxytropus serica Nutt.
Lopidea ute Knight.—Archuleta Co., Conejos Co., Garfield Co., Mesa Co., Mon¬
tezuma Co., Montrose Co., Rio Blanco Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
On Sheperdia argentia Pursh., Lupinus sp. As interpreted by Asquith (1991)
the Colorado populations belong to the nominate subspecies.
Macrotyloides symmetricus Knight.—Larimer Co. (Estes Park*).
Macrotyloides vestitus (Uhler). —Gunnison Co., Larimer Co.
Mecomma angustatum (Uhler).—Clear Creek Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co.,
Rio Blanco Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*), Summit Co.
Melanotrichus albocostatus (Van Duzee).—Delta Co., Denver Co., Douglas Co.,
Elbert Co., Mesa Co., Routt Co. On Descurania sp., Cardaria sp.
Melanotrichus coagulatus (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., El Paso Co., Fremont Co.,
Huerfano Co., Jefferson Co. (Clear Creek Canyon*), Larimer Co., Las Animas
Co., Otero Co., Routt Co. On Chenopodium sp.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
137
Melanotrichus knighti Polhemus.—Eagle Co.
Melanotrichus senectus (Van Duzee).—El Paso Co., Gunnison Co., Pueblo Co.
Noctuocoris conspurcatus Schwartz & Stonedahl. Grand Co., Montrose Co. On
Pinus edulis Engelm., Pi mis contorta Dougl.
Noctuocoris fumidus (Van Duzee).—Larimer Co. (Ft. Collins*).
Orthotylus angulatus (Uhler).—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Costilla Co., Denver
Co., Dolores Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Larimer Co. (Fort Collins*), Las
Animas Co., Montezuma Co., Otero Co., Routt Co., Weld Co. On Betula
fontinalis Sarg.
Orthotylus candidatus Van Duzee.—Larimer Co., Mineral Co., Montrose Co. On
Populus tremuloides Michx.
Orthotylus dorsalis (Provancher).—Larimer Co. Probably a misidentification.
Orthotylusfuscicornis Knight.—Archuleta Co., Crowley Co., Dolores Co., Larimer
Co., Las Animas Co., Otero Co., Ouray Co., Rio Grande Co. (South Fork*).
On Salix sp.
Orthotylus lateralis Van Duzee.—Denver Co., Pueblo Co.
Orthotylus marginatus (Uhler).—Larimer Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
On Salix sp.
Orthotylus modestus Van Duzee.—Douglas Co. On Salix amygdaloides Ander.
Orthotylus ornatus Van Duzee.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co. On Salix
amygdaloides Ander.
Orthotylus rossi Knight.—Gunnison Co.
Orthotylus ute Knight. — Costilla Co. (Ft. Garland*), Jefferson Co., Gunnison Co.,
Las Animas Co. On Betula fontinalis Sarg., Alnus tenuifolia Nutt.
Orthotylus viridis Van Duzee.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On Salix interior Row-
lee.
Pamillia sp.—Douglas Co., Mesa Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Parthenicus sp. nr. atriplicis Knight. — Garfield Co. On Atriplex sp.
Parthenicus cercocarpi Knight.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On Cercocarpus mon-
tanus Raf.
Parthenicus cuneotinctus Knight.—Mesa Co. On Atriplex canescens Pursh.
Parthenicus obsoletus Knight.—Douglas Co., Otero Co. On Salix interior Rowlee.
Parthenicus oreades Knight.—Bent Co., Douglas Co. On Rhus trilobata Nutt.,
Ceanothus fendleri Gray.
Parthenicus pinicola Knight.—Chaffee Co., La Plata Co. (Durango*), Mesa Co.,
Montezuma Co., Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Parthenicus ribesi Knight.—Douglas Co., Larimer Co. (Estes Park*). On Ribes
cereum Dougl., Rubus sp.
Parthenicus sabulosus Van Duzee.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co. On Chrysotham-
nus nauseosus Pallas.
Parthenicus sp. nr. tenuis Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., Gunnison Co.
On Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Pseudopsallus abroniae Knight.—Weld Co.
Pseudopsallus anograe Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Mineral Co.
Pseudopsallus artemesicola Knight.—Otero Co.
Pseudopsallus atriseta (Van Duzee).—“Colo.”
Pseudopsallus demensus (Van Duzee).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On Gaura
coccinea Nutt.
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Pseudopsallus lajuntae Stonedahl & Schwartz.—Otero Co. At store lights.
Pseudopsallus major (Knight).—Mesa Co.
Pseudopsallus puberus (Uhler).—Montezuma Co.
Pseudopsallus repertus (Uhler).—Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*).
Pseudopsallus sericatus (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Mineral Co., Park
Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Pseudopsallus viridicans (Knight).—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Pueblo Co.
Sericophanes heidemanni Poppius.—Boulder Co., Delta Co., Elbert Co.
Sericophanes triangularis Knight. —Denver Co., Elbert Co., Prowers Co.
Slaterocoris alpinus Kelton.—Boulder Co. (Boulder*).
Slaterocoris apache Kelton.—Alamosa Co., Archuleta Co., Chaffee Co., Conejos
Co., Dolores Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co., Las
Animas Co., Montezuma Co., Ouray Co. On Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Slaterocoris atritibialis (Knight).—Alamosa Co., Costilla Co., Larimer Co.,
Routt Co.
Slaterocoris burkei Knight.—Ouray Co. (Ridgway*).
Slaterocoris croceipes (Uhler). —Gunnison Co., Montezuma Co., San Juan Co.,
Weld Co. On Chrysothamnus sp.
Slaterocoris pallidicornis (Knight). —Costilla Co., Denver Co., Larimer Co., Las
Animas Co.
Slaterocoris robustus (Uhler).—Denver Co., Boulder Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson
Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Artemisia tridentata
Nutt.
Slaterocoris rubrofemoratus Knight. —Moffat Co.
Slaterocoris sheridani Knight.—“Colo.”
Slaterocoris stygicus (Say).—Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Las Ani¬
mas Co., Routt Co. On Symphoricarpos sp.
Slaterocoris utahensis Knight.—Routt Co.
Subfamily Mirinae
Adelphocoris lineolatus (Goeze).—Arapahoe Co., Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Eagle
Co., Garfield Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co.
Adelphocoris rapidus (Say).—Larimer Co., Pueblo Co.
Adelphocoris superbus (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., Bent Co., Conejos Co., Denver
Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Gunnison Co., Huerfano Co., Jefferson Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Las Animas Co., Otero Co., Routt Co., Saguache Co., Weld Co. On
Lupinus sp., Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Agnocoris pulvurulentus (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Mesa
Co., Otero Co. On Salix amygdaloides Ander.
Agnocoris rubicundus (Fallen).—Larimer Co., Otero Co. A Holarctic species in¬
digenous to North America.
Autumnimiris rubicundus (Uhler).—(“Colo.”*), type locality not specified.
Bolteria amicta Uhler.—Pueblo Co., Teller Co. On Juniperus monosperma En-
gelm.
Bolteria luteifrons Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co. On Juniperus scopulorum
Sarg., ornamental junipers.
Bolteria mexicana (?) Kelton.—Montrose Co., San Juan Co. On Juniperus sp.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
139
Bolteria nicholi Knight.—Dolores Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Jefferson Co.,
Montrose Co., San Juan Co. On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg.
Bolteria schaffneri Knight.—Eagle Co., Jackson Co. (Gould*), Larimer Co., Sa¬
guache Co., San Juan Co. On Juniperus communis L.
Calocoris barberi Henry & Wheeler.—“Colo.”
Calocoris fasciaventris Stdl. —“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Capsus cinctus (Kolenati).—Douglas Co., Mesa Co. On grasses. A Holarctic species
indigenous to North America.
Closterocoris amoenus (Provancher).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Dichrooscytus alpinus Kelton.—Boulder Co., Eagle Co., Larimer Co. (Rainbow
Lakes*), La Plata Co., Montrose Co. On Juniperus communis L.
Dichrooscytus angustifrons Knight.—Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*).
Dichrooscytus cuneatus Knight.—La Plata Co. (Durango*).
Dichrooscytus flavivenosus Knight.—Douglas Co., Montezuma Co. On Juniperus
scopulorum Sarg.
Dichrooscytus fuscosignatus Knight.—Archuleta Co. (Pagosa Springs*), Douglas
Co., Eagle Co. On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg.
Dichrooscytus irroratus Van Duzee. —Garfield Co. (Rifle*), La Plata Co., Larimer
Co., Montezuma Co., Ouray Co.
Dichrooscytus junipericola Knight. —Eagle Co.
Dichrooscytus latifrons Knight.—Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*).
Dichrooscytus nitidus Knight.—Archuleta Co. (Pagosa Springs*). On Juniperus sp.
Dichrooscytus rostratus Kelton.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Gunnison Co.,
Larimer Co. On Pinus flexilis James.
Dichrooscytus ruberellus Knight.—Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*). On Juniperus
communis L.
Dichrooscytus rufivenosus Knight.—Archuleta Co. (Pagosa Springs*), Douglas Co.
On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg.
Dichrooscytus suspectus Reuter.—Larimer Co.
Ecertobia decora Reuter.—Larimer Co., Prowers Co.
Irbisia brachycera (Uhler).—Douglas Co., Elbert Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co.,
Moffat Co., Weld Co. (Weld Co.*).
Irbisia elongata Knight.—Eagle Co.
Irbisia pacifica (Uhler).—Mesa Co.
Irbisia serrata Bliven.—Montrose Co.
Irbisia shulli Knight.—Eagle Co.
Leptopterna dolobrata (L.).—“Colo.” A Palearctic species introduced to North
America.
Leptopterna ferrugata (Fallen).—Archuleta Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Mineral Co. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Litomiris debilis (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co. (Berthoud
Pass*), Custer Co., Dolores Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., El Paso Co., Grand
Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co.,
Mineral Co., Moffat Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co., Summit Co., Teller Co.,
Weld Co.
Lygidea annexa (Uhler).—(“Colo.”*), Clear Creek Co., Costilla Co., Eagle Co.,
Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. On Salix sp. Species concepts in
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Lygidea are badly in need of revision. It is likely that only two species actually
occur in Colorado.
Lygidea rosacea Reuter.—Boulder Co., Douglas Co. On Salix interior Rowlee.
Lygidea rubecula (Uhler).—Conejos Co., Delta Co., El Paso Co., Larimer Co.,
Otero Co., Ouray Co., Rio Grande Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On
Salix sp. The subspecies infuscata Reuter was also described from “Colorado,”
with no precise type locality specified.
Lygidea salicis Knight.—Bent Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Routt Co.
Lygocoris atritylus (Knight).—Costilla Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Rio
Grande Co.
Lygocoris communis (Knight).—Costilla Co., Eagle Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer
Co., Ouray Co., Rio Grande Co. On Prunus virginiana L.
Lygocoris contaminatus (Fallen).—Costilla Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co.
On Betula fontinalis Sarg. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Lygocoris pabulinus (L.).—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Eagle
Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co., San Juan Co., Summit Co. On Sambucus sp.,
Heracleum sphondylium L. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Lygus atriflavus Knight.—Archuleta Co., Denver Co., Elbert Co., El Paso Co.,
Garfield Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Moffat Co., Rio Blanco
Co. On Astragalus parryi Gray, Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas, Lupinus ar-
genteus Pursh.
Lygus borealis (Kelton).—Clear Creek Co., Larimer Co.
Lygus ceanothi Knight.—Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*).
Lygus columbiensis Knight.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Grand Co., Larimer
Co., Pitkin Co.
Lygus convexicollis Reuter.—Routt Co.
Lygus elisus Van Duzee.—Alamosa Co., Chaffee Co., Denver Co., El Paso Co.,
Fremont Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Larimer
Co., Mesa Co., Montezuma Co., Pueblo Co., Saguache Co., Teller Co., Weld Co.
Lygus hesperus Knight.—Adams Co., Boulder Co., Crowley Co., Denver Co.,
Gunnison Co., Lake Co., Larimer Co., Mineral Co., Montezuma Co., Otero
Co., Park Co., Prowers Co., Routt Co.
Lygus humeralis Knight.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Grand Co., Larimer Co.,
Pitkin Co.
Lygus lineolaris (Palisot de Beauvois).—Denver Co., El Paso Co., Huerfano Co.,
Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Otero Co., Pueblo Co., Weld Co.
Lygus nigropallidus Knight. —Costilla Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Las An¬
imas Co., Mesa Co. On Lupinus argenteus Pursh.
Lygus nubilatus Knight.—“Colo.”
Lygus nubilusY an Duzee. — Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On Clematis linguisticifolia
Nutt., Sambucus microbotrys Ryd.
Lygusperplexus Stanger.—Archuleta Co., Grand Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co.,
Mesa Co., San Juan Co., Summit Co.
Lygus plagiatus Uhler.—Denver Co., El Paso Co. (Manitou Springs*), Lari¬
mer Co.
Lygus potentillae Kelton.—“Colo.”
Lygus ravus Stanger.—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co.
Lygus robustus (Uhler).—Jackson Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
141
Lygus rufidorsus (Kelton).—Boulder Co., Routt Co.
Lygus shulli Knight.—Boulder Co., Custer Co., Denver Co., El Paso Co., Grand
Co., Huerfano Co., Jefferson Co., Mesa Co., Teller Co.
Lygus unctuosus (Kelton).—Eagle Co.
Lygus varius Knight. —Boulder Co., Larimer Co.
Metriorrhynchomiris dislocatus (Say).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Mimoceps insignis Uhler.—Eagle Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Rio Grande Co.
Neoborella pseudotsugae Kelton & Herring.—Clear Creek Co. On Arceuthobium
sp. parasitizing Pinus aristata.
Neoborella tumida Knight.—Eagle Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On Arceu¬
thobium vaginatum Willd., Arceuthobium americanum Nutt.
Neoborella xanthenes Herring.—Eagle Co., Larimer Co. (Red Feather Lakes*).
On Arceuthobium americanum Nutt.
Neoborops vigilax Uhler.—Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Salix sp.
Neurocolpus nubilus (Say).—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co.,
Routt Co. On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Neurocolpus tiliae Knight.—Arapahoe Co. On ornamental Tilia americana L.
Introduced on nursery stock.
Oncerometopus impictus Knight.—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Dolores Co., El Paso
Co., Larimer Co. (Pingree Park*), Montezuma Co., Routt Co.
Oncerometopus nasutus Knight.—Logan Co. (Sterling*), Weld Co.
Oncerometopus nicholi Knight.—Montezuma Co.
Oncerometopus nigriclavus Reuter.—Baca Co., Las Animas Co., Prowers Co.
Oncerometopus ruber Reuter.—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification of O. nigri¬
clavus Reuter.
Orthops scutellatus Uhler.—Boulder Co., Dolores Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co.,
Jefferson Co. (Clear Creek Canyon*), Larimer Co., Rio Grande Co., Routt Co.
On Conium maculatum L.
Phytocoris albidosquamosus Knight.—Rio Blanco Co.
Phytocoris annulicornis (Reuter).—“Colo.” Probably a misidentification.
Phytocoris breviusculus Reuter.—Probably a misidentification.
Phytocoris carnosulus Van Duzee.—Montezuma Co.
Phytocoris cercocarpi Knight.—El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co. (Stone¬
wall*). On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Phytocoris cinereus Stonedahl. —Chaffee Co., Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Fremont
Co., Jefferson Co. (Morrison*), Saguache Co. On Chrysothamnus nauseosus
Pallas.
Phytocoris comulus Knight.—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Costilla Co., Douglas Co.,
Elbert Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Mesa Co., Montrose
Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws, Pinus edulis Engelm.
Phytocoris consors Van Duzee.—Garfield Co., Mesa Co., Pueblo Co. On Atriplex
canescens Pursh.
Phytocoris conspicuus Johnson. —“Colo.”
Phytocoris conspurcatus Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., Routt Co. On Salix
interior Rowlee.
Phytocoris corticola Stonedahl.—Clear Creek Co., Douglas Co.
Phytocoris cowaniae Stonedahl.—Mesa Co. On Cowania stansburiana Torr.
Phytocoris cuneotinctus Knight.—Mesa Co. On Atriplex canescens Pursh.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Phytocoris decorus (Reuter).—Larimer Co., Prowers Co.
Phytocoris decurvatus Knight.—Douglas Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Montrose
Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Phytocoris dumicola Stonedahl.—Larimer Co.
Phytocoris eximius Reuter.—“Colo.” A predominantly eastern U.S. species. Col¬
orado record unconfirmed.
Phytocoris eurekae Bliven. — “Colo.”
Phytocoris fraterculus Van Duzee.—Douglas Co., Elbert Co., Jefferson Co., Lar¬
imer Co., Las Animas Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Phytocoris heidemanni Reuter.—Douglas Co., Elbert Co. On Pinus ponderosa
Laws.
Phytocoris hopi Knight.—Archuleta Co., El Paso Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co.,
Jefferson Co., La Plata Co., Montezuma Co. On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Phytocoris inops Uhler.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. (Beaver Brook Gulch*), La
Plata Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co. On Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas,
Quercus gambelii Nutt., Cercocarpus montanus Raf., Holodiscus dumosus Nutt.
Phytocoris intermontanus Stonedahl.—Larimer Co.
Phytocoris interspersus Uhler.—Clear Creek Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., El Paso
Co. (Cheyenne Canyon, nr. Colorado Springs*), Las Animas Co., Montrose Co.,
Routt Co., Summit Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt., Betula fontinalis Sarg.,
Populus tremuloides Michx., Epilobium augustifolium L., Acer glabrum Torr.
Phytocoris juliae Stonedahl.—Arapahoe Co., Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Jefferson
Co., Rio Blanco Co. On Pseudotsuga menziesii Mirb.
Phytocoris juniperanus Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Mesa Co., Montrose Co. On Ju-
niperus sp.
Phytocoris kiowa Stonedahl. —Garfield Co., Las Animas Co., Montezuma Co. On
Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Phytocoris knowltoni Knight.—Dolores Co., Routt Co. On Picea engelmanni
Parry.
Phytocoris laevis (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., Baca Co., Chaffee Co., Douglas Co.,
Garfield Co. (Glenwood Springs*), Las Animas Co., Otero Co., Weld Co. On
Gutierrezia sarothrae Pursh., Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Phytocoris lasiomerus Reuter.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co. On Symphoricar-
pos sp.
Phytocoris lineatus Reuter.—Garfield Co. (Rifle*).
Phytocoris listi Knight.—Larimer Co. (Ft. Collins*), Las Animas Co., Otero Co.
Phytocoris mellarius Knight.—Montrose Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Phytocoris mirus Knight.—Boulder Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas
Co. (Stonewall*). On Pseudotsuga menziesii Mirb.
Phytocoris neglectus Knight.—Clear Creek Co., Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Las
Animas Co., Park Co. On Picea engelmanni Parry, Pinus contorta Dougl.
Phytocoris omani Stonedahl.—Grand Co., Moffat Co.
Phytocoris olseni Knight.—Douglas Co., Garfield Co., Jefferson Co., Montezuma
Co., Montrose Co. On Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Phytocoris pallidicornis Reuter.—Routt Co.
Phytocorispiceicola Knight.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Las Animas Co. (Stone¬
wall*). On Picea engelmanni Parry.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
143
Phytocoris polhemusi Stonedahl.—Las Animas Co. (Stonewall*). On Pinus edulis
Engelm., Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Phytocoris relativus Knight.—Douglas Co. On Cercocarpus montanus Raf., Ribes
cereum Dougl., Quercus gambelii Nutt.
Phytocoris reticulatus Knight.—Montezuma Co. On Quercus turbinella Greene.
Phytocoris rostratus Knight.—Gunnison Co., Montrose Co., Saguache Co., Weld
Co. On Artemisia filifolia Ton*., Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Phytocoris schuhi Stonedahl.—Douglas Co., Fremont Co., Larimer Co. On Ju-
niperus scopulorum Sarg.
Phytocoris schwartzi Stonedahl.—Weld Co. On Artemisia filifolia Torr.
Phytocoris shoshoni Stonedahl.—Chaffee Co., Eagle Co., Grand Co., Las Animas
Co., Mesa Co. (Colorado National Monument*), Pitkin Co., Pueblo Co. On
Pinus edulis Engelm., Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Phytocoris simulatus Knight.—Costilla Co. (Ft. Garland*), Dolores Co., La Plata
Co., Las Animas Co., Montrose Co., Pueblo Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm.
Phytocoris stellatus Van Duzee.—Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co., Eagle Co., Larimer
Co., Las Animas Co., Park Co., Routt Co., Summit Co. On Pinus aristata
Engelm., Pinus contorta Dougl., Pinus flexilis James, Pinus edulis Engelm.
Phytocoris sublineatus Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Chaffee Co., Douglas Co., Elbert
Co. On Chrysothamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Phytocoris tenuis Van Duzee.—Eagle Co. On Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Phytocoris umbrosus Knight.—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las An¬
imas Co. (Stonewall*), Mesa Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Phytocoris utahensis Knight.—Saguache Co.
Phytocoris validus Reuter.—Larimer Co. (Ft. Collins*), Gunnison Co. On Chrys¬
othamnus nauseosus Pallas.
Phytocoris vanduzeei Reuter.—Routt Co.
Phytocoris varius Knight.—La Plata Co., Montrose Co. On Juniperus monosperma
Engelm.
Phytocoris ventrails Van Duzee.—Mesa Co. On Ephedra sp.
Phytocoris yollabollae Bliven.—Jefferson Co. On Pseudotsuga menziesii Mirb.
Pinalitus approximatus (St&l). — Clear Creek Co., Dolores Co., Gunnison Co.,
Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Pitkin Co., Routt Co., San Juan Co., Summit Co. A
Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Pinalitus rostratus Kelton.—La Plata Co., Larimer Co., Summit Co.
Pinalitus rubrotinctus Knight.—Boulder Co., Grand Co., La Plata Co., Montezuma
Co., San Juan Co.
Pinalitus solivagus (Van Duzee).—Huerfano Co., Las Animas Co. On Picea en-
gelmanni Parry.
Platylygus balli Knight.—Boulder Co., El Paso Co., Las Animas Co.
Platylygus grandis Knight.—El Paso Co., La Plata Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas
Co., Montezuma Co., Teller Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Platylygus intermedius Knight.—La Plata Co. On Pinus flexilis James.
Platylygus knighti Kelton.—Boulder Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas
Co., Teller Co. On Pinus ponderosa Laws, Pinus aristata Engelm.
Platylygus luridus (Reuter).—Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Routt Co. On Pinus
ponderosa Laws, Pinus flexilis James, Pinus aristata Engelm.
Platylyguspiceicola Kelton.—Clear Creek Co., Park Co. On Pinus aristata Engelm.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Platylygus rolfsi Knight.—El Paso Co., Larimer Co.
Platylygus rubripes Knight.—Boulder Co., Clear Creek Co., Grand Co., Gunnison
Co., Larimer Co., Pitkin Co., Routt Co. On Pinus contorta Dougl.
Platylygus vanduzeei Usinger.—Dolores Co., Eagle Co., Grand Co., Mesa Co.,
Montezuma Co., Montrose Co., Park Co. On Pinus edulis Engelm., Pinus pon-
derosa Laws.
Polymerus americanus (Reuter). —“Colo.”
Polymerus balli Knight.—Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Larimer Co., Morgan Co.,
Prowers Co., Weld Co.
Polymerus basalis (Reuter).—Baca Co., Conejos Co., Crowley Co., Douglas Co.,
El Paso Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Prowers Co., Routt Co.
Polymerus basivittis (Reuter).—Archuleta Co., Costilla Co., Eagle Co., Jefferson
Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co., San Juan Co., Teller Co. Both the nominate
subspecies and P. basivittus pallidulus Knight have been listed from Colorado,
the latter with no definitive locality data.
Polymerus chrysopsis Knight.—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co., Jefferson Co. On
Chrysopsis villosa Pursh.
Polymerus cognatus (Fieber).—Larimer Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co. A Hol-
arctic species indigenous to North America.
Polymerus diffusus (Uhler).—Arapahoe Co., Denver Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co.,
Larimer Co., Mineral Co., Rio Blanco Co.
Polymerus flaviloris Knight.—Archuleta Co., Boulder Co., Costilla Co., Dolores
Co., Douglas Co., Gunnison Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co.,
Mineral Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co.
Polymerus relativus Knight.—Chaffee Co., Costilla Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co.,
Mineral Co., Montezuma Co. (Dolores*), Teller Co.
Polymerus rubrocuneatus Knight. —Eagle Co., Montezuma Co., Routt Co.
Polymerus rubroornatus Knight. —Clear Creek Co., Huerfano Co., Larimer Co.,
Las Animas Co. (Stonewall*).
Polymerus rufipes Knight. —Clear Creek Co., Crowley Co., Douglas Co., Las An¬
imas Co., Routt Co.
Polymerus tumidifrons Knight.—Routt Co.
Polymerus uhleri (Van Duzee).—Chaffee Co., Denver Co., Larimer Co., Las An¬
imas Co., Otero Co., Weld Co.
Polymerus unifasciatus (F.). —Larimer Co., Routt Co. A Holarctic species indig¬
enous to North America. Some of the Colorado records may be misidentifi-
cations of P. cognatus (Fieber).
Polymerus venaticus (Uhler).—Boulder Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co.
Porpomiris curtulus (Reuter).—Yuma Co. On Panicum virgatum L.
Prepops atripennis (Reuter). —“Colo.”
Prepops bivittis (StM).—Larimer Co., Routt Co.
Prepops borealis Knight.—Eagle Co.
Prepops circumcinctus (Say). —Larimer Co.
Prepops confraternus (Uhler). —Boulder Co., Douglas Co., Elbert Co., El Paso Co.,
Jefferson Co., Larimer Co. On Rhus trilobata Nutt.
Prepops eremicola (Knight).—Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Mineral Co.,
San Miguel Co.
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
145
Prepops insignis (Say).—Larimer Co. Probably a misidentification of P. confra-
ternus (Uhler).
Prepops insitivus (Say).—Alamosa Co.
Prepops rubroscutellatus (Knight).—El Paso Co., Larimer Co.
Prepops rubrovittatus (StM).—Larimer Co., Las Animas Co.
Proba distanti (Atkinson).—Jefferson Co., Montrose Co. On Scophularia lanceo-
lata Pursh.
Proba sallei (StM).—Boulder Co., Eagle Co., Gunnison Co., Huerfano Co., Jackson
Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Montrose Co., Ouray Co., Routt Co. On
Artemisia tridentata Nutt.
Rhasis leviscutatus (Knight).—Douglas Co., Elbert Co., El Paso Co., Jefferson Co.
On Cercocarpus montanus Raf.
Salignus distinguendus (Reuter).—Clear Creek Co., Douglas Co., Eagle Co., Jack-
son Co., Larimer Co., Las Animas Co., Mineral Co., Summit Co. On various
Salix sp. A Holarctic species indigenous to North America.
Stenodema pilosipes Kelton.—“Colo.”
Stenodema trispinosa Reuter.—Clear Creek Co., Gunnison Co., Larimer Co.,
Mesa Co., Routt Co., Saguache Co. A Holarctic species indigenous to North
America.
Stenodema vicina (Provancher).—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Custer Co., Douglas
Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Jefferson Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co., Mineral
Co., Otero Co.
Stenotus binotatus (F.).—Delta Co., Dolores Co., Douglas Co., Huerfano Co.,
Jefferson Co. A Palearctic species introduced to North America.
Taedia casta (MeAtee).—Larimer Co.
Taedia colon (Say).—Larimer Co. Based on a Ball specimen collected in 1899.
Not seen since.
Taedia deletica (Reuter).—Elbert Co., Logan Co., Prowers Co., Weld Co. On
Artemisia filifolia Torr.
Taedia evonymi (Knight).—Douglas Co., Jefferson Co.
Taedia salicis (Knight).—“Colo.”
Taedia scrupea (Say).—Arapahoe Co., Douglas Co. On Salix interior Rowlee,
Salix amygdaloides Ander.
Teratocoris caricis Kirkaldy. —Eagle Co., Gunnison Co., Jackson Co., Larimer
Co., Routt Co. (Steamboat Springs*). On Carex sp.
Teratocoris discolor Uhler.—Larimer Co., Morgan Co., Prowers Co., Yuma Co.
Teratocoris paludum Sahlberg.—Larimer Co. A Holarctic species indigenous to
North America.
Teratocoris saundersi Douglas & Scott.—Eagle Co., Larimer Co. A Holarctic
species indigenous to North America.
Trigonotylus americanus Carvalho.—Boulder Co., Chaffee Co., Clear Creek Co.,
Jackson Co., Larimer Co., Mesa Co.
Trigonotylus antennatus Kelton.—Moffat Co.
Trigonotylus doddi (Distant).—“Colo.”
Trigonotylus longipes Slater & Wagner.—Garfield Co., Mesa Co.
Trigonotylus pulcher Reuter.—Larimer Co., Prowers Co., Routt Co.
Trigonotylus ruficornis (Geoffrey).—Jackson Co., Larimer Co., Routt Co.
Trigonotylus tarsalis (Reuter).—Delta Co., Mesa Co., Yuma Co.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Trigonotylus uhleri (Reuter).—Larimer Co. Probably a misidentification.
Trigonotylus viridis (Provancher). —“Colo.” A Holarctic species indigenous to
North America.
Tropidosteptes amoenus Reuter.—Larimer Co. On Fraxinus sp.
Tropidosteptes sp. (prob. undescribed).—Mesa Co. On Fraxinus anomala Torr.
Acknowledgment
A special debt of gratitude goes to John T. Polhemus of Englewood, Colorado,
who reviewed the drafts of this manuscript and made substantial contributions
to its content through his numerous collections of Miridae from throughout Col¬
orado. These collections, pursued both on his own and in the company of the
author, have greatly increased our understanding of the state’s mirid fauna. In
addition, special thanks go to Thomas J. Henry, USDA Systematic Entomology
Laboratory % Smithsonian Institution, who read the preliminary drafts of the
manuscript, adding many useful comments that led to its improvement, and
provided an invaluable service by matching C. F. Baker collection numbers to
actual localities. Finally, this work could not have been completed without the
assistance of the following curators, who allowed the author to examine the col¬
lections held under their care: Richard C. Froeschner, National Museum of Nat¬
ural History, Smithsonian Institution; Randall T. Schuh, American Museum of
Natural History; Robert Brooks, University of Kansas; Stephen L. Wood, Brigham
Young University; George F. Edmunds, Jr., University of Utah; Carl Olson,
University of Arizona; and Howard E. Evans, Colorado State University.
Literature Cited
Asquith, A. 1990. Taxonomy and variation of the Lopidea nigridea complex of western North
America (Heteroptera: Miridae: Orthotylinae). Great Basin Nat., 50: 135-154.
Asquith, A. 1991. Revision of the genus Lopidea Uhler in America north of Mexico (Heteroptera:
Miridae). Theses Zoologicae, 16: 1-279.
Brimley, C. S. 1938. Insects of North Carolina. North Carolina Dept. Agr., Raleigh.
Gillette, C. P. & C. F. Baker. 1895. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Colorado. Bull. Colo.
Agric. Exp. Stn., 31 (Technical Series No. I): 1-137.
Henry, T. J. 1991. Revision of Keltonia and the cotton fleahopper genus Pseudatomoscelis, with the
description of a new genus and an analysis of their relationships (Heteroptera: Miridae: Phy-
linae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 99: 351-404.
Henry, T. J. & C. L. Smith. 1979. An annotated list of the Miridae of Georgia (Hemiptera-Heter¬
optera). J. Geo. Entomol. Soc., 14: 212-220.
Henry, T. J. & R. C. Froeschner. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and the
continental United States. E. J. Brill, New York, xix + 958 pp.
Knight, H. H. 1940. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey, 22: 1-
234.
Knight, H. H. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada test site and the western United
States. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., 9: vii + 282 pp.
Lattin, J. D., T. J. Henry & M. D. Schwartz. 1992. Lygus desertinus Knight, 1944, a newly recognized
synonym of Lygus elisus Van Duzee, 1914 (Heteroptera: Miridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.,
94: 12-25.
Polhemus, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus. 1988. A new ant mimetic mirid from the Colorado tundra
(Hemiptera: Miridae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 64: 23-27.
Schuh, R. T. & M. D. Schwartz. 1988. Revision of the New World Pilophorini (Heteroptera: Miridae:
Phylinae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 187: 102-201.
Schwartz, M. D. 1990. A review of the late season Stenodemini of southwest North America, and
1994
POLHEMUS: MIRIDS OF COLORADO
147
a description of Caracoris, new genus and species from Brazil (Heteroptera: Miridae). Amer.
Mus. Novitates, 2995: 1-36.
Schwartz, M. D., G. G. E. Scudder & T. J. Henry. 1991. The first Nearctic records of two Holarctic
species of Polymerus Hahn, with remarks on a monophyletic species-group (Heteroptera: Miri¬
dae: Mirinae). Can. Ent., 123: 721-743.
Stonedahl, G. M. 1988. Revision of the mirine genus Phytocoris Fallen (Heteroptera: Miridae) for
western North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 88: 1-257.
Stonedahl, G. M. 1990. Revision and cladistic analysis of the holarctic genus Atractotomus Fieber
(Heteroptera: Miridae: Phylinae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 98: 1-88.
Uhler, P. R. 1877a. Report on the insects collected by P. R. Uhler during the explorations of 1875,
including monographs of the families Cydnidae and Saldae, and the Hemiptera collected by A.
S. Packard, Jr., M. D. Bull. U.S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, 3: 355—
475, 765-801, plates 27-28.
Uhler, P. R. 1877b. Report upon the Hemiptera collected during the years 1874 and 1875, by Mr.
P. R. Uhler. In Wheeler, G. M. Ann. Rpt. on the Geographical Surveys (West of the One-
hundredth Meridian) of the Chief Engineer for 1877. Appendix NN: 1322-1334.
Watson, S. A. 1928. The Miridae of Ohio. Ohio State Univ. Bull., 33: 1-44.
Wheeler, A. G., Jr., T. J. Henry & T. L. Mason. 1983. An annotated list of the Miridae of West
Virginia (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 109: 127-158.
Wray, D. L. 1967. Insects of North Carolina. Third supplement. North Carolina Dept. Agr., Raleigh.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 148-158, (1994)
TETRAMORIUM CAESPITUM (LINNAEUS) AND
LIOMETOPUM LUCTUOSUM W. M. WHEELER
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE): NEW STATE RECORDS
FOR IDAHO AND OREGON, WITH NOTES ON
THEIR NATURAL HISTORY
Frank W. Merickel 1 and William H. Clark 2
division of Entomology, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843;
2 Orma J. Smith Museum of Natural History, Albertson College of Idaho,
Caldwell, Idaho 83605
Abstract.— The pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (L.) (Hymenoptera, Formicidae, Myr-
mecinae) is reported from Idaho for the first time with additional records given for Oregon.
Tetramorium caespitum was found almost exclusively in urban or disturbed environments. The
ants were observed gnawing through wheat stems and leaves to obtain Russian Wheat Aphids
which they carried back to their nest. Tetramorium caespitum has replaced Lasius neoniger
Emery in at least two instances in southern Idaho. Liometopum luctuosum W. M. Wheeler
(Hymenoptera, Formicidae, Dolichoderinae) is reported from Idaho and represents a new Pacific
Northwest record. Liometopum luctuosum collections were made from inside buildings and
houses in northern Idaho and from a rangeland area in south central Idaho.
Key Words. — Insecta, Formicidae, Tetramorium caespitum, Liometopum luctuosum, Diuraphis
noxia, Idaho, Oregon, pest ants
The pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (L.), is an introduced species that
is widespread over much of Europe, Asia and Africa. In the United States, it is
found in most states from the Atlantic seaboard to the Mississippi Valley (Creigh¬
ton 1950) and has been reported in the west from Utah (Allred 1982), Nevada
(Wheeler & Wheeler 1986), California (Cook 1953, Knight & Rust 1990), and
Washington (Krombein et al. 1979; Schultz 1980, 1982); it was not surprising to
find it in either Idaho or Oregon. Liometopum luctuosum W. M. Wheeler is a
native species ranging from Wyoming, Colorado, west Texas and Arizona to
California (Krombein et al. 1979) and Nevada (Wheeler & Wheeler 1986). Idaho
can now be added to its known distribution and this represents the first record
of this ant in the Pacific Northwest.
This paper reports both the distribution and habits of these ants in Idaho. With
the addition of these two species, Idaho is home to 125 species of ants (Yensen
etal. 1977).
Materials and Methods
The ant distributions reported here are from collections made by the authors,
extension personnel, and pest control officials. Voucher specimens of T. caespitum
and L. luctuosum have been deposited in the William F. Barr Entomological
Museum, University of Idaho, Moscow (WFBM) and the Orma J. Smith Museum
of Natural History, Albertson College of Idaho, Caldwell (CIDA). Samples of
fragment piles found in houses infested with L. luctuosum were examined with
an Amray Model 1830 Scanning Electron Microscope to determine if the ants
1994
MERICKEL & CLARK: IDAHO AND OREGON ANTS
149
had excavated wood or some other material. An opportunity to record pavement
ant predation on the Russian Wheat Aphid (RWA), Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko)
occurred during the summer of 1990 at the Manis Greenhouse Laboratory of the
University of Idaho.
Results and Discussion
Tetramorium caespitum
The keys and discussion in Wheeler & Wheeler (1986) provide an adequate
account of the appearance of the pavement ant. This is a moderately small ant
(workers 2.5-3.0 mm); body color ranges from brown to dark red-brown to nearly
black. Other characteristics useful for identification of this ant include: Myrme-
cinae, body covered with coarse hairs, antennae with 3-segmented club, clypeus
forming ridge in front of antennae fossa, propodeum with short spines, and femora
enlarged.
Distribution.— The first record of T. caespitum in Idaho was from museum
specimens in the WFBM collected in Lewiston, Nez Perce Co., on 20 Apr 1979.
Lewiston is an ideal location for the introduction of a species into Idaho because
it is an inland seaport connected to Portland via the Snake and Columbia Rivers,
is the lowest elevation (226 m) in the state, and has a mild climate. Over the past
several years we have made numerous collections and observations of the species
in Idaho (Fig. 1) (Table 1). To date, T. caespitum has been collected in Ada,
Bonneville, Canyon, Elmore, Gooding, Idaho, and Latah Counties (Fig. 1). Schultz
(unpublished data) mentions the pavement ant as occurring sporadically in north¬
eastern Oregon though no other information is given. Our collection records and
those provided by Daniel Hilbum (Oregon Department of Agriculture) indicate
that T. caespitum occurs in nearly all metropolitan areas in Oregon (Table 1).
Observations.— Based on surveys by Yensen et al. (1977) and recency of the
first collection of T. caespitum in Idaho, it is evident that this species has rapidly
expanded its range. All, except one, of our Idaho collections have been from
disturbed or protected situations such as sidewalks, along foundations, and in
structures. This is in contrast to areas in eastern North America and California
where colonies are commonly found nesting in open areas without the aid of
covering objects (Bruder & Gupta 1972, Reil et al. 1982). Of the nine collections
in Latah, Nez Perce and Idaho Counties, four were of stray workers in buildings,
one was foraging workers in a greenhouse and three were associated with concrete
slabs. A single collection of workers moving in and out of 75.2 mm-101.6 mm
x 25.4 mm crater nests in Orofino, Idaho is the only example of open nesting.
Of the 18 collections in southern Idaho, 13 were in and around building foun¬
dations, and five were associated with concrete slabs. The remainder were either
single collections of alate females or had no definite information associated with
them. One collection was made from a partly rotten cottonwood ( Populus ) log.
Numerous referrals from pest control officers and other professionals in Idaho
indicate that the pavement ant is now a significant urban pest. Reports over the
last two years most commonly concern messy earthworks on sidewalks, driveways,
and other outdoor structures. Workers are frequently found in large numbers
around garbage cans and rotting fruit such as apples under trees. Reil et al. (1982)
reported T. caespitum as a pest in almond orchards in California where workers
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Figure 1. Distribution of Tetramorium caespitum in Idaho and Oregon and Liometopum luctuosum
in Idaho.
would chew into the inner kernel of almonds on the ground. Young mint plants
in Idaho were damaged by workers chewing on both stems and roots (Craig Baird,
personal communication). Several reports of workers foraging inside structures
such as basements, around pet food, and in greenhouses indicate its potential as
a household pest.
Predation. —The pavement ant has attracted attention as a household, green¬
house and nursery pest. Described as being omnivorous (Smith 1965, Wheeler &
Wheeler 1986), there have been few direct observations of pavement ants preying
on other insects. Soil dropping by pavement ants as a means of overcoming the
ground nesting Alkali Bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerell (Schultz 1982) represents
a fascinating behavior for subduing prey that are much larger in size than the ant.
A greenhouse research colony of RWAs maintained on wheat was devastated by
pavement ants in three days. The ants aggressively gnawed through leaves and
stems to get at aphids (Figs. 2-3). Aphids were not tended by the ants but carried
back to the colony (Fig. 4). Examination of the aphids carried by the ants (Fig.
5) just prior to entering the colony indicated they were still alive. Whether the
aphids were to be tended within the colony or directly consumed is unknown. It
was estimated that several grams of RWAs were carried away by the ants.
As T. caespitum becomes better established in Idaho, it should prove interesting
to follow colony development. Observations of T. caespitum occupying two former
nest sites of Lasius neoniger Emery along a sidewalk and a concrete step/foun¬
dation joint indicate that it has the capability to displace native ant species. This
1994 MERICKEL & CLARK: IDAHO AND OREGON ANTS 151
Table 1. Collection records for Tetramorium caespitum in Oregon and Idaho.
Location Date Situation
Oregon records
Clackamas Co., Clackamas
Douglas Co., 15 mi. W Sutherlin
Douglas Co., Roseburg
Jackson Co., Phoenix truck stop
Jackson Co., Medford Vis Info Center
Jackson Co., Talent Linn Newberry Pk.
Josephine Co., Grantspass car lot
Lane Co., Eugene rest stop on Hwy. 99
Malheur Co., Ontario cemetery
Morrow Co., Boardman Rest Area
Wascoe Co., Memaloose State Park
Washington Co., Portland, moving company
Washington Co., Tualatin, nursery
Idaho records
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Boise
Ada Co., Meridian
Bonneville Co., Idaho Falls
Canyon Co., Caldwell
Canyon Co., Caldwell
Canyon Co., East of Nampa
Clearwater Co., Orofino Airport
Elmore Co., Glennsferry
Gooding Co., Hagerman
Latah Co., Moscow
Latah Co., Moscow
Latah Co., Moscow
Latah Co., Moscow
Latah Co., Moscow
Nez Perce Co., Lewiston
Nez Perce Co., Lewiston
IX-19-1990
workers in warehouse
IV-6-1984
workers in house
IX-9-1991
VII-24-1991
workers at baits
VII-24-1991
VII-22-1991
VII-29-1991
X-24-1991
V-26-1991
at edge of pavement
X-7-1990
cracks in sidewalk
X-4-1990
IX-19-1990
IX-19-1990
V-l-1988
workers along sidewalk
VI-14-1988
workers and alates swarmir
VIII-10-1988
PCO a referral—workers
IX-25-1988
around building
PCO referral (2 samples)
III-12-1989
around building
sidewalk
IV-2-1989
cracks in driveway
IV-15-1989
under concrete slab
IV-13-1989
workers & 1 alate female
IV-13-1989
alate females
VII-28-1990
workers in cracks in drive¬
V-31-1991
way
nesting in cottonwood logs
VIII-6-1990
workers on sidewalk
V-22-1990
in motel bathroom
VIII-8-1988
pest around garage &
V-12-1989
sprayed for control
along sidewalks and curbs
VIII-10-1990
cracks in driveway
1988
workers open nesting
VII-21-1990
along sidewalk cracks
V-27-1989
along sidewalk cracks
1-5-1988
workers in basement
IV-1988
workers in building
VII-13-1988
workers on sidewalk
V-29-1989
workers in basement
1989
workers in greenhouse
IV-20-1979
workers, alate queens
1989
workers
PCO = Pest Control Official.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(2)
Figures 2-5. Figure 2. Shoot of young wheat plant cut open by Tetramorium caespitum to capture
aphids. Figure 3. Tetramorium caespitum cutting into wheat shoot to obtain aphids. Figure
4. Tetramorium caespitum on wheat shoot carrying russian wheat aphid. Figure 5. Tetramorium
caespitum returning to nest entrance. Two Tetramorium caespitum workers (white arrows) are carrying
aphids.
is not surprising as many of the characteristics of successful invaders possessed
by red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren (Porter Sc Savignano 1990), are
also possessed by the pavement ant: i.e., a preference for heavily disturbed areas
associated with human activity, toleration of a wide range of climatic conditions,
utilization of a diversity of food resources, and high reproductive capacity. Enor¬
mous aggregations of thousands of workers on sidewalks, thought to be the result
of territorial battles between adjacent colonies, testifies to the potentially large
colony size.
Liometopum luctuosum
Liometopum luctuosum may be separated from other Dolichoderinaes and spe¬
cies of Liometopum by the keys and discussion in Wheeler & Wheeler (1986).
Superficially, L. luctuosum can be confused with Tapinoma sessile (Say), another
Dolichoderinae species which is very common and also enters houses. Size can
help in separating these two ants, L. luctuosum (2.5 mm-4.5 mm) being larger
than T. sessile (1.5 mm-3 mm) (Wheeler & Wheeler 1973). Additionally, L.
luctuosum is a moderately polymorphic ant with a series of specimens usually
represented by both small and large workers. Tapinoma sessile workers tend to
1994
MERICKEL & CLARK: IDAHO AND OREGON ANTS
153
Table 2. Collection records for Liometopum luctuosum in Idaho.
Location
Date
Situation
Bonner Co., Hope
Bonner Co., Hope
VIII-28-1991 workers in cabin
VIII-25-1992 workers foraging up porch
beam and at base of and
up trunk of ponderosa
pine
Boundary Co., Bonners Ferry
Boundary Co., Bonners Ferry
Butte Co., Idaho National Engineering Labor a-
VIII-20-1991 workers in house
VIII-1991 workers in building
VI-24-1989 workers foraging on and
near juniper
tory, Middle Butte
be more uniform in size. Both species possess the characteristic dolichoderine
odor that frequently signals their presence before workers are observed.
Distribution.— The first records of L. luctuosum in Idaho are from household
infestations in Bonners Ferry, Boundary Co., observed in the early 1980s (P.
Allegretti, personnal communication) (Fig. 1). Possible confusion with T. sessile
and the anomalous occurrence of infestations delayed identification of this ant
until recently. One additional record from the Top of Middle Butte, elev. ap¬
proximately 1859 m, in the Idaho National Engineering Laboratory (INEL), Butte
Co., represents the only other collection of L. luctuosum in Idaho (W. H. Clark
#8787 and P. E. Blom #6734) (Table 2).
Observations. — The nesting habits of our three North American species of Lio¬
metopum are poorly known. Much of the known information concerns L. api-
culatum though few colonies have ever been found, much less excavated. Colonies
of both L. luctuosum and L. apiculatum are notorious for their obscurity despite
being frequently very large. Most observations record workers disappearing into
rocks, roots of trees, or going up tree trunks where they enter tree holes. Less
frequent are reports of workers entering houses where they either forage for food
(Roy Snelling, personnal communication) or live. Reports of piles of fine sawdust
and in at least one circumstance workers damaging plasterboard (Wheeler &
Wheeler 1986) indicate the potential for L. luctuosum to be a household pest.
Nest chambers of both L. luctuosum and L. apiculatum are composed at least
in part of a paper-like or spongiform material called “carton” that is thought to
be produced by the ants mixing pieces of plant material and soil with a secretion
that cements the mass together (Creighton 1950, Gregg 1963, Wheeler & Wheeler
1986). Within this matrix or “trabiculae” the ants maintain their brood chambers.
The few published observations on the feeding habits of our species of Liome¬
topum indicate they are omniverous (Gregg 1963). Van Pelt (1971) noted that L.
apiculatum actively tended membracids and aphids. In the same study workers
of Pogonomyrmex barbatus (F. Smith), Camponotus sayi Emery and Solenopsis
xyloni McCook were stopped by workers of L. apiculatum which solicited food
from them. Foraging trails of C. sayi and S. xyloni were also utilized by the
Liometopum workers in order to alfect feeding exchanges or trophobioses.
Homeowner calls and pest control reports during 1990 and 1991 in north Idaho
frequently expressed concern not only with worker ants within houses but also
with “piles of fine sawdust” being seen in various areas of homes. Figure 6 shows
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Figure 6. Pile of refrigerator insulation fragments (arrow) produced by L. luctuosum inside a house.
the result of one such infestation within a house near Hope, Idaho. In this par¬
ticular instance workers were subsequently located entering a hole beneath a
branch of a ponderosa pine located 15 m from the house (Fig. 7). In addition to
piles of sawdust, homeowners frequently complained of a strong odor variously
described as being like “rotting bananas” or just very pungent. The obvious
concern was for carpenter ant infestations. Once the ant was identified as being
L. luctuosum it became intriguing how this ant could be damaging wood structures
1994
MERICKEL & CLARK: IDAHO AND OREGON ANTS
155
f / t.i
v ™ /! j;f
■; j V£
vty t;
\ - »■«, .
•&£*jaik\
Figure 7. Ponderosa pine tree with nest of Liometopum luctuosum. Arrow indicates entrance.
in a fashion similar to carpenter ants. A sample of the “sawdust” from one
infestation was acquired and initially examined with a light microscope and then
subsequently studied with a scanning electron microscope. A comparison between
the “sawdust” from the L. luctuosum infested home and that from the carpenter
ant Camponotus modoc Wheeler can be seen in Figs. 8 and 9. Camponotus modoc
sawdust contained typical xylem elements identifying it as being derived from
wood, but the L. luctuosum “sawdust” did not. While one might speculate that
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Figures 8, 9. Figure 8. SEM of Liometopum luctuosum sawdust. Figure 9.
otus modoc sawdust.
SEM of Campon-
1994
MERICKEL & CLARK: IDAHO AND OREGON ANTS
157
this material is fragments of carton, a more likely source of the substance is
household insulation. This is supported by observations of large congregations of
workers, including brood in one instance, under and within subflooring insulation.
A large pile of insulation fragments was found beneath the ants and presumed to
be the result of the ants enlarging their nest area.
Further study of L. luctuosum in northern Idaho is needed to determine whether
structural infestations, containing brood, represent established colonies or satellite
colonies with the main nest located outside in tree holes or root crowns. Also,
the possibility that L. luctuosum competes with carpenter ants needs investigation
as no infestations in northern Idaho have been found containing both species and
they do appear to occupy similar areas within structures. It is important when
assessing structural damage that proper identification of both the damage and ant
species is made. While excavation of insulation should be of concern to home-
owners, it is relatively surficial compared to the damage potential of an established
carpenter ant colony. Finally, how this ant has seemingly become so well estab¬
lished outside its previously known distribution is equally intriguing. Whether L.
luctuosum has spread through natural means or has been introduced could de¬
termine how well it will be able to establish itself in this area of the northwest.
Acknowledgment
We express our appreciation to Phil Allegretti for bringing the existence of
Liometopum luctuosum to our attention and for making numerous observations
on its habits in northern Idaho. Dennis Schotzko captured on film all pavement
ant-RWA interactions. Franklin Bailey was of indispensible help with SEM pho¬
tography and identifying the wood fragments. We thank Seth Merickel, Mary
Clark, Paul Blom, Keith Miles, Tom Aucutt, and Don Brothers for assistance
with field collections. Paul Blom, Malcolm Fumiss, and Hugh Homan reviewed
early drafts of this manuscript. Daniel Hilbum provided distribution records of
pavement ants in Oregon. Craig Baird provided observations of pavement ants
attacking mint plants in Idaho. Gratitude is expressed to Roy Snelling for con¬
firming the identity of L. luctuosum and providing useful information regarding
its biology. The Middle Butte collection was made possible by support from the
Idaho National Engineering Laboratory Radioecology and Ecology Program and
was sponsored by Environmental Restoration and Waste Management, Idaho
Operations Office, United States Department of Energy. Published as Idaho Ag¬
riculture Experiment Station paper #92761.
Literature Cited
Allred, D. M. 1982. Ants of Utah. Great Basin Natur., 42: 415-511.
Bruder, K. W. & A. P. Gupta. 1972. Biology of the pavement ant Tetramorium caespitum (Hy-
menoptera: Formicidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 65: 358-367.
Cook, T. W. 1953. The ants of California. Pacific Books, Palo Alto, California.
Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Harvard Univ., Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., 104:
1-585.
Gregg, R. E. 1963. The ants of Colorado. University of Colorado Press, Boulder, Colorado.
Knight, R. L. & M. K. Rust. 1990. The urban ants of California with distributional notes of imported
species. S. W. Natur., 15: 167-178.
Krombien, K. V., P. B. Hurd, D. R. Smith & B. D. Burks (eds.). 1979. Catalog of the Hymenoptera
north of Mexico. Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D.C.
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Porter, D. S. & D. A. Savignano. 1990. Invasion of polygyne fire ants decimates native ants and
disrupts arthropod community. Ecology, 71: 2095-2106.
Reil, W. O., W. J. Bentley, C. S. Davis & E. L. Paine. 1982. Controlling ants in almond orchards.
Calif. Agric., 36: 12-14.
Schultz, G. W. 1980. Biology and behavior of the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (Linnaeus),
in southeastern Washington (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmicinae). Ph.D. Thesis, Wash¬
ington State University, Pullman, Washington.
Schultz, G. W. 1982. Soil-dropping behavior of the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (Linnaeus)
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) against the alkali bee (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). J. Kansas Ent.
Soc., 55: 277-282.
Smith, M. R. 1965. House-infesting ants of the eastern United States: their recognition, biology,
and economic importance. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull., 1326.
Van Pelt, A. 1971. Trophobiosis and feeding habits of Liometopum apiculatum (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) in the Chisos Mountains, Texas. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 64: 1186.
Wheeler, G. C. & J. N. Wheeler. 1973. The ants of Deep Canyon. University of California Press,
Berkeley.
Wheeler, G. C. & J. N. Wheeler. 1986. The ants of Nevada. Los Angeles Co. Mus. Natur. Hist., Los
Angeles, California.
Yensen, N. P., W. H. Clark & A. Francoeur. 1977. Checklist of Idaho ants. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 53:
181-187.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 159-167, (1994)
TEPHRITID FRUIT FLIES IN CHINA: HISTORICAL
BACKGROUND AND CURRENT STATUS
Pingjun Yang, 1 - 3 James R. Carey, 14 and Robert V. Dowell 2
department of Entomology, University of California,
Davis, California 95616
California Department of Food and Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814
Abstract.— China has 400 species of tephritid fruit flies of which 10 are crop pests: Bactrocera
cilifer (Hendel), B. cucurbitae (Coquillett), B. diversa (Coquillett), B. dorsalis (Hendel), B. latifrons
(Hendel), B. minax (Enderlein), B. occipitalis (Bezzi), B. scutellata (Hendel), B. tau (Walker),
and B. tsuneonis (Miyake). Historically, only B. minax, B. cucurbitae, and B. tau caused sufficient
crop damage to be of concern. With increasing trade, the presence of these fruit flies constitutes
a barrier to the export of Chinese agricultural products to a number of countries including Japan.
Background on cultural and chemical controls are given, as are suggestions for future research
on Chinese Tephritidae.
Key Words. — Insecta, Bactrocera minax, B. tsuneonis, B. cilifer, B. cucurbitae, B. diversa, B.
dorsalis, B. latifrons, B. occipitalis, B. scutellata, B. tau, B. citri, biological control, cultural control
The Tephritidae (Diptera) is a large, diversified family with approximately 4500
known species (White & Elson-Harris 1992). The Dacinae is a tephritid subfamily
with approximately 700 recorded species. With the exception of the olive fruit
fly, Dacus oleae (Gmelin), which occurs in southern Europe, Dacinae are endemic
to Africa, Asia, Australia, and the South Pacific; they include such well known
pests as the oriental fruit fly, Bactrocera dorsalis (Hendel), and melon fly, Bac¬
trocera cucurbitae (Coquillett). Together with the other pest tephritids, these flies
comprise an important group of pests causing direct loss of fruits and vegetables,
and trade restrictions because of agricultural quarantines (White & Elson-Harris
1992).
China is a large country with biotic and abiotic environmental conditions suit¬
able for many fruit flies. About 400 species of tephritids have been recorded from
China. Economically important species include widespread species, such as B.
cucurbitae and B. dorsalis, plus native species, such as the Chinese citrus fly,
Bactrocera minax (Enderlein) (formerly B. citri (Chen) White & Wang 1992) (Chao
& Ming 1986).
Early Chinese fruit fly research emphasized taxonomy and control. Zia and
Chen recorded about 150 species of tephritids including 80 new records in the
1930s (Zia 1937, 1939; Chen 1940). Another 200 species were added by 1954
(Zia & Chen 1954). These species belong to about 40 genera in the subfamilies:
Dacinae, Trypetinae and Tephritinae, and include the pest species B. minax, B.
cucurbitae, B. dorsalis, and Bactrocera tau (Walker). Other reports on crop damage
and control measures dealt mainly with B. minax (Chen & Wang 1943, Chu 1948,
3 Current address: 2729 Kapiolani Boulevard. #203 Honolulu, Hawaii 96826; submitted in partial
fulfillment of the requirement of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, University of California, Davis,
California.
4 To whom reprint requests should be sent.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Sun 1961, Sun & Du 1957). Work on biology, ecology, and behavior of the other
major pest species was neglected.
Since 1980, the Chinese “open door” policy has rapidly increased trade of
agricultural products and tourism. Concurrently, the presence of quarantine pests
has become an important problem for China. Exports of litchi [Litchis sinensis
(Sonnerat)] and muskmelon [Cucumis melo L.] to Japan were restricted because
of the presence of B. dorsalis and B. cucurbitae. China has restricted the impor¬
tation of North African fruits because of the presence of Ceratitis capitata (Wie¬
demann). A fruit fly survey was conducted in 105 prefectures and cities of 10
provinces from 1982 to 1985 (Chao & Ming 1986). An integrated pest control
program is now successfully controlling B. minax in Huaihua Prefecture, Hunan
Province. The effect of temperature on B. cucurbitae was studied to determine if
it could survive in Xinjiang Autonomous Region (located in northwest China) as
a prelude to exporting melons to Japan (PY, unpublished data). Studies of fruit
fly biology and ecology that are needed to understand basic population characters
include the life history of B. dorsalis and B. tau, and host preference of B. cucurbitae
(Yang & Zhou 1988, Yang et al. 1990).
Here, we present information on fruit production, and the distribution and
control of fruit flies in China. We then discuss research needs related to fruit fly
biology, ecology, quarantine, and control in China.
Major Fruits Grown in China
Total Chinese fruit production grew from 6.5 million metric tons in 1976 to
13.6 million tons in 1986. Vegetable production (including watermelons) grew
from 71 million tons in 1976 to 105 million tons in 1986. A small proportion of
the fruit and vegetable production is exported to Hong Kong, Macao, Russia,
Mongolia, North Korea, and Japan. Some tropical fruits, such as litchi, will be
exported to Japan when acceptable quarantine treatment procedures are estab¬
lished (G. Liang, personal communication).
Pome fruits, such as apple and pear, stone fruits, such as peach and apricot,
and citrus fruits are commonly planted. Tropical fruits, such as mango, guava,
and banana, are grown in the tropical and subtropical areas (Table 1).
China can be divided into seven regions according to local vegetation and
production of commercial fruits. These are: I. Northeast China, II. North China,
III. Central and East China, IV. South China, V. South-West China, VI. Nei
Mongol and Zinjiang, and VII. Qinghai and Tibet region (Fig. 1) (Yu 1979).
Although fruit fly susceptible fruits and vegetables are grown in most of these
regions, data are not available about fruit fly occurrence for many of them. We
will discuss only those regions where fruit flies are known to occur.
North China. — This region includes Hebei, Shandong, Shanxi Provinces and
the major part of Shaanxi, Henan, Ningxia, Gansu, and Liaoning Provinces. The
climate is hot and rainy in summer, and dry and cold in winter with an annual
average temperature of 10° to 16° C. The average temperature in January is 0° to
13° C, and 22° to 24° C in July. Annual rainfall is 500 to 700 mm. The major
fruits are pome fruit (apple and pear) and stone fruits (plum and peach). In the
south of this region there are several species of both wild and cultivated citrus.
Central and East of China. — This region includes middle and lower reaches of
Yangtze River including Sichuan, Hunan, Hubei, Jiangxi, Anhwei, Jiangshu, and
1994
YANG ET AL.: FRUIT FLIES IN CHINA
161
Table 1. List of economically important fruits in China. 3
Family
Common name
Scientific name
Actinidiaceae
Kiwi
Actinidia chinensis Planchon
Anacardiaceae
Mango
Mangifera indica L.
Bromeliaceae
Pineapple
Ananas ananassoides (Baker)
Caricaceae
Papaya
Carica papaya L.
Ebenaceae
Persimmon
Diospyros sp.
Fagaceae
Chestnut
Castanea sp.
Juglandaceae
Walnuts
Juglans sp.
Musaceae
Banana
Musa sp.
Myrtaceae
Guava
Psidium guajava L.
Oxalidaceae
Carambola
Averrhoa carambola L.
Palmae
Coconut
Cocos nucifera L.
Punicaceae
Pomegranate
Punica granatum L.
Rhamnaceae
Jujube
Zizphus sp.
Rosaceae
Apple
Malus sp.
Hawthorne
Crataegus sp.
Pear
Pyrus sp.
Peach
Prunus sp.
Plum
Prunus sp.
Apricot
Prunus sp.
Rutaceae
Citrus
Citrus sp.
Sapindaceae
Litchi
Litchis sinensis Sonnerat
Vitaceae
Grape
Vitis vinifera L.
3 Yu (1979).
Zhejiang Provinces. The climate is characterized by hot, rainy summers and warm
winters with an annual average temperature of 15° to 22° C. The average tem¬
perature is over 0° C in January and 20° to 28° C in July. Annual rainfall is 1000
to 1500 mm. In the mountain areas, deciduous and evergreen forest are replaced
by orchards. The major fruits are citrus and stone fruits.
South China.— This region includes the southern parts of Guangdong and
Guangxi Provinces as well as Taiwan Province. The area is hot and humid during
most of the year. There is a long hot summer and a short warm winter. The
annual average temperature is 21° to 25° C and the annual rainfall 1500 mm. The
climate is similar to that of southern Florida and Hawaii. The types of vegetation
include tropical evergreen forests and rain forests. Citrus and tropical fruits such
as mango, guava, and banana are the major fruits grown in this region.
South- West China. — This area includes Yunnan Province and part of Sichuan
Province. The geography and climates are varied and complex. There are many
high mountains and deep valleys, which affect the attitudinal vegetation distri¬
bution. Fruits grown in this region include those grown in the North China Region,
such as pear and apple, and those in the South China Region, such as banana and
mango.
Distribution, Host Range, and Biology of Injurious Fruit Flies
There are 10 Dacine fruit fly pests in China: four important species are discussed
below.
Oriental Fruit Fly (B. dorsalis,).—This species is widely distributed throughout
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(2)
Northeast China
II North China
III Central, East China
IV South China
V Southwest China
VI Nel Mongol and Xinjiang
VII Qlnghal and Tibet
Hainan
■ /
a
V
/
/ ’*
•: I
\ \
Figure 1. Distribution of B. dorsalis (\) and B. minax(2 ) in China.
southern Asia, Southeast Asia, and many major Pacific islands. It is one of a
number of closely related species placed in the dorsalis complex, only some of
which are pests (White & Elson-Harris 1992). Bactrocera dorsalis is a polyphagous,
multivoltine species with a wide host range and over-lapping generations. It is
found in the South China and Southwest China Regions (Fig. 1), where it damages
guava, carambola, peach and pears (Guangzhou area) (Yunnan and Guangxi Prov¬
inces). There are no reports of infested citrus. Although males were trapped in a
guava orchard in the campus of Zhongshan University from August to December,
1987, no infested fruit was found in this orchard. No detailed ecological or pest
management investigations of this pest in China have been published.
Chinese Citrus Fly (B. minaxj. — It is found in North China, Central East China,
South China, and Southwest China Regions (Fig. 1), where it attacks wild and
cultivated Citrus species (Donghai County, Jiangsu Province, and southern Shaanxi
Province respectively).
Bactrocera minax is a monophagous, univoltine species found in temperate and
subtropical areas. Adults begin to emerge in late April, with mating and ovipo-
sition occuring from the middle of May to the end of July. The eggs hatch in 15
to 25 days, and the larval stage takes 60 to 75 days. Infested fruits drop in October.
Larvae then leave the fruit and pupate in the soil. Each female lays an average
of 48 eggs (Wu 1958). Bactrocera minax is highly injurious to most citrus hosts
including Citrus sinensis (L.) Osbeck and C. aurantium L. with infestation rates
estimated at 50 to 80 percent (Chen 1940).
Bactrocera minax has invaded new areas since the 1940s, when it was found
in two provinces (Chen & Wang 1943). By 1960 it had spread to another four
provinces (Sun 1961), and added two additional Provinces by the late 1980s
1994
YANG ET AL.: FRUIT FLIES IN CHINA
163
Table 2. Injurious of Dacine species, their hosts, and distribution in China.
Species*
Hosts
Distribution
Bactrocera minax
Citrus sinensis (L.) Osbeck
Sichuan, Guizhou
(Enderlein)
C. aurantium L.
C. tangerina Hort. ex Tanaka
Pomelo, lemon, and others
Guangxi, Southern Shaanxi,
Western Hunan and Hubei,
Donghai County (Jiangsu),
and Yunan
Bactrocera tsuneonis h
Citrus aurantium
Guangxi, Sichuan, Western
(Miyake)
C. tangerina
C. reticulata Blanco
and Fortunella margarita
(Lourerio) Swingle
Hunan,
Donghai County in Jiangsu
Bactrocera cilifer
(Hendel)
C. aurantium
C. tagerina
Guangxi, Taiwan
Bactrocera cucurbitae
bitter melon, cucumber, and
Yunan, Guangxi, Guangdong,
(Coquillett)
Luffa aegyptiaca Miller
Fujan and Southern Sichuan
Bactrocera diversa
Citrus, Cucurbitaceous plants
Sichuan
(Coquillett)
Bactrocera dorsalis
guava, peach, pear, and
Yunan, Guangxi Guangdong,
(Hendel)
Averrhoa carambola L.
Sichuan Guizhou, and Fujian
Bactrocera latifrons
Solanum incanum L.
Taiwan, Guangxi
(Hendel)
Bactrocera occipitalis
Mango
Hainan
(Bezzi)
Bactrocera scutellata
(Hendel)
Pear
Yunan, Guangxi, Guangdong,
Fujian, Guizhou, Hunan,
Jiangxi, Zhejiang,
Sichuan, and Southern
Shaanxi
Bactrocera tau
bitter melon, cucumber,
Yunan, Guangxi, Guangdong,
(Walker)
squash, and watermelon
Fujian, Guizhou, Sichuan
a Chao & Ming (1986).
b Bactrocera cheni (Choa) (White & Wang 1992).
(Chao 1987). It survives in cold climates and may spread to all areas where citrus
grows freely.
Melon Fly (B. cucurbitae). —This species is a destructive vegetable pest in many
regions of the world, particularly Southeast Asia and some Pacific islands (White
& Elson-Harris 1992). In China, it is found in the South China and Southwest
China Regions (Fig. 2), where it attacks cucurbitaceous crops, preferring bitter
melon (Momordica charantia L.), cucumber ( Cucumis sativus L.), and Chinese
gourd {Luffa aegypticaca Miller). There are four to five generations annually in
the Guangzhou area.
The larva can be found in L. aegyptiaca in December, and adults survive the
winter (PY, unpublished data). In the 1960s, this species was an important pest:
in the last 20 years its infestation rates have declined. In some mountain areas,
bitter melon is heavily attacked because growers do not use insecticides to protect
the plant.
Pumpkin Fly (B. tau).— This species is widely distributed in South Asia and
164 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(2)
o
Hainan -
Figure 2. Distribution of B. cucurbitae (\) and B. tau( 2) in China.
some Pacific islands (White & Elson-Harris 1992). In China, it is found in the
South China and Southwest China Regions (Fig. 2). Bactrocera tau is found farther
north than B. cucurbitae. Its hosts are similar to B. cucurbitae. It is the dominant
species in melon fields (Chao & Ming 1986). At Zhongshan University, bitter
melon was heavily infested by both B. cucurbitae and B. tau. In May, 1987, the
early fruits of bitter melon were infested by B. tau and B. cucurbitae, however,
in the following days only the larvae of B. cucurbitae were found. Two Steiner
traps, baited with Cuelure, were set up on the campus of Zhongshan University
located in the south part of Guangzhou, and only B. cucurbitae were trapped from
August to December 1987. However, both B. cucurbitae and B. tau were trapped
in the northeast part of the city (G. Liang, personal communication). From this
preliminary survey it seems that the distribution of B. tau changes with time or
it occurs only in selected areas. The life history of this fly has been studied recently
(Yang & Zhou 1988, Yang 1992). The basic population characters of B. tau are
similar to those of B. cucurbitae.
There are two other species that attack cucurbitaceous crops; B. caudatus (Fabr.)
in Sichuan Province, and B. caudatus nubilis (Hendel) in Taiwan Province (Zhang
1981). Little is known about their biology or the level of infestation.
Control of Fruit Flies in China
Before 1960, fruit fly control was mainly by cultural and mechanical methods,
such as ploughing and hand picking. Since the 1960s, chemical and integrated
control methods have been employed. Three species of fruit flies are used as
examples of these control measures.
Cultural Control. —Bactrocera minax pupae in soil are destroyed by ploughing
in the winter or spring. Most B. minax pupae are distributed three to 6 cm deep
1994
YANG ET AL.: FRUIT FLIES IN CHINA
165
under citrus trees. In Anjang Township, Chanyang County, vegetables were con¬
tinuously planted in citrus orchards and the fields were regularly ploughed and
hoed. This changed the pupal environment and enhanced the effectivness of
natural enemies (G. Liang, personal communication).
Mechanical and physical methods are employed to destroy B. minax larvae in
fruits. Bactrocera minax lay eggs in young citrus fruits from late July to early
August. The tissue near the puncture grows a protuberance that is easly identified.
In 1951 and 1952, more than eight million infested fruits were destroyed in Jangjen
County, Sichuan Province. In 1953, the infestation rate decreased to 0.5 percent.
In Chenggu County, Shaanxi Province, more than 170,000 infested fruits were
destroyed during 1953 and 1955. The infestation rate in 1956 decreased to five
percent. This method was also used to control B. cucurbitae and B. tau (G. Liang,
personal communication; Zhang 1981). Crops, such as watermelon, cucumber,
and bitter melon, can be protected by covering them with straw or paper bags to
avoid oviposition by B. cucurbitae and B. tau.
Chemical Control. — A mixture of dry banana or pumpkin powder mixed with
pineapple juice or sugar and insecticide (BHC) at a ratio of 35:1:1 was put on
papers, which are hung in vegetable fields at a rate of 20 to 30 pieces per hectare
to control B. cucurbitae and B. tau. Sugar solution, sometimes mixed with several
drops of vinegar, and an insecticide is used to kill adult B. minax. This bait is
held in straw bars and distributed weekly in orchards from May to September
(Zhang 1981).
Integrated Control. — An integrated pest control program for B. minax has been
successful in commercial citrus in Huaihua Prefecture, Hunan Province. The
control program includes the measures previously described and quarantine reg¬
ulation. It has been carried out through three steps. First, reduce the population
of flies to a low level throughout the area. Second, control measures were used in
the infested areas until no infestation was found. Third, quarantines were imple¬
mented to prevent the movement of infested fruit into these fly-free orchards.
Bactrocera minax cannot be detected now in seven out of 12 counties in the
Huihua Prefecture. In another five counties, the infestation is under control and
the infested areas are restricted to only a few locations (G. Liang, personal com¬
munication).
Suggestions for Studies
Many aspects of fruit fly biology in China lack basic information. Further studies
should include the following.
Biology and Ecology.— There are many interesting and important biological
and ecological questions about fruit flies in China. (1) Why is the geographical
distribution for some species restricted? Bactrocera minax is distributed in certain
areas and causes economic losses, but adjacent regions can be free from infestation,
even though there are no natural barriers separating them. (2) Why is B. minax
univoltine despite occurring in both temperate and subtropical regions? (3) Why
do some species, such as B. tau, have different infestations patterns and damage
levels in different regions? (4) Why do B. dorsalis and B. cucurbitae, which cause
serious damage in other countries, have such low population levels in China? (5)
Where is the northern limit for B. dorsalis and B. cucurbitae? (6) Demographic
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
analysis should be employed to establish the life history traits of major fruit fly
species under different biotic and abiotic conditions.
Genetics.— Genetic studies can involve many aspects that are related to basic
and practical problems, such as insecticide resistance, genetic sexing, and quality
improvement for sterile insect release (White & Elson-Harris 1992). Genetic anal¬
ysis can be used to determine relatedness of flies captured in different regions,
and global patterns of invasion and spread (Carey 1992). Such work on fruit flies
in China is completely lacking.
Sterile Insect Technique (SIT).-SYI has successfully eradicated B. cucurhitae
and B. dorsalis from Pacific islands (White & Elson-Harris 1992). Generally, it
is impossible to eradicate a species of native insect from a continent. However,
for some monophagous species such as B. minax, SIT may be successful in isolated
areas. Eradication is necessary for citrus export because of quarantines.
Biological Control — Fruit flies are attacked by an array of parasites and pred¬
ators. The Chinese fauna of fruit fly natural enemies should be rich because the
Oriental Region is the origin of many Bactrocera species (White & Elson-Harris
1992). Investigations should be conducted to determine the species composition,
abundance, and distribution of these predators and parasites.
Agricultural Quarantine. — China is unique in that both Hong Kong and Macao
import fruits and vegetables without quarantine restrictions, including tropical
fruits from Malaysia. There are no geographical or host barriers preventing these
pests from leaving these two areas and invading the interior of China. A species
of pine needle scale has been established in the coastal area of Guangdong Province
and spread to more than 10 counties since 1980 (C. Zhou, personal communi¬
cation). It has already destroyed large areas of pine forests and caused huge
economic and environmental losses. This pest was carried to Hong Kong on
Christmas trees that were imported from Okinawa. Surveys are needed in Hong
Kong and Macao to determine if exotic fruit flies are present. The results will not
only provide important information to the Chinese quarantine organization, but
will also show the invasion pattern of fruit flies in these two areas, which will be
meaningful to other countries.
China offers unique opportunities to develop basic and applied research pro¬
grams on native and exotic fruit flies. Fruitful areas include demographics, bio¬
logical controls, systematics, genetics, and basic ecology. These studies will become
more important as China expands both its importation and export of agricultural
products.
Literature Cited
Carey, J. R. 1992. The Mediterranean fruit fly in California: taking stock. Calif. Agric., 46: 12-17.
Chao, Y. S. 1987. The two species of fruit flies on oranges in China. Tech. Bull. Inst. Plant Quar.
Press, Beijing, (in Chinese, with English abstract).
Chao, Y. S. & Y. Ming. 1986. The investigation on fruit flies (Trypetidae-Diptera) injurious to fruits
and vegetables in South China. Tech. Bull. Inst. Plant Quar. Press, Beijing, (in Chinese, with
English abstract).
Chen, F. J. & F. P. Wang 1943. Study on citrus maggot in Jiangjin County. Agricultural Science,
46-59. (in Chinese).
Chen, S. H. 1940. Two new Dacinae from Sechwan. Sinensia, 11: 131-135.
Chu, H. F. 1948. A study of the pear maggot, Dacus ferrugineus var. pedestris Bezzi (Diptera-
Tryptidae) in Chengkung with measures of control. Acta Agriculturae, 2: 1-22.
1994
YANG ET AL.: FRUIT FLIES IN CHINA
167
Sun, Z. Y. 1961. The study and control of Dacus citri Chen. pp. 912-921. In Chinese plant protection
science. Scientific Publishing House, (in Chinese).
Sun, Z. Y. & Y. L. Du. 1957. A preliminary observation on phase of injurious fruit by Dacus citri.
Kunchong Zhishi, 3: 207-210. (in Chinese).
White, I. M. & M. M. Elson-Harris. 1992. Fruit flies of economic significance: their identification
and bionomics. CAB International, Australia.
White, I. M. & X. J. Wang. 1992. Taxonomic notes on some dacine (Diptera: Tephritidae) fruit flies
associated with citrus, olives, and cucurbits. J. Entomol. Res., 82: 275-279.
Wu, Z. C. 1958. A preliminary report on the bionomics of Dacus citri Chen. Kunchong Zhishi, 4:
216-217. (in Chinese).
Yang, P. 1992. Demographic investigations on selected dacine fruit flies in Southern China and
Hawaii. Ph.D. Thesis, University of California, Davis.
Yang, P. & C. Zhou 1988. Demography of a native strain of pumpkin fly, Dacus tau from Guangzhou,
pp. 61-63. In The Proceeding of International Workshop on Statistical Ecology and its Appli¬
cation in Fisheries and the Second National Conference on Mathematical Ecology and its
Application. July 1988, Wuxi, China.
Yang, P., C. Zhou, H. Chen & J. R. Carey. 1990. Demographic analysis of melon fly, Dacus cucurbitae
rearing on five common hosts in China. Ecological Science No 2. (in Chinese, with English
abstract).
Yu, D. S. 1979. Chinese systematic pomology. Agricultural Publishing House, (in Chinese).
Zhang, W. Q. (ed.). 1981. Agricultural entomology. Agricultural Publishing House, (in Chinese).
Zia, Y. 1937. Study on the Trypetidae or fruit flies of China. Sinensia, 8: 103-219.
Zia, Y. 1939. Notes on Trypetidae collected from South China. Sinensia, 10: 1-18.
Zia, Y. & S. H. Chen. 1954. The notes of fruit flies in China 1. Acta Entomol. Sin., 4: 300-314. (in
Chinese, with English abstract).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(2): 168-182, (1994)
A REVISION OF THE C. MACULATA SPECIES GROUP OF
CONURA SPINOLA IN AMERICA, NORTH OF MEXICO,
AND A NEW SPECIES OF THE C. IMMACULATA SPECIES
GROUP OF CONURA (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE)
Frederick J. Moitoza
Los Banos, California 93635 1
Abstract. — A taxonomic study is made of the C. maculata species group of the genus Conura
Spinola from America, North of Mexico. Extensive collections of mostly undetermined Chal-
cididae from throughout the United States, and type specimens are examined. Conura pilosipartis
NEW SPECIES, and C. igneopatruelis NEW SPECIES are described. Conura clora (Burks) NEW
STATUS is removed from synonymy with C. erythrina (Walker), and C. clora (Burks) NEW
SYNONYMY is synonymized under C. enocki (Ashmead). Host, distributional records and a
key to the species of the C. maculata species group from America, North of Mexico, is presented.
Conura dentiscapa NEW SPECIES, of the C. immaculata species group, is described.
Key Words.— Insecta, Hymenoptera, Chalcididae, Conura, C. maculata species group, system-
atics
In his revision of the Chalcid-flies of North America, Burks (1940), for con¬
venience, created five species groups for the genus Spilochalcis Thompson. Al¬
though acknowledging neotropical specimens often showed intergrades, Burks did
find the groupings to be useful when considering North American specimens.
Indeed during an examination of thousands of specimens from North America,
intermediates were rare. Delvare (1988) later designated new groupings of the
species based upon a more complete knowledge of the genus that he gained by
extensive studies of neotropical species. At that time Delvare created the C. mariae
species group from several members of Burks’s (1940) C.femorata species group.
Later, Delvare (1992) redesignated the C. mariae species group as the C. maculata
species group, citing the male pedicel ventral area of pilosity as the derived state
of the species group. In addition, Delvare synonymized Spilochalcis Thompson
under Conura Spinola. Therefore, this designation of the genus will be used here.
Comparing Burks’s (1940) characterization of the C.femorata species group in
his key with statements from Delvare’s (1992) diagnosis of the C. maculata species
group, it is apparent that all the C. maculata species group members formerly
would have been placed within Burks’s old C. femorata species group. This can
be seen in the following comparison of the characterization for the C. femorata
species group (outside of parentheses) in Burks’s key and statements from Del¬
vare’s diagnosis of the C. maculata species group (in parentheses and italics):
“Apex of mesoscutellum not bidentate” (“frenal carina not developed into flange
or sublateral lobes ”); “right mandible always with three teeth” (“ mandibles 2-3,
exceptionally 3-3”); “frontogenal suture present” (“malar sulcus generally nar¬
row ”); “antennal sockets always dorsad of ventral margins of compound eyes”
(“antennae slightly to distinctly inserted above lower eye margin ”); “antennal scape
long, apex at least reaching level of vertex, usually markedly exceeding level of
1 2137 South Twelfth Street
1994
169
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
Figure 1. Male antennal structures of Conura spp. Scape in mesal and frontal views, 48 x. Pedicel
in mesal view, 48 x. A. Conura acragae, scape. B. Conura dentiscapa, scape. C. Conura enocki, scape.
D. Conura igneoides, scape and pedicel. E. Conura igneopatruelis, scape and pedicel. F. Conura mariae,
scape and pedicel. G. Conura phais, scape. H. Conura pilosipartis, scape.
vertex” {“scape long, always exceeding vertex”); “abdomen not compressed”
(“female gaster at least as long as thorax”).
Although all of the newer species assigned to the C. maculata species group
would have formerly been placed within the older C. femorata species group, the
latter is much broader than Delvare’s and contains members of Delvare’s C.
immaculata, C. femorata, and C. maculata species groups. Refer to Delvare (1992)
for complete discussion of synapomorphies and a complete diagnosis of the C.
maculata species group.
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
The only available keys for North American species of these groups were those
of Burks (1940). Identifying many specimens of Burks’s C.femorata species group
was impossible using his key; key characters were often variable, difficult to
interpret, and a number of phenons could not be confidently placed in any of the
described species (J. Halstead, personal communication). While using Burks’s
key, males of Conura mariae (Riley), C. phais (Burks), and C. clora (Burks) would
frequently key differently than females. Intraspecific variation of these females
precludes resolution here; however, interspecific distinctness of male antennal
scapes in the C. maculata species group, resolves many problems.
Methods
Character Measurement and Terminology.— Terminology used here follows
Torre-Bueno (1985) and Bucher (1948). The interocular space is measured fron¬
tally at the level of the ventral margin of the median ocellus. The measurement
of the malar space follows Burks (1940: fig. 7a). Comparative measurements of
the petiole in dorsal aspect are not done here; instead, the petiole is measured
laterally with the length defined by the apex of the propodeum and the abdominal
articulation points, and the height is defined by the maximum lateral height. The
flange angle of the petiole is determined as the deviation of the ventral margin,
posteriorly, from the dorsal margin, when viewed laterally.
Depositories. — Where hundreds of specimens have been examined, not all label
data is cited. However, the depositories of specimens from a given location are
indicated in an abbreviated form in the materials examined section. Specimen
depositories, and their abbreviations are: Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
Louisiana (LSU); North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina
(NCSU); Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas
(UK); University of California, Riverside, California (UCR); the collection of H.
A. Hespenheide, Los Angles (Hesp); Utah State University, Logan, Utah (USU);
University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona (UA); California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, California (CAS); American Museum of Natural History, New
York, New York (AMNH); Mississippi Entomological Museum, Mississippi State
University (MSU); University of Georgia Museum of Natural History, Athens,
Georgia (UG); Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles,
California (LACM); Florida Collection of Arthropods, Florida State Department
of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida (FDA); California State Collection of Arthro¬
pods, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento, California
(CDFA).
Conura maculata Species Group
Conura acragae Delvare
(Figs. 1A; 2A; 3A)
Conura acragae Delvare, 1993 (“1992”): 365.
Diagnosis. — Sharing basic color, structural, and textural patterns, C. pilosipartis
Moitoza, NEW SPECIES and C. acragae Delvare appear very closely related.
Refer to the C. pilosipartis diagnosis for a general discussion of their differences
and similarities.
Discussion. — Gerard Delvare has examined the specimens that this discussion
1994
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
171
Figure 2. Female heads of Conura spp., frontal view, 28 x. A. Conura acragae. B. Conura den-
tiscapa. C. Conura enocki. D. Conura igneoides. E. Conura igneopatruelis. F. Conura mariae. G.
Conura phais. H. Conura pilosipartis.
is based on, and has identified them as C. acragae. I have not examined the
holotype of this species, and rely upon Delvare’s judgment.
Material Examined. —TEXAS. HIDALGO Co.: Bentsen Rio Grande State Park, 1976, C. Porter,
1 female (FDA); same except 25 Nov 1977, 1 female (TAM); McAllen Valley Botanical Garden, 1974
& 1986, C. Porter, 5 males, 6 females (FDA); same except 6 Jan 1981, 1 male, (TAM); same except
28 Dec 1975, 1 male (TAM); same except 12 Jan 1979, 1 female (TAM).
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Figure 3. Stigma of forewing of Conura spp., 65 x. A. Conura acragae. B. Conura pilosipartis.
Conura enocki (Ashmead)
(Figs. 1C; 2C)
Spilochalcis enocki Ashmead, 1904: 439.
Spilochalcis clora Burks, 1940: 306. NEW STATUS, NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnosis. — In C. erythrina (Walker 1860), under which Burks (1979) synon-
ymized C. clora, the carinulae of the frontal parietals radiating from the lateral
sides of the median ocellus are nearly lateral and do not curve ventrally to or
toward the level of the antennal sockets before expiring as in C. enocki. Also, C.
erythrina possesses a small mesal metafemoral tooth (that may be overlooked in
the holotype, because the metafemora are glued, with the inside surface down, to
a card) whereas C. enocki possesses none. The posterolateral propodeal projection
in C. erythrina is very robust, but it is reduced in C. enocki. The bifurcated apical
areas of the stigma of C. erythrina are unequal in length (similar to Fig. 3A), but
they are equal in length in C. enocki (similar to Fig. 3B). An important similarity
that these two species share is a relatively unmodified male antennal scape.
Because of the similarity between C. enocki, C. phais, and C. mariae positive
determinations, particularly of females, can be difficult. Conura enocki females
generally possess the fewest black markings of these three species. The metacoxa,
parapsides, postscutum, propodeum, metafemur, gaster, and scrobe cavity have
no (or much reduced) black markings. The interocellar space is equal to 2.0 x
the diameter of a lateral ocellus, contrasting the C. mariae value of 1.3, and the
C. phais value of 1.5 diameters. A petiole 1.5 (or more) x as long as high can
also aid in distinguishing females of C. enocki from C. phais (1 to 1.25 x as long
as high) and C. mariae (0.8 to 0.9 x as long as high).
The males, in contrast to the females, of C. enocki can easily be distinguished
from males of C. mariae and C. phais by their distinctive antennal scape. Male
and female antennal scapes in C. enocki are the same. The apical area of the scape
lacks the mesal margin incision, and is without appreciable enlargement or ex¬
cavation. Finally, the lateral apex of the scape is not protruded to an angle, but
is rounded (Fig. 1C).
Discussion. — Burks (1940) overlooked C. enocki (Ashmead) and described C.
clora instead. Later Burks (1979) synonomized C. clora with C. erythrina.
Upon examination of the type specimens I found that C. clora NEW STATUS
and C. erythrina were not synonymous, and further, that C. clora NEW SYN¬
ONYMY was synonymous with C. enocki. Conura erythrina is a different species,
which I have not observed from north of Mexico.
Further changes in C. enocki nomenclature may be forthcoming. A prior name,
1994
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
173
possibly resulting in additional synonomy, is being studied (G. Delvare, personal
communication).
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. CHOCHISE Co.: 8.1 km (5 mi) W of Portal, 1646 m (5400 ft)
(AMNH). PIMA Co.: Tucson (UA). CALIFORNIA. SAN DIEGO Co.: San Diego (CDFA). FLORIDA.
ALACHUA Co.: Gainesville (FDA, LACM). DARE Co.: (FDA). GADSDEN Co.: (FDA). HIGHLANDS
Co.: (FDA). HENDRY Co.: Labelle (UK). INDIAN RIVER Co.: (UK). JACKSON Co.: Compass Lake
(UK). LEON Co.: Tall Timbers Research Station (FDA). LEVY Co.: Cedar Keys (UK). MARION
Co.: (FDA). PUTNAM Co.: Putnam (FDA). VOLUSIA Co.: Volusia (FDA). HARDEE Co.: Zolfo
Springs (UK). GEORGIA. TALBOT Co.: Prattsburg (UK). KANSAS. CHEROKEE Co.: (UK).
DOUGLAS Co.: Lawrence (UK). LOUISIANA. E BATON ROUGE PARISH: Baton Rouge (LSU).
MISSISSIPPI. OKTIBBEHA Co.: Mississippi State University (MSU). NORTH CAROLINA. DO RE
Co.: Southern Pines (AMNH). PENDER Co.: Holly Shelter (NCSU). WAKE Co.: Raleigh (NCSU).
OKLAHOMA. BRYAN Co.: Bennington (OSU). CADDO Co.: (OSU). CREEK Co.: (OSU). KING¬
FISHER Co.: (OSU); Dover (OSU). LATIMER Co.: (OSU). LINCOLN Co.: (OSU). MCCURTAIN
Co.: Wright City (OSU). NOBLE Co.: (OSU). PAYNE Co.: (OSU). STEPHENS Co.: (OSU). TULSA
Co.: Bixby (OSU). WASHITA Co.: (OSU); Cordell (OSU). SOUTH CAROLINA. CHARLESTON
Co.: Mt Pleasant (UK). TEXAS. ANDERSON Co.: Salmon (TAM). BEXAR Co.: San Antonio (OSU).
BRAZOS Co.: College Station (UG, TAM, LACM). HIDALGO Co.: Bentsen Rio Grande State Park
(FDA, TAM); McAllen Valley Botanical Garden (FDA, TAM); Santa Ana Wildlife Refuge (TAM).
LIVE OAK Co.: (TAM). MADISON Co.: (UK). MCMULLEN Co.: (UG). UVALDE Co.: Uvalde
(CDFA). WILLIAMSON Co.: Round Rock (TAM). Examined 66 males, 399 females.
Conura igneoides (Kirby)
(Figs. ID; 2D)
Smicra igneoides Kirby, 1883: 71.
Diagnosis. — The females of C. igneoides, C. mariae, C. phais, and C. enocki
are all very similar in general appearance and in many particular characters. All
four species, for example, have strong carinae on the mesoscutum, and similar
black markings. There are, however, reliable characters for separating C. igneoides
from the others.
The carinulae radiating from the lateral margins of the median ocellus are nearly
lateral, terminating near the margin of the compound eye in C. igneoides (Fig.
2D), rather than radiating obliquely to, or toward, the level of the antennal sockets,
as in C. enocki, C. mariae, and C. phais (Figs. 2C; 2F; 2G). There is a small obtuse
ventromedial tooth on the metafemur of C. igneoides; however, it is absent in C.
mariae, C. phais, and C. enocki. Finally, the lateral propodeal projections are
tooth-like and fairly long on C. igneoides, while in C. mariae, C. phais, and C.
enocki they are fairly short and blunt.
Material Examined. -ALABAMA. LAUDERDALE Co.: Elgin (UK). ARIZONA. APACHE Co.:
Egar (NCSU, UA); Vernon (UA). COCHISE Co.: (CAS, CDFA, FDA, UCR); Cave Creek Canyon
(Hesp); Charleston (UA); 8 km (5 mi) W of Portal, 1646 m (5400 ft) (UA). COCONINO Co.: Oak
Creek Canyon (LACM). PIMA Co.: 16.2 km (10 mi) E of Sonoita (AMNH); Santa Catalina Mts,
Sabino Creek Sta. (UA); and Tucson (CAS). SANTA CRUZ Co.: (USU). CALIFORNIA. AMADOR
Co.: lone (UK). EL DORADO Co.: (TAM). IMPERIAL Co.: Bard, in cotton (CDFA). LOS ANGELES
Co.: (CDFA). ORANGE Co.: Irvine (LACM). PLACER Co.: (CDFA). RIVERSIDE Co.: (LACM,
UCR); S of Blackhill (Hesp). SAN DIEGO Co.: (CAS); Warner Springs, 945 km (3100 ft) (CDFA).
SANTA CLARA Co.: (LACM). SHASTA Co.: (CAS). TULARE Co.: (CAS). TUOLEMNE Co.: Sonora
(UK). FLORIDA. ALACHUA Co.: Gainesville (FDA); Austin Grey Forest (FDA); Montoeca (FDA).
BAKER and COLUMBIA Co. line: Oceola Natl Forest (FDA). COLUMBIA Co.: Lake City (UK).
DADE Co.: (UG). DUVAL Co.: Jacksonville (AMNH). ESCAMBIA Co.: Riverview (UG). GADSDEN
Co.: Quincy, in soybeans (FDA). HIGHLANDS Co.: Archbold Biol Sta (FDA). HILLSBOROUGH
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Co.: (FDA). LEON Co.: (FDA); Tall Timbers Res Sta (FDA). LE VY Co.: Cedar Key (FDA). MARION
Co.: (FDA). MONROE Co.: Big Pine Key (FDA). NASSAU Co.: Hilliard (UK). OKALOOSA Co.:
(FDA). PASCO Co.: Hudson (UK); Lacoochee (UK). PUTNAM Co.: Crescent City (CAS). SUWAN¬
NEE Co.: (FDA). VOLUSIA Co.: Deland (UK). WAKULLAH Co.: Wakullah (FDA, UK). GEORGIA.
CLARK Co.: (UG); Athens (UG). COOK Co.: Adel (UK). DOUGHERTY Co.: Putney (UG). RICH¬
MOND Co.: Augusta (LACM); Fort Gordon (CDFA, LACM). ROCKDALE Co.: (UG). WARE Co.:
Okefenokee Swamp (UK). INDIANA. COUNTY UNKNOWN: McAlester (AMNH). LOUISIANA.
BOURBON Co.: (UK); Corbin (LSU). MASSACHUSETTS. BARNSTABLE Co.: Woods Hole (AMNH,
CAS). NEVADA. HUMBOLDT Co.: Winnemucca (USU). NEW JERSEY. BURLINGTON Co.: Browns
Mills (AMNH). NEW MEXICO. GRANT Co.: (USU). SIERRA Co.: (CAS). NEW YORK. SUFFOLK
Co.: Kalbfleisch Field Station, Huntington (AMNH). NORTH CAROLINA. CUMBERLAND Co.:
(CAS). DARE Co.: Kill Devil Hills (NCSU). HYDE Co.: (NCSU). ONSLOW Co.: (NCSU). RUTH¬
ERFORD Co.: Morrow Mt State Park (NCSU). WAKE Co.: 11.3 km (7 mi) SW of Raleigh (NCSU).
OKLAHOMA. BRYAN Co.: Bennington (OSU). CADDO Co.: (OSU). CARTER Co.: (OSU). CHER¬
OKEE Co.: Gruber Wildlife Management Area (OSU). CREEK Co.: (OSU); Kellyville (OSU). GAR¬
FIELD Co.: (OSU). HUGHES Co.: Holdenville (OSU). LATIMER Co.: (FDA). LINCOLN Co.:
(OSU); near Tyron (OSU). LOGAN Co.: (OSU). MCCURTAIN Co. : Wright City (OSU, USU). OSAGE
Co.: (OSU). PAYNE Co.: OSU, on cotton and pasture (OSU); Lake Carl Blackwell (OSU); Ripley
(OSU); Stillwater (OSU). LE FLORE Co.: Poteau (OSU). STEPHENS Co.: (OSU). TILLMAN Co.:
Grandfield (OSU). TULSA Co. .(OSU). SOUTH DAKOTA. WASH ABA UGH Co.: Badlands National
Park (AMNH). TEXAS. ANDERSON Co.: Salmon (TAM). BANDERA Co.: Lost Maples State Park
(TAM). BASTROP Co.: Bastrop (CAS). BOSQUE Co.: (TAM). BRAZOS Co.: (LSU, TAM); College
Station (TAM). BURLESON Co.: (TAM). CAMERON Co.: (TAM, UK); Brownsville (AMNH, UK);
San Benito (UK). COLEMAN Co.: (TAM). COMAL Co.: New Braunfols (CAS). ERATH Co.: (TAM);
Bluff Dale (TAM). FRIO Co.: (TAM). GOLIAD Co.: Goliad (UK). GONZALES Co.: Palmetto State
Park (TAM). HIDALGO Co.: Bentsen Rio Grande State Park (CAS, FDA, TAM); Donna (TAM);
McAllen Valley Botanical Garden (FDA, TAM). KIMBLE Co.: Junction (CAS). KLEGBERG Co.:
(CAS); Rivera Beach (UG). MEDINA Co.: Castroville (TAM). SAN PATRICIO Co.: (CAS, CDFA,
FDA); Sinton (UK). UVALDE Co.: Rio Frio River (FDA); Uvalde, Speir Ranch (CDFA). WALKER
Co.: Ellis Prison (TAM). WELLS Co.: (UCR). WILLIAMSON Co.: Taylor (TAM). UTAH. EMERY
Co.: 4.9 km (3 mi) NE of Little Gilson, 1555 km (5100 ft) (USU). JUAB Co.: Topaz Mountain (USU).
UNIT AH Co.: SW of Bonanza, 1555 km (5100 ft) (USU); Ouray (USU). WASHINGTON Co.: Crystal
Creek (USU); Leeds (USU); Paradise (USU); S of Pintura (USU); Rockville (USU); Zion National
Park (USU). VIRGINIA. PRINCE WILLIAM Co.: (CAS). COUNTY UNKNOWN: Lauray (NCSU).
Examined 241 males, 403 females.
Conura igneopatruelis Moitoza, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. IE; 2E)
Types. — HOLOTYPE (female): TEXAS. HIDALGO Co.: McAllen Valley Bo¬
tanical Garden, 12-21 Jan 1974, C. C. Porter. ALLOTYPE (male): Same except
1976. Holotype and Allotype deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural
History, Washington, D.C.
Description.—Female (holotype). Body length. 6.0 mm. Color. Yellow, with black, brown-orange,
and brown; mandibular teeth, ventrolateral metafemoral teeth, arcuate ventrolateral stripe of metatibia,
ovipositor sheath, black; area ventrad of lateral ocellus, occiput (slightly), frontal area of protergum,
mesal area of mesoscutum, parapsides, mesal stripe of scutellum, proximal area of metatibia, brown-
orange; antennal flagellum, pretarsi, spot around stigma, gaster, dark brown. Head. Antennal scape
with 0.15 of length exceeding vertex; interocellar space mesally depressed, 1.5 x diameter of lateral
ocellus; vertex with erect, sparse, short, red-brown setae; frontal parietal ventrad of lateral ocellus with
carinulae radiating from lateral side of median ocellus straight, nearly lateral, terminating near margin
of compound eye, not curving ventrally to level of antennal socket; scrobe cavity shallow, smooth,
shiny, with small marginal carinae ventrad and laterad of antennal sockets; interantennal projection
with small anterior carina; interocular space at level of ventral margin of median ocellus 1.8 x
maximum frontal width of compound eye; frons below antennal socket smooth, shiny, with short,
sparse, red-brown setae; frontotentorial pit laterad and on level of ventral margin of antennal socket;
1994
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
175
frontogenal suture slightly curved; malar space 0.25 x height of compound eye; gena, posterior parietals
smooth, shiny with silver setae; frons, frontal parietals, vertex with short red-brown setae. Thorax.
Pronotum anterior margin with small lateral and dorsal lamina, except dorsomedial 0.33, posterior
dorsal margin carinate on medial 0.5; mesoscutum, parapsides with strong transverse carinae, posterior
carinae on parapsides at 45 degree angle, between carinae smooth, shiny, with short, sparse, red-
brown, reclined setae; scutellum with setose punctures, setae longer, sparse, erect, red-brown; meso-
epimeron mostly smooth, shiny, punctured on dorsal edge only; metaepistemum with sparse, long,
erect, silver setae, dorsal 0.66 smooth, shiny, irregularly punctured on ventral 0.33; metacoxa dor¬
solateral surface glabrous; metafemur smooth, with short silver setae, ventrolateral margin with nu¬
merous short teeth, ventromedial tooth small, obtuse; apex of stigma concave. Abdomen. Propodeum
with lateral, medial, and apical carinae forming irregular polygonal shapes, few long silver setae
protruding at posterior and lateral margins; propodeal carinae posterolaterally expanded forming small
tooth-like lateral projection on either side of petiole attachment; petiole mostly smooth, shiny, 1.6 x
longer than high, lateral carinae lacking, basal lamina short, narrowed dorsolaterally, flange angle
nearly vertical; gaster acuminate, mostly smooth, 1.5 x longer than metafemur.
Male (allotype).—Body length. 4.0 mm. Color. Stripe on frontogenal suture, ventral stripe on man¬
dibles, black; mesopleural furrow, ventral stripe of metacoxa, dark brown. Head. Antennal scape with
0.2 of length exceeding vertex, apex broadened and frontally excavated, apical lateral margin rounded,
apical mesal margin deeply incised; pedicel nearly 2.0 x longer than segment 4, abruptly broadened
shortly beyond base (Fig. IE). Abdomen. Petiole 2.0 x longer than high, mostly smooth and shiny,
lateral carinae lacking; gaster equal in length to metafemur.
Diagnosis. —Sharing tooth-like lateral propodeal projections, a small ventro¬
medial tooth on the metafemur, a transversely carinate mesoscutum, and lateral
carinulae projecting from the lateral margins of the median ocellus (Fig. 2E), C.
igneopatruelis and C. igneoides are closely related. The lack of black markings
and the mostly smooth and shiny metaepistemum distinguishes female C. igneo¬
patruelis from C. igneoides, but the distinctively shaped pedicel and the lateral
apical margin of the antennal scape not protruding to a sharp angle distinguishes
the male (Fig. IE).
Etymology. —Igneo is taken from C. igneoides. Patruelis is taken from the latin
word meaning cousin. Together, igneopatruelis is used to describe the apparent
relationship between the two species.
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: Chiricahua Mts, Cave Creek Canyon, 1555 m
(5100 ft), 2 Jun 1982, H. A. Hespenheide, 1 female, (Hesp). FLORIDA. LEON Co.: Tall Timbers
Research Station, Harris, 1 female, (FDA). TEXAS. CAMERON Co.: Brownsville, Jun 1938, R. H.
Beamer, 1 male (UK). FRIO Co.: 7 Jun 1972, E. Grissell & J. Smith, 1 male (TAM). HIDALGO Co.:
Bentsen Rio Grande State Park, C. Porter, 3 males, 23 females (FDA); same except 1980, 1981, 1983,
1 male, 11 females (TAM); same except 15 Dec 1983, J. B. Wolley & H. Browning, 1 female (TAM);
McAllen Valley Botanical Garden, 1973-1976, C. Porter, 31 males, 75 females, (FDA); same except
1975, 1977, 1978, 1979, 7 males, 15 females (TAM). Examined 46 males, 137 females.
Conura mariae (Riley)
(Figs. IF; 2F)
Chalcis maria Riley, 1870: 101-102.
Diagnosis. — Conura mariae, C. phais, and C. enocki are very closely related,
morphologically similar, and difficult to distinguish (especially females). Of these
three species, females of C. mariae are decorated with the most numerous and
heaviest black markings. The metacoxa of C. mariae usually has a dorsolateral
black stripe extending from the base to the apex; whereas, C. phais usually has
only a spot, and C. enocki usually has no markings. The scape of C. mariae will
exceed the level of the vertex by at least 0.2 its entire length, compared to 0.1 for
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
C. phais and C. enocki. Conura mariae also possesses the longest gaster of these
species, usually 1.6 to 2.0 x longer than the metafemur, while the gasters of both
C. phais and C. enocki are only 1.4 x longer than the metafemur. Although all
the above characters distinguish the females of these three species, they are not
always present in every population; males in series are required for definitive
determination.
Conura mariae males uniquely possess a distinctive triangular-shaped antennal
pedicel. Additionally, the antennal scape is broadened at the apex, and the mesal
margin is deeply notched or incised, and the lateral margin is protruded to an
acute angle at the apex, and finally, it is frontally deeply excavated (Fig. IF).
Refer to the C. igneoides diagnosis section for characters to separate C. igneoides
from these three species. Several populations of C. igneoides can be, and have
been, confused with these other three species.
Material Examined. - ALABAMA. MOBILE Co.: Dauphin Islands (MSU). ARIZONA. COCHISE
Co.: Chiricahua Mts, Cave Creek Canyon (Hesp). MARICOPA Co.: Phoenix (UA); Scottsdale (UA).
PIMA Co.: Rosemont (UA); Saguaro National Monument, spring 1960, J. D. Butler, Hemileuca tricolor
(Packard), 5 males, 16 females (UA); Santa Catalina Mts (UA); Santa Rita Extension Range, 10-19
Oct 1978, Agapema galbina (Clemens), 2 males, 1 female (UA); Tucson, Jun 1966, J. Hessel, Oiketicus
toumeyi Jones, 6 females (UA). ARKANSAS. JOHNSON Co.: (MSU). CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA
Co.: Livermore Hills, Cedar Mountain, 21 May 1951, J. R. Heller, Samia sp., 2 males, 14 females
(CAS). CONTRA COSTA Co.: Mount Diablo, 610 m (2000 ft) (CAS). TULARE Co.: Kemville (UK).
TUOLUMNE Co.: Tuolumne (CDFA). FLORIDA. ALACHUA Co.: (FDA). DADE Co.: (FDA).
HIGHLANDS Co.: Archbold Biological Station (FDA). INDIAN RIVER Co.: (FDA). LIBERTY Co.:
(FDA); Feb, G. R. Night, Antheraea polyphemus (Cramer), 1 male, 1 female (LACM). GEORGIA.
FULTON and/or DE KALB Co.: Atlanta (UG). CLARK Co.: (UG). LIBERTY Co.: St Catherine’s
Island (UG). KANSAS. DOUGLAS Co.: (UK). LOUISIANA. E BATON ROUGE PARISH: 14 Feb
1966, J. E. Eger, A. polyphemus, 4 males, 1 female (LACM). NATCHITOCHES PARISH: (LSU).
MASSACHUSETTS. SUFFOLK Co.: Forest Hills (LACM). MISSISSIPPI. ADAMS Co.: Natchez
State Park (MSU). OKTIBBEHA Co.: Starkville, 6 Feb 1986, A. Aszuith, tachinid pupae, 6 females
(MSU); Craig Springs (MSU). WIGGINS Co.: Wiggins, 30 Jul 1921, J. P. Kislanko, Actias luna (L.),
11 males, 4 females (MSU). NEW JERSEY. PASSAIC Co.: Patterson (AMNH). NEW MEXICO.
COLFAX-MORA Co.: Oct 1979, Hemileuca oliviae Cockerell, 2 females (NMSU). GRANT Co.:
(LACM). NEW YORK. KINGS Co.: Brooklyn (AMNH). ONONDAGA Co.: Syracuse (UA). COUNTY
UNKNOWN: Long Island, Callosamia promethea (Drury), 1 male (AMNH); New York City, Thyri-
dopteryx ephemeraeformis (Haworth), 1 male (AMNH). NORTH CAROLINA. CUMBERLAND Co.:
Fort Bragg (CAS). GASTON Co.: Gastonia, 3-4 May 1938, R. M. Mckenzie, Hyalophora cecropia
(L.), 3 females (LACM). NASH Co.: (NCSU). WAKE Co.: (NCSU); Raleigh (NCSU). OHIO. SUMMIT
Co.: 6 Apr 1937, L. J. Lipovsky, C. promethea, 5 males, 10 females (UK). OKLAHOMA. BEAVER
Co.: Beaver State Park (OSU). MCCURTAIN Co.: Wright City (OSU). PAYNE Co.: Lake Carl Black-
well (OSU), Stillwater (OSU). STEPHENS Co.: (OSU). TULSA Co.: (OSU). SOUTH CAROLINA.
PICKENS Co.: Clemson (FDA). GREENVILLE Co.: Greenville, 1966, R. S. Peigler, Callosamia
angulifera (Walker), 1 female, (LACM). LEXINGTON and/or RICHLAND Co.: Columbia, 5 May
1945, S. S. Nicolay, C. promethea, 11 females (LACM). TEXAS. ANDERSON Co.: Salmon (TAM).
BRAZOS Co.: College Station, 31 Aug 1979, T. J. Rring, T. ephemeraeformis, 1 female (LACM).
CAMERON Co.: Cameron (UG). HIDALGO Co.: Feb 1980, C. W. Agnew & J. E. Eger, Rothschildia
forbesi Benjamin, 20 males, 26 females (LACM). SAN PATRICIO Co.: Welder Wildlife Refuge,
mesquite chaparral (UG). VICTORIA Co.: Victoria (LACM). Examined 193 males, 315 females.
Conura phais (Burks)
(Figs. 1G; 2G)
Spilochalcis phais Burks, 1940: 307.
Diagnosis. — Conura mariae, C. phais, and C. enocki females are nearly identical;
see the diagnosis of C. mariae for comments on separating these females. Males
1994
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
177
of C. mariae, C. phais, and C. enocki are more easily distinguished than the
females. The pedicel of C. phais is cylindrical, rather than triangular as in C.
mariae. The antennal scape of C. phais is greatly enlarged and excavated at the
apex (Fig. 1G); however, the medial margin is sinuous rather than deeply notched
or incised, but the apical lateral margin is rounded rather than protruded to a
point as in C. mariae (Fig. IF).
Material Examined. — ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: (USU). NAVAJO Co.: 22.5 km (14 mi) S of
Show Low (UA). PIMA Co.: (CAS, LACM). CALIFORNIA. BUTTE Co.: Chico (CDFA). COLUSA
Co.: Colusa, 30 Jul 1934, Cerura sp. pupa, 6 males (CDFA). INYO Co.: 8 km (5 mi) NW of Inde¬
pendence (CAS). MENDOCINO Co.: (LACM). MERCED Co.: 24 km (15 mi) W of Los Banos, San
Luis Reservoir (CDFA, TAM); Winton (CDFA). PLACER Co.: Lincoln (CDFA). RIVERSIDE Co.:
(UCR); Bautista Canyon (FDA). SAN DIEGO Co.: (CDFA); La Mesa (UCR). SAN JOAQUIN Co.:
Weston (CAS). STANISLAUS Co.: Turlock (LACM). FLORIDA. ALACHUA Co.: Gainesville (FDA).
HIGHLANDS Co.: Archbold Biological Station (FDA). MARION Co.: (FDA). SUWANNEE Co.:
(FDA). GEORGIA. CLARKE Co.: Athens (UG). MISSISSIPPI. PONTOTOC Co.: (MSU). NEW
MEXICO. HIDALGO Co.: Rodeo, 1250 km (4100 ft) (LACM). NORTH CAROLINA. ONSLOW
Co.: Onslo (USU). OKLAHOMA. CREEK Co.: 2.4 km (1.5 mi) NE of Kellyville (OSU). TEXAS.
ANDERSON Co.: Salmon (TAM). BELL Co.: Belton (TAM). BRAZOS Co.: (TAM). CAMERON
Co.: Brownsville (UCR). ERATH Co.: (TAM). HIDALGO Co.: (TAM); Bentsen Rio Grande State
Park (FDA); McAllen Valley Botanical Garden (FDA). WILLIAMSON Co.: Taylor (TAM). UTAH.
DAVIS Co.: (USU). GARFIELD Co.: (USU). WASHINGTON Co.: Beaver Dam (USU); Zion Natl
Park (USU). Examined 51 males, 75 females.
Conura pilosipartis Moitoza, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1H; 2H; 3H)
Types. — HOLOTYPE (female): TEXAS. HIDALGO Co.: McAllen Valley Bo¬
tanical Garden, 28 Nov 1981, C. Porter. ALLOTYPE (male): same except, 23
Nov 1983. Holotype and allotype deposited in the U.S. National Museum of
Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Description.—Female (holotype). Body length. 6.0 mm. Color. Yellow and brown-orange, with black
and brown; most of head, coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, of fore and mid legs, mesopleuron, postero-
ventral area of postscutum, ventrolateral area of scutellum, propodeum, yellow; antennal scape, area
surrounding ocelli, most of pronotum, mesoscutum, parapsides, dorsal area of postscutum, medial
area of scutellum, metaepistemum, metacoxa, metafemur, metatibia, all tarsi, metanotum, venter of
petiole, brown-orange; spots on scrobe cavity, mandibular teeth, occiput, anterior transverse stripe
on mesoscutum, mesal longitudinal stripe on mesoscutum, transscutal suture, scutoscutellar suture,
small anterior dorsal spot or stripe and distal spot on scutellum, most of mesostemum, mesopleural
furrow, metaepistemum apical margin, ventromesal stripe on metafemur, ventrolateral metafemoral
teeth, arcuate ventrolateral stripe on metatibia, spot ventrad of propodeal spiracular slit, ovipositor
sheaths, black; antennal flagella, pretarsi, spot around stigma, gaster, brown; wings cinerous. Head.
Antennal scape with 0.15 of length exceeding vertex; interocellar space mesally depressed, 2.0 x
diameter of lateral ocellus; vertex with irregular transverse carinulae and with erect, sparse, short, red-
brown setae; frontal parietal ventrad of lateral ocellus with carinulae radiating from lateral side of
median ocellus straight, nearly lateral, terminating near margin of compound eye, not curving ventrally
to level of antennal socket (Fig. 2H); scrobe cavity shallow, smooth, with marginal carinae ventrad
and laterad of antennal sockets; interantennal projection with a strong anterior carina; interocular
space at level of ventral margin of median ocellus 2.0 x maximum frontal width of compound eye;
frons below antennal sockets and laterad of scrobe cavity smooth, with short, sparse, red-brown setae;
frontotentorial pit located midway between antennal socket and margin of compound eye and dorsad
of ventral margin of antennal socket; frontogenal suture straight; malar space 0.33 x height of com¬
pound eye; gena, posterior parietals, smooth, shiny, with silver setae; frons, frontal parietals, vertex,
with long red-brown setae. Thorax. Pronotum anterior margin with broad lateral and dorsal lamina,
except on dorsomedial 0.33, posterior dorsal margin carinate on mesal 0.5; pronotum, mesoscutum,
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
parapsides, scutellum, dorsal area of postscutum with deep, broad, setose punctures, and red-brown
setae (setae of scutellum longer, erect); mesoepimeron mostly smooth, shiny, punctured on dorsal
edge only; metaepistemum with long, silver setae, with dorsum slightly protruded, with anterior deeply
and densely punctured, with posterior smooth, shiny; metacoxa dorsolateral surface glabrous, with
remainder smooth, shiny, with long light and dark setae; metafemur smooth, shiny, covered with
short, dark setae, with ventrolateral short teeth, with ventromedial tooth lacking; apex of stigma
concave, bifurcations equal in length (Fig. 3B). Abdomen. Propodeum with lateral, medial, and apical
carinae forming irregular polygonal shapes, few long silver setae protruding at posterior and lateral
margins; propodeal carinae posterolaterally expanded forming small tooth-like lateral projection on
either side of petiole attachment; petiole mostly smooth, 2.0 x longer than high, with faint lateral
carinae, with long, perpendicular, silver setae protruding laterally from lateral carinae; with basal
lamina 3.0 x longer ventrally than dorsally, flange angle nearly vertical; gaster fusiform, 1.1 x as long
as metafemur, with dorsum mostly smooth.
Male (allotype).—Body length. 5.5 mm. Color. Ventrolateral spot on metacoxa, transverse stripe on
proximal margin of propodeum, black. Head. Antennal scape with 0.15 of length exceeding vertex,
apex broadened and frontally excavated, apical lateral margin rounded, (Fig. 1H), apical mesal margin
sinuous. Abdomen. Petiole 2.0 x longer than high; gaster equal in length to metafemur.
Diagnosis. — Sharing basic color, structural, and textural patterns, C. pilosipartis
and C. acragae appear very closely related. No other species in the C. maculata
species group possesses both straight lateral carinulae radiating from the lateral
sides of the median ocellus (Fig. 2H) and a metafemora without ventromedial
teeth. These two species can be readily distinguished by their propodeal projec¬
tions, stigmas (Figs. 3 A, 3B), gaster lengths and forms (females only), petiole basal
laminae, and the relative hirsuteness of their petioles (see key characters).
Etymology. — From the Latin word pilosipartis, meaning hairy part or portion.
The name describes the long, lateral, perpendicular setae of the petiole.
Material Examined. — ARIZONA. PIMA Co.: Tucson, Jul 1941, L. P. Wehrle, 1 male (UA). TEXAS.
HIDALGO Co.: Bentsen Rio Grande State Park, 25 Nov 1978, & 18 Mar 1981, & 24 Aug 1983, C.
Porter, 3 females (TAM); same except McAllen Valley Botanical Garden 1974, 1976, 1981, 1982,
1985, 3 males, 25 females (FDA); same except 23-25 Nov 1983, 1 male, 1 female (TAM); same except
18 Dec 1977, 1 female (TAM). PRESIDIO Co.: 17 Aug 1982, T. P. Friedlander, 1 female (TAM).
Examined 7 males, 37 females.
Key to North American Species of the C. maculata Species Group
1. Female, ninth abdominal stemite not visible . 2
1'. Male, ninth abdominal stemite visible . 8
2(1). Frontal parietals ventrad of lateral ocelli with carinulae radiating
from lateral margins of median ocellus straight, nearly lateral, ter¬
minating near margin of compound eye without curving ventrally
to, or toward, level of antennal sockets (Figs. 2A; 2D; 2E; 2H) .. 3
2'. Frontal parietals ventrad of lateral ocelli with carinulae radiating
from lateral margins of median ocellus oblique, appearing to curve
ventrally to, or toward, level of antennal sockets before terminating
(Figs. 2C; 2F; 2G) . 6
3(2). Metafemur with a ventromedial tooth . 4
3'. Metafemur without a ventromedial tooth . 5
4(3). Metaepistemum mostly covered with shallow to deep punctures;
parapsidal furrows, median longitudinal stripe on mesoscutum and
scutellum, mesopleural furrow, and dorsolateral spot or stripe on
metacoxa, black . igneoides
179
1994 MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
4'. Metaepistemum mostly lacking punctures (smooth and shiny); pa-
rapsidal furrows, mesoscutum, scutellum, mesopleural furrow, and
metacoxa without black . igneopatruelis NEW SPECIES
5(3'). Propodeum with two posterolateral projections on either side of pet¬
iole attachment, dorsal one robust and very prominent; bifurcated
apical areas of stigma unequal in length (Fig. 3A); gaster 1.66 x
longer than metafemur; petiole 1.25 x longer than high; basal
lamina of petiole 2.0 x, or less, longer ventrally than dorsally ..
. acragae
5'. Propodeum with a single, small, posterolateral propodeal projection
on either side of petiole attachment; bifurcated apical areas of
stigma equal in length (Fig. 3B); gaster 1.15 x longer than meta¬
femur; petiole 2.0 x longer than high; basal lamina of petiole 3.0
x, or more, longer ventrally than dorsally.
. pilosipartis NEW SPECIES
6(2'). Petiole 0.8 to 0.9 x as long as high; scape exceeding level of vertex
by 0.2 to 0.25 x its entire length; gaster 1.6 to 2.0 x longer than
metafemur. mariae
6'. Petiole longer than high; scape exceeding level of vertex by 0.1 x its
entire length; gaster 1.4 x longer than metafemur . 7
7(6'). Petiole 1.125 to 1.25 x longer than high; interocellar space 1.5 x
diameter of lateral ocellus; metacoxa usually with a dorsolateral
black spot . phais
7'. Petiole 1.5, or more, x longer than high; interocellar space 2.0 x
diameter of lateral ocellus; metacoxa usually without black .. enocki
8(1'). Frontal parietals ventrad of lateral ocelli with carinulae radiating
from lateral margins of median ocellus straight, nearly lateral, ter¬
minating near margin of compound eye without curving ventrally
to, or toward, level of antennal sockets (Figs. 2A; 2D; 2E; 2H) .. 9
8'. Frontal parietals ventrad of lateral ocelli with carinulae radiating
from lateral margins of median ocellus oblique, appearing to curve
ventrally to, or toward, level of antennal sockets before terminating
(Figs. 2C; 2F; 2G) . 12
9(8). Metafemur with a ventromedial tooth . 10
9'. Metafemur without a ventromedial tooth . 11
10(9). Antennal scape laterally protruded to an acute angle at apex (Fig.
ID); pedicel cylindrical (Fig. ID); metaepistemum mostly punc¬
tured; frontogenal suture usually without a black stripe from base
of mandible to ventral margin of compound eye . igneoides
10'. Antennal scape lateral margin rounded at apex (Fig. IE); pedicel
abruptly broadens at about 0.33 from base (Fig. IE); metaepister-
num mostly lacking punctures (smooth and shiny); frontogenal
suture always with a black stripe from base of mandible to ventral
margin of compound eye . igneopatruelis NEW SPECIES
11 (9'). Propodeum with two posterolateral projections on either side of pet¬
iole attachment, dorsal one robust and very prominent; bifurcated
apical areas of stigma unequal in length (Fig. 3A); gaster equal in
180 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(2)
length to metafemur; petiole 1.5 x longer than high; basal lamina
of petiole 2.0 x, or less, longer ventrally than dorsally. acragae
11'. Propodeum with a single, small, posterolateral projection on either
side of petiole attachment; bifurcated apical areas of stigma equal
in length (Fig. 3B); gaster about 0.85 x as long as metafemur;
petiole 2.0 x longer than high; basal lamina of petiole 3.0 x, or
more, longer ventrally than dorsally .... pilosipartis NEW SPECIES
12(8'). Pedicel triangular (Fig. IF); antennal scape with lateral margin pro¬
truded to an acute angle at apex (Fig. IF) . mariae
12'. Pedicel cylindrical; antennal scape with lateral margin rounded at
apex . 13
13(12'). Antennal scape frontally very broad and deeply excavated at apex,
mesal margin sinuous near apex (Fig. 1G) . phais
13'. Antennal scape frontally narrow, only slightly swollen and slightly
excavated at apex, mesal margin nearly straight near apex (Fig.
1C) . enocki
CONURA IMMACULATA SPECIES GROUP
Conura dentiscapa Moitoza, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. IB; 2B)
Types. -HOLOTYPE (male): CALIFORNIA. SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Apple
Valley, 26 Mar 1959, N. MacFarland. ALLOTYPE (female): same except, Vic¬
torville, 28 Sep 1956, Timberlake. Holotype and allotype deposited in the U.S.
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Description.—Male (holotype). Body length. 3.5 mm. Color. Yellow, with black, light orange, brown-
orange, and brown; ventrolateral teeth of metafemur, arcuate ventrolateral stripe of metatibia, black;
occiput, anterior area of protergum, posterior margin of pronotum, mesal area of mesoscutum, trans-
scutal suture, dorsolateral surface of metacoxa, apical spot on metafemur, light orange; petiole, most
of gaster, brown-orange; mandibular teeth, spot around stigma, brown. Head. Antennal scape narrow
from base to apex, 0.15 of length exceeding vertex, small mesal denticle near apex (Fig. IB); head 0.1
wider than widest point of thorax (excluding tegulae); interocellar space mesally depressed, 2.0 x
diameter lateral ocellus; vertex with short, sparse, reddish setae; frontal parietal ventrad of lateral
ocellus coriaceo-reticulate, with shallow, broad punctures, short, reddish setae; scrobe cavity shallow,
smooth, with marginal carinae ventrad of antennal sockets; interantennal projection with small anterior
carina; interocular space at level of ventral margin of median ocellus 2.25 x maximum frontal width
of compound eye; frontotentorial pits small, ventrad and laterad of antennal socket; frons dorsad of
scrobe cavity and ventrad of antennal socket coriaceo-reticulate, with short, reclined, silver setae;
frontogenal suture obscure, ventral half incomplete; malar space 0.5 x height of compound eye; gena,
posterior parietals minutely reticulate. Thorax. Pronotum anterolateral margin with small lamina;
pronotum and mesoscutum punctured, with short, sparse, red, reclined setae; parapsides and scutellum
with larger punctures, red, sparse setae reclined on parapsides and erect on scutellum; mesoepimeron
transversely rugose; metaepistemum with large scattered punctures, short, sparse, erect, silver setae
dorsally and laterally; metacoxa dorsolateral surface glabrous, medial surface minutely reticulate, with
short, silver setae; metafemur shagreened, minutely punctured, with very short, sparse, silver setae,
ventrolateral margin with numerous short teeth, ventromedial tooth small and acute; stigma triangular.
Abdomen. Propodeum basally coriarious, rugose, posterior carinae forming polygonal shapes, few
short, erect, silver setae protruding from apex of propodeum on either side of petiole attachment;
propodeal posterolateral tooth-like projections short, obtuse, on either side of petiole attachment;
petiole granulate, ventrally rugose, 4.0 x longer than high, lateral carinae lacking; basal lamina short,
ventrally round, dorsally square; flange angle inclined 30 degrees from vertical when viewed laterally.
Gaster mostly smooth, short and blunt, 0.75 x length of metafemur, height 0.9 x length.
Female (Allotype). —Body length. 4 mm. Head. Antennal scape with 0.1 of length exceeding vertex,
1994
MOITOZA: NEW CHALCID SPECIES
181
lacking mesal denticle near apex; frontogenal suture straight, faint. Abdomen. Petiole length 3.0 x
height; gaster length 0.9 x metafemur.
Diagnosis.— Bearing a large (50% the height of a compound eye) malar space,
and an obscure frontogenal suture, this new species seems closely related to Burks’s
Conura side species group. The large malar space produces the triangular-shaped
head C. dentiscapa shares with the Conura side species group members. Mr.
Delvare has assigned specimens of C. dentiscapa to the C. immaculata species
group (G. Delvare, personal communication). The tiny mesal denticle near the
apex of the scape is the male’s most distinguishing feature.
Etymology. — From the Latin word dentiscapa, meaning toothed scape. The
name describes the small apical tooth on the male antennal scape.
Material Examined.— Holotype, allotype.
Acknowledgment
I thank the following individuals and institutions for loaning specimens: Cheryl
B. Barr, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana; R. L. Blinn, North
Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina; George W. Byers, Snow En¬
tomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas; S. Frommer and
John Pinto, University of California, Riverside, California; H. A. Hespenheide;
Wilford J. Hanson, Utah State University, Logan, Utah; Carl A. Olson and Floyd
G. Werner, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona; Wojciech J. Pulawski, Cal¬
ifornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; Eric L. Quinter, American
Museum of Natural History, New York, New York; Terence Lee Schiefer, Mis¬
sissippi Entomological Museum, Mississippi State University; Cecil L. Smith,
University of Georgia Museum of Natural History, Athens, Georgia; Roy R.
Snelling, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, Califor¬
nia; Lionel Stange, Florida Collection of Arthropods, Florida State Department
of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida; Marius S. Wasbaur, California State Collec¬
tion of Arthropods, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento,
California.
I also thank my graduate committee members, Keith H. Woodwick and Howard
L. Latimer, California State University Fresno, for reviewing my thesis; my com¬
mittee chairman, Donald J. Burdick, California State University Fresno; and
Jeffrey A. Halstead, Kings River Conservation District; without their guidance
this project would have been impossible. Gerard Delvare, Laboratoire de Faunis-
tique et de Taxonomie at the Centre de Cooperation International en Recherche
Agronomique pour le Developpement in Montpellier, France, generously ex¬
amined many specimens for me, validated my new species, offered invaluable
advice, and kept me informed of developments in his research that were important
to this project.
Literature Cited
Ashmead, W. H. 1904. Classification of the Chalcid-flies of the superfamily Chalcidoidea, with
descriptions of new species in the Carnegie Museum. Carnegie Mus. Mem., 1: 225-533.
Bucher, G. E. 1948. The anatomy of Monodontomerus dentipes Boh., an entomophagous Chalcid.
Can. Jour. Res., 26: 230-281.
Burks, B. D. 1940. Revision of the Chalcid-flies of the tribe Chalcidini in America north of Mexico.
U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc., 88: 237-293.
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(2)
Burks, B. D. 1979. Chalcididae. pp. 860-874. In Krombein, K. V., et al. (eds.). Catalog of Hyme-
noptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. 1. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Delvare, G. 1988. Some important morphological features of the Chalcidini (Hymenoptera: Chal¬
cididae) and their implications in the classification of the tribe. Advances in Parasitic Hyme¬
noptera Research, 1988: 25-64.
Delvare, G. 1992. A reclassification of the Chalcidini with a check-list of the New World species.
In Delvare, G. & Z. Boucek. 1992. On New World Chalcididae (Hymenoptera). Mem. Amer.
Entomol. Inst., 53: 119-441.
Delvare, G. 1993 (“1992”). Les Chalcididae d’interet economique dans les palmeraies d’Amerique
tropicale. Bull. Soc. Entomol. France, 97: 349-372.
Kirby, W. F. 1883. Remarks on the genera of the subfamily Chalcidinae with synonymic notes and
descriptions of new species of Leucospidinae and Chalcidinae. Linn. Soc. Lon. Jour., Zool., 17:
53-76.
Riley, C. V. 1870. The cercropia chalcis fly. Amer. Entomol., 2: 101-102.
Torre-Bueno, J. R. 1985. A glossary of entomology. New York Entomol. Soc., New York.
Walker, F. 1860. Characters of undescribed species of the family Chalcidae. Jour. Entomol., 1: 172—
184.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal's locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia. Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter siz^s of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x n in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
Volume 70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
April 1994
Number 2
Contents
DUNCAN, R. W.—Bionomics and life history of the gall midge Chamaediplosis nootkatensis
Gagne & Duncan (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) on yellow cypress in British Columbia. 103
DALY, H. V.—Lectotype designations and holotypes for bees of the genus Hylaeus ( Nesopro-
sopis) described from the Hawaiian Islands (Hymenoptera: Colletidae)_ 113
POLHEMUS, D. A.—An annotated checklist of the plant bugs of Colorado (Heteroptera:
Miridae). 122
MERICKEL, F. W. & W. H. CLARK— Tetramorium caespitum (Linnaeus) and Liometopum
luctuosum W. M. Wheeler (Hymenoptera: Formicidae): new state records for Idaho and
Oregon, with notes on their natural history_ 148
YANG, P., J. R. CAREY & R. Y. DOWELL—Tephritid fruit flies in China: historical back¬
ground and current status. 159
MOITOZA, F. J.—A revision of the C. maculata species group of Conura Spinola in America,
north of Mexico, and a new species of the C. immaculata species group of Conura
(Hymenoptera: Chalcididae)_ 168
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 70
July 1994
Number 3
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
R. V. Dowell, Associate Editor
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
R. M. Bohart
J. T. Doyen
J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-re¬
ceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomologi¬
cal Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be ad¬
dressed to: Stanley E. Vaughn, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast Ento¬
mological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be
found in volume 69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs
to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the Society,
$26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for institu¬
tional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive The
Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes are
available; see 67(1): 80 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1994
Kirby W. Brown, President
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer
Curtis Y. Takahashi, President-Elect
Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Keve Ribardo, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Acade¬
my of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 18 October 1994
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
© This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 183-187, (1994)
LIMITED MULTIPLE-MATING IN MALES AND
SINGLE-MATING IN FEMALES OF THE ANT SPECIES,
PARATRECHINA FLA VIPES (FR. SMITH)
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
Katsuya Ichinose
Crop Production and Postharvest Technology Division,
Japan International Research Center for Agricultural Sciences,
Ohwashi 1-2, Tsukuba, Ibaraki-ken, 305 Japan 1
Abstract. — This study determined how many times alates of Paratrechina flavipes (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) can copulate in the field and laboratory. In the field, females preferred to mate once
and the mating number of males is unknown. In the laboratory, females mated singly but males
could inseminate two or three females. The duration of succeeding copulations was greater than
the first copulation. Multiple mating males died sooner than single mating ones. The results
suggest that male death is promoted by sperm consumption.
Key Words.— Insecta, ant, Paratrechina flavipes, mating behavior, Hokkaido Japan
Studies on ant mating behavior have focused on the queen, especially from the
social evolution viewpoint (Page & Metcalf 1982, Cole 1983, Crozier & Page
1985). Male mating has been ignored as the female contributes more to the colony
throughout her life than the male (Bartz 1982). Other reasons for ignoring male
mating behavior include: the amount of sperm is determined when the male
ecloses from the pupa (Holldobler & Bartz 1985), and it is often less than that
needed by female ants like Atta laevigata (F. Smith) (Corso & Serzedello 1981)
or Solenopsis invicta Buren (Glancey & Lofgren 1985). Furthermore, observation
of single males in nuptial flight is very difficult because of the large number of
males present (Talbot 1959, Holldobler 1976).
The limited amount of sperm in male ants could pose a problem in species
whose females mate once. If the female copulates with a mate-experienced male,
she may not receive sufficient sperm from him. Sperm scarcity could lead her
colony to collapse sooner than the colony of a female who copulated with a
“virgin” male. Thus, female rejection of a mate-experienced male could evolve
in such an ant species.
There are few social Hymenoptera for which the potential number of male
matings is known. Apis mellifera L. (Wilson 1971) and Formica rufa L. (Mari-
kovsky 1961) are examples of males which mate once. When they terminate
copulation their genitalia are destroyed and they soon die. Winged males of
Technomyrmex albipes Santchi seem to mate once without destruction of their
genitalia, but the potential number of matings per male is unknown (Yamauchi
et al. 1991). Alates of many ant species, including T. albipes, swarm so high in
the sky that their mating behavior cannot be seen from the ground. Thus, the
possible mating number of males is still unknown.
This paper deals with both field and laboratory observations of the mating
1 Current address: Departamento de Defesa Fitossanitaria, Faculdade de Ciencias Agronomicas,
UNESP, Campus de Botucatu, CEP 18.603-970, Botucatu, SP, Brazil.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(3)
behavior of the ant, Paratrechina flavipes (Fr. Smith) in Tomakomai, northern
Japan. I placed special emphasis on determining how many matings alates can
conduct.
Materials and Methods
Field Observation.— I visited a broad leaved forest with a 10% mixture of yezo
spruces, Picea jezoensis Miki, in Tomakomai from 10 to 30 Jun 1986 to observe
the nuptial flight of P. flavipes. I followed females (n = 1-2 at a time) in flight
and recorded the exact time of individual behaviors. I observed 12 females on
25 Jun and seven on 26 Jun; no females were found outside of nests on the other
days.
Laboratory Experiments. —In June 1988,1 collected female and male alates on
nuptial flights, between 09:00 h to 12:00 h (Japan Standard Time, JST), by sweep¬
ing vegetation with an insect net. I placed individual alates in 10 or 15 ml vials
containing a small piece of moist tissue paper for humidity and took them to the
Tomakomai Experiment Forest laboratory. I collected nine females and 20 males
on 13 Jun and 61 females and 50 males on 23 Jun. Two females among the nine
collected on 13 Jun were excluded from the experiment because they removed
their wings after collection.
I randomly selected one male and put it into a transparent polystyrene box (39
x 36 x 14 mm) with plaster of Paris covering the bottom. After the male calmed
down, I put one female into the box and observed their mating behavior. After
copulation, I replaced her with another female and kept the fertilized female in
another box with the same bottom. I repeated this until the male died. I also
paired the fertilized female with three unused males to determine whether she
would mate again. All the paired alates were selected from the same-day collection.
Results
Field Observation.— I observed completely the copulation of four females on
25 Jun but none on 26 Jun. Three females mated only once but the other mated
twice. The copulation durations of single mating females were short, ranging from
49 to 140 sec, while those of the female mating twice were longer: 390 and 731
sec respectively. Copulations of other females, eight on 25 Jun and seven on 26
Jun, were not observed completely and these females shed their wings within 10
min after the copulation and disappeared into the litter layer. Field observations
suggest that P. flavipes females mate once.
Laboratory Observation. — Six males copulated multiply and they died signifi¬
cantly sooner ( t = 2.78, P < 0.02) than those who copulated once or not at all
(Table 1). This suggests a negative correlation between number of male matings
and longevity after the last copulation.
There is a significant difference (t = 2.24, P < 0.05) in the duration of the first
mating among these males. Duration of copulation of single mating males is longer
than the first copulation of multiple mating males. A two-way ANOVA reveals
that in multiple mating males the duration of the first copulation is longer than
that of the second one while the duration of copulation is not significantly different
among individual males ( Fs = 3.98 ,P> 0.05) (Table 2). This suggests a positive
correlation between the duration and number of copulations.
All females mated in the laboratory experiment were exposed to three additional
1994
ICHINOSE: PARATRECHINA MATING BEHAVIOR
185
Table 1. The number and duration (seconds) of copulations and days from the last copulation to
the death for males of P. flavipes.
Male
Duration
Days 1
Number
First b
Second
Third
ml
3
92
360
205
0.5
m2
2
235
1210
1.5
m3
2
60
722
0.5
m4
2
287
408
1.5
m5
2
40
140
1.5
m6
2
128
972
0.5
Mean ± SD
140.3 ± 99.5
632.0 ± 410.9
1.00 ± 0.50
ml
1
100
2.5
m8
1
195
2.0
m9
1
223
1.0
mlO
1
719
1.0
ml 1
1
322
2.0
ml2
1
160
2.0
m 13
1
531
2.0
ml4
1
282
1.5
ml5
0
2.0
Mean ± SD
316.5 ± 208.4
1.75 ± 0.50
a Significantly different, t = 2.78, P < 0.02.
b Significantly different, t = 2.24, P < 0.05, using log-transformation.
males after copulation. They did not mate again and eventually shed their wings.
They laid eggs in July, which became workers in August, indicating that they were
successfully inseminated.
Discussion
The field observations of P. flavipes nuptial flights and previous data (Ichinose
1987) indicate that females of this ant mate once. The female that was observed
mating twice on 25 Jun 1986 seems to be exceptional. Both of her copulations
lasted longer than those of other females. The long durations may be due to her
copulating with previously mated males. This inference is supported by the lab¬
oratory experiment where the duration of a second or third copulation was sig¬
nificantly longer than those of a first copulation.
Some females used in the laboratory could have mated before collection. This
seems improbable, however, because females observed in the field removed their
T able 2. A two-way AN OVA test comparing the duration of first and second copulations in multiple
mating males. Variables are transformed logarithmically.
Source of variation
df
ss
MS
Fs
Significance level
Mating
1
1.265
1.265
27.978
P < 0.01
Individuals
5
0.901
0.180
3.987
ns P > 0.05
Error
5
0.226
0.045
Total
11
2.393
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
wings less than 10 min after the end of copulation. Laboratory experiments were
started at least 1 h after the collection and all the females had their wings. Multiple
mating of male ants is known or suggested to occur in several ant species (Scherba
1961, Kannowski 1963, Ito & Imamura 1974). However, P. flavipes is the first
species in which the number of male matings has been experimentally shown to
be limited, although Hdlldobler (1976) has suggested that the number of male
matings is limited in Pogonomyrmex spp.
Multiple matings in some P. flavipes males indicates that their genitalia are not
lost at copulation as occurs in F. rufa (Marikovsky 1961) or A. mellifera (Wilson
1971). The reason that copulation of the male is limited may exist in the amount
of their sperm, not in the structure of their genitalia. If P. flavipes males cannot
produce sperm after eclosion as in other ants (Holldobler & Bartz 1985), the male
should have less sperm at the second copulation than at the first. Thus, the
ANOVA test in Table 2 suggests a negative correlation between sperm amount
and copulation duration in the males. If so, the sperm amount in the male decreases
in the order: the multiple mating male at the first copulation; the single mating
male; and the multiple mating male at the second copulation. Because survival
after the last copulation is shorter in multiple mating males than in single mating
ones, sperm usage may promote the death of P. flavipes males.
Acknowledgment
I thank S. F. Sakagami and M. J. Toda for their comments; K. Isigaki, of the
Tomakomai Experiment Forest, facilitated this research in the forest.
Literature Cited
Bartz, H. S. 1982. On the evolution of male workers in Hymenoptera. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 11:
223-228.
Cole, B. J. 1983. Multiple mating and the evolution of social behavior in the Hymenoptera. Behav.
Ecol. Sociobiol., 12: 191-201.
Corso, C. R. & A. Serzedello. 1981. A study of multiple mating habit in Atta laevigata based on the
DNA content. Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 69B: 901-902.
Crozier, R. H. & R. E. Page. 1985. On being the right size: male contributions and multiple mating
in social Hymenoptera. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 18: 105-115.
Glancey, B. M. & C. S. Lofgren. 1985. Spermatozoan counts in males and inseminated queens of
the imported fire ants, Solenopsis invicta and Solenopsis richieri (Hymenoptera: Formicidae).
Fla. Entomol., 68: 162-168.
Holldobler, B. 1976. The behavioral ecology of mating i n harvester ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae:
Pogonomyrmex). Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 1: 405-423.
Holldobler, B., &H. S. Bartz. 1985. Sociobiology of reproduction in ants. pp. 237-257. In Holldobler,
B. & M. Lindauer (eds.). Experimental behavioral ecology and sociobiology (Fortschritte Der
Zoologies, Bd. 31). Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massachusetts.
Ichinose, K. 1987. Annual life cycle of Paratrechina flavipes (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) in the
Tomakomai Experiment Forest, southern Hokkaido. Kontyu, 55: 9-20.
Ito, M. & S. Imamura. 1974. Observations on the nuptial flight and intemidal relationship in a
polydomous ant, Formica ( Formica ) vessensis Forel. J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ. VI Zool., 19:
681-694.
Kannowski, P. B. 1963. The flight activities of formicine ants. Symp. Genet. Biol. Ita., 12: 74-102.
Marikovsky, P. I. 1961. Material on sexual biology of the ant Formica rufa L. Ins. Soc., 8: 23-30.
Page, R. E. Jr. & R. A. Metcalf. 1982. Multiple mating, sperm utilization, and social evolution. Am.
Nat., 119: 263-281.
Scherba, G. 1961. Nest structure and reproduction in the mound-building ant Formica opaciventris
Emery in Wyoming. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 69: 71-87.
1994
ICHINOSE: PARATRECHINA MATING BEHAVIOR
187
Talbot, M. 1959. Flight activities of two species of the ants of the genus Formica. Am. Midi. Nat.,
61: 124-132.
Wilson, E. O. 1971. The insect societies. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.
Yamauchi, K., T. Furukawa, K. Kinomura, H. Takamine & K. Tsuji. 1991. Secondary polygyny by
inbred wingless sexuals in the dolichoderine ant Technomyrmex albipes. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol.,
29:313-319.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 188-205, (1994)
A BIOGRAPHICAL ACCOUNT OF HAROLD COMPERE
(1896-1978), BIOLOGICAL CONTROL FOREIGN EXPLORER
Gordon Gordh 1
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside, California 92521
Abstract.— An historical account is provided for Harold Compere, a biological control foreign
explorer for the University of California (1923-1963). Compere’s early involvement in aviation
and its application to entomology are discussed. Some of his foreign exploration exploits are
reported and success with control of citrophilous mealybug is noted. His taxonomic and mor¬
phological interests in parasitic Hymenoptera are discussed. A bibliography of Harold Compere’s
scientific publications is provided.
Key Words. — George Compere, biological control, foreign exploration, citrophilous mealybug
[.Pseudococcus calceolariae ], black scale [Saissetia oleae ], California red scale [Aonidiella au-
rantii ], parasitic Hymenoptera, taxonomy, morphology
Biographical notes and observations provide a point of reference which time
and memory otherwise diminish. This account reviews high points in the life of
Harold Compere. He had no children or direct descendants; he was not a sub¬
scribing or participating member of any scientific society and he did not supervise
graduate students. Consequently his passing has gone largely unrecognized. For
more than 40 years Harold Compere served the University of California and State
of California as a foreign explorer and research entomologist. His contribution to
biological control of citrus pests was substantial and his contribution to the sys-
tematics of parasitic Hymenoptera was noteworthy. The following notes serve to
document some of his accomplishments.
Early Years
Harold Compere was bom on 17 Jan 1896 on Washington Street, Los Angeles,
California (Fig. 1). His mother, Amy Caypless Compere, was bom in Bridgeport,
Connecticut. His father, George Compere (1858-1928), was bom in Davenport,
Iowa. The elder Compere was a prominent figure in southern California agriculture
and an early foreign explorer for biological control. George Compere was at least
indirectly responsible for Harold’s involvement with biological control. The elder
Compere moved to California in 1874. During 1878 George was in charge of the
Vejar Orchard which was seriously infested with black scale. In 1891 he became
a horticulture inspector for Los Angeles County. George was a pioneer in foreign
exploration and in 1898 he accepted a position in Hawaii to search for beneficial
insects, first in Australia and Hong Kong. In 1901 he was employed by the Western
Australia Department of Agriculture to search for natural enemies; in 1904 he
was jointly employed by the State of California and Western Australia to search
for natural enemies of injurious insects. George held the post of Entomologist to
the Bureau of Agriculture of Western Australia until 1910. In 1908 he went to
China and took parasites of red scale to Perth. When he returned to California,
1 Present address: Entomology Department, University of Queensland, St. Lucia 4072, Queensland,
Australia.
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
189
Figure 1. Harold Compere in a photograph taken about 1901.
George accepted a position as a port inspector in San Francisco. For an account
of George Compere’s entomological activities see Howard (1930), Essig (1931)
and an anonymous obituary (1935).
Harold Compere lacked a formal education but succeeded in an academic
environment despite this apparent handicap. By his own account he repeatedly
dropped out of elementary school but was forced to return by his mother. His
last classroom training was at Lincoln High School in Santa Monica, where he
finally quit the 9th grade in 1912. Harold Compere thought he would like to
become a fisherman. After leaving school he went to work as a deck hand on a
pleasure boat, the McKinley, which operated off “Frazer’s Million Dollar Pier”
at Ocean Park. He was paid eight dollars a week, but the job did not last long.
He told the writer on more than one occasion that the fishing business involved
too much physical labor. However, 1 Jan 1913 found him an apprentice gardener
at Golden Gate Park in San Francisco where the labor was just as intensive and
his pay was $1.50 per day.
At Golden Gate Park, Harold Compere was noticed by the park’s founder, John
McLaren. Apparently McLaren was impressed by Compere and his abilities. After
a short while at the park, Compere was put in charge of insect control because
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
he apparently displayed a flair for this type of work. This aspect of his employment
lasted from 1914-1915. He was called “The Professor” and to quote Compere
he “. . . had the social status of a foreman but the pay of an apprentice gardener.”
His terminal pay at the park was $3.00 per day.
Compere’s professional development in entomology began to solidify during
1915. San Francisco officials announced the establishment the position of County
Horticultural Commissioner. Competition for the position was open and required
an examination. Compere wanted the position because it carried a salary of $6.00
per day, an office and an expense account. He was granted a leave of absence from
Golden Gate Park by McLaren and studied for the exam. McLaren told Compere
that if he passed the exam, the job would be his. McLaren was a very influential
person in San Francisco at the time and agreed to use his influence with the
Chairman of the Board of Supervisors who made the appointment.
Compere achieved the highest score on the exam but he was not appointed to
the position because he was not 21 years old. Instead, Compere became a Lab¬
oratory Assistant with the California State Commission of Horticulture on 16
Sep 1915. Compere received this offer from Harry Scott Smith (1883-1957), then
Superintendent of the State Insectary at Capitol Park in Sacramento. Smith served
as administrator for the County Horticultural Commissioner exam and was im¬
pressed with Compere’s performance on the written and oral examination. In
effect, Compere became an assistant to Smith and served him for more than 35
years. The initial phase of the relationship was temporarily interrupted by World
War I.
A few details about Smith are relevant to Compere’s story. Smith was bom in
Aurora, Illinois and attended the University of Nebraska (A.B. 1907; M.S. 1908;
honorary Ph.D. 1953). Smith was hired by L. O. Howard (1857-1950) in 1908
to study natural enemies of the boll weevil. Smith subsequently moved to the
Melrose Highlands Laboratory in Massachusetts where he worked on natural
enemies imported to control gypsy moth. Smith left federal employment to try
ranching in Wyoming, but returned to entomology when his efforts at livestock
management failed. Smith’s first foreign exploration involved searching for natural
enemies of the alfalfa weevil in Europe; one of the species he imported was useful
in control of alfalfa weevil. Upon return to the United States, Smith was hired
by Albert John Cook, California State Horticultural Commissioner, to serve as
superintendent of the State Insectary. Smith went on to become the “father” of
biological control in California and the person generally credited with coining the
term “biological control.”
Harold Compere saw service as a 2nd Lieutenant in the U.S. Army Air Service
during World War I. Compere was granted a leave of absence from the State
Commission of Horticulture during 1917, and he enlisted as a private in the
Aviation Section, Signal Enlisted Reserve Corps. His entrance into flight training
was unusual because college training was a requirement, and most officers in the
Army were college graduates. The Army Air Corps was even more selective. For
a high-school dropout to be accepted into this prestigious program was remarkable.
Compere entered the School of Military Aeronautics, University of California at
Berkeley on 27 Oct 1917 and completed the course eight weeks later. Compere,
with a ninth grade education, passed all examinations. He once confided that he
studied after “lights out” in the latrine. His studies paid off; most students with
college training failed to complete the course.
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
191
Compere received his flight training at Rockwell Field, North Island, San Diego.
As part of his training he made a cross-country flight to Allesandro, Riverside
County, California and became the first pilot to land at what eventually became
March Air Force Base (See March Field Story, 50th Anniversary 1918-1968, p.
12). This Strategic Air Command base continues as an important military in¬
stallation, and airplanes continue to fly over Compere’s home in Riverside and
the experiment station where he worked.
After completion of training, Compere was assigned to duty as a flight instructor
at Ellington Field in Houston, Texas. Compere later stated that he desired an
instructorship because duty in the war was dangerous. (The life of a pilot at the
front was measured in days or weeks.) Compere’s life as a pilot was not dull.
Sport among stateside pilots included cloud flying and racing railroad trains.
Compere participated in cloud flying until pilots were killed in accidents and he
realized the dangers associated with this activity. Racing trains seemed less dan¬
gerous to Compere, but the custom was strictly prohibited by the military. Nev¬
ertheless, Compere raced trains until the day an Air Patrol spotted him. To elude
authorities Compere became lost in the landing traffic, taxied his plane into a
hanger and fled the scene.
Compere was responsible for the pioneering effort to use the airplane as an
applied entomological tool. The story was briefly mentioned, but has gone gen¬
erally unnoticed. [See “The Airplane as a Farm Scout” 29 Mar 1919, Literary
Digest, 60 (13): 133-134.] During the fall of 1918 he discussed the possibilities
of using the airplane in survey work with Walter D. Hunter (1875-1925), then a
member of the Federal Horticulture Board and responsible for control of pink
bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders), in Texas. On 23 Nov 1918 Com¬
pere forwarded a letter to the Commanding Officer of Ellington Field, requesting
that permission be granted to use a military aircraft for the survey of cotton fields
near Ellington. That request was disapproved by the Executive Officer, 1 st Lt. J.
H. Sullivan.
Subsequently, Compere wrote to L. O. Howard and indicated that the work
was feasible. Howard was impressed with the possibilities of the aircraft being
used for entomological purposes. On 9 Dec 1918 he forwarded Compere’s letter
to the Division of Military Aeronautics with an endorsement of the plan. In
response, Lt. Colonel John Sullivan, Chief of the Photographic Branch and acting
under orders of Major General Kenly, directed the Commanding Officer of El¬
lington Field to undertake the work outlined by Compere and submit a record of
the work to the War Department in Washington. Sullivan’s letter is dated 13 Dec
1918.
In a letter to Howard, Compere summarized the survey program. “Dr. Hunter
assigned a very capable man to this work. He will be in charge and direct the
pilot. A ship has been equipped with speaking tubes so that any pilot will be
capable of carrying on this work when directed by a quarantine inspector. The
inspector makes the charts and is responsible for the success of the work. Several
days ago we made our first flight. It was a success. A storm prevented us from
continuing the survey.”
“I have just returned from a visit to California where I met Mr. Smith who is
holding a position open for me. He urged that I immediately return to Sacramento.
On returning from my visit, I found my discharge papers and also the orders to
undertake the boll worm survey. I had accepted my discharge and on Tuesday
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
will return to California. I have made arrangements for another pilot to conduct
this work. He will be under the direction of Dr. Hunter’s quarantine inspector.
In this work a pilot only acts as an aerial chauffeur, so that I do not feel my
personal services will be of any great advantage.” (Compere to Howard, 17 Jan
1919.)
The quarantine inspector selected for the work was Carl Heinrich (1880-1955)
(Wade 1955). The pilot was 2nd Lt. William H. Tillisch, Harold Compere’s
roommate. Heinrich and Tillisch made two flights on the afternoon of 21 Jan
1919 from Ellington Field. A report of the trip was prepared by Heinrich and
forwarded to Washington. Tillisch had been selected for the entomological work
personally by Compere. Tillisch had intended to remain in the Army but he was
killed in a scouting accident on 7 Aug 1919.
Harold Compere was discharged from the Army on 18 Jan 1919 and returned
to California. The role of the airplane expanded in service of entomology. From
a commercial standpoint, aerial application of pesticides on cotton was initiated
about 1922 when equipment for application of dust was developed. Sprays were
used from airplanes in 1930 for the control of mosquitoes. Widespread usage of
the aircraft for mosquito control was established during World War II. Curiously,
Compere dropped flying completely after discharge from military service. During
the remainder of his life he rode as a passenger on airplanes only a few times out
of medical necessity. All of his foreign exploration was conducted by ship.
Compere married Joan Tillman on 25 Aug 1919 in San Francisco. The marriage
was the second for Joan, and the only marriage for Harold. Joan was bom 27 Oct
1898 at Brownswood, Texas, and died during Jan 1974 at Riverside. Compere
returned to employment with Smith in California under the title of Junior En¬
tomologist, California State Department of Agriculture (1919-1921). During 1921-
1923 Compere was employed as an Assistant Entomologist.
The Division of Beneficial Insect Investigations was established as a part of the
Citrus Experiment Station (CES) in 1923. Several years earlier, the state legislature
was convinced by progressive agriculturists that a research program for citrus and
subtropical crops should be located in the southern part of the state. For an account
of the Citrus Experiment Station see Boyce (1969). Riverside was selected as the
site of the CES. The working group in beneficial insects represented a reorgani¬
zation of the California State Commission of Horticulture. Biological control as
an organized unit had been established in 1907 with construction of the State
Insectary in Sacramento. The first superintendent of the Insectary was E. K.
Cames, assisted by E. J. Branigan. Cames was succeeded as superintendent by H.
S. Smith in 1913. The research program on beneficial insects became part of the
Citrus Experiment Station with its CSCH staff transferred from Sacramento to
Riverside. Smith was Head of the Division. Original members of the Division
were Harold Compere, as foreign explorer and A. J. Basinger (1886-1984) as
secretary. Philip H. Timberlake (1884-1981) was hired in 1924 to serve as a
taxonomic specialist. Stanley Flanders (1894-1984) joined the group in 1929 and
later served as the quarantine officer.
Foreign Exploration
Compere’s major contribution to entomology was as a foreign explorer for
natural enemies of pests associated with subtropical agriculture. During a twenty
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
193
year period Compere made trips to South America, Africa, Australia and the
Orient. He assumed a position similar to one held by George Compere with the
state of California intermittently during the years 1899-1910. To understand why
someone would be employed to wander the globe searching for insects, we must
understand the agricultural conditions and views of growers regarding insect pest
control. Biological control was viewed optimistically by many citrus growers.
Their enthusiasm stemmed directly from the spectacular success achieved over
the cottony cushion scale, Iceryia purchasi (Masked) (CCS).
CCS was the most serious insect pest of citrus during the 1880s and threatened
elimination of the crop from California. The pest originated in Australia. Beneficial
insects were found in Australia during 1888 and imported into California. These
beneficial insects included a predaceous ladybird beetle, Rodolia cardinalis (Mul-
sant) and a parasitic fly Cryptochaetum iceryae (Williston). These insects became
established and were responsible for complete control of CCS (Doutt 1958). The
exploration work was undertaken by Albert Koebele (1852-1924); George Com¬
pere was not associated with the spectacular success, but he did witness it. In part
because growers were highly receptive to this kind of work, the State constructed
the insectary in Sacramento.
Harry Smith reinstituted foreign exploration after he became superintendent
of the State Insectary in 1913. During that year he searched in Japan and the
Philippines for natural enemies of mealybugs and scale insects attacking citrus.
The work of others followed. The 1920s saw Smith increasingly involved in
administrative duties with a continuing strong need for foreign exploration. The
exploration work was conducted by Harold Compere. During his career, Compere
imported natural enemies for numerous pests of citrus, most notably the black
scale, California red scale and citrophilous mealybug.
1926-1927 Australia, New Zealand (Citrophilous Mealybug).— After control of
CCS, the most serious pests of citrus in California were mealybugs, including
citrophilous mealybug [Pseudococcus calceolariae (Maskell)], citrus mealybug
[Planococcus citri (Risso)] and long-tailed mealybug [Pseudococcus longispinus
(Targioni-Tozzetti)]. Before WWI biological control work on these pests had been
limited to use of the coccinellid Cryptolaemus montrouzieri Mulsant which had
been imported from western Australia by Koebele during 1892. The beetle was
a general predator of mealybug whose success was limited. Considerable work
was invested in collecting adults and transporting them elsewhere in California
where pest outbreaks occurred. The problem was one of demand surpassing sup¬
ply. The beetles could not be produced in large numbers because their mealybug
prey could not be mass produced in the laboratory.
The citrophilous mealybug (CM) was first detected by C. P. Clausen (1893—
1975) at Upland (near Riverside) during 1913. By the mid 1920s, this insect was
recognized as the most significant pest, infesting more than 100,000 acres of citrus.
Cryptolaemus montrouzieri was an established predator but it was not effective.
Therefore, Compere was sent to Australia by Smith to search for natural enemies
of the CM. In Sydney during March 1928 Compere recovered the parasitic wasps
Coccophagus gurneyi Compere and Tetracnemus pretiosus Timberlake from a
mulberry tree infested with CM. Compere returned from Australia during 1929
with these parasites and by 1931 C. gurneyi completely controlled this pest in
California. The instance stands second only to the Vedalia beetle in importance
in the annals of applied biological control. The trip cost the state of California
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
$1700 but saved the citrus growers millions of dollars. The loss in revenue and
cost of control of this pest would have been astronomically large had it not been
controlled over the past 60 years.
1929-1930 Japan, China, India, Ceylon, Eritrea (Black Scale).— Black scale
(BS) [Saissetia oleae (Oliver)] was first noted in California about 1880 and peri¬
odically had been a serious pest on citrus and olives. In the early years of southern
California citrus, BS was regarded as the most serious pest. Africa has been
generally regarded as the native home of BS. In 1917 E. J. Vossler (1890-1918)
imported the encyrtid Metaphycus lounsburyi (Howard) from Australia, but this
internal parasite was not consistent in its effect. Other natural enemies were
imported earlier with inconsequential results.
For the 1929 trip Compere traveled via steamer and carried Wardian cages
containing potted plants infested with BS. Several parasites of minor importance
were collected at various localities. In earlier work on BS the celebrated Italian
entomologist Filippo Silvestri (1873-1949) had reported parasites ofBS in Eritrea.
While in Eritrea, Compere exposed parasitic wasps to the scale insects and cultures
were established. However, in Egypt the customs officials put all of his material
in a warehouse where the temperature exceeded 120° F. All of his work was lost
due to excessive heat. Compere continued to search for BS parasites throughout
his career. In spite the efforts of Compere, and many other entomologists, BS
remains a sporadic problem. Richards & Morse (1992) provide an excellent review
of BS in southern California, including a list of natural enemies collected and
imported by Compere.
1932-1933 Hong Kong, China, Pakistan, India, Ceylon (California Red Scale).—
The California red scale (CRS) [Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell)] was first considered
a serious problem in 1877. The pest was noticed by Thomas A. Garey and L. M.
Holt. Garey was a member of the Southern California Horticultural Society, dealer
in nursery stock and founding member of Pomona, California. Holt was secretary
of the Horticultural Society and editor of the Society’s journal. The CRS was
found in Garey’s stock during 1878, but not mentioned. Subsequent histories
note that CRS was first discovered in 1879, without association to Garey. Ac¬
cording to Compere, Garey was more concerned with the damage that knowledge
of CRS would do to his business, than damage the scale would do to his plants
(The Riverside Press, Tuesday, 26 Dec 1961). In 1892 natural enemies of CRS
had been sent to California from Australia by Koebele. From 1900-1906 George
Compere sent shipments intermittently from Australia to California. Silvestri
searched in China during 1924-1925.
Harold Compere’s objective in the orient was to find effective natural enemies
of CRS. A basic tenet of classical biological control states that the most effective
natural enemies of a pest are located in the center of endemicity of the pest. At
that time CRS occurred virtually everywhere citrus was grown commmercially.
The origin of CRS was obscured by movement of many plants by commerce. If
citrus was the original host of CRS, then logic dictated an oriental origin because
that is where citrus originated. However, CRS was known to thrive and reproduce
on several host plants and there was no firm reason to believe that CRS necessarily
originated on citrus in its native home.
A notable achievement during this trip was that Compere discovered that pre¬
ceding entomologists had misidentified yellow scale [then called Chrysomphalus
citrinus (Coquillett)] for the California red scale [then called Chrysomphalus au-
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
195
Figure 2. Harold Compere in Pakistan during 1932.
rantii] . The discovery was important because these scale insects had been regarded
as taxonomically indistinguishable. This discovery permitted entomologists to
correctly sort parasite-host, host plant and distribution records.
We have little documentation of this trip (Fig. 2). When reviewing his impor¬
tation records, we find that Compere did not significantly increase the number of
species of parasitic Hymenoptera available for control of CRS. In fact, he later
speculated that he had deliberately excluded species oiAphytis because he believed
they were A. chrysomphali, a species ineffective in the control of CRS and known
to exist in California. Later he recognized that a complex of species operated
under this name (Compere 1961).
1934-1935 South America (California Red Scale). — Compere’s objective in
South America was to obtain natural enemies of citrus pests, principally parasites
of the CRS. The trip was subsidized by Sunkist (formerly the California Citrus
Growers Exchange). Compere’s first port-of-call was Cartagena, Colombia on 25
Jul 1934. The excursion was brief. Only door-yard citrus was examined and no
parasites collected. Next, he arrived at Puerto Rico on 27 Jul. Subsequent stops
were made at Mayaguez, Port-of-Spain and Georgetown, but nothing was ob¬
tained.
Compere arrived at Rio de Janeiro on 18 Aug 1934. Brazil was the focal point
of this trip because of its extensive citrus plantings. In Brazil, he encountered
several obstacles. The Brazilian government prohibited removal of any botanical
or zoological material unless similar material existed in the Ministry of Agriculture
or National Museum. In Rio Compere’s microscope was confiscated by Customs
Officials. He was compelled to recover it at the American Embassy. [The writer
had the same problem in Rio with the same microscope during 1978.]
Exploration in Brazil was less than spectacular. Citrus had been in Brazil since
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
VoL 70(3)
the early days of Portuguese colonization. During the early part of the 20th century
the citrus industry fell on hard times locally and many growers were shifting their
agricultural efforts to cotton. Compere spent the last of August through November
exploring Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo and Bahia. In Sao Paulo Compere worked
with Edson Hambleton (1902-1980), and met Adolph Hempel, an American ex¬
patriot from Ohio who had worked on coccoids in Brazil since 1895. Hambleton
lived in South America from 1929-1943 and was Professor and Head of the
Escola Superior de Agricultura e Veterinaria in Vicosa and working on the mealy¬
bug genus Pseudococcus [For an obituary of Hambleton see Russell (1981)].
The following comments in a letter from Compere to Smith (11 Oct 1934) state
rather well some aspects of foreign exploration. “The trip to Alagoinhas as a guest
of the Government was not a great success. The train was scheduled to make the
trip in 2 x h hours. After traveling 2 x k hours we were informed the train was 2 x /i
hours late. Arrangements had been made for a return at 4:00 P.M. Sunday night.
At noon we learned that the schedule had been changed and our train had left at
4:00 A.M. Caldeira, the plant inspector escort, and the interpreter that I borrowed
from the Consulate had to be in Bahia Monday morning. They approached me
with an offer to pay their part if I would hire a car to take us to Bahia. It was not
their funeral so I paid the entire cost. First we found a motor car driver who
agreed to make the trip for 180 milreis. It rained as usual. Thick gumbo mud
churned by cattle in the hilly country mired us down. For a distance of several
miles horses towed and countrymen pushed. For at least once in my life I looked
the part of a foreign explorer. Covered with mud, on a horse in a mud hole I had
my picture taken for the benefit of my critics. It was rather enjoyable except for
the uncertainty of whether we were to spend the night out in rural Brazil. The
principal part of the entertainment at the Citrus Experiment Station was the
Director performing difficult maneuvers on a new tractor for my benefit.”
The collections of Brazil for CRS were disappointing and the only species of
promise were parasites of black scale. In Nictheroy, Compere found promising
parasites of BS, including an undescribed species of Coccophagus. Compere was
excited about this find because he felt that it offered a possibility of controlling
BS in coastal California plantings where these parasites were probably too small
for hyperparasites to attack. The collections in other countries of South America
were not productive of parasites of CRS.
1936-1937 South and Central Africa (Black Scale, California Red Scale). — The
trip to Africa was funded by Sunkist. This trip resulted in Compere collecting,
importing and describing Metaphycus helvolus (Compere), now a dominant par¬
asite of BS in California. Earlier, BS was kept under some biological control by
M. lounsburyi. Over the years ecological conditions changed and the pest became
more pernicious. When M. lounsburyi was imported into California, BS attacked
many species of trees, including false pepper, citrus and olive. The scale occurred
in so-called “uneven broods.” That is, a tree could harbor all stages of BS at all
times. Female M. lounsburyi attacked the “rubber-stage” which occurred im¬
mediately before adulthood. Over time, the impact of M. lounsburyi was such
that the parasite induced the host to become even-brooded, or development was
shifted such that long periods lapsed when the suitable host stage was not available.
As a consequence, parasite populations declined.
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
197
Olive and citrus infested with BS became more widespread in the even-brood.
False pepper continued to produce “uneven brooded” BS which in turn supported
low populations of M. lounsburyi. The explanation given for this condition was
that false pepper continued to produce new growth which favored scale devel¬
opment. Control of BS was still regarded as good because before the importation
of M. lounsburyi, BS would frequently kill the trees. Importation of M. helvolus
resulted in good control of BS, particularly along the coast of California, although
the success was not as spectacular as that witnessed with the CCS or the citro-
philous mealybug. Control of BS with M. helvolus was such that the pest become
a problem only through pesticide upset. In the interior regions of California where
the scale was even-brooded, the scale was completely controlled. Some insectaries
shifted their activities from production of citrophilous mealybug parasites and
Cryptolaemus to the production of M. helvolus. Many other parasites were im¬
ported by Compere during this trip including M. stanleyi Compere, Coccophagus
rusti Compere and C. cowperi Girault.
1947-1948 South Africa, East Africa, Zanzibar (Codling Moth, Grape Mealy¬
bug, Citrus Red Mite).— Foreign exploration was impossible during World War
II. Compere was too old for military service and he remained in Riverside at the
Experiment Station working on entomological projects (Fig. 3). Following the
War, Smith sent Compere to South Africa in search of natural enemies for several
citrus pests, including CRS, citrus red mite, long-tailed mealybug, and Baker’s
mealybug. During the war years, mealybugs had become a problem in Orange
and Los Angeles Counties, red scale was a perennial problem and citrus red mite
was becoming a more serious pest.
This was Compere’s last foreign exploration trip. He arrived in Capetown 21
Mar 1947. The trip to Africa had been authorized nearly two years earlier and
was confounded by delays. Compere wanted a car for exploration in South Africa.
His experience from the earlier trip to South Africa led him to feel this would
give him the mobility necessary to work effectively. During the period following
WW II, new cars were difficult to secure and it took Compere nearly eight months
to obtain a 1946 Chevrolet. After he purchased the car another eight months
passed before he secured passage on a steamer for himself, Joan and the car. The
first month in Capetown was spent with the police, traffic control, insurance,
immigration and related activities.
Moving around within South Africa was difficult due to police and immigration
regulations. The housing problem was acute in Capetown. In large part, housing
accommodations dictated collecting plans. He would not relinquish occupancy
of one lodging until another had been secured. If Compere had not brought a car,
then living conditions would have been considerably worse. The cost of living
had skyrocketed. He was required to pay for meals missed at boarding houses
and hotels. In a letter to Smith, Compere estimated that the cost of the visit
doubled while the productivity was reduced. The difficulties were partially com¬
pensated by the generous loan of a fully equipped laboratory at the Low Tem¬
perature Laboratory on Portswood Road, Capetown by Mr. Rees-Davies.
Compere’s objectives in the Cape involved the codling moth [Cydia pomonella
(Linneaus)], predatory coccinellids and the grape mealybug (GM) [Pseudococcus
maritimus (Ehrhorn)]. Smith was anxious to obtain codling moth parasites reared
198
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
/ /
i
I
Figure 3. Harold Compere in Riverside during 1940.
at the Western Province Research Institute. When Compere arrived in Stellen¬
bosch during Apr 1947 he found none to spare for export to California. Conse¬
quently he shifted his attention to other objectives. He had seen a coccinellid
feeding on CRS at Clan william in 1936 and hoped to locate it again. Also in the
Cape the so-called GM was known as a pest of grapes only. During 1936 he could
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
199
not find this pest on citrus, ornamentals or deciduous fruit. Compere speculated
that the pest on grape in the Cape was not the same as that in southern California.
Compere visited Clanwilliam 16-17 Apr 1947. The CRS picture had changed
considerably from his earlier visit. In 1947 he noted citrus trees being killed by
CRS infesting the branches. The situation was so dramatic that in one grove more
than 10,000 dead citrus trees had just been removed. Compere could not find the
coccinellid he had seen earlier and the only natural enemies located were Chilo-
corus lophanthae (Blaisdell) and an Aphytis, presumably chrysomphali (Mercet).
During May 1947 he visited the Letaba Estates of northeastern Transvaal near
the Murchison Range. The estate was owned by a Dr. Merensky, a German
geologist and mining engineer who arrived in Southwest Africa during 1908 and
explored Namaqualand. Returning to Germany in 1909, Merensky wrote a paper
which predicted the existence of diamonds in the alluvial deposits not connected
with the Kimberley Mines. Merensky’s paper went unnoticed so he put together
enough money to explore the area in 1926. He discovered diamonds in Nama¬
qualand as predicted, filed mining rights to 20 claims, sold these in 1928 and
went into agriculture. Merensky was Compere’s host at Letaba.
The Estate consisted of about 200,000 acres planted half in Valencia and half
in Navel oranges. CRS was as abundant as in southern California. As in California,
the navels were more heavily infested and more prone to attack by CRS than
Valencias. Compere noted that the trees at Letaba sustained heavier infestation
and recovered more rapidly than trees planted in California. Letaba provided a
superb natural laboratory for the study of CRS as it affected citrus. Nowhere in
his travels had he encountered a problem of this magnitude under the control of
one grower. The climatic conditions were comparable with California but the
summer was slightly warmer than Orange County. May was considered winter in
Transvaal but he recorded Aphytis chrysomphali and coccinellid predators as
abundant. The distribution of CRS was not even and the distribution of parasites
was not straightforward. Although this visit was informative, it was not productive
in terms of new natural enemies.
Compere reluctantly visited Zanzibar during October and November 1947.
Bureaucratic entanglements with his car and the problems of securing living ac¬
commodations enhanced Compere’s reluctance to voluntarily move. Smith sec¬
onded Compere to the Pacific Science Board to search for Scolia ruficornis (Fabr.),
a wasp parasitic on the beetle Oryctes rhinocerus (L.), then a serious pest of coconut
palm in the South Pacific. Compere had been in Nairobi during July thru Sep¬
tember. Smith finally ordered Compere to undertake the work, an action which
both men found unpleasant. In more than 25 years of association Smith never
ordered Compere to do anything. Smith always relied on Compere’s judgement
to act independently in the field. F. X. Williams of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters
Association replaced Compere in this work.
Compere returned to Nairobi and was operated on 9 Jan 1948 for an hernia.
Ten weeks later the hernia reappeared. Medical attention was provided at the
European Hospital in Nairobi, the same hospital in which Joan was resident three
months with a broken leg. During April 1948 he was particularly interested in
working with parasites of long-tailed mealybug in Kenya. He recovered a species
of an Anagyrus near A. maritimus which had been sent to California earlier.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
200
Compere later described the parasite as Anagyrus kivuensis. Compere felt that if
the parasite did succeed that it would justify the trip to Africa. In Kenya this
parasite was rated as the most important parasite of coffee mealybug, Planococcus
kenyae (LePelly). At this time S. E. Flanders made requests for Chilocorus wahl-
bergi Mulsant. Compere located this coccinellid in navel orange groves at Thika
which were heavily infested with California and Florida red scale, purple scale,
russet mite and red spider mite. The occurrence was particularly noteworthy
because Compere had standing orders to secure natural enemies of RSM. He
located staphylinid larvae feeding on this mite on avocado, but apparently other
insects were not observed feeding on this pest.
By June 1948 Compere was looking forward to returning to the United States.
The medical problems encountered by Harold and Joan had been significant.
This, coupled with the poor collecting conditions in Kenya, hastened his attempt
to depart for home. Unfortunately, the political situation complicated matters.
His Chevrolet, according to Kenya law, had to be sold at a price fixed by the
Controller of Motor Vehicles. Payment was to be in East African shillings and
could not be converted into U.S. dollars legally. To further complicate matters
removal of large sums (including shillings) from East Africa was prohibited.
Domestic Exploration
1951 (Western Grape Leaf Skeletonizer).— Compere’s last expedition for natural
enemies was to the Atlantic and Central States for parasites of Harrisina americana
(Guerin) which might be used in California against H. brillians (GLS) Barnes &
McDunnough. The trip (13 Jul-26 Sep 1951) involved 17 shipments. At the time
GLS was a significant pest of grapes in California. Smith had retired shortly before
Compere’s trip, but Smith directed the project. He believed that beneficial insects
could be obtained from the east. Compere selected Columbus, Ohio as the starting
point owing to its central location and because H. americana had been recorded
from there, but had not achieved pest status in commercial plantings of grapes.
The trip was made by car and he engaged in virtually no collecting along the way
to Columbus because of the lateness of the season and prevailing weather con¬
ditions.
Compere visited grape plantings in Ohio which revealed nothing. He shifted
to New York due to the reported outbreak of H. americana in 1949 at Cayuga
County. Unfortunately, Compere could not locate the site of the reported infes¬
tation. Plantings of grapes were infested with another skeletonizer, not H. amer¬
icana. P. J. Hartzell at the Geneva Experiment Station suggested Compere try the
Hudson Valley but this exploration was unproductive. A subsequent visit to New
Jersey revealed nothing. Compere next tried Pennsylvania because H. americana
was considered a pest there. The Lepidopterist S. W. Frost took Compere to
Shingletown Gap where the first collection of H. americana larvae was made and
shipped to Riverside on 9 Aug. A second shipment was sent from material taken
at Morganstown, West Virginia on 13 Aug 1951.
Compere had been plagued with asthma and the condition had become intol¬
erable. Compere went to Florida for relief and where there was some promise of
finding natural enemies. A shipment of larvae was taken near Jacksonville and
sent to Riverside on 17 Aug. Additional collections were taken at Jacksonville
which revealed parasites, and another collection made at Titusville. On 1 Sep he
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
201
left the state and next made a small collection in Tennessee. The trip yielded
nothing of substance and must be regarded as a failure.
Collecting Techniques
Harold Compere was among the most successful collectors in terms of number
of species obtained abroad, the number of establishments in California and bi¬
ological control achievements. His methodology probably influenced his perfor¬
mance record. Compere’s approach to foreign exploration remained essentially
constant throughout his career and is best summarized in his own words in a
letter to S. E. Flanders dated 9 Jun 1947. “I am more than ever of the opinion
that sidewalk exploring in the big cities is far more profitable than orchard ex¬
ploration. However, sidewalk exploring is [sic] nean and dirty work. Orchard
exploring is a grand life, especially in Africa where the total citrus plantings are
about equal to those of Tulare County. ... In the past I have been criticized for
not getting out into the orchards.” Someone with foreign exploration experience
can appreciate the wisdom in Compere’s words. The threat to personal safety has
always been a real and persistent problem. Dogs were Compere’s particular nem¬
esis and he always carried a pair of oversize gardener’s shears for self protection
on sidewalk exploration.
Systematic Studies of Parasitic Hymenoptera
From the standpoint of applied biological control, parasitic Hymenoptera are
among the most important beneficial insects. Many of the insects which he col¬
lected were new to science. Taxonomy of the parasitic Hymenoptera was in a
confused state and there were too few taxonomists working on these wasps to
provide rapid and correct identifications. P. H. Timberlake was hired to work on
the taxonomy of parasitic Hymenoptera but he shifted interests and worked on
the taxonomy of bees. These facts made Compere’s involvement in taxonomy
imperative. Between foreign exploration trips, Compere focused his attention on
the taxonomy of parasitic Chalcidoidea, mostly Aphelinidae and Encyrtidae. These
families are numerically large, taxonomically difficult and represented the bulk
of the material collected by Compere. The descriptions of his species may be
found in the publications listed below.
Compere was a self-educated taxonomist whose work with aphelinids is note¬
worthy. Compere (1931) provided the first modem revision of Coccophagus, a
cosmopolitan genus consisting of about 200 species. Members of the genus dem¬
onstrate complex biological habits and may serve as primary or secondary par¬
asites. Compere (1955) also developed the first revisionary study of the genus
Aphytis. Species of Aphytis are the primary parasites of armored scale insects and
are important in control of diaspidids (Rosen & DeBach 1978). The history of
Aphytis in biological control makes a compelling story. Aspects of that history
were provided by Compere (1961) in his classic paper on the California red scale.
Before Compere’s work, Aphytis contained only a few species. He described several
species and drew attention to several species which were morphologically similar
and biologically useful. His taxonomic studies served as the foundation for the
work of Paul DeBach (1913-1992) in applied biological control of scale insects.
DeBach, with graduate students and colleagues, pointed to the existence of nu¬
merous sibling species complexes within Aphytis. Presently we recognize more
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
than 200 species of Aphytis with many species remaining undescribed (Rosen &
DeBach 1979).
Compere’s work in the Encyrtidae was less significant but still worthy of men¬
tion. This family contains about 500 genera and more than 3,300 species. All
species are primary or secondary parasites. Most hosts are Homoptera and con¬
sequently the family holds importance in control of many pests. Compere worked
on some important genera, such as Metaphycus and Aphycus, but he did not
publish improvements in the classification of the family. The Encyrtidae were too
large and knowledge was too diffuse for Compere to make a significant improve¬
ment in their taxonomy.
Harold Compere retired as Specialist on 1 Jul 1963. He did not hold an academic
appointment and consequently he was not entitled to the privileges accorded
emeriti. A petition was made in his behalf and he was accorded emeritus status.
A petition was made to award him an honorary Ph.D., but this was denied because
the University of California did not engage in this practice at the time. Once,
Compere had been appointed to the faculty. However, this placed him under a
less desirable retirement system. He successfully sought to have the appointment
eliminated and his status as a Specialist reinstated.
As a Specialist, Compere could not supervise graduate students, but he did
influence some of them who passed through Riverside. Paul DeBach was first
attracted to biological control after seeing a photograph in the Los Angeles Times
of Harold Compere on a camel in Eritrea. During the 1950s and early 1960s
Compere worked with the Italian Giulio Zinna. Unfortunately, after returning to
Italy, Zinna committed suicide and prematurely terminated a potentially pro¬
ductive partnership. Compere also collaborated with the noted South African
chalcidoid taxonomist David P. Annecke (1928-1981).
Compere had a strong interest in morphology and held a great admiration for
Gordon Floyd Ferris (1893-1958). During the latter years of life Harold Compere
became obsessed with principles of morphology as they related to chalcidoid
classification (see his last publications below). He felt that classifications should
be phylogenetic in the sense that they reflect evolutionary modification of ana¬
tomical features. The higher classification of the Chalcidoidea has always been
confused, in part due to the large number of species and bewildering array of
anatomical modifications. Compere thought that his retirement pastime would
be the clarification of taxonomic relationship through detailed analysis of ana¬
tomical structure.
Compere undertook a detailed morphological analysis of all Hymenoptera with
a goal of demonstrating homology and tracing modification through descent. His
approach was sound in that he would take representatives of many families of
chalcidoids and study them part-by-part in a comparative manner. His notion of
a perfected classification embraced the concept of shared derived characters. He
was tormented by the fact that he could not find a common groundplan for many
important structural features in the groups which he studied. He agonized over
these problems for nearly fifteen years following retirement. He would draft manu¬
scripts considering each anatomical feature in some detail. Unfortunately the gaps
between taxa he studied were tremendous and he could not account for modifi¬
cations or trends of change given his limited selection of data points. In the end
he quit and all that remains of his studies are boxes of slides with his dissections,
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
203
photomicrographs and reams of unpublished text. Final abandonment of mor¬
phological studies came around 1975. Simply put, the problem exceeded his
ability.
Harold Compere died 3 Feb 1978 at his home at 1900 Bonnie Brae, above
Tequesquite Arroyo, at Riverside, California. He was cremated and his ashes
interred at Rosedale Cemetery in Los Angeles, a few city blocks from the house
in which he was born.
Acknowledgment
I thank Ted Fisher, David Headrick and Sergei Trjapitzin for reading the manu¬
script and commenting upon it.
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1935. Jordi Compere (1858-1928). Arx. Esc. Sup. Agr. Barcelona (n.s.), 1: 293-299.
Boyce, A. M. 1969. History of the Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment Station.
Proc. 1st Intern. Citrus Symp., pp 49-55.
Doutt, R. 1958. Vice, virtue and the Vedalia. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am., 4.1: 119-123.
Essig, E. O. 1931. A history of entomology. The MacMillan Company, New York.
Howard, L. O. 1930. A history of applied entomology. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Coll. 84,
564 pp.
Richards, L. & J. Morse. 1992. A survey of black scale, Saissetia oleae [Horn.: Coccidae] parasitoids
[Hym.: Chalcidoidea] in southern California. Entomophaga, 37: 373-390.
Rosen, D. & P. DeBach. 1978. Diaspididae. pp. 78-128. In Clausen, C. P. (ed.). Introduced parasites
and predators of arthropod pests and weeds: a world review. USDA Agric. Handbook 480.
Rosen, D. & P. D. DeBach. 1979. Species of Aphytis of the world (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). Dr.
W. Junk BV Publishers, The Hague.
Russell, L. M. 1981. Edson J. Hambleton. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 83: 564-569.
Wade, J. S. 1955. Carl Heinrich. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 57: 249-255.
Bibliography of Harold Compere
1. 1916. Notes on the tomato psylla. Mon. Bull. Calif. State Com. Hort. 5: 189-191.
2. 1916. (with H. S. Smith) Observations on the Lestophanus, a dipterous parasite of the cottony-
cushion scale. Mon. Bull. Calif. Com. Hort. 5: 383-389.
3. 1920. (with H. S. Smith) The life history and successful introduction into California of the black
scale parasit e, Aphycus lounsburyi How. Mon. Bull. Calif. State Dept. Agr. (8): 311-320.
4. 1921. Seasonal history of the black scale and relation to biological control. Calif. Citrog. 6 (6):
197. April.
5. 1922. The black scale problem. Calif. Cultiv. 59 (2): 29-30.
6. 1924. A preliminary report on the parasitic enemies of the citricola scale, Coccus pseudomag-
nolarum (Kuwana) with descriptions of new chalcidoid parasites. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 23:
113-123.
7. 1925. New chalcidoid (hymenopterous) parasites and hyperparasites of the black scale, Saissetia
oleae Bernard. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 3: 295-326.
8. 1925. A new genus and species of Aphelinidae (Hymenoptera) from China. Trans. A m. Entomol.
Soc. 51 (871): 129-134.
9. 1926. Descriptions of new coccid-inhabiting chalcidoid parasites (Hymenoptera). Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol. 4: 1-31.
10. 1926. New coccid-inhabiting parasites (Encyrtidae, Hymenoptera) from Japan and California.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 4: 33-50.
11. 1926. Descriptions of new coccid-inhabiting chalcidoid parasites (Hymenoptera). Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol. 4: 51-61.
12. 1926. (with H. S. Smith) The establishment in California of Coccophagus modestus Silv. (Aphe¬
linidae, Hymenoptera) with notes on its life history. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 4: 51-61.
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
13. 1927. (with H. Smith) Notes on the life history of two oriental chalcidoid parasites of Chrys-
omphalus. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 4: 63-73.
14. 1928. New coccid-inhabiting chalcidoid parasites from Africa and California. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Entomol. 4: 209-230.
15. 1928. (with H. S. Smith) A preliminary report on the insect parasites of the black scale Saissetia
oleae (Bernard). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 4: 231-334.
16. 1928. Successful importation of five new natural enemies of citrophilus mealybug from Australia.
Calif. Citrog. 13 (9): 318.
17. 1928. Establishment in state of newly introduced mealybug parasites. Calif. Citrog. 14c (1): 5.
November.
18. 1929. (with H. S. Smith) New insect enemies of the citrophilus mealybug from Australia. Mon.
Bull. Calif. State Dept. Agric. 18: 214-218.
19. 1929. Description of a new species of Coccophagus recently introduced into California. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entomol. 5: 1-3.
20. 1930. An account of a trip to Eritrea to obtain insect enemies of the black scale, Saissetia oleae
(Bern.). Calif. Citrog. 15: 533, 562-568.
21. 1931. Revision of the species of Coccophagus—a. genus of hymenopterous coccid-inhabiting
parasites. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 78: 1-132.
22. 1931. A revision of the genus Diversinervus Silvestri, encyrtid parasites of coccids (Hymenoptera).
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 5: 233-245.
23. 1931. A discussion of the parasites of Saissetia oleae (Bern.) collected in Eritrea. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol. 5: 247-255.
24. 1931. The African species of Baeoanusia, an encyrtid genus of hyperparasites (Hymenoptera).
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 5: 257-264.
25. 1931. New encyrtid (hymenopterous) parasites of Pseudococcus species from Eritrea. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol. 5: 265-274.
26. 1931. (with H. S. Smith) An imported parasite attacks the yellow scale. Calif. Citrog. 16 (7):
328.
27. 1931. (with H. S. Smith) Notes on Ophelosia crawfordi. J. Econ. Entomol. 24: 1109-1110.
28. 1932. (with H. S. Smith) The control of the citrophilus mealybug, Pseudococcus gahani by
Australian parasites. Hilgardia 6: 585-618.
29. 1933. The parasites of Pseudococcus comstocki Kuw. Canad. Entomol. 65: 243-247.
30. 1933. Tracking down red scale parasites in the mysterious Orient. Citrus Leaves 13 (5): 1-3, 12.
31. 1933. Proposed distribution of the black scale parasite Coccophagus trifasciatus Compere. Univ.
Calif. Coll. Agr. News Letter No. 7, Div. Benef. Insect Invest. Citrus Exp. Sta.
32. 1933. (with S. E. Flanders) Anar ho pus Sydneyensis Timb., an encyrtid parasite of Pseudococcus
longispinus (Targ.) recently introduced into California from Australia. J. Econ. Entomol. 28:
966-973.
33. 1935. Exploratory search for natural enemies of the red scale. (Extracts from an unpublished
manuscript arranged by the editors of the California Citrograph). Calif. Citrog. 20 (12): 371,
383-388.
34. 1935. Red scale parasite search in South America described by Compere. Citrus Leaves 15 (10):
1, 2, 14, 18.
35. 1936. A new genus and species of Encyrtidae parasitic in the pineapple mealybug, Pseudococcus
brevipes (Ckll.). Proc. Haw. Entomol. Soc. 9: 171-174.
36. 1936. Notes on the classification of the Apholinidae, with descriptions of new species. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entomol. 6: 277-322, 19 figs.
37. 1936. A new species of Habrolepis parasitic in Chrysomphalus aurantii Mask. Bull. Entomol.
Res. 27: 493-496.
38. 1937. Coccid-inhabiting parasites from Africa, with descriptions of new Encyrtidae and Aphe-
linidae. Bull. Entomol. Res. 28: 43-51, 3 figs.
39. 1937. The species of Aenasius, encyrtid parasites of mealybugs. Proc. Haw. Entomol. Soc. 9:
383-404, 4 figs.
40. 1937. Collecting red and black scale parasites in Africa. Calif. Citrog. 23 (2): 58, 59, 87-89.
41. 1938. Things not entomological on tour of Africa in search of parasites. Calif. Citrog. 23 (3):
122, 124.
42. 1938. Description of a new species of Leptomastix parasitic i n Phenacoccus hirsutus Green. Bull.
Soc. Fouad Entomol, pp. 36-38 “Se’ance du It.”
1994
GORDH: HAROLD COMPERE HISTORY
205
43. 1939. A report o n some miscellaneous African Encyrtidae i n the British Museum. Bull. Entomol.
Res. 29: 315-337.
44. 1939. A second report on some miscellaneous African Encyrtidae in the British Museum. Bull.
Entomol. Res. 30: 1-26.
45. 1939. Mealybugs and their insect enemies in South America. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 7:
57-74.
46. 1939. The insect enemies of the black scale, Saissetia oleae (Bern.), in South America. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entomol. 7: 75-90.
47. 1940. The African species of Metaphycus Mercet. Bull. Entomol. Res. 31: 7-33.
48. 1940. A new species of Metaphycus (Hymenoptera, Encyrtidae) from Australia parasitic in
Eriococcus coriaceus Maskell. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 65: 46-47.
49. 1940. Parasites of the black scale, Saissetia oleae, in Africa. Hilgardia 13: 387-425.
50. 1941. (with S. E. Flanders & H. S. Smith) Use air transport from China for introduction of
parasites. Calif. Citrog. 26: 291, 300-301.
51. 1943. A new species of Metaphycus parasitic on psyllids. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 19: 71-73.
52. 1943. A new and economically important species of Anagyrus from Africa. Bull. Entomol. Res.
34: 129-130.
53. 1947. A new species of Encyrtidae parasitic in Coccus hesperidum, L. Bull. Entomol. Res. 38:
281-283.
54. 1947. A new genus and species, Eurymyiocnema aphelinoides (Hymenoptera, Aphelinidae), and
a history of the genera Euryischia Riley and Myiocnema Ashmead. Bull. Entomol. Res 38:
381-388.
55. 1947. A report on a collection of Encyrtidae with descriptions of new genera and species. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entomol. 8: 1-24.
56. 1953. An appraisal of Silvestri’s work in the orient for the University of California, some
misidentifications corrected and two forms of Casca described as new species. Bol. Lab. Zool.
Gen. Agr. “Filippo Silvestri” (Portici) 33: 35-46.
57. 1955. A systematic study of the genus Aphytis Howard (Hymenoptera, Aphelinidae) with de¬
scriptions of new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 10: 271-320.
58. 1955. (with Giulio Zinna) Tre nuovi genrei e cinque nuove specie di Encyrtidae. Stabilimento
Tipografico Guglielmo Genovese (Napoli). Bol. Lab. Entomol. Agr. ‘Filippo Silvestri’ (Portici)
14:94-116.
59. 1957. Descriptions of species of Metaphycus recently introduced into California and some
corrections. Bol. Lab. Entomol. Agr. “Filippo Silvestri” (Portici) 15: 221-230.
60. 1960. (with B. R. Subba Rao & R. B. Kaur) Two species of Encyrtidae parasitic in the pink
mealybug of sugarcane in India—(Hymenoptera). Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 26 B (1): 45-50.
61. 1960. (with D. P. Annecke) A reappraisal of Aphycus Mayr, Metaphycus Mercet, and allied
genera (Hymenopt.: Encyrtidae). J. Entomol. Soc. So. Afr. 23: 375-389.
62. 1961. (with D. P. Annecke) Descriptions of parasitic Hymenoptera and comments (Hymenopt.:
Aphelinidae, Encyrtidae, Eulophidae). J. Entomol. Soc. So. Afr. 24: 17-71.
63. 1961. The red scale and its insect enemies. Hilgardia 31: 173-278.
64. 1962. The reality of stemites in the mesothorax of Hymenoptera. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.
64: 224-228.
65. 1969. Changing trends and objectives in biological control. Proc. 1st Intern. Citrus Symp. 2:
755-764.
66. 1969. The role of systematics in biological control: a backward look. Israel J. Entomol. 4: 5-10.
67. 1970. (with D. Rosen) The prescutum in Hymenoptera. Proc. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London (A)
45 (7-9): 91-97.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 206-211, (1994)
ESTABLISHMENT OF UROPHORA SIRUNASEVA (HERING)
(DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) FOR BIOLOGICAL
CONTROL OF YELLOW STARTHISTLE IN THE
WESTERN UNITED STATES
C. E. Turner, 1 R. Sobhian, 2 D. B. Joley, 3
E. M. Coombs, 4 and G. L. Piper 5
United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
Western Regional Research Center, Albany, California 94710
2 United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
European Biological Control Laboratory, BP 4168-Agropolis,
34092 Montpellier, Cedex 5, France
3 California Department of Food & Agriculture, Biological Control Program,
Sacramento, California 95814
4 Oregon Department of Agriculture, Weed Control,
Salem, Oregon 97310
5 Department of Entomology, Washington State University,
Pullman, Washington 99164
Abstract. — Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Diptera: Tephritidae) is a capitulum-galling natural
enemy of yellow starthistle, Centaurea solstitialis (Asteraceae). The fly was first introduced into
the United States for biological control of yellow starthistle in the mid-1980s. As of 1992, field
establishment of U. sirunaseva is known from California (five sites), Oregon (six sites), and
Washington (one site). Field sample data for four populations of U. sirunaseva from California
and Oregon in 1992 yielded a range of galled host capitula from 22.1 to 44.0%, and a range of
mean galls per galled capitulum from 1.8 to 2.1.
Key Words. — Insecta, gall, biological control, weed, Urophora, Centaurea
Yellow starthistle {Centaurea solstitialis L., Asteraceae) is an Eurasian annual
that is a highly invasive, naturalized weed of grasslands and other environments
in the western United States, especially in California (~ 3,200,000 ha infested),
Idaho (~ 81,000 ha infested), Oregon (~ 400,000 ha infested), and Washington
(~ 54,000 ha infested) (Maddox & Mayfield 1985, Maddox et al. 1985, Roche &
Roche 1988, Callihan et al. 1989, Turner et al. in press). The weed displaces
native and other more desirable plants, the spiny capitula deter grazing by livestock
and are a nuisance to people working or recreating on infested lands, and it is
poisonous to horses (Cordy 1978).
Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Diptera: Tephritidae) is a natural enemy of yel¬
low starthistle from Greece eastwards (White & Clement 1987). Urophora siru¬
naseva females posit fusiform eggs in closed capitula of yellow starthistle (Sobhian
1993, Turner in press). In a laboratory cage study conducted in Greece, Sobhian
(1993) observed up to 270 oviposited eggs per female, and a mean of 167 ovi¬
posited eggs per female. Turner (in press) recorded an average of 136 oviposited
eggs per female in a laboratory cage study in California. Lignified, unilocular galls
are formed around the developing larvae within capitula. The fly is bivoltine, and
overwinters as mature larvae in galls on host capitula. Groppe et al. (1990) and
Clement & Sobhian (1991) conducted host specificity tests in field plots in northern
1994
TURNER ET AL.: TEPHRITID CONTROL OF THISTLE
207
Greece, and Turner (in press) carried out host specificity tests in a quarantine
glasshouse. These tests as well as field host records (White & Korneyev 1989)
indicate a very high level of host specificity and safety for U. sirunaseva as a
biological control agent for yellow starthistle.
Field Releases and Establishment
The first field releases of U. sirunaseva in North America occurred in 1984,
when flies imported from Greece were released in California, and flies imported
from Turkey were released in Idaho (Turner et al. in press). In 1985, additional
releases of flies from Greece were made in California, Idaho, Oregon, and Wash¬
ington. After the 1985 releases, U. sirunaseva releases ceased until the taxonomic
confusion between U. sirunaseva and the closely related and very similar U.
jaculata Rondani was clarified (Turner et al. in press) by White & Clement (1987)
and White & Korneyev (1989). The fly was thought not to have established until
populations were discovered in 1989 at each of its only release sites near Loomis,
California (1984 and 1985 releases) and Phoenix, Oregon (1985 release). Field
releases commenced in 1989 using material imported from Greece, or flies col¬
lected from the initial California and Oregon populations.
As of 1992, U. sirunaseva was known to be established in California, Oregon,
and Washington. The source of all established populations is the Thessaloniki
area of northern Greece. Urophora sirunaseva larvae in galled yellow starthistle
capitula were shipped from Greece, and releases were made with the adults that
emerged in the USDA-ARS quarantine facility in Albany, California. A more
detailed description of established populations through the 1992 field season
follows.
California. — Urophora sirunaseva is established at five sites in California: Loomis
(Placer Co.), Hornbrook (Siskiyou Co.), Ukiah (Mendocino Co.), Rancho Cordova
(Sacramento Co.), and Mankas Corner (Napa Co.). Flies imported from Greece
were released at Loomis in 1984 in two separate releases of 142 adults (78 females,
64 males) and 42 adults (21 females, 21 males), and in a 1985 release of 60 adults
(30 females, 30 males). It is not certain which of these releases resulted in estab¬
lishment. The Hornbrook population was founded by flies (« 150 females, 200
males) released in 1990 from adults collected at Phoenix, Oregon. Flies (111
females, 165 males) collected from the Phoenix, Oregon population were also
released in 1990 at Mankas Corner; in addition, flies (116 females, 192 males,
but unquantified mortality due to high ambient temperature at the time of release)
from Greece were released in 1991 at Mankas Comer. It is not certain which of
these releases resulted in establishment at Mankas Corner. Urophora sirunaseva
imported from Greece were released as adults (204 females, 168 males) at the
Ukiah site in 1990. The Rancho Cordova population was founded by adult flies
(225 presumably mated females) released in 1991 that were collected at Loomis.
Oregon. — Urophora sirunaseva is established at six sites in Oregon: Phoenix,
Brownsboro, and Black Butte (Jackson Co.); Myrtle Creek and Riddle (Douglas
Co.); and East Grants Pass (Josephine Co.). Flies imported from Greece were
released (100 females, 100 males) in 1985 at Phoenix. All other flies released in
Oregon originated from this population. Flies were released in 1989 at Myrtle
Creek (75 females, 50 males) and at Riddle (75 females, 50 males). Flies (250
adults) were released at Riddle again in 1990 as well as at Brownsboro (100 adults).
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
In 1991 , U. sirunaseva was released at Black Butte (100 adults) and at East Grants
Pass (100 adults). Where the gender ratio is not specified, it was estimated to be
~ 1 : 1 .
Washington. — Urophora sirunaseva is established at Colfax (Whitman Co.).
This population originated from 400 adults (200 females, 200 males) collected
from Phoenix, Oregon and released in 1990.
Further field releases of U. sirunaseva collected from domestically established
populations are planned in the United States. Our redistribution experience thus
far has shown that establishment can readily result from releases of either first or
second generation adults, and from releases of relatively small numbers of flies
(< 100 females).
Materials and Methods
A quantitative sampling study was undertaken to assess the status of established
field populations of U. sirunaseva in California and Oregon. Sampling began in
1989 at the Loomis, California and Phoenix, Oregon populations; and in 1992
at the Hombrook, California and Ukiah, California populations.
Except for the Ukiah population, sampling was carried out along eight major
lines (N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW) established from a central stake at each
release site. Ten samples of whole plants or branches of large plants were taken
at random intervals generated by a hand calculator along each line. This sampling
method concentrates the sample points in the central area around the release site
within a population. The Ukiah population is an elongated patch of yellow star-
thistle distributed along a steep, narrow hillside. Sampling here was carried out
along two lines parallel to the length of the hillside, with samples taken at 40
random points along each line. All sampled capitula were dissected in the labo¬
ratory, and counts of U. sirunaseva galls were made. All samples were taken in
late summer/early fall, thus galls from both generations were counted.
Results and Discussion
Thus far, there are similar values for percentage galled capitula and number of
galls per galled capitulum among three of the populations (Table 1). The percentage
of galled capitula at the Ukiah population is approximately twice that of the other
populations. The Ukiah yellow starthistle population is somewhat isolated from
other host populations in the surrounding area by urban development, whereas
the other infested C. solstitialis populations that were sampled are essentially
continuous with surrounding areas occupied by the weed. Thus the flies may be
more readily spreading throughout the surrounding area at Loomis, Hombrook,
and Phoenix, which would dilute fly density and reduce the percentage of infested
capitula at any one sample area. Flies have been detected in Medford, Oregon, a
distance of « 10 km from the Phoenix release site, and in Newcastle, California,
a distance of ~ 10 km from the Loomis release site. Urophora sirunaseva was
found in Yreka, California in 1993, a distance of « 21 km from Hombrook within
three years of its release there. This degree of dispersal is encouraging from a
biological control viewpoint.
All four populations sampled had a mean of approximately two galls per galled
1994
TURNER ET AL.: TEPHRITID CONTROL OF THISTLE
209
Table 1. Infestation of yellow starthistle capitulaby Urophora sirunaseva, 1989-1992.
1989
1990
1991
1992
Loomis, CA a
% Galled capitula
1.1
11.7
21.5
22.1
(No. capitula sampled)
(417)
(382)
(1716)
(483)
Mean ± SEM galls per galled capitulum
1.0 ± 0.0
1.6 ± 0.1
2.3 ± 0.1
2.1 ± 0.1
(No. galled capitula sampled)
(5)
(45)
(370)
(107)
Maximum no. galls per galled capitulum
1
4
10
7
Phoenix, OR b
% Galled capitula
2.2
18.1
19.6
22.9
(No. capitula sampled)
(311)
(253)
(265)
(353)
Mean ± SEM galls per galled capitulum
1.4 ± 0.2
1.7 ± 0.1
1.8 ± 0.1
1.8 ± 0.1
(No. galled capitula sampled)
(7)
(46)
(52)
(81)
Maximum no. galls per galled capitulum
Hombrook, CA c
3
5
6
7
% Galled capitula
23.7
(No. capitula sampled)
(270)
Mean ± SEM galls per galled capitulum
2.1 ± 0.1
(No. galled capitula sampled)
(64)
Maximum no. galls per galled capitulum
Ukiah, CA c
% Galled capitula
(No. capitula sampled)
6
44.0
(724)
Mean ± SEM galls per galled capitulum
1.9 ± 0.1
(No. galled capitula sampled)
(319)
Maximum no. galls per galled capitulum
7
a Field released 1984 and 1985.
b Field released in 1985.
c Field released in 1990.
capitulum in 1992 despite galled capitula of < 25% at three out of four locations
(Table 1). Figure 1 shows the frequency distribution of galls per galled head for
these populations in 1992. More than half of the galled capitula at each site had
two or more galls. The distribution of galls per galled capitulum from field pop¬
ulations is quite similar to that obtained during host specificity testing of the fly
in quarantine glasshouse studies (Turner in press), and may indicate a tendency
towards aggregation, i.e., capitula infested by multiple larvae. This could be im¬
portant from a control standpoint, as due to the modest size of a single gall,
infestation by multiple larvae appears to be necessary to destroy a meaningful
percentage of seeds (Turner, unpublished data).
The maximum number of galls per capitulum observed in field populations of
the fly is nine in northern Greece (Sobhian, unpublished data); in a separate sample
of 215 capitula for a seed destruction study in 1992, we recorded 12 galls in a
capitulum at Loomis. We do not know with certainty whether multiple galls in
a capitulum originate from one or more females. However, dissected capitula can
reveal multiple eggs grouped together indicating that they originate from a single
female in at least some instances. Over time we would expect an increase both
in percentage galled capitula and in galls per galled capitulum, which is evident
210 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
05
3
'a.
03
O
■o
0)
la
CD
5
H—
o
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J5
1
"cl
03
O
TJ
0
To
C5
M—
o
vO
0 s -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
No. Galls per Galled Capitulum
No. Galls per Galled Capitulum
No. Galls per Galled Capitulum No. Galls per Galled Capitulum
Figure 1. Number of Urophora sirunaseva galls per galled yellow starthistle capitulum in 1992 at
(A) Loomis, California, (B) Phoenix, Oregon, (C) Hombrook, California, (D) Ukiah, California.
at the Loomis and Phoenix populations (Table 1). Both types of increase should
be necessary to significantly reduce seed production by yellow starthistle.
Urophora sirunaseva is presently one of five capitulum-attacking insects from
Greece established in the western United States for biological control of yellow
starthistle (Turner et al. in press). The other established species are the weevils
Bangasternus orientalis (Capiomont), Eustenopus villosus (Boheman), and Larinus
curtus Hochhut, and the tephritid fly Chaetorellia australis Hering (Turner et al.
in press). The entire course of capitulum development (from the very early closed
bud stage to flowering) in yellow starthistle is covered by the timing of oviposition
among these five insect species (Turner et al. in press), which provides some basis
for optimism in terms of the combined biological control potential of these insects.
1994
TURNER ET AL.: TEPHRITID CONTROL OF THISTLE
211
Acknowledgment
We thank K. L. Chan for technical assistance throughout the course of the field
work. D. M. Maddox and A. Mayfield made the 1984 and 1985 field releases in
California, and facilitated the releases in other states during those years; M. A.
Garcia assisted with the Ukiah release; B. Villegas helped collect the flies and
released them at the Rancho Cordova site; T. Allen first detected the establishment
of the Mankas Comer population; L. Knutson, J. P. McCaffrey, N. J. Mills, and
M. Pitcairn provided critical reviews of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Callihan, R. H., F. E. Northam, J. B. Johnson, E. L. Michalson & T. S. Prather. 1989. Yellow
starthistle: biology and management in pasture and rangeland. Univ. Idaho Coop. Ext. Curr.
Inf. Ser., No. 634.
Clement, S. L. & R. Sobhian. 1991. Host-use patterns of capitulum-feeding insects of yellow star-
thistle: results from a garden plot in Greece. Environ. Entomol., 20: 724-730.
Cordy, D. R. 1978. Centaurea species and equine nigropallidal encephalomalacia. pp. 327-336. In
Keeler, R. F., K. R. Van Kampen & L. F. James (eds.). Effects of poisonous plants on livestock.
Academic Press, New York.
Groppe, K., R. Sobhian & J. Kashefi. 1990. A field experiment to determine host specificity of
LarinuscurtusHochhut(Co\., Curculionidae) and Urophorasirunaseva Hg. (Dipt., Tephritidae),
candidates for biological control of Centaurea solstitialis L. (Asteraceae), and Larinus minutus
Gyllenhal, a candidate for biological control of C. maculosa Lam. and C. diffusa Lam. J. Appl.
Entomol., 110: 300-306.
Maddox, D. M. & A. Mayfield. 1985. Yellow starthistle infestations are on the increase. Calif. Agric.,
39 (11 and 12): 10-12.
Maddox, D. M., A. Mayfield & N. H. Poritz. 1985. Distribution of yellow starthistle ( Centaurea
solstitialis ) and Russian knapweed ( Centaurea repens ). Weed Sci., 33: 315-327.
Roche, C. T. & B. F. Roche, Jr. 1988. Distribution and amount of four knapweed ( Centaurea L.)
species in eastern Washington. Northw. Sci., 62: 242-253.
Sobhian, R. 1993. Life history and host specificity of Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Dipt., Tephrit¬
idae), an agent for biological control of yellow starthistle, with remarks on the host plant. J.
Appl. Entomol., 116: 381-390.
Turner, C. E. (in press). Host specificity and oviposition of Urophora sirunaseva (Hering), a natural
enemy of yellow starthistle. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.
Turner, C. E., J. B. Johnson & J. P. McCaffrey, (in press). Yellow starthistle, Centaurea solstitialis
L. (Asteraceae). In Nechols, J. R., L. A. Andres, J. W. Beardsley, R. D. Goeden & C. G. Jackson
(eds.). Biological control in the U.S. Western Region: accomplishments and benefits of Regional
Project W-84 (1964-1989). Univ. of California, DANR, Berkeley.
White, I. M. & S. L. Clement. 1987. Systematic notes on Urophora (Diptera, Tephritidae) species
associated with Centaurea solstitialis (Asteraceae, Cardueae) and other Palaearctic weeds ad-
ventive in North America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 89: 571-580.
White, I. M. & V. A. Korneyev. 1989. A revision of the western Palaearctic species of Urophora
Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera: Tephritidae). Syst. Entomol., 14: 327-374.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 212-221, (1994)
NEUROPTEROIDEA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS AND
MOUNT RAINIER: DISPERSAL AND IMMIGRATION IN
VOLCANIC LANDSCAPES
Patrick M. Sugg, 1 Lita Greve, 2 and John S. Edwards 1
Zoology Department, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195;
2 Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Museplass 3, N-5007,
Bergen, Norway
Abstract.— Neuroptera (= Planipennia) and Raphidioptera were collected from barren, unveg¬
etated habitats at Mount St. Helens following the 1980 eruption and from summer snowfields
in the alpine zone on Mount Rainier. A total of 291 specimens were taken in pitfall or flight
traps at Mount St. Helens or hand collected from snowfields on Mount Rainier. The data represent
individuals engaged in long distance dispersal flight as opposed to local, within habitat movement.
Phenological patterns of dispersal are detailed for species and evidence is presented for female
sex bias of dispersers f or several species.
Taxa in four families are represented: 24 specimens of Coniopterygidae ( Coniopteryx sp.,
Conwentzia californica Meinander, Semidalis sp.); 219 Hemerobiidae ( Hemerobius bistrigatus
Currie, H. humulinus Linnaeus, H. kokeeanus Currie, H. neadelphus Gurney, H. pacificus Banks,
H. simulans Walker, H. stigma Stephens, Micromus borealis Klimaszewski & Kevan, M. vari-
olosus Hagen, Wesmaelius involutus (Carpenter), W. longifrons (Walker), W. nervosus (Fabricius),
W. pretiosus (Banks)); 44 Chrysopidae ( Chrysopa coloradensis Banks, C. nigricornis Burmeister,
C. oculata Say, Chrysoperla carnea Stephens, Eremochrysa punctinervis (McLachlan), Meleoma
dolicharthra (Navas), M. emuncta (Fitch), Nothochrysa californica Banks); 4 specimens Raphi-
diidae (Agulla adnixa (Hagen)).
Key Words. — Insecta, Neuroptera, Raphidioptera, Mount St. Helens, Mount Rainier, dispersal,
colonization, phenology
The eruption of Mount St. Helens in May 1980 devastated at least 600 km 2 .
In an area immediately north of the volcano, now called the Pumice Plain, the
biota was completely removed. That area, comprising more than 50 km 2 of bare
mineral surface, provided sites on which the immigration of arthropods could be
monitored in the complete absence of local populations.
We report here the diversity and aspects of the phenology of Neuropteroidea,
mainly Neuroptera (= Planipennia) but including some Raphidioptera, collected
on or in the vicinity of Mount St. Helens and an adjacent Cascade volcano, Mount
Rainier. The collections from Mount St. Helens were part of surveys documenting
patterns of survival and recovery of arthropod populations in the area of the
volcano following the 1980 eruption. We focus on material taken in the first
several years following the eruption from sampling sites in the Pumice Plain which
lay at least 3 km from potential source habitats and at least 10 km from relatively
undisturbed source areas. This material, therefore, reflects long distance dispersal
rather than local movement of individuals. A few records are from sites where
some residual vegetation survived. We include data from collections made from
alpine snowfields on Mount Rainier, which also indicate long distance dispersal.
The Neuroptera as a whole were a minor component of the samples taken in
arrays of pitfall and flight traps at Mount St. Helens, and they were not among
the first colonists (predatory and scavenging beetles, primarily carabids, and spi-
1994
SUGG ET AL.: NEUROPTERA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS
213
ders). Neuroptera nonetheless play a significant role as predators, particularly of
homopterans like aphids, and the data presented here imply a steady source of
immigrants to incipient populations as the devastated area becomes vegetated.
Little has been published on the Neuropteroidea of the Pacific Northwest. The
only faunal survey listing species is from long term ecological work on the H. J.
Andrews Experimental Forest in the Cascade Mountains of Oregon (Parsons et
al. 1991). We add here a number of taxa to the list for Cascade Neuroptera,
including a number of new records for the area. Our list is also unique in that the
captures represent individuals all engaged in a biologically critical activity, namely
dispersal.
Study Area
The most severe impact of the eruption occurred north of Mount St. Helens,
between the volcano and Spirit Lake, an area now called the Pumice Plain (Figs.
1 and 2a), and some distance down the Toutle River to the west. In this area
virtually all surfaces were buried by landslide deposits, covered by pyroclastic
surges, with emplacement temperatures of several hundred degrees centigrade, or
scoured clean (Christiansen & Peterson 1981). Between 1981 and 1983, three
study sites were established in the Pumice Plain with 6 more added by 1985 (Figs.
1 and 2A). The post-eruption surfaces presented a mosaic of pyroclastic flow
deposits (ranging from pumice boulders to fine volcanic ash), rock outcrops and
landslide debris. Immediately following the eruption there was no emergent vege¬
tation in the area but during this study, a number of plant species colonized the
area. However, plants became only locally abundant in a small number of isolated
patches (Wood & del Moral 1988). Sites were also established on the southern
slopes of the volcano where survival of vegetation was extensive. Site elevations
ranged from 1000-1200 m in the Pumice Plain to 1300-1500 m for sites on the
southern slopes of Mount St. Helens.
Southwest winds predominate throughout the annual April-October sampling
period. Brief sequences of days with easterly winds, alternating with westerlies,
become more frequent and prolonged in September and October. Westerly surface
winds reach the sampling sites via the agricultural Puget lowland, forested Toutle
River valleys, and volcano-impacted mudflow and blowdown areas. Summer air
temperatures rarely exceed 25° C. Maximum surface temperatures at the sampling
sites are generally in the range 40-50° C. Summer rainfall can vary greatly; most
precipitation occurs October through April and summers are generally dry. In
1983 rainfall was abundant while exceptional drought conditions prevailed in
1984.
Mount Rainier is located approximately 80 km to the north of Mount St. Helens
(Figs. 1 and 2B). Samples were taken from snowfields ranging in elevation from
about 2200 m to the volcano summit (4392 m).
Materials and Methods
Sampling Method. — At Mount St. Helens, arthropods were sampled using pitfall
traps and flight traps made of 30 cm x 60 cm sheets of plexiglass suspended over
a bucket containing a 50% solution of ethylene glycol based anti-freeze. Some
hand collecting was also done.
Pitfall traps were plastic cups (Lilylite 9 oz. tumblers) which set snugly in 7.6
214 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
Figure 1. Map of the devastated area of Mount St. Helens showing location of sampling sites in
the Pumice Plain and on the volcano. Inset shows location of Mount St. Helens and Mount Rainier
in Washington State.
cm diameter plastic (PVC) pipe sections set in the ground. The PVC sleeve allowed
swift change of cups without disturbing the surrounding ground surface. Pitfalls
were partially filled with a 2:1 solution of antifreeze and water which served as a
killing agent and preservative, and were protected from rain and disturbance by
a square piece of plywood supported approximately 2 cm over the trap. From 5
to 26 pitfalls were set at each site. Pitfalls were generally collected at two week
intervals. Sampling periods at sites ranged from 5 weeks to 30 weeks of continuous
sampling. Some specimens were collected from overwinter samples where pitfalls
were left in place and collected the following spring. Since snowpack tended to
press the pitfall cover down, effectively closing the pitfall, these samples probably
represent individuals caught in the fall, after mid-October but before significant
snowfall.
At Mount Rainier collections were made from 2 x 100 m transects on snowfield
1994
SUGG ET AL.: NEUROPTERA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS
215
£Sm % 60 tmi
■y, .V? : 7 X /?r.~‘•'Wit
‘vx-N.d-.
"yfcjf'Jr ‘ tx&rM
llllfil
Figure 2. A.) View of the Pumice Plain of Mount St. Helens in 1984. B.) View of snowfield (elevation
2500 m) on Mount Rainier.
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
sites at elevations ranging from 2200 to over 4000 m. Hand collections were also
made at various locations including the summit crater. Collections were made
from mid-May to mid-October with most in early to mid-July at elevations
between 2400 and 3000 m.
Specimens were stored in alcohol until identified to species by one of us (LG).
Confirmation on identification of several taxa was made by several others (noted
in Acknowledgment). Voucher specimens are stored at the Thomas Burke Me¬
morial Museum, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.
A phenogram was assembled from original collection data, mainly from pitfall
traps, taken over several years, each year with a different set of sampling dates.
Sampling periods varied but were generally from 10-14 days. Collection dates for
samples were standardized by dividing the season from May to October into 10
day intervals, assigning each sample to the 10 day interval in which the midpoint
of the sampling period fell.
Results
Diversity. —A total of 250 specimens from 23 species were collected in traps at
Mount St. Helens from 1981 to 1986. Another 41 specimens from 10 species
were collected from snowfields on Mount Rainier from 197 5 to 19 76. This presents
a total of 291 specimens representing 25 species from 12 genera in four families
(Table 1).
Phenology.— Consistent with previous findings of adult activity for most Neu-
roptera, adults of most taxa were active from spring to fall (Fig. 3). Peak activity,
as indicated by captures, varied among taxa. The coniopterygid Conwentzia cal¬
if or nica Meinander was present from spring through fall but the majority of
captures occurred from mid-summer to fall (Fig. 4A). For most hemerobiids the
capture rate increased through the season with a peak in late summer-early fall.
An exception was Wesmaelius involutus (Carpenter). It was abundant in early
summer but absent in our fall samples (Fig. 4D). Several species of Hemerobius
were active from spring to fall with a general increase in numbers of dispersers
through the season (Fig. 4E-I). Taken as a whole, there were 3 peaks in the number
of Hemerobius dispersers through the season, with an increase in number for each
successive peak (Fig. 41). The chrysopids as a group are similar to the Hemerobius
spp. in having the greatest numbers of dispersers in late summer-early fall (Figs.
3 and 4). Chrysoperla carnea Stephens, the only chrysopid caught in any number,
had a major dispersal period from September-October.
Sex Ratios.—A Chi-square goodness of fit test (Zar 1974) on the 6 taxa with
10 or more total individuals in which males and females were identifiable revealed
3 cases where females were significantly more common than males, the coniop¬
terygid Conwentzia californica and the hemerobiids Micromus variolosus (Hagen)
and Hemerobius stigma Stephens (Table 1). Among species of Hemerobius, if H.
stigma is subtracted from the rest, there is still a female bias (53 males: 63 females),
but it is not significant. There is bias in species of Wesmaelius taken as a whole
(total 8 males: 15 females), but it is not significant. In contrast, the chrysopids
(22 males: 20 females) show no indication of a shift from a 1:1 sex ratio. All
specimens of the snakefly Agulla adnixa (Hagen) were female but the small number
found (4) precludes analyses.
1994
SUGG ET AL.: NEUROPTERA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS
217
Table 1. List of species and numbers of individuals from families of Neuropteroidea from Mount
St. Helens (MSH) and Mount Rainier (MR). Numbers of males and females shown if known (males:
females) and individuals with abdomens missing shown in parentheses. Significant deviations (P <
0.05) from 1:1 in sex ratio noted with asterisks. Total for Neuroptera: 4 families, 12 genera, 24 species
(110 males, 172 females, 9 specimens); Raphidioptera: 1 family, 1 genus, 1 species.
Numbers (males: females)
Family
Species
MSH
MR
Total
Coniopterygidae
Coniopteryx sp.
-:1
-:1
Conwentzia califomica Meinander
3:18
3:18*
Semidalis sp.
-:1
-:1
Hemerobiidae
Micromus borealis Klimaszewski & Kevan
1:1
1:1
M. variolosus Hagen
4:14
-:2
4:16*
Wesmaelius involutus (Carpenter)
6:8
6:8
W. longifrons (Walker)
2:5
2:5
W. nervosus (Fabricius)
-:1
-:1
W. pretiosus (Banks)
-:1
-:1
-:2
Wesmaelius sp.
-:1 0)
-:1 (1)
Hemerobius bistrigatus Currie
6:3
1:-
7:3
H. humulinus Linnaeus
1:-
1:-
H. kokaneeanus Currie
5:2
_
5:2
H. neadelphus Gurney
26:13 a (2)
3:-x
29:13 a (2)
H. pacificus Banks
9:-x
l:-x
10:x
H. simulans Walker
1:-
1:-
H. stigma Stephens
14:26
4:8
18:34*
Hemerobius sp., females 15
37
8
45
Chrysopidae
Meleoma dolicharthra (Navas)
2:1
1:2
3:2
M. emuncta (Fitch)
-:1
-:1
Chrvsona coloradensis Banks
1:-
_
1:-
C. nigricornis Burmeister
1:1
1:1
C. oculata Say
-:1
-:1
Chrysoperla carnea Stephens
14:13 (1)
1:1
15:14 (1)
Eremochrysa punctinervis (McLachlan)
-:1
-:1
Nothochrysa californica Banks
2:1 (1)
2:1 (1)
Raphidiidae
Agulla adnixa (Hagen)
(4)
4
a 13 females are tentatively placed here. Females cannot be determined with certainty. Criterion for
assignment of females here was presence of males and absence of male H. pacificus in the same sample.
b Most females are probably H. neadelphus or H. pacificus.
Discussion
Diversity and Dispersal. — Previous sampling of Neuropteroidea in the Cascade
Mountains of Oregon recorded 17 species of Neuroptera and 5 species of Ra¬
phidioptera (Parsons et al. 1991). Our sampling adds 11 taxa to the list of Cascade
Neuroptera, including several new records for the region or for Washington State.
More importantly, the majority of these records indicate the prevalence of long
distance dispersal. Some records (20) come from sites on the southern slopes of
Mount St. Helens (Fig. 1, PC and BCa) where there was some local survival of
vegetation and the possibility that these records represent local movement cannot
be discounted. We include them because in nearly every case the time of capture
coincides with capture of individuals in the non-vegetated habitats of the Pumice
Plain of Mount St. Helens or the snowfields of Mount Rainier. For M. variolosus
they add significantly to the total number of records (7 of 20 for that species).
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
n May June July Aug Sept Oct Overwinter
Conloptervgldae
Coniopteryx sp.
Conwentzia calif omica Meinander
Semldalis sp.
Hemeroblldae
Micromus borealis
KUmaszewski flc McE. Kevan
M. ixirlolosus (Hagen)
Wesmaelius Involutus (Carpenter)
W. longtfrons (Walker)
W. nervosus (Fabriclus)
W. pretiosus (Banks)
Wesmaelius sp.
Hemerobius bistrigatus Currie
H. humulinus Linnaeus
H. kokaneeanus Currie
H. neadelphus Gurney
H. paciflcus Banks
H. simultms Walker
H. stigma Stephens
Hemerobius sp.. females
Chrvsopldae
Meleoma dolicharthru (Navas)
M. emuncta (Fitch)
Chrysopa coloradensis Banks
C. nigricomis Burmelster
C. occulata Say
Chrysopcda cornea Stephens
Eremochrysa punctineruis (McLacl
Nothochrysa calif omica Banks
RhaDhldlldae
Agultn adnixn (Hagen) 4 * * *
Figure 3. Phenological pattern showing periods in which neuropteran species were caught by traps
at Mount St. Helens (solid bars) or hand collected at Mount Rainier (asterisks). Overwinter samples
represent individuals caught in traps from late October on, and not collected until the following spring.
Long distance dispersal is not effected solely by the active flight of individuals;
wind currents play a major role in the distribution of dispersers (Johnson 1969).
Our data on Neuropteroidea do not allow for a distinction between active flight
and passive carriage on the wind, but the high incidence of ballooning spiders
among the arrivals at the sampling sites (Crawford & Edwards 1986) suggests that
prevailing winds from the southwest may also play a part in the distribution of
Neuroptera.
Female Dispersal Bias.—We suggest that the difference in numbers for those
species with significant female bias has biological significance and reflects a ten¬
dency for females rather than males to undergo long distance dispersal. Another
possibility is that the significant female bias is a reflection of the primary sex ratio
for these species, although divergence from a 1:1 sex ratio is rare and should occur
only under special circumstances (Hamilton 1967). We doubt the other alternate
explanation, that the sex ratio is a reflection of behavior, with females more likely
to be caught in traps than males. For H. stigma the same bias is seen from
collections on snowfields of Mount Rainier (4 males: 8 females) as is found for
individuals trapped at Mount St. Helens (14 males: 26 females), and the snow-
fields should retain individuals regardless of sex.
Number of Individuals Caught
1994 SUGG ET AL.: NEUROPTERA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS 219
1 0 I Conwenczia calilomica
A
5
4
I Hemerobius bistrigatus
E
Micromus vanolosus
c
■ Hemerobms pacificus ImalesI
4
G
Figure 4. Phenology of select Neuroptera taxa found at Mount St. Helens. Results show number
of pitfall or flight trap captures occurring in 10 day time periods from 1981-1985. The results for
Hemerobius neadelphus and H. pacificus are shown for males only because females cannot be reliably
identified.
Vegetation Association. — Vegetation data are sparse for many neuropteran taxa.
In many cases the published records for a species are mainly from crop plants
but the ecological breadth of most species is undoubtedly wider. For example,
Meinander (1972) recorded C. californica from citrus trees and cherries but the
Mount St. Helens records indicate association with a broader spectrum of vege¬
tation. We do not know from where our samples originated but the vegetation of
habitats near our sampling sites is dominated by conifers with stream drainages
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
including hardwoods such as alder, willows and maple. Openings along rivers,
roads and clearcuts provided habitats dominated by shrubs and herbs. Hemerobiid
larvae were common in pitfall traps near herbaceous vegetation (mainly fireweed,
Epilobium angustifolium (L.)) of clearcut areas in the devastated area of Mount
St. Helens but none were reared to adult so the species are not known.
Miscellaneous Notes on Select Taxa.—O ur data provides new information on
several of the taxa collected including extensions of the recorded seasonal activity
or range.
Conwentzia californica. Meinander (1972) records adults from March through
August; our data indicates dispersal activity into October.
Semidalis sp. Females of most Semidalis species cannot currently be identified
to species (Meinander 1972). Ours may represent the first record of the genus
from Washington State.
Micromus borealis Klimaszewski & Kevan. Ours represent the first records
from the lower 48 states.
Micromus variolosus Hagen. M. variolosus was the most common neuropteran
found at sites on the southern slopes of Mount St. Helens. Our samples had a
significant female bias (Table 1).
Wesmaelius involutus (Carpenter). W. involutus contrasts with all other taxa
for which we have reasonable numbers in our samples in having a peak dispersal
activity period in the early summer (Fig. 4D).
Wesmaelius nervosus (Fabricius). This is the first record known to us from the
western U.S.A.
Wesmaelius pretiosus (Banks). This is apparently the first record from Wash¬
ington State.
Hemerobius spp. Numbers for individual species suggest periods of dispersal
which may correlate with brood cycles. If species totals are combined, there are
three clear peaks in dispersal, late spring, mid-summer, and late summer-early
fall (Fig. 41). This suggests three brood cycles annually in this area.
Hemerobius bistrigatus Currie. Before this study, adults were known from March
to September (Kevan & Klimaszewski 1987). Most of our records are from Sep¬
tember and October, but a few individuals were caught in early June or July.
Hemerobius neadelphus Gurney. Mitchell (1962) considered three generations
per year to be possible even at high elevations. The data presented here (Fig. 4F)
also suggest three generations.
Acknowledgment
We thank P. A. Adams, U. Aspock, J. Klimaszewski, and M. Meinander for
their assistance in identifying our samples. We also acknowledge the late D. K.
McE. Kevan for assistance and advice. C. A. Tauber gave helpful comments and
suggestions on an early draft. P. C. Banko, C. B. Becker, R. I. Gara, D. Mann
and M. Peterson assisted with collecting and processing samples. U.S. Forest
Service personnel from Randle and St. Helens Districts, Gifford Pinchot National
Forest and those of Mount Rainier National Park were helpful in the course of
the field work. This work was supported by NSF Grants DEB 80-21460, DEB
81-0742 and BSR 84-07213; LG was provided support by University of Bergen.
1994
SUGG ET AL.: NEUROPTERA FROM MOUNT ST. HELENS
221
Literature Cited
Christiansen, R. L. & D. W. Peterson. 1981. Chronology of the 1980 eruptive activity, pp. 17-30.
InThe 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens, Washington. Lipman, P. W. & D. R. Mullineaux
(eds.). Geological Survey Professional Paper 1250. U.S. Government Printing Office, Wash¬
ington, D.C., USA.
Crawford, R. L. & J. S. Edwards. 1986. Ballooning spiders as a component of arthropod fallout on
snowfields of Mount Rainier, Washington, U.S.A. Arctic and Alpine Res., 18: 429-437.
Hamilton, W. D. 1967. Extraordinary sex ratios. Science, 156: 477-488.
Johnson, C. J. 1969. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen, London.
Kevan, D. K. McE. & J. Klimaszewski. 1987. The Hemerobiidae of Canada and Alaska. Genus
Hemerobius L. G. Ital. Entomol., 3: 305-369.
Meinander, M. 1972. A revision of the family Coniopterygidae (Planipennia). Acta Zool. Fenn.,
136: 1-357.
Mitchell, R. G. 1962. Balsalm woolly aphid predators native to Oregon and Washington. Oregon
Agric. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull., 62: 1-63.
Parsons, G. L., G. Cassis, A. R. Moldenke, J. D. Lattin, N. H. Anderson, J. C. Miller, P. Hammond,
& T. D. Schowalter. 1991. Invertebrates of the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Western
Cascade Range, Oregon. V: An annotated list of insects and other arthropods. Gen. Tech. Rep.
PNW-GTR-290. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research
Station, Portland, Oregon.
Wood, D. M. & R. del Moral. 1988. Colonizing plants on the Pumice Plains, Mount St. Helens,
Washington. Amer. J. Bot., 75: 1228-1237.
Zar, J. H. 1974. Biostatistical analysis. Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliff's, New Jersey.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 222-229, (1994)
LIVESTOCK DUNG AS A FOOD RESOURCE AND THERMAL
REFUGE FOR RANGELAND GRASSHOPPERS
(ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE)
Kevin M. O’Neill
Entomology Research Laboratory, Montana State University,
Bozeman, Montana 59717
Abstract.— Fourteen species of grasshoppers from three subfamilies of Acrididae were observed
feeding on dry cattle and horse dung at two rangeland sites in southwestern Montana. While
feeding within dung cavities during the middle of the day, they attained equilibrium body
temperatures well below the critical thermal maxima typically observed for grasshoppers. The
implications of these observations for studies of grasshopper diet and nutrient cycling on range-
land are discussed.
Key Words.— Insecta, thermoregulation, manure, decomposition, rangeland, grasshopper
Grasshoppers play a role in ecosystems beyond that of primary consumers of
living plants. They reduce forage available to other animals by clipping, but not
consuming standing vegetation (Hewitt & Onsager 1983). They are also scavengers
upon insect cadavers (Lockwood 1988, O’Neill et al. in press) and dead plant
matter (personal observation). In anecdotal accounts, their omnivory extends to
an amazing variety of materials during outbreaks, including clothing, curtains,
upholstery, rake handles, rubber, tree bark, and human flesh (Shotwell 1958,
Gangwere 1961). This paper presents observations of feeding by grasshoppers on
cattle and horse dung, and discusses the potential implications for grasshopper
diet studies and for rangeland nutrient cycling. In addition, to determine whether
the grasshoppers could use dung cavities as thermal refuges during hotter times
of day, I measured environmental temperatures and grasshopper operative body
temperatures outside and inside of dung cavities.
Materials and Methods
This study was conducted from 15 Jul through 2 Sep 1992, primarily at two
sites. One area was 1 km N of Logan, Montana (latitude 45°45'N, longitude
111°35'W), and had native vegetation characterized by the grasses Stipa comat a
Trinius & Ruprecht and Bouteloua gracilis (Humboldt, Bonplan, & Kunth) La-
gasca y Segura ex. Steudel. The site is lightly grazed by horses, although none
were present during observations. The other area (“red bam site”) was 11.5 km
SSW of Three Forks, Montana (and 18 km SE of the Logan site). Observations
were also made at a third site (“dead cow pasture”) 8 km S of Three Forks. The
native vegetation at both Three Forks sites is the same as at the Logan site, but
both areas have been plowed and reseeded with crested wheatgrass, Agropyron
cristatum (L.) Gaertner and alfalfa, Medicago sativa L. Both sites are grazed by
cattle, but cattle were not present when observations were being made.
The identity of grasshoppers feeding on dung was determined at undisturbed
dung masses and at those where I had broken open the hardened and dried surface
crust to expose the darker and somewhat more friable material within. The latter
1994
O’NEILL: GRASSHOPPER THERMAL REFUGES
223
method allowed me to increase the sample size of feeders over a shorter period
of time. Feeding grasshoppers were distinguished from those simply resting on
or within the dung. To determine grasshopper community composition, two to
four hundred 180° arc sweep samples were taken on several days in each area.
Samples were returned to the lab and frozen until the frequency distribution of
species, developmental stages, and sexes could be recorded.
Temperatures of soil and dung surfaces (T s ) were measured to the nearest 0.1°
C with copper/constantan thermocouples and a Cole-Parmer thermocouple ther¬
mometer. T s was measured with the tip of the probe shaded from direct solar
radiation. Operative body temperatures (T E ) (Tracy 1982) were measured by
inserting the tip of a thermocouple (wire diameter = 0.25 mm) posteroventrally
into the enter of the thorax of dead Melanoplus sanguinipes (Fabr.), which were
then dried before being used in the field. The T E of the grasshoppers was then
determined in two locations: on fully insolated soil surfaces outside of the dung
cavities and in the shaded confines of cavities in which grasshoppers had been
observed perched within the previous 2 min. Comparisons of T s or T E from
different locations were made using Wilcoxon signed-ranks tests.
Results
At the red barn site, 15 species of Acrididae were either collected in sweep
samples or observed in the habitat (Table 1). Among the species present in a 200
sweep sample (n = 488 grasshoppers) taken on 29 Jul, the following species
predominated: Aulocara elliotti (Thomas) (51.2% of sample), Ageneotettix deorum
(Scudder) (17.2%), M. sanguinipes (11.6%), M. infantilis (Scudder) (7.2%), and
Phoetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas) (5.3%). At the Logan site, 17 species were
present (Table 1), with the following species in the greatest abundance in a 200
sweep sample (n = 245 grasshoppers) taken on 27 Jul: Psoloessa delicatula (Scud¬
der) (all 1st and 2nd instar nymphs, 55.1%), A. deorum (15.9%), M. infantilis
(10.6%), M. sanguinipes (4.9%), and Amphitornus coloradus (Thomas) (3.2%).
It is not known when the dung at the two sites was deposited. However, both
the cattle and horse dung were gray with a somewhat weathered and bleached
appearance on the outside, and dark brown, dry, and friable with little moisture
present inside.
When I broke open cattle dung at the red bam site, grasshoppers typically began
arriving and feeding on the newly exposed inner material within 10 minutes. At
undisturbed dung (i.e., that not tread upon by large vertebrates), they usually fed
within cavities in the dung that were presumably created by the grasshoppers
themselves. Many of the dung piles were hollowed out due to grasshopper feeding
and some eventually collapsed, so that only dried fragments of the surface crust
remained. Unlike cattle dung, horse dung is deposited in piles of individual egg-
shaped pieces. The result of feeding by grasshoppers on these pieces was quite
distinctive. Like the cattle dung, the horse dung was often hollowed out and even
burrowed through and the surface on which feeding occurred was relatively smooth
due to even clipping by the grasshoppers’ mandibles. Dung on which extensive
feeding had occurred also had large deposits of grasshopper feces. These were
particularly extensive beneath hollowed out cattle dung, where a large mat of
grasshopper feces up to one cm deep sometimes accumulated.
Evidence of grasshopper feeding on dung was extensive at all three sites. Of 50
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
Table 1. Grasshopper species present in the communities of the two research sites and observed
feeding on cattle (red bam site at Three Forks) or horse (Logan) manure.
Red bam site
Logan site
Feeding
category 0
Species
Present
Feeding
Present
Feeding
Gomphocerinae
Acrolophitus hirtipes (Say)
+
F
Aeropedellus clavatus (Thomas)
+
G
Ageneotettix deorum (Scudder)
+
+
+
+
G
Amphitornus coloradus (Thomas)
+
+
+
+
G
Aulocara elliotti Thomas
+
+
+
+
G
Phlibostroma quadrimaculatum (Thomas)
+
+
G
Psoloessa delicatula Scudder (nymphs)
+
+
G
Oedopodinae
Arphia pseudonietana (Thomas)
+
+
+
G
Camnula pellucida Scudder
+
+
-
G
Dissosteira Carolina Saussure
MH
Encoptolophus costalis Scudder
+
+
+
G
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say)
+
MH
Hesperotettix viridus (Scudder)
+
F
Metator pardalinus (Saussure)
+
+
+
+
G
Spharagemon equale (Say)
+
+
+
MG
Trachyrachis kiowa Thomas
+
+
+
+
G
Xanthippus corallipes Haldeman (nymphs)
G
Melanoplinae
Melanoplus bivittatus (Say)
+
MF
Melanoplus infantilis Scudder
+
+
+
+
G
Melanoplus packardii Scudder
+
+
+
MH/F
Melanoplus sanguinipes (Fabr.)
+
+
+
+
MH
Phoetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas)
+
+
G
Total number of species
17
11
18
10
a Feeding preference, where F = forbivorous, MF = mixed forbivorous, MH = mixed herbivorous,
MG = mixed gramnivorous, and G = gramnivorous (classification from Mulkem et al. 1969, with
the exception of A. elliotti, C. pellucida, M.pardalinus, and X. corallipes where designation was based
on Capinera & Sechrist, 1982).
undisturbed dung piles surveyed at the red bam site on 29 Jul, 34 showed evidence
of grasshopper feeding and 19 had feeding grasshoppers present. On the same
day, 30 of 50 undisturbed dung piles surveyed at the nearby dead cow pasture
showed evidence of grasshopper feeding and 26 had feeding grasshoppers present.
At the Logan site on 27 Jul, 40 of 50 undisturbed piles of horse dung showed
evidence of grasshopper feeding and 2 had feeding grasshoppers present. The 50
piles had an average of 3.2 feeding sites (SE = 0.4). Extensive feeding was also
observed on 24 individual pieces of horse dung, broken open and placed along a
transect on 27 Jul. When I returned to the site on 29 Jul, 20 had been fed on
(presumably by grasshoppers), with three having at least 10% missing. By 2 Sep,
no others had been fed upon, but I estimated that 11 had at least 25% of the
original mass missing and three had at least 50% missing.
Fourteen of the 22 species present at the two sites were observed feeding on
dung (Table 1). At the red bam site, the species most commonly observed feeding
1994
O’NEILL: GRASSHOPPER THERMAL REFUGES
225
on cattle dung in 6 days of observation were A. elliotti (48.9% of 288 observations),
A. deorum (24.3%), M. sanguinipes (14.9%; included adults and 4th and 5th instar
nymphs), Spharagemon equate (Say) (4.5%), and P. nebrascensis (2.8%). At Logan,
those most commonly observed feeding on horse dung in 4 days of observation
were A. deorum (32.6% of 43 observations), A. elliotti (18.6%), M. infantilis (14.0%),
and Phlibostroma quadrimaculatum (Thomas) (11.6%). At this site, I also ob¬
served two female A. elliotti and one female Metator pardalinus (Saussure) feeding
on dung while in copula. Adults of both sexes of all of these species were observed
feeding. The probability that a species was observed feeding on dung was related
to its abundance in the community. The number of individuals of a species taken
in a sweep sample at the red barn site on 29 Jul was significantly correlated with
the number of each species observed feeding on dung at this site on 28 and 29
Jul (r = 0.97, P < 0.0001, n = 14).
Non-feeding grasshoppers were also observed sitting within shaded cavities,
atop dung, and in shade next to dung, particularly during hotter periods of sunny
days. At Logan on 6 Aug, the surface temperatures of the dung or soil within dung
cavities during the afternoon were 19.7° C lower on average than the bare soil
surface temperature outside of the cavity (Fig. 1; Wilcoxon test, P < 0.001). At
the red bam site on 28 Jul, the temperatures within dung cavities were 16.6° C
lower on average than the soil surface temperatures outside of the cavity (Wilcoxon
test, P < 0.001). Similarly, at the same site on 7 Aug, the temperatures within
dung cavities were 18.9° C lower on average than the soil surface temperatures
outside of the cavity (Wilcoxon test, P < 0.001). Thus, while T s outside of the
dung cavities ranged from 50 to 62° C in the 60 observations, inside of the cavities
they were >40° C in only 10% of the reading and >50° C in < 2%. The only two
cavities in which T s was >45° C were the only two in which grasshoppers were
not present before the reading was taken.
The lower temperatures and solar radiation loads within the dung cavities
correlated with substantially lower operative body temperatures (Fig. 1). The mean
operative body temperature of grasshopper models (= dried grasshoppers) placed
within shaded dung cavities was 17.5° C lower on average than that of models
placed in a standard posture on fully insolated soil surfaces nearby (Wilcoxon
test, P < 0.001). The equilibrium T E of the 20 grasshoppers inside dung cavities
varied from 33.5 to 40.0° C, while those in full sun ranged from 47.5 to 63.6° C.
Discussion
There have been a number of surveys of dung insect communities, but most
have been confined to the early successional stages of decomposition in the month
following dung deposition (Duffield 1937; Mohr 1943; Sanders & Dobson 1966;
Poorbaugh et al. 1968; Valiela 1969, 1974;Blume 1970, 1972; Wingo et al. 1974;
Merritt & Anderson 1977; Schoenly 1983; Hanski & Cambefort 1991). The major
coleopteran and dipteran scavengers of dung exploit it soon after it is deposited,
when it still has a high moisture content (e.g., Valiela 1974, Wingo et al. 1974,
Schoenly 1983). Like termites (Johnson & Whitford 1975) and tenebrionid beetles
(Matthews 1976), the grasshoppers that I observed fed on older, drier material.
The condition of the droppings corresponded to that described by Mohr (1943)
for the period after the major coleopteran and dipteran dung feeders have com¬
pleted development.
226 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
LOGAN RED BARN
Figure 1. Mean (± 2 SE) soil surface temperatures (T s ) and operative body temperatures (T E )
within dung cavities (DC) and on bare (fully insolated) soil (BS) for different dates and sites (n = 20
for all means).
I know of no previous extensive observations on the association of grasshoppers
with livestock dung. Lavigne & Pfadt (1964) observed consumption of dried dung
by nine species of grasshoppers in Wyoming and Colorado, but provided no other
details. Their list included 3 species observed as dung feeders at my sites: A.
coloradus, A. deorum, and A. elliotti. Gangwere (1961) also notes that dung has
been reported as grasshopper food, but does not specify the species or the con¬
ditions under which scavenging occurs. The propensity for grasshoppers to con¬
sume manure was also recognized earlier in this century. A poisoned bait, known
as Criddle Mixture and consisting of horse manure laced with insecticide (e.g.,
arsenic), was used with some effectiveness to control grasshopper outbreaks in
Manitoba (Criddle 1920). Rentz (1970) reports observations of a species of Ma-
crobaenetes (Orthoptera: Gryllacrididae) feeding on kangaroo-rat and lizard feces.
1994
O’NEILL: GRASSHOPPER THERMAL REFUGES
227
Dung feeding was observed in all 3 subfamilies of Acrididae present at the
research sites (Table 1). With the exception of Melanoplus packardii Scudder and
M. sanguinipes, all of the species of grasshoppers that were observed feeding on
dung are classified as either gramnivorous or mixed gramnivorous by Mulkem
et al. (1969). Five of the species that I did not observe to feed on dung are not
classified as gramnivorous. However, they were either rare at my sites or they
occupied different microhabitats. For example, Dissosteira Carolina (L.) was abun¬
dant in weedy roadside vegetation, but uncommon where my observations took
place. Furthermore, three of these species (i.e., Hesperotettix viridis (Scudder),
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say), and Xanthippus corralipes Haldeman) were ob¬
served feeding on dried dung by Lavigne & Pfadt (1964). Therefore, the apparent
association of preference for grasses with feeding on dung may be an artifact of
the low population density of non-gramnivores at my sites. The correlation be¬
tween abundance of a species and its frequency in the sample of feeders at the
red bam site indicates that more exhaustive sampling at the two sites may have
lengthened the list of observed feeders.
Studies of possible spatial and temporal variation in the propensity for grass¬
hoppers to feed on dung will be needed to determine how common dung feeding
is in grasshopper communities. Interestingly, because of frequent rain during the
summer of 1992, the mid- to late-summer vegetation was relatively lush compared
with other years. Thus, the grasshoppers fed on dung even though relatively lush
vegetation was abundant. Grasshoppers reared on material with a high moisture
content are known to prefer dry food when given the choice (Chapman 1990), so
desiccated dung may be an attractive alternative food during times of high water
availability. An opposite trend may occur in dry years. In 1988, at a nearby site,
grasshoppers were observed feeding on fresh cattle dung at an extremely dry and
heavily grazed site (J. Holmes, personal communication).
The existence of grasshopper feeding on livestock dung has several possible
implications, the significance of which depends on how widespread it is. First,
field studies of diet mixing may have to take into account not only the host plants,
but other sources of nutrition such as livestock feces and insect cadavers (Lock-
wood 1988, O’Neill et al. 1993). Many of the species that I have observed feeding
on grasshopper cadavers at this site (O’Neill et al. 1993 and unpublished data)
were also among the most common dung feeders: A. elliotti, A. deorum, M.
infantilis, M. sanguinipes, and S. equale.
Second, grasshopper diet studies based on crop content analysis (e.g., Mulkem
et al. 1969, Gangwere 1961) may not always reflect host plant choice by grass¬
hoppers if some of the material in the gut was derived from dung feeding. This
problem is reduced in studies at sites at which domestic grazers were absent (e.g.,
Joem 1985). However, it is possible that grasshoppers also feed on the excrement
of non-domestic herbivores (e.g., ground squirrels, antelope). For example, during
the same field season, I observed grasshoppers feeding on grasshopper feces (O’Neill,
unpublished data). Third, because desiccation and hardening inhibits microbial
decomposition of dung (Merritt & Anderson 1977) grasshoppers may play a
valuable role in degradation of older dung piles. By converting large masses of
livestock dung into smaller grasshopper feces, both physically- and microbially-
mediated rates of decomposition and nutrient cycling could be enhanced.
The observations also suggest that grasshoppers used the cavities they created
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
in dung while feeding to maintain non-lethal or even optimum body temperatures
during the hottest periods of the day. Within the shade of cavities, they experienced
lower environmental temperatures and lower solar radiation loads. As a result,
the operative body temperatures recorded for grasshoppers in dung cavities were
well below 1) temperatures they would experience on fully insolated soil surfaces
and 2) the known critical thermal maxima for acridids (Chappell & Whitman
1990). The mean T E (36.7° C, SE = 0.51) measured for the grasshoppers in dung
cavities was in the range of pref erred temperatures observed for many grasshoppers
(Chappell & Whitman 1990). Although dung cavities may be useful as thermal
refuges, they are not critical in areas where sufficient standing vegetation is avail¬
able (as at my sites). Grasshoppers typically use perches on vegetation as a means
of lowering mid-day body temperatures via convective heat loss (Chappell &
Whitman 1990). However, the thermal properties of the dung cavities did allow
grasshoppers to continue feeding on dung even during the hottest periods of the
day and may be important in areas were grazing livestock have removed most of
the tall vegetation. Furthermore, visually hunting predators such as sparrows
(Joem 1988), may also be less likely to find grasshoppers thermoregulating in
dung cavities than those perched on plant stems.
Acknowledgment
I thank Ruth O’Neill for assistance with the research, Maria Marta Cigliano,
Anthony Joem, William Kemp, Jerome Onsager, and Bret Olson for reviewing
the manuscript, Jerome Onsager for information on the use of horse dung in
poisoned baits, and Jeff Holmes for sharing his unpublished observations. This
work was supported by the Montana Agricultural Experiment Station. Contri¬
bution #J-2822 from the Montana Agricultural Experiment Station.
Literature Cited
Blume, R. R. 1970. Insects associated with bovine droppings in Kerr and Bexar counties, Texas. J.
Econ. Entomol., 63: 1023-1024.
Blume, R. R. 1972. Additional insects associated with bovine droppings in Kerr and Bexar counties,
Texas. J. Econ. Entomol., 65: 621.
Capinera, J. L. & T. S. Sechrist. 1982. Grasshoppers (Acrididae) of Colorado: identification, biology,
and management. Colo. St. Univ. Univ. Expt. Sta. Bull., 584S.
Chapman, R. F. 1990. Food selection, pp. 39-72. In Chapman, R. F. & A. Joem (eds.). Biology of
grasshoppers. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Chappell, M. A. & D. W. Whitman. 1990. Grasshopper thermoregulation, pp. 143-172. In Chapman,
R. F. & A. Joem (eds.). Biology of grasshoppers. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Criddle, N. 1920. Locust control in the prairie provinces. Dominion of Canada, Department of
Agriculture, Entomological Branch, Circular 13.
Duffield, J. E. 1937. Notes on some animal communities ofNorwegian Lapland: an account of the
dung and carrion communities and of those insects found in human dwellings. J. Anim. Ecol.,
6: 160-168.
Gangwere, S. K. 1961. A monograph on food selection in Orthoptera. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc.,
87: 67-230.
Hanski, I. & Y. Cambefort. 1991. Dung beetle ecology. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New
Jersey.
Hewitt, G. B. & J. A. Onsager. 1983. Control of grasshoppers on rangeland in the United States: a
perspective. J. Range Manag., 36: 202-207.
Joem, A. 1985. Grasshopper dietary (Orthoptera: Acrididae) from a Nebraska Sand Hills prairie.
Trans. Nebr. Acad. Sci., 13: 21-32.
Joem, A. 1988. Foraging behavior and switching by the grasshopper sparrow Ammondramus sa-
1994
O’NEILL: GRASSHOPPER THERMAL REFUGES
229
vannarum searching for multiple prey in a heterogeneous environment. Amer. Midi. Nat., 119:
225-234.
Johnson, K. A. & W. G. Whitford. 1975. Foraging ecology and relative importance of subterranean
termites in chihuahuan desert ecosystems. Environ. Entomol., 4: 66-70.
Lavigne, R. J. & R. E. Pfadt. 1964. The role of rangeland grasshoppers as scavengers. J. Kans.
Entomol. Soc., 37: 1-4.
Lockwood, J. A. 1988. Cannibalism in rangeland grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae): attraction
to cadavers. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 61: 379-387.
Matthews, E. G. 1976. Insect ecology. University of Queensland Press, St. Lucia.
Merritt, R. W. & J. R. Anderson. 1977. The effects of different pasture and rangeland ecosystems
on the annual dynamics of insects in cattle droppings. Hilgardia, 45: 31-71.
Mohr, C. O. 1943. Cattle droppings as ecological units. Ecol. Monogr., 13: 273-298.
Mulkem, G. B., K. P. Pruess, H. Knutson, A. F. Hagen, J. B. Campbell & J. D. Lambley. 1969.
Food habits and preferences of grassland grasshoppers of the north central Great Plains. N.
Dakota Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull., 481.
O’Neill, K. M., S. A. Woods, D. Streett & R. P. O’Neill. 1993. Aggressive interactions and feeding
success of scavenging rangeland grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Environ. Entomol., 22:
751-758.
Poorbaugh, J. H., J. R. Anderson & J. F. Burger. 1968. The insects inhabitants of undisturbed cattle
droppings in northern California. Calif. Vector Views, 15: 17-36.
Rentz, D. C. 1970. An observation of the feeding behavior of a sand-treader cricket (Orthoptera:
Gryllacrididae; Raphidophorinae). Ent. News, 81: 289-291.
Sanders, D. P. & R. C. Dobson. 1966. The insect complex associated with bovine manure in Indiana.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 59: 955-959.
Schoenly, K. 1983. Arthropods associated with bovine and equine dung i n a n ungrazed chihuahuan
desert ecosystem. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 76: 790-796.
Shotwell, R. L. 1958. The grasshopper, your sharcropper. Univ. Missouri Agric. Expt. Stn. Bull.,
714.
Tracy, C. R. 1982. Biophysical modeling in reptilian physiology and ecology. In Gans, C. & F. H.
Pough (eds.). Biology of the reptilia, Volume 12, Physiology C, Physiological Ecology. Academic
Press, New York.
Valiela, I. 1969. The arthropod fauna of bovine dung in central New York and sources on its natural
history. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 77: 210-220.
Valiela, I. 1974. Composition, food webs and population limitation in dung arthropod communities
during invasion and succession. Amer. Midi. Nat., 92: 370-385.
Wingo, C. W., G. D. Thomas, G. N. Clark & C. E. Morgan. 1974. Succession and abundance of
insects in pasture manure: relationship to face fly survival. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 76: 386—
390.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 230-239, (1994)
THE SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF ENDEMIC AND
INTRODUCED FLOWER-BREEDING SPECIES OF
DROSOPHILA (DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE)
DURING THEIR EARLY HISTORY OF ENCOUNTER
ON THE ISLAND OF HAWAII
William T. Starmer 1 and Jane M. Bowles 2
department of Biology, Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York 13244;
department of Plant Sciences, University of Western Ontario,
London, Ontario N6A 5B7
Abstract. —The spatial distribution of two flower-breeding drosophilids (an endemic, Scaptomyza
caliginosa Hardy and an exotic, Drosophila floricola Sturtevant) is reported for morning and
evening censuses of four sites at one locality on the island of Hawaii. The increase in the relative
frequency of the introduced species over the last 10 years appears to be due to the increase in
the number of adult D. floricola and not a reduction in number of endemic adult S. caliginosa.
The analysis indicates that the two species are sympatric and adults occupy the same individual
blossoms of morning glory. Afternoon and evening aggregation behavior of adult S. caliginosa
may explain some variation in the joint distribution of the two species. Although there is some
evidence for the adults using different blossoms, there is considerable overlap of adults of the
two species in the same blossoms and it is concluded that the potential for larval-larval com¬
petition between the two species is high.
Key Words. — Insecta, Diptera, Scaptomyza {Exalloscaptomyza) caliginosa, Drosophila ( Phlori-
dosa ) floricola, morning glory, flower breeders, Hawaiian drosophilids, spatial distribution, co¬
existence
For 12 years we have been monitoring the population densities of two drosoph-
ilid species that breed in blossoms of the morning glory, Ipomoea acuminata
(Vahl) Roemer & Schultes, on the island of Hawaii in the Hawaiian Archipelago.
One species, Scaptomyza {Exalloscaptomyza) caliginosa Hardy, is endemic to
Hawaii and uses only morning glory blossoms as a larval and adult feeding sub¬
strate (Hardy 1965, 1966; Ibara 1976). The other species, Drosophila {Phloridosa)
floricola Sturtevant, was introduced to Hawaii about 15-20 years ago and also
uses flowers, including morning glories, as breeding sites. Montague & Kaneshiro
(1982) reported the percentage of adults to be 96% S. caliginosa and 4% D. floricola
in morning glory flowers growing in Kipuka Puaulu (Bird Park) Hawaii Volcanoes
National Park on Hawaii Island during September and November 1980. Since
then we have several estimates of the numbers of both species in the same and
neighboring sites. These counts reveal a striking change in the relative numbers
of the two species and prompted us to determine the distribution of the two
species in the same area.
This paper reports counts of both species made in Bird Park and neighboring
areas since 1980 and analyzes the spatial distribution of the adults occupying
individual flowers during October 1991. This analysis provides a basis for studying
the competitive interactions of two species in early stages of sympatry (Montague
& Kaneshiro 1982). The species evolved their flower breeding habit independently
and have different life-history characteristics. Montague & Kaneshiro (1982) em-
1994
STARMER & BOWLES: FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA
231
phasized differences in reproductive potential and in the larval stage as important
facets of the ultimate fate of the two species in this habitat. The introduced species
has a greater reproductive potential (i.e., 13.5 ovarioles per female for D. floricola
and 1.05 ovarioles per female for S. caliginosa). The endemic female, however,
either deposits a single large egg, that hatches soon after being laid, or a precocious
larva in a flower. The introduced female lays several eggs that must mature before
hatching. These differences might be important if adults and larvae of the two
species share the same resources to an extent. There are several levels of resource
sharing that can be considered. These include 1) sharing the same sites where
flowers grow, 2) sharing the same individual blossoms of the morning glory, and
3) using the resources available in a shared blossom in the same way. The first
two considerations are the concerns of this report. We focus on adult distributions
because this could separate the two species spatially and thus preclude larval
competition.
Material and Methods
The spatial distribution of adult S. caliginosa and D. floricola was determined
by counting the number of each species in individual morning glory blossoms
over a two day period (30-31 Oct 1991). Sites in Kipuka Puaulu (Bird Park) and
alongside the road between Bird Park and Kipuka Ki were censused in the morning
(8:00-10:00 h = AM) and afternoon (15:00-17:00 h = PM). Adult flies present
in 100 blossoms were counted at each site and each blossom was mapped by
systematically walking through the area and plotting their Cartesian coordinates.
The number of adults in most of the blossoms in a contiguous area were counted.
In some cases when flies were inadvertently frightened away, the blossom was
skipped. Flies were counted either directly in the blossom or after being aspirated
into a glass vial using a magnifying glass (2 x). All flies that were aspirated were
released after counting. Some adults were trapped by placing a plastic bag over
the blossom and returning it to the laboratory. In these cases the site was being
censused for the second and last time.
Two sites (A & B) within Bird Park and two sites (A & B) along the road between
Bird Park and Kipuka Ki were censused. The area surveyed at each site varied
as a function of flower density because the number of blossoms mapped was held
constant at 100 blossoms. The approximate area mapped for each site was 227,
177, 60 and 62 m 2 for Bird Park-A, Bird Park-B, Road-A and Road-B respectively.
The Bird Park sites were located along the main trail in open fields and were
separated by intervening forest with no morning glories present. Site A was north
of the entrance to the park and site B was east of the entrance. The road sites
were between Bird Park and Kipuka Ki. Although morning glory vines were
continuous along the road in this area, the two sites were on opposite sides of the
road at a distance of 1.1 km (site A) and 1 km (site B) from the gate at Bird Park.
Two sites (Road-A, Bird Park-A) were censused on the first morning (30 Oct
1991) and again on the afternoon of the next day (31 Oct 1991). Two sites (Road-
B, Bird Park-B) censused on the first afternoon were censused again on the fol¬
lowing morning. This procedure was followed because disturbance in the morning
is more likely to affect the afternoon distribution, while an afternoon census is
less likely to affect the census on the following morning when most flies move to
and occupy newly opened blossoms.
232
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
Table 1. Percentage of adults of the endemic species Scaptomyza caliginosa relative to the intro¬
duced species Drosophila floricola present in Bird Park and neighboring areas.
Date of census
Bird Park
Road
Collector
1976
100.0
Ibara (1976)
Aug 1978
100.0
J. R. Montague & W. T. Starmer 3
Sep-Nov 1980
96.3
Montague & Kaneshiro (1982)
3-8 Dec 1987
97.9
W. T. Starmer, D. Droney, & J. Bowles 3
2 Jun 1989
~50
K. Kaneshiro 3
Jan 1990
~50
M. Kambysellis 3
Site A Site B
Site A Site B
16 Aug 1990
57.4 60.5
7.5 3.3
M. Tlusty 3
27 Aug 1990
27.5 46.3
49.4
D. Droney 3
30-31 Oct 1991
83.9 35.7
87.0 52.7
This study
a Personal communications.
The joint occurrence of the two species was analyzed with correlations for the
number of adults of each species in a flower and by calculating the G-statistic on
2-way tables of presence or absence of the two species. In addition 2-way tables
with three levels (absent, 1 adult and > 1 adult per flower) for each species were
analyzed for each census.
A plot of the autocorrelation coefficients as a function of distance is termed an
“I correlogram” when the correlations calculated are product-moment correla¬
tions (Sokal & Oden 1978a, b). I correlograms of the number of adults per flower
were calculated for S. caliginosa versus S. caliginosa, D.floricolaversusD. floricola
and for S. caliginosa versus D. floricola. The correlations were determined for
each census locality (Bird Park-A, Bird Park-B, Road-A, Road-B) at each time
of day (AM, PM). A step size of 2 m was chosen and spatial correlations (i.e.,
product-moment correlations for number of adults in a flower) for all pairs of
flowers at distances of 0-2, 2-4, 4-6 . . . 28-30 m were calculated. These corre¬
lations were based on an average sample size of 555 pairs of flowers for any one
distance. At this level, correlations between -0.12 and +0.12 would be considered
nonsignificant at a = 0.01.
Results
The numbers of D. floricola were low until 1988 when they increased (Table
1). Our recent records (Table 2) indicate that the number of S. caliginosa per
blossom has remained about the same as that observed in 1980 (0.77, 2.56 and
3.12 adults per blossom for covered, sunlit and shrub blossoms respectively, table
1 of Montague & Kaneshiro 1982) and on 16 Aug 1990 (2.77 adults per blossom).
Only the Bird Park-B site had lower numbers in the present survey.
Although morning glory blossoms are considered to remain open for only one
day, some blossoms will stay open for two days at lower temperatures. We recorded
the number of 1st and 2nd day (i.e., new and old) blossoms during each census.
The average ratio was 3 new: 1 old for all sites. An analysis of variance on the
average number of adults in new versus old blossoms for each census (site, time,
species) did not reveal a significant effect of flower age on the average number of
1994
STARMER & BOWLES: FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA
233
Table 2. Number of adults per blossom, correlation between number of adults of the two species
and the percentage of Scaptomyza caliginosa for each census.
Site
S. caliginosa
D. floricola
Correlation 2
Average
adults/
flower
Standard
deviation
Average
adults/
flower
Standard
deviation
Percentage
Empty blossoms
S. caliginosa
Included
Excluded
Bird Park A (AM)
2.19
4.35
0.34
0.77
86.51
0.104
0.044
(PM)
1.93
4.04
0.45
0.94
81.09
-0.101
-0.243*
Bird Park B (AM)
0.28
0.51
0.48
0.94
36.84
-0.093
-0.574***
(PM)
0.37
0.65
0.69
1.17
33.65
-0.047
-0.356**
Road A (AM)
1.67
2.03
0.47
0.76
78.04
-0.023
-0.109
(PM)
4.06
13.48
0.39
0.98
91.24
-0.023
-0.098
Road B (AM)
1.01
1.26
0.54
0.93
65.16
-0.074
-0.253*
(PM)
0.67
0.87
0.97
2.34
40.85
-0.045
-0.256*
a The correlations were estimated from the number of adults of each species present in each blossom.
The included column includes blossoms that had no flies present, whereas the excluded column does
not include empty blossoms.
*, **, *** Represent significance at 0.05, 0.01 and 0.001, respectively.
adults per blossom (F = 0.91; df = 6, 1; P > 0.10) or significant interactions
between age of flower with the other factors (site, time or species). We considered
all flowers in each census to be equivalent in the following analyses.
The Bird Park sites show different frequencies of D. floricola at each site but
morning versus afternoon percentage for each site remained constant. The Road
site percentages differed from site to site and for the two sampling periods. Most
variance to mean ratios are greater than one, indicating that the flies have aggre¬
gated rather than random or evenly dispersed distributions. This is especially
apparent for S. caliginosa at Road site A in the evening where six flowers had
greater than 26 flies per flower and accounted for 7 5% of the adults in the 100
flowers sampled (Table 3). The correlations for number of adults of each species
in a flower are significantly negative (if empty blossoms are excluded) for 5 of the
8 censuses (Table 2). This indicates a general trend for the adults of the two species
to occupy different flowers. If the average number of flies per blossom for each
species is used as observations (Table 2) to estimate site to site correlations in
the density of each species the estimate is also negative but non-significant (r =
-0.58, df = 6, P > 0.10).
In six of the eight analyses in Table 4 the two species are independently dis¬
tributed. However, during the morning at both Road sites the distribution of one
species is dependent on the distribution of the other. In these cases the observed
number of flowers where 1) both species are present and 2) both are absent (i.e.,
empty) are lower than expected. A similar analysis where three categories (absent,
1 adult and > 1 adult per blossom) for each species were considered revealed the
same pattern. That is, the only significant G-statistics were for the two Road sites
in the morning and these showed lower than expected numbers for flowers con¬
taining both species and flowers that were empty.
The I correlograms for S. caliginosa versus S. caliginosa, D. floricola versus D.
floricola and for S. caliginosa versus D. floricola are shown in Figs. 1, 2 and 3
respectively. The correlograms show that there is little spatial structure in the
populations of each species and between the two species. Another spatial auto-
234
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
Table 3. Number of adult flies per blossom of Scaptomyza caliginosa (Sc) and Drosophila floricola
(Df) at the four sites.
Bird Park
Road
A
B
A B
Adults per
blossom
AM PM
AM PM
AM PM AM PM
Sc Df Sc Df
Sc Df Sc Df
Sc Df Sc Df Sc Df Sc Df
0
33 76 47 75 75 71
71 61
27 67
49 79
42 67
53 68
1
29 19 21 13 22 18
22 23
35 21
23 13
34 18
32 14
2
15
2 16
6 3 6
6 9
21 10
13 4
12 11
11 7
3
9
2 2
5 3
1 3
6 2
4
9 3
3 2
4
3
2
1
3
1
1 2
2
1 4
5
3
1 2
1 1
4
1 2
1
1
6
4
2
2
1
7
3
1
2
8
1
1
1
9
1
2
1
10
1
11
12
1
'
1
14
1
15
1
16
17
1
21
1
22
1
25
1
26
1
27
1
28
1
1
32
1
52
1
77
1
89
1
Total flies
counted 219 34 193 45 28 48 37 69 167 47 406 39 101 54 67 97
correlation analysis was conducted with the empty flowers at each site removed
from the data set. This analysis resulted in different estimates of the correlations
but did not reveal significant spatial structure for either species or the two species
considered together.
Discussion
Variation in the number of adults of each species present at each site can be
explained in several ways. The two sites in Bird Park (Table 2) were similar in
many respects except that the B-site was contiguous with an area that had been
1994
STARMER & BOWLES: FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA
235
Table 4. Two-way tables for the distribution of Scaptomyza caliginosa (Sc) and Drosophila floricola
(Df) in 100 blossoms for each census. The G statistic has 1 degree of freedom.
Morning
Evening
Sc
Sc
Df
+
-
G
Df
+
-
G
Bird Park A
+
13
11
2.28
+
11
14
1.08
54
22
42
33
Bird Park B
+
6
23
0.42
+
8
31
2.30
19
52
21
40
Road A
+
19
14
5.73*
+
8
13
1.78
54
13
43
36
Road B
+
14
19
4.88*
+
12
20
1.72
44
23
35
33
* Significant at a < 0.05.
defoliated with herbicide (applied after the 27 Aug 1990 census). Some of the
variance for the number and relative proportions of the adults of the two species
at the road sites may be due to the vertical distribution of the flowers at the two
sites. The flowers along the side of the road at the A-site were below two meters
and accessible, while the vines at the B-site exceeded 2 to 3 meters making the
highest flowers in the vicinity inaccessible. Because adults of S. caliginosa tend
to accumulate in higher blossoms in the afternoon and evening, it was not possible
to count those flowers with large numbers of flies higher in the canopy. Thus the
relative increase in D. floricola adults during the afternoon at the B-site (Table 2)
is probably due to the movement of S. caliginosa adults into the higher blossoms.
This may also be an important consideration in interpreting the counts made
beside the road on 16 Aug 1990 (Table 1) since those blossoms were collected in
the evening after the movement of S. caliginosa into focal blossoms.
Most of the variation in percentage of D. floricola is due to changes in numbers
of S. caliginosa. This could be due to movement of S. caliginosa as mentioned
for the Road-site B as well as between site differences in the number of S. caliginosa
present. This can be seen in the mean to variance ratios across sites (observations
from Table 2) for S. caliginosa (1.52:1.56) as compared to (0.54:0.04) for D.
floricola. Although the average number of S. caliginosa per blossom has not
changed in the Bird Park area over years, the variation from site to site is con¬
siderable.
Although the correlograms (Figs. 1, 2 and 3) show little spatial structure, there
does appear to be a trend in the S. caliginosa population for positive correlations
at the closer distances and negative correlations at the further distances (Fig. 1).
This is possibly due to the aggregation behavior of S. caliginosa. This behavior
would result in patches of blossoms with higher than average numbers of adults
in the flowers close to the focal flowers as S. caliginosa adults aggregate in afternoon
and evening and would have the same effect as they move to newly opened
blossoms in the morning. That is, many newly opened blossoms close to the focal
aggregate blossoms would have higher numbers of adults due to their proximity
to that blossom.
Fisher (1991) showed that when both species are kept together in laboratory
236 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
Meters
- Road A
- Road B
- Bird Park A
- Bird Park B
Figure 1. Correlogram for the number of S. caliginosa versus S. caliginosa adults per blossom as
a function of distance (meters) between blossoms. The four lines represent the four sites. The upper
and lower figures are for morning and evening censuses, respectively.
1994
STARMER & BOWLES: FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA
237
0.3
AM
I
-0.4-1-r-
0 10
- 1 -
20
Meters
“»- 1
30 40
I
- Road A
- Road B
- Bird Park A
- Bird Park B
Figure 2. Correlogram for the number of D. Jloricola versus D. jloricola adults per blossom as a
function of distance (meters) between blossoms. The four lines represent the four sites. The upper and
lower figures are for morning and evening censuses, respectively.
238 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
■-- Road A
- Road B
- Bird Park A
- Bird Park B
Meters
Figure 3. Correlogram for the number of S. caliginosa versus D. JJoricola adults per blossom as a
function of distance (meters) between blossoms. The four lines represent the four sites. The upper and
lower figures are for morning and evening censuses, respectively.
1994
STARMER & BOWLES: FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA
239
population cages at densities similar to that in the held and provided with fresh
morning glory blossoms, adults of both species are reared from the same individual
blossoms. This result in conjunction with the spatial structure of the two species
we have documented in this report makes it likely that the opportunity for larval
competition exists under held conditions. However, other factors such as the use
of blossoms of other plant species as a refuge by the introduced species (Montague
& Kaneshiro 1982) could inhuence coexistence of the two species (Shorrocks
1990). We are also aware of the possibility that because most of our observations
are conhned to one season over several years, we are missing important seasonal
variation in the distribution of the two species. It is important to establish the
status of these species over time and space during this relatively early stage of
encounter in this unique habitat.
Acknowledgment
We thank Andre Lachance, Ken Kaneshiro, Mike Kambysellis, David Droney
and Michael Tlusty for assistance in collecting hower breeding drosophilids from
Bird Park. Discussions with Larry Wolf and Gwen Wehbe were helpful in pre¬
paring the manuscript. We also thank Charles Stone and Danielle Stone for their
help in facilitating our research in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. Permission
to work in Kipuka Puaulu was given by the National Park Service and the work
was funded by NSF grants to WTS.
Literature Cited
Fisher, G. M. 1991. Interactions between two flower-breeding drosophilids: Exalloscaptomyza cali-
ginosa and Drosophila floricola. M.S. Thesis, Syracuse University.
Hardy, D. E. 1965. Diptera: Drosophilidae. pp. 604-606. In Insects of Hawaii. Vol. 12. University
of Hawaii Press, Honolulu.
Hardy, D. E. 1966. Description and notes on Hawaiian Drosophilidae. Univ. of Texas Bull., 6615:
243-314.
Ibara, W. 1976. The ecology of endemic Hawaiian Scaptomyza ( Exalloscaptomyza ), (Diptera: Dro¬
sophilidae) in relation to the morning glory, Ipomoea spp. M.S. Thesis, University of Hawaii-
Manoa.
Montague, J. R. & K. Y. Kaneshiro. 1982. Flower-breeding species of Hawaiian drosophilids in an
early stage of sympatry. Pacific Insects, 24: 209-213.
Shorrocks, B. 1990. Coexistence in a patchy environment, pp. 91-106. In Shorrocks, B. & I. R.
Swingland (eds.). Living in a patchy environment. Oxford University Press, New York.
Sokal, R. R. &N. L. Oden. 1978a. Spatial autocorrelation in biology 1. Methodology. Biol. J. Linn.
Soc., 10: 199-228.
Sokal, R. R. & N. L. Oden. 1978b. Spatial autocorrelation in biology 2. Some biological implications
and four applications of evolutionary and ecological interest. Biol. J. Linn. Soc., 10: 229-249.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 240-252, (1994)
EUROPEAN ELM SCALE (HOMOPTERA: ERIOCOCCIDAE)
ABUNDANCE AND PARASITISM IN
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA
Steve H. Dreistadt 1 and Kenneth S. Hagen
Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720
Abstract. — European elm scale, Gossyparia spuria (Modeer) (= Eriococcus spurius) (Homoptera:
Eriococcidae), infested elms ( Ulmus spp.) at all 12 sites that we sampled in northern California
during 1987-1989. Scales were more abundant on English elm ( Ulmus procera Salisbury) than
Siberian elm ( Ulmus pumila L.). Female scale density peaked at 301 (SD = 76) degree-days
above 11° C accumulated from 1 March, mid-April through June depending on location and
weather. Scale density and defoliation by elm leaf beetle, Xanthogaleruca (= Pyrrhalta ) luteola
(Muller) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) were apparently associated. We reared one to three species
of parasitoids from scales at each of five locations. We found no parasitoids at seven other sites.
Only one species, Coccophagus insidiator (Dalman) (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae), has previously
been reported as established on European elm scale in California. We recovered Trichomasthus
coeruleus Mercet (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) at two locations; this species at the time of intro¬
duction was apparently misidentified as Trichomasthus cyanifrons (Dalman). Both Trichomas¬
thus species may have been introduced, but we recovered only T. coeruleus. A Microterys sp.
(Encyrtidae) of unknown origin occurred at two locations. Limited parasitoid distribution and
high scale populations at some sites provide an excellent opportunity for further biological control
efforts against European elm scale.
Key Words.— Insecta, Eriococcus spurius, Coccophagus insidiator, Trichomasthus coeruleus,
Xanthogaleruca luteola, biological control, Gossyparia spuria
European elm scale, Gossyparia spuria (Modeer), is of Palearctic origin and was
first discovered in the western U.S. on the Stanford University campus in Palo
Alto, California in 1893 (Herbert 1924). Scales mature on bark in the spring,
developing into tiny white “cocoons” containing males or purple to dark brown
females partially enclosed by a white, waxy fringe. Crawlers emerge from females
and settle on leaves or bark where they feed through the summer before moving
to overwinter on bark. High populations of this univoltine pest produce copious
honeydew and branch dieback.
Classical biological control of European elm scale was conducted in California
from 1939 through the mid-1950s. One introduced species, Coccophagus insi¬
diator (Dalman), was recovered and reportedly controlled scales at the one site
where it was established (Flanders 1952). Finding no published data on European
elm scale and parasitoid populations in California since the 1950s, we investigated
the current status of the scale and its biological control agents in northern Cali¬
fornia.
Materials and Methods
Scale Abundance.— We sampled European elm scales at 5 northern California
sites during 1987, 8 locations in 1988, and 7 sites during 1989 (Figs. 1 and 2), a
1 Statewide IPM Project, University of California, Davis, California 95616-8620.
1994
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
241
total of 12 different locations were used (Fig. 5). We examined 30 cm long branch
terminals and recorded the presence or absence of apparently viable female scales
about every 2 weeks during the spring and early summer from an average of 3 to
4 elms ( Ulmus spp.) at each site. We sampled 40 terminals per tree (5 each from
the inner and outer half of the canopy in each cardinal direction) from the lower
one third of the canopy of each tree, except in Cloverdale and Hopland where we
collected 24 terminals per tree (3 each inner and outer half in each cardinal
direction). We determined the proportion of infested terminals (x; SD) for 1987
by pooling samples within each inner and outer quadrant (8 per tree as above)
and by pooling samples by tree during 1988 and 1989. Unless otherwise stated,
we report scale densities for each site and species by pooling samples on the date
when the maximum proportion of terminals were infested.
We used degree-days as a standard among sites to compare when the maximum
proportion of terminals were infested by female scales. Because no studies on
development rate or threshold temperature have been reported for G. spuria, we
used the same model developed for elm leaf beetle, Xanthogaleruca luteola (Mul¬
ler). We accumulated degree-days beginning 1 Mar each year using the single sine
wave method and daily maximum and minimum temperatures obtained from
recorders near our study sites (Dreistadt & Dahlsten 1990). We employed a lower
threshold temperature of 11° C, the same as for elm leaf beetle and intermediate
to the threshold determined in California for two other scales: San Jose scale,
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock) with a threshold of 10.6° C (Jorgensen
et al. 1981) and California red scale, Aonidiella citri (Maskell), with a threshold
of 11.5° C (Yu & Luck 1988).
We compared means with Utests using STAT-SAK (Dallal 1986).
Elm Leaf Beetle Relationship. — We investigated the relationship between de¬
foliation by elm leaf beetle and the density of female scales. We sampled elm leaf
beetle damage at 1 to 3 week intervals from spring until beetles largely disappeared
in the fall using the same terminals that were inspected for scales. For each sample,
we rated leaf area consumed from 0 to 10, where 10 is 100% or total defoliation
(Dreistadt & Dahlsten 1989). We performed least squares linear regressions using
PROC REG (SAS Institute Inc. 1988) to correlate beetle defoliation with scale
density. We pooled samples by date for each tree and compared the maximum
proportion of scale-infested terminals versus maximum beetle defoliation. We
regressed maximum defoliation against maximum scale density during the same
year and maximum defoliation during the current year against maximum female
scale density the subsequent year. We conducted separate regressions for each
elm species for all sites and years pooled.
Parasitism. — During 1988 and 1989, we clipped and returned to the laboratory
the terminals sampled as above. We also randomly collected scales in Albany
(Alameda Co.) from five Chinese elm ( Ulmus parvifolia Jacquin) on 3 dates in
May and June, 1990. We clipped a 3-6 cm long section of twig containing one
or more female scales from each infested terminal and placed it in a 22 by 93
mm cotton-stoppered shell vial. We held vials at 21-27° C 16:8 (L:D) during 1989
and 1990, and at about 24° C and uncontrolled artificial and diffuse natural light
during 1988. Any European fruit lecanium, Parthenolecanium corni (Bouche) or
black scale, Saissetia oleae (Olivier) present were scraped off before holding sam¬
ples for emergence. We recorded the number of scales in each sample and the
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
242
emergence of any crawlers or parasitoids. To detect any unemerged parasitoids,
we dissected scales without emergence after 3 or more months.
We report apparent parasitism at each site for all sample dates pooled during
the two month period when female univoltine scales were found to be most
abundant. We determined apparent parasitism by dividing the number of para¬
sitized scales by the sum of parasitized and viable scales, then multiplying by
100. Parasitized scales were those from which parasitoids emerged or from which
they were dissected. Viable scales were those from which crawlers emerged in the
laboratory. Some samples contained scales that were too immature when collected
to produce crawlers or from which all crawlers or parasitoids had emerged before
they were collected; we excluded these from parasitism estimates. For twig samples
producing crawlers and containing more than one unparasitized scale, we did not
determine whether one or more than one of the unparasitized scale had produced
crawlers. For these samples, we estimated the number of viable scales (V):
V = pVs x N
where N is the number of unparasitized scales in each sample with crawlers and
pVs is the proportion of viable scales in all samples pooled from that date and
location that contained only one unparasitized scale.
Parasitoid introduction data through 1950 (Table 2) are from Flanders (1952);
those data from 1952-1956 are from Biological Control of Elm Scale, unpublished
University of California colonization reports from Riverside and the Gill Tract
in Albany authored by R. L. Doutt, S. E. Flanders, and T. W. Fisher from 15 Jul
1952 through 15 Jul 1956 and summarizing work conducted in part by K.S.H.
We identified Trichomasthus coeruleus Mercet using the published keys and
descriptions of Mercet (1921, 1923), Nikol’skaya (1952), Graham (1958, 1969a),
Alam (1957), and Jensen & Sharkov (1989). Publications used to identify the
other parasitoids were: C. insidiator (Compere 1931), Microterys sp. males
(Trjapitzn & Gordh 1978), Microterys sp. females (Tryapitsyn & Gordh 1978),
Tetrastichus sp. (Burks 1943), and Pachyneuron sp. (Graham 1969b). We sent
specimens of the former three genera to the Taxonomic Services Unit (T5U),
USDA-ARS, Beltsville, Maryland for confirmation of identification. We deposited
voucher specimens from our recoveries in the Bohart Museum, University of
California, Davis.
Results and Discussion
Scale Abundance. —European elm scales occurred at all 12 of our northern
California study sites. Scales were more abundant on English elm, Ulmus procera
Salisbury, than Siberian elm, Ulmus pumila L. in Adin (t = 27.7; n = 240; P <
0.001) and Susanville (t = 22.2; n = 320; P < 0.001), where we sampled both
host species during 1987 (Figs. 1 and 2). Significantly more English elm terminals
were infested than Siberian elm terminals when samples from all sites on all dates
were pooled during 1987 (t = 46.9; n = 2,625; P < 0.001), 1988 ( t = 54.4; n =
2,340; P < 0.001), and 1989 {t = 50.2; n = 5,938; P < 0.001), but climate and
natural enemy differences among sites may partly account for this (see below).
Significantly more American elm, Ulmus americana L., terminals were scale in¬
fested than Siberian elms in Princeton during 1988 (t = 226.0; n = 120; P <
0.001) and 1989 (t = 26.2; n = 160; P < 0.001), but too few American elms were
1994
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
243
Month/Day
Figure 1. Mean (+ SD) proportion of Siberian elm branch terminals (30 cm long) infested with
apparently viable female European elm scales on the sample date of maximum infestation.
T)
0
■+j
CO
0
_co
u
Cl
E
k_
0
o
c
o
• —
11
o
Q_
O
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4 +
I—American elms—I I-English elms-1
1
0.0
oo
00
CD
>\
c
o
-O
0 . 2 - <
CD
oo
CD
>N
C
o
_Q
oo
CD
c
o
•+-»
0
o
c
* MM
L_
CL
oo
oo
CD
c
o
-M
0
o
c
CD
00
c
o
-M
0
o
c
00
CD
~a
<
00
00
CD
>\
c
o
XJ
1^
oo
CD
O
O
• —
o
1
oo
oo
CD
o
o
• —
o
CD
00
CD
JD
ft KB
>
0
b
o
oo
oo
CD
0
C
• —
_Q
_Q
O
DC
00
0
ft KM
>
c
o
0
13
(/)
CO
(N
ro
CM
CM
M -
CM
CM
CM
1^
CM
CM
CD
m
CM
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
CO
LD
m
LO
m
lO
LO
LO
Month/Day
Figure 2. Mean (+ SD) proportion of American elm and English elm branch terminals (30 cm
long) infested with apparently viable European elm scales on the sample date of maximum infestation.
244
Vol. 70(3)
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
sampled to generalize about their susceptibility to scales relative to the other elm
species.
The maximum proportion of infested terminals occurred about 10 June (SD =
16 days) in northeastern California (Adin, Fall River Mills and Susanville), which
was significantly later ( t = 5.3; n = 25; P < 0.001) than all other sites pooled,
where infestations peaked about 5 May (SD = 16 days). Northeastern sites are
intermountain valleys with colder winters and a shorter growing season than other
study locations. Because of the varying climate among our sites, which span about
500 km and range from about 10 to >1200 m above sea level, we used degree-
day accumulations to compare peak scale occurrence. The maximum proportion
of infested terminals in northeastern California, other sites, and all sites pooled
occurred at 301 (SD = 76), 305 (SD = 96), and 303 (SD = 89) degree-days,
respectively; differences were not significant (P > 0.05). Degree-days accumula¬
tions can assist in timing scale population monitoring, parasitoid collections and
releases, and insecticide applications. However, laboratory development rate and
threshold temperature data should be developed for G. spuria to validate our
estimates (see Materials and Methods).
Elm Leaf Beetle Relationship. — We observed and photographed scale nymphs
and elm leaf beetle larvae feeding on the same leaves. Because beetles can pre¬
maturely defoliate elms before scale nymphs would normally migrate in fall from
leaves to bark, we hypothesized that high defoliation would reduce scale densities
the subsequent season because many scale nymphs would die on leaves that are
killed or drop because of beetle feeding. We observed the opposite effect; maxi¬
mum beetle defoliation during the current year was positively correlated with
maximum female scale density during the next year on English elm (F = 15.7; n
= 6; P < 0.05) (Fig. 3B). American elms that experienced little beetle feeding also
had lower scale densities, but results may have been an artifact of small sample
size. The apparent association between beetle feeding and scale density may be
because trees are similarly predisposed to attack by both pests; for example,
English elms are more susceptible to both elm leaf beetle (Dreistadt & Dahlsten
1989) and European elm scale than are Siberian elms (Fig. 3). Stress associated
with beetle damage may increase elm susceptibility to scales, or vice versa.
There was no association between current season beetle defoliation of Siberian
elm and female scale density the subsequent year (Fig. 3B). Siberian elm foliage
growth is indeterminate and anytime from spring through fall trees will drop
individual leaves that are partially damaged by beetle feeding, leaves that may
also contain scale nymphs. English and American elm growth is determinate.
Trees retain damaged leaves, dropping most foliage over a short period after
damage becomes severe then sometimes growing a second flush of foliage; reten¬
tion of damaged leaves may allow scale nymphs to move from foliage to bark
before leaves drop.
The maximum proportion of female scale-infested terminals was correlated
with maximum beetle defoliation during the same season on English elms (F =
5.3; n = 25-P< 0.05) and Siberian elms {F = 4.1; n = 40; P < 0.05); however,
R 2 values were very low (Fig. 3A) and it is unlikely that female scale density on
twigs is affected by beetle feeding during the same season because scales mature
and produce crawlers in the spring and maximum beetle defoliation occurs later
in summer. The distribution, abundance, and behavior of scale nymphs on bark
Proportion of Terminals Infested by Scales (y)
1994
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
245
0 2 4 6 8 10
Foliage Damage by Beetles (e)
Figure 3. Foliage damage by elm leaf beetle (e), rated 0 to 10 where 10 = 100%, and A) proportion
of terminals infested with female scales during the same season or B) proportion of terminals infested
with scales during the next season on English and Siberian elms in northern California, 1987-1989.
Significant (P < 0.05) regression equations are shown for English elm (y') and Siberian elm (y*).
246 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
Table 1. Apparent parasitism of European elm scale in northern California, 1988-1990. 3
Percent of total parasitism by species
Location
Year
Sp
n
Percent parasitism
Coc-
. cophagus
insidiator
Trich-
omasthus
coeru-
leus
Micro-
terys
sp.
Other b
Mum¬
my 0
X
SD
Adin
1988
E
87
15.9
35.7
90
0
0
0
10
Adin
1988
S
108
59.7
39.1
85
0
0
0
15
Adin
1989
S
202
9.9
24.5
42
0
0
0
58
Albany
1988
A & E
245
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Albany
1989
A & E
123
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Albany
1990
C
345
1.1
6.3
0
100
0
0
0
Fall River
1988
S
287
1.5
10.5
100
0
0
0
0
Fall River
1989
S
204
2.9
14.1
100
0
0
0
0
Stockton
1988
s
168
13.4
33.8
0
67
0
33
0
Stockton
1989
s
851
4.6
16.3
0
81
14
0
5
Susan ville
1988
E
35
11.1
32.3
100
0
0
0
0
Susan ville
1988
s
148
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Susanville
1989
E
72
18.1
34
43
0
14
0
43
Susanville
1989
S
828
12.6
27.2
44
0
24
2
30
a Host species (Sp) are American elm (A) English elm (E), Siberian elm (S), or Chinese elm (C); n
is number of viable scales + parasitized scales sampled.
b Other species are apparently secondaries: Tetrastichus sp. (in Stockton); Pachyneuron sp. (Susan-
ville).
c Parasitoids dissected from mummified scales were not identified.
and leaves has not been reported and must be investigated in order to better
understand the relationship between elm leaf beetle feeding and scale density.
Coccophagus insidiator. — We reared at least three species of primary parasitoids
and two apparently secondary species from European elm scale; of these only C.
insidiator has previously been recovered in California. Coccophagus insidiator
was the only scale parasitoid in Adin (Modoc Co.) and Fall River Mills (Shasta
Co.) and it was the predominant species in Susanville (Table 1, Figs. 4 and 5). In
comparison with its univoltine host, C. insidiator reportedly has more than one
annual generation on female scales and parasitizes overwintering male scales prior
to females becoming susceptible (Griswold 1927, Flanders 1952). Nearly all male
scales and any parasitoids they may have contained emerged prior to sampling.
Generational parasitism (van Driesche 1983) is likely higher than indicated by
the apparent parasitism of female scales on any one date (Fig. 4) or from all dates
pooled (Table 1).
Coccophagus insidiator was introduced into the southern two-thirds of Cali¬
fornia through the mid-1950s (Table 2). It was previously reported as established
only in Redlands (San Bernardino Co.) in southern California (Flanders 1952);
which is about 900 km south of our recoveries. Although we collected many scales
in Albany and Stockton (Table 1) and held an average of 370 scales for parasitoid
emergence from each of 7 other locations in the Central Valley or coastal valleys
of northern California (Fig. 5), we did not detect C. insidiator at those locations
even though they encompass original release sites (Table 2) and are 300 km or
more closer to Redlands than our recovery sites. Our identification of C. insidiator
was confirmed by M. E. Schauff, TSU, USDA-ARS.
Scales Parasitized Tips Infested or Viable Scales
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
247
1994
0.4 -
0.3 -
0.2 -
0.1 -
0
Tips Infested
Viable Scales
Mummy
Pachyneuron
Microterys
□ Coccophagus
B
m
5/26
6 / 16 6/30
Month/Day
7/28
Figure 4. A) Mean (+ SD) proportion of terminals (tips) infested and scales from which crawlers
emerged (viable scales) and B) proportion of European elm scales parasitized by three species in
Susanville, California, on each sample date in 1989.
Trichomasthus coeruleus. — We recovered T. coeruleus in Stockton (San Joaquin
Co.), where it was the most abundant parasitoid, and in Albany, where it was the
only species parasitizing European elm scale (Table 1). Prior to its introduction
in the Central Valley and the San Francisco Bay Area in 1952 and 1954, this
248
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
Adin
Fall River Mills
Susanville
<s>
•Chico
• Princeton
Hopland .•Marysville
*Cloverdale Robbins
Calistoga
Albany
Stockton
100 km
ESTABLISHED
PARASITOIDS:
• None
■ Coccophagus
▲ Trichomasthus
O Microterys
\
Pachyneuron
/Xletrastichus
Figure 5. Northern California study sites where three species of European elm scale primary
parasitoids ( Coccophagus insidiator, Trichomasthus coeruleus, Microterys sp.) and two apparently
secondary parasitoids ( Pachyneuron sp., Tetrastichus sp.) were found or not detected, 1988-1990.
species was keyed using Mercet (1921) and identified as Trichomasthus cyanifrons
(Dalman). That key was in error (Mercet 1923). Based on more recent keys and
descriptions that distinguish between T. cyanifrons and T. coeruleus, we believe
that the Trichomasthus introduced from France into Albany, Berkeley, Madera,
1994
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
249
Table 2. Parasitoid introductions reported against European elm scale in California. 3
Parasitoid species
Release
year
Parasitoid source
Number
released
Release city (county)
C. insidiator
1939
Italy
50
Los Gatos (Santa Clara)
1949
France & Germany
175
Redlands (San Bernardino)
80
San Jose (Santa Clara)
65
San Anselmo (Marin)
1950
France & Germany
61
San Anselmo
78
Berkeley (Alameda)
1952
France
312
Sacramento (Sacramento)
27
Berkeley
1953
Redlands, Calif.
60
Claremont (Los Angeles)
1954
France
“several
Albany (Alameda), Berkeley,
hun-
Madera (Madera)
dred”
1955
Redlands, Calif.
400
San Bernardino (San Bernardino)
500
Claremont
1956
310
Claremont
T. cyanifrons b
1949
France & Germany
27
Redlands
13
Balboa (Los Angeles)
16
Pasadena
1952
France
39
Sacramento
1954
31
Albany, Berkeley, Madera
Metaphycus sp.
1954
France
26
Albany, Berkeley, Madera
3 Source: Flanders 1952 (1939-1950 data); Biological Control of Elm Scale, unpublished University
of California colonization reports from Riverside and the Gill Tract in Albany (1952-1956).
b Probably T. coeruleus, see text.
and Sacramento during 1952 and 1954 (Table 2) was T. coeruleus, not T. cyani-
frons as previously reported. The Trichomasthus introduced in southern California
in 1949 from France and Germany may have been T. cyanifrons as reported by
Flanders (1952), but we did not recover that species. Ours is the first reported
recovery of a Trichomasthus species from G. spuria in North America. Specimens
we sent to TSU were identified as Trichomasthus sp.
Microterys sp.—European elm scales in Stockton and Susanville were parasit¬
ized by a Microterys sp. Two peaks of Microterys sp. emergence (early June and
late July) were observed in Susanville in 1989 (Fig. 4B), indicating that Microterys
sp. has more than one annual generation and inflicts greater mortality on its
univoltine host than is indicated by apparent parasitism on any one sample date
(Fig. 4B) or all dates pooled (Table 1).
An undescribed Microterys sp. was imported into quarantine in California in
1949, but only males were produced and no releases were made according to
Flanders (1952) and the recollection of K.S.H., who worked on that project. We
believe that Clausen (1978) was wrong in stating that “a very few” Microterys sp.
were released from quarantine and introduced. Clausen (1956) makes no mention
of this species even though it discusses releases through 1953 and was published
closer to the actual event than Clausen (1978). Morphological distinctions between
Microterys in Susanville and Stockton indicate they may be different species. At
least 8 species of Microterys have been reported in California, but their taxonomy
is uncertain and this genus of parasitoids is poorly known (Rosen 1976, Gordh
250
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
1979). We do not know the origin of our Microterys sp. and specimens sent to
the TSU were returned as genus and species undetermined.
Biological Control. — Our methods were not designed to assess parasitoid im¬
pact; we lacked sufficient time and there were no previous data on scale abundance
or the species and distribution of any parasitoids. Differences in climate, elm
species, and natural enemy distribution and possible effects from elm leaf beetle
defoliation confound efforts to evaluate biological control.
We also recovered three scale feeding Coccinellidae on our study elms: Hyper-
aspis quadrioculata (Motschulsky) in Adin, Fall River Mills and Susanville, Chi-
locorus bipustulatus (L.) in Stockton, and Rhyzobius forestieri (Mulsant) in Albany.
Predators may also influence scale densities, but our methods were not designed
to detect or sample predators or assess their impact.
There is evidence that parasitoids can provide biological control of European
elm scale. We excluded Argentine ants, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr) from Chinese
elm branches in Albany in 1990 and 1991 and parasitism by T. coeruleus ap¬
parently increased and scale densities declined (Dreistadt et al. 1992). Flanders
(1952) reported that C. insidiator parasitized up to 85% of mature European elm
scales in Redlands and significantly reduced host populations there, but he pro¬
vided no methods or other data.
Flanders (1952) states it is a “well-known fact that elm scale in Europe is under
excellent natural control.” We found no published data on European elm scale
density and parasitism in Europe; however, Burger et al. (1985) report that in
1984 a “heavy outbreak of the uncommon coccid Gossyparia spuria (Modeer)
occurred at ’S-Gravenhage” in the Netherlands and that this may have been a
secondary pest problem. Conversely, Casado (1985) states that European elm
scale is, “another weakening factor to add to the very severe problems that the
elm stands [around Madrid, Spain] already have.”
Because of the copious and annoying honeydew it excretes, European elm scale
infested elms have been treated with insecticide by at least one city (Chico) where
we sampled scales but found no parasitoids. There are reports of European elm
scale damage or control soon after its introduction in the West (Doten 1908,
Herbert 1924) and more recently (Cranshaw et al. 1989).
Conclusions. — Although one to three parasitoid species occurred at each of five
of our study sites, no parasitoids were detected at seven locations. Substantial
rates of parasitism and the apparently limited distribution of parasitoids in Cal¬
ifornia provides opportunity to introduce and study natural enemies before and
after introduction at sites where they are not present. Ant exclusion may improve
biological control at locations where parasitoids are established. European elm
scale is an excellent candidate for further biological control research.
Acknowledgment
Sampling was conducted during travel for elm leaf beetle research funded by
grants to Donald L. Dahlsten, Division of Biological Control, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley from the University of California Elvenia J. Slossen Endowment
Fund for Ornamental Horticulture and the Statewide Integrated Pest Management
Project. Susan M. Tait, Mabel Fong, David L. Rowney, and William A. Copper
with the Division of Biological Control collected or processed some samples or
helped to manage data. M. E. Schauff and M. Lacey-Theisen, Taxonomic Services
1994
DREISTADT & HAGEN: EUROPEAN ELM SCALE
251
Unit, Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture,
provided parasitoid identifications. Donald L. Dahlsten and anonymous reviewers
critiqued our manuscript. Whitney S. Cranshaw, Colorado State University, pro¬
vided helpful suggestions.
Literature Cited
Alam, S. Mashhood. 1957. On the taxonomy of some British encyrtid parasites (Hymenoptera) of
scale insects (Coccidoidea). Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 109: 446.
Burger, H. C., A. van Frankenhuyzen, L. J. W. de Goffau & S. A. Ulenberg. 1985. Bijzondere
aantastingen door insekten in 1984. Entomologische Berichten, 45: 157-165.
Burks, D. B. 1943. The North American parasitic wasps of the genus Tetrastichus— a contribution
to biological control of insect pests. Proc. U.S. Nat. Muse., 93: 505-608.
Casado, J. R. 1985. Gossyparia ulmi Geoffroy (Homoptera: Eriococcidae) una causa mas de debi-
litamiento de los olmos: estudio morfologico y bionomico. Bol. Serv. Plagas., 11: 45-58.
Clausen, C. P. 1956. Biological control of insect pests in the continental United States. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Tech. Bull., 1139.
Clausen, C. P. 1978. Introduced parasites and predators of arthropod pests and weeds. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Handb., 480.
Compere, H. 1931. A revision of the species of Coccophagus a genus of hymenopterous coccid-
inhabiting parasites. Proc. U.S. Nat. Muse., 78: 1-132.
Cranshaw, W. S., R. J. Zimmerman & D. Patrick. 1989. European elm scale insecticide evaluations.
Insecticide & Acaricide Tests, 14: 341.
Dallal, G. E. 1986. STAT-SAK, Version 2.14. Malden, Mass.
Doten, S. B. 1908. The European elm scale ( Gossyparia spuria, Modeer). Univ. Nevada Agric. Exper.
Stat. Bull., No. 65.
Dreistadt, S. H. & D. L. Dahlsten. 1989. Density-damage relationship and presence-absence sampling
of elm leaf beetle (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) in northern California. Environ. Entomol., 18:
849-853.
Dreistadt, S. H. & D. L. Dahlsten. 1990. Relationships of temperature to elm leaf beetle (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae) density and damage in the field. J. Econ. Entomol., 83: 837-841.
Dreistadt, S. H., M. P. Parrella & M. L. Flint. 1992. Integrating chemical and biological control of
ornamental pests, pp. 26-41. In Ward, C. R. (ed.). Proceedings of the 1992 First Southwest
Ornamental Pest Management Workshop. New Mexico State University, Albuquerque.
Flanders, S. E. 1952. A parasite of the European elm scale established in California. J. Econ. Entomol.,
45: 1078-1079.
Gordh, G. 1979. Encyrtidae. In Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith & B. D. Burks (eds.).
Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. 1. Smithsonian Institution Press,
Washington, D.C.
Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1958. Notes on some genera and species of Encyrtidae (Hym.,Chalcidoidea),
with special reference to Dalman’s types. Ent. Tidskr., 79: 172.
Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1969a. Synonymic and descriptive notes on European Encyrtidae (Hym.,
Chalcidoidea). Bull. Entomol. de Pologne, 39: 267.
Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1969b. The Pteromalidae of northwestern Europe (Hymenoptera: Chal¬
cidoidea). Bull. Brit. Muse. Nat. Hist. Entomol., Supplement 16.
Griswold, G. H. 1927. The development of Coccophagus gossypariae Gahan, a parasite of the
European elm scale. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 20: 553-555.
Herbert, F. B. 1924. The European elm scale in the West. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull., 1223.
Jensen, P. B. & A. V. Sharkov. 1989. Revision of the genus Trichomasthus (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae)
in Europe and Soviet Asia. Ent. Scand., 20: 23-54.
Jorgensen, C. D., R. E. Rice, S. C. Hoyt & P. H. Westigard. 1981. Phenology of the San Jose scale
(Homoptera: Diaspididae). Can. Entomol., 113: 149-159.
Mercet, R. C. 1921. Hymenopteros: Fam. Encirtidos. Fauna Iberica. Museo Nacional de Ciencias
Naturales, Madrid. 732 pp.
Mercet, R. G. 1923. Adiciones a la fauna espanola de Encirtidos. Bol. R. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., 23:
49-56, 174-179.
Nikol’skaya, M. N. 1952. The chalcid fauna of the U.S.S.R. (Chalcidoidea). Academy of Sciences
252
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
of the U.S.S.R. Translated from Russian for the National Science Foundation, Washington,
D.C., by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, 1963.
Rosen, D. 1976. The species of Microterys (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae): an annotated world list. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer., 69: 479-485.
SAS Institute Inc. 1991. SAS/STAT user’s guide, Release 6.03. Cary, North Carolina.
Trjapitzn(Tryapitsyn), V. A. & G. Gordh. 1978. A review of the Nearctic Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera,
Chalcidoidea). Communication 1. Entomol. Review, 57: 257. Translated from Entomologi-
cheskoye Obozreniye.
Tryapitsyn (Tijapitzin), V. A. & G. Gordh. 1978. A review of the Nearctic Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera,
Chalcidoidea). Communication 2. Entomol. Review, 57: 437. Translated from Entomologi-
cheskoye Obozreniye.
van Driesche, R. G. 1983. Meaning of “percent parasitism” in studies of insect parasitoids. Environ.
Entomol., 12: 1611-1622.
Yu, D. S. & R. F. Luck. 1988. Temperature-dependent size and development of California red scale
(Homoptera: Diaspididae) and its effect on host availability for the ectoparasitoid Aphytis
melinus DeBach (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). Environ. Entomol., 17: 154-161.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(3): 253-258, (1994)
HOST-SPECIFIC DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES OF WILD
BACTROCERA TAU (WALKER) (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
Pingjun Yang, 1 James R. Carey, 13 and Robert V. Dowell 2
department of Entomology, University of California,
Davis, California 95616
2 California Department of Food and Agriculture,
1220 N Street, Sacramento, California 95814
Abstract. — Developmental time and survival rates of preadult stages and adult survival and
fecundity of Bactrocera tau (Walker) were examined when reared on six common hosts at 25°
C. The durations of the egg and pupal stages were independent of host. The larval developmental
time ranged from 4.5 days, for those reared on cucumber, to 7.3 days, for those reared on
eggplant. The survival rate of larvae ranged from 48%, when reared on bitter melon, to 77%,
when reared on cucumber. Net reproductive rates (R 0 ) were similar when the files were reared
on bitter melon, papaya, and cucumber, and they were twice that of flies reared on eggplant.
The generation time ranged from 59.1 days, for flies reared on pumpkin, to 40.7 days, for those
reared on eggplant. The intrinsic rate of increase ranged from 0.087, for the flies reared on water¬
melon, to 0.123, for those reared on cucumber. The data indicate that B. tau is capable of
reaching high population densities quickly on a number of hosts, and that this fly poses a
significant threat to agriculture in California.
Key Words.— Insecta, demography, reproductive parameters, life history traits, Bactrocera tau
Demographic studies of fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae) are important for de¬
veloping of effective control programs, efficient mass rearing of sterile flies, and
the interpretation of trap data (Carey 1993, Vargas & Carey 1990). Several eco¬
nomically important species including Ceratitis capitata (Weidemann) (Carey
1984, Vargas et al. 1984, Vargas & Carey 1990); Bactrocera cucurbitae (Coquillett)
(Vargas et al. 1984, Carey et al. 1985, Vargas & Carey 1990); Bactrocera dorsalis
(Hendel) (Vargas et al. 1984, Foote & Carey 1987, Vargas & Carey 1990); Bac¬
trocera Malaysian A and B (Chua 1991a, b) and Bactrocera latifrons (Hendel)
(Vargas & Nishida 1985) have been studied. Because larval host is an important
factor determining fruit fly geographic distribution and abundance, many studies
have investigated the effect of host plants on fruit fly demographic characters
(Carey 1984, Krainacker et al. 1987, Celedonio-Hurtado et al. 1988, Yang et al.
1990).
Bactrocera tau (Walker), the pumpkin fly, is an economically important fruit
fly distributed in South and Southeast Asia and some Pacific islands (Hardy 1973).
It has a host range similar to that of B. cucurbitae, but is considered a more
destructive species in southern China (Chao & Ming 1986). This study investigated
B. tau host-specific, pre-adult survival and development; determined the age-
specific fecundity of its adults, when reared on six different hosts; and analyzed
the effect of host on its population growth.
3 To whom reprint requests should be sent.
254
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
Table 1. Mean larval and pupal development times and survivorship for Bactrocera tau reared on
seven hosts at 25° C.
Host
Larva
Pupa
Jc (± SD) a
% survival
X (± SD)
% survival
Bitter melon
5.2 (1.1)
48
9.2 (0.4)
94
Cucumber
4.5 (0.7)
77
9.6 (0.5)
99
Eggplant
7.3 (1.2)
56
9.4 (0.6)
91
Papaya
5.3 (0.8)
68
8.8 (0.5)
95
Pumpkin
6.2 (0.9)
59
9.2 (0.8)
92
Watermelon
5.3 (0.9)
75
9.3 (0.7)
96
In days.
Materials and Methods
Bactrocera tau were reared from infested bitter melon {Momordica charantia
L.) growing near the campus of Zhongshan (Sun Yat-sen) University, Guangzhou,
China. The colony was reared in a room maintained at 25° ± 0.5° C, 50-75%
RH, and 12:12 L:D. Pumpkin [Cucurbita moschata (Duchesne) Duchesne ex
Poiret] was used as the larval host. After three generations, the offspring were
used in the following experiments. All tests were replicated three times.
Duration and mortality of larval and pupal stages were evaluated as follows. A
pumpkin slice was exposed to gravid females for one hour, after which the eggs
were removed with a knife and placed on moist black cloth in a Petri dish. Fifty
newly hatched larvae each were seeded on a piece of host, which was held in a 1
liter glass jar with a layer of sand; the hosts were: bitter melon [Momordica
charantia L.], cucumber [ Cucumis sativus L.], eggplant [Solanum melonena L.],
papaya [Carica papaya L.], pumpkin [ Cucurbita moschata (Duchesne) Duchesne
ex Poiret], or watermelon [Citrullus lanatus (Thunberg) Matsumato & Nakai].
Larvae were checked daily and food was added as needed. As pupation occurred,
Table 2. Reproductive parameters (eggs per female), mean age of reproduction, and expectation
of life (days) of adult B. tau reared on six different hosts.
Host
Gross rate 2
Net rate b
Eggs per day
Mean age
reproduction 0
Expectation
of life d
Bitter melon
1289
819
7.5
81.3
109
Cucumber
911
538
7.5
59.5
72
Eggplant
886
372
7.2
58.3
52
Papaya
1064
563
6.6
77.2
85
Pumpkin
1512
640
5.8
129.2
103
Watermelon
1700
554
7.4
105
75
a Gross fecundity rate is expressed as the number of eggs per female that lives to the last possible
day of life.
b Net fecundity rate is expressed as the number of eggs per female, considering adult survival.
c Mean age of reproduction is the age, in days, at which an average female has laid half of the total
number of eggs.
d Expectation of life is the average age of death expressed in days; calculated using data from males
and females.
1994
YANG ET AL.: BACTROCERA DEMOGRAPHY
255
40 80 120 160 200 240 40 80 120 160 200 240
AGE (days)
Figure 1. Number of eggs per female/day for B. tau reared on six hosts.
the sand was sifted daily to remove pupae. Fifty pupae were placed in a Petri dish
in a 1 liter glass jar and adult emergence was recorded daily.
Fifty pairs of newly emerged adults were placed in a cubical cage (25 cm per
side) provisioned with water and a 3:1 volumetric mixture of commercial sugar
and enzymatic yeast hydrolysate. A thin slice of pumpkin was placed in the cage
daily to determine egg production. Mortality was recorded daily until all adults
had died. All tests were conducted in a room maintained at 25° ± 0.5° C, 50-
75% RH, and 12:12 L:D. The demographic parameters were calculated and sum¬
marized according to Carey (1993).
Results
Duration and survival of B. tau eggs were independent of host and averaged
approximately 1.5 days and 87% respectively. Larval developmental time ranged
from 4.5 days, for flies reared on cucumber, to 7.3 days, on eggplant. Larval
survival rates ranged from 48%, on bitter melon, to 77% on cucumber. There are
no significant differences among pupal developmental times or survival rates
among the different hosts (P > 0.05; Analysis of Variance) (Table 1).
Expectation of life of adult females ranged from 52 days, for flies reared on
eggplant, to 109 days, for those reared on bitter melon. Gross fecundity rate ranged
from 886 eggs/female, for flies reared on eggplant, to 1700 eggs/female, for those
reared on watermelon (Table 2).
The reproduction patterns of females reared on the six hosts were similar (Fig.
1). Age at first reproduction was approximately 16 days, and peak egg laying
occurred shortly after this. Females reared on bittermelon, cucumber, eggplant,
and papaya had egg production that peaked early in life (40-80 days) and declined
256
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(3)
Table 3. Life table parameters of Bactrocera tau reared on six common hosts as computed from
laboratory birth and death rates.
Host
Parameter 1
b
d
r
X
Ro
T
DT
Bitter melon
0.159
0.063
0.096
1.100
184
54.4
7.2
Cucumber
0.125
0.004
0.123
1.104
180
42.3
5.6
Eggplant
0.155
0.043
0.112
1.118
95
40.7
6.2
Papaya
0.128
0.027
0.099
1.104
183
52.3
7.0
Pumpkin
0.132
0.032
0.092
1.097
169
59.1
7.5
Watermelon
0.120
0.033
0.087
1.091
138
56.8
8.0
a b = intrinsic birth rate; d = intrinsic death rate; r = intrinsic rate of increase (daily); X = finite rate
of increase (daily); R 0 = net reproductive rate; T = mean generation time (days); DT = population
doubling time (days).
thereafter. Flies reared on pumpkin and watermelon layed eggs over a longer time
span and lacked a clear decline in egg production. Average daily egg production
ranged from 5.8 to 7.5 days (Table 2). There was a small number of highly fecund
and longer-lived individuals in every cohort, especially among those reared on
pumpkin and watermelon (Fig. 1).
Demographic parameters of B. tau reared on six different hosts were calculated
from the development and survival information for preadults and the life history
information for adults (Table 3). Flies reared on eggplant had the lowest net
reproductive rate. Flies reared on bitter melon, papaya, and cucumber had similar
net fecundity rates that were twice that of flies reared on eggplant. Generation
times ranged from 40.7 to 59.1 days. Intrinsic rates of increase ranged from 0.087,
for flies reared on watermelon, to 0.123, for those reared on cucumber. The stable
age structure of B. tau populations reared on different hosts are shown in Table
4. The fraction of flies in each stage was similar among the different hosts except
for eggplant. The greater proportion of the population in the larval stage, and
smaller proportion in the adult stages, reflect reduced larval survival and increased
larval development times in eggplant (Table 1). It takes more B. latifrons larvae
in eggplant to give rise to each adult compared to the other host plants.
Discussion
Our results are similar to those obtained for B. tau reared at 25° C on cucumber
(Zhou et al. in press) for larval (4.5 versus 6.1 d) and pupal (9.6 versus 10.0 d)
developmental times. Rates of gross and net fecundity (979 versus 911 eggs, and
665 versus 538 eggs respectively) were greater in Zhou et al., but our daily egg
Table 4. Stable age distribution (percent) for B. tau reared on six different hosts.
Stage
Bitter melon
Cucumber
Eggplant
Papaya
Pumpkin
Watermelon
Egg
22.1
20.0
21.9
17.9
18.7
17.2
Larva
38.6
37.0
51.1
38.4
42.5
39.9
Pupa
23.7
30.0
18.0
26.2
22.5
26.3
Adult
15.6
13.0
9.0
17.5
16.3
16.6
1994
YANG ET AL.: BACTROCERA DEMOGRAPHY
257
deposition rate was greater (7.5 versus 6.0 eggs per day). The intrinsic rate of
increase (0.11 versus 0.12) and finite rates of increase (1.11 versus 1.10) were
almost identical.
Similar rates of population increase (represented by the finite rate of increase)
for B. tau reared on six different hosts indicate that these hosts had similar over¬
all effects on B. tau populations. Although flies reared on eggplant have the lowest
fecundity and the shortest life expectancy, they have the highest finite rate of
increase because their short generation time offsets lower egg production. Similar
life history traits have been found in C. capitata (Carey 1984, Krainacker et al.
1987). B. cucurbitae (Carey et al. 1985), and Anastrepha spp. (Celedonio-Hurtado
et al. 1988).
Finite rates of increase of B. tau in this study are similar to those of B cucurbitae
in Hawaii and southern China, where these two species of flies were reared on
the same hosts (Carey et al. 1985). For example, the finite rate of increase for B.
cucurbitae was 1.12 to 1.05 when reared on cucumber in Hawaii and southern
China, respectively, but that for B. tau was 1.10. Our data agree with the results
of other comparisons of B. tau and B. cucurbitae (Yang 1992). Bactrocera cucur¬
bitae is considered an important and potentially dangerous exotic pest to agri¬
culture in California. Our data indicate that B. tau is as dangerous a pest as B.
cucurbitae, based upon their similar host ranges and population growth capacities.
Bactrocera tau ranges further north into China than B. cucurbitae (Yang 1992)
and, thus, poses a greater threat in California, especially in those areas that are
marginally available to B. cucurbitae, such as the San Francisco Bay area.
Acknowledgment
We thank Pu Zhelong in Zhongshan University, Guangzhou, China for his
suggestions and support.
Literature Cited
Carey, J. R. 1984. Host-specific demographic studies of the Mediterranean fruit fly, Ceratitis capitata.
Ecol. Entom., 9: 261-270.
Carey, J. R. 1993. Applied demography for biologists with special emphasis on insects. Oxford Univ.
Press, New York.
Carey, J. R., E. J. Harris & D. O. Mclnnis. 1985. Demography of a native strain of melon fly Dacus
cucurbitae, from Hawaii. Entomol. Exp. Appl., 38: 195-199.
Celedonio-Hurtado, H., P. Liedo, M. Aluja & J. Guillen. 1988. Demography of Anastrepha ludens,
A. obhqua and A serpentina (Diptera: Tephritidae) in Mexico. Fla. Entomol., 71: 111-120.
Chao, Y. S. &. Y. Ming. 1986. The investigation on fruit flies (Trypetidae-Diptera) injurious to fruits
and vegetables in South China. Tech. Bull. Inst. Plant Quar. Press, Beijing, (in Chinese, with
English abstract).
Chua, T. H. 1991a. Comparison of demographic parameters in wild Bactrocera sp. (Malaysian A)
(Diptera: Tephritidae) from different hosts. J. Pit Prot. Tropics, 8: 161-166.
Chua, T. H. 1991b. Demographic parameters of wild Bactrocera sp. (Malaysian B) (Diptera: Te¬
phritidae). J. Pit. Prot. Tropics, 8: 139-144.
Foote, D. & J. R. Carey. 1987. Comparative demography of a laboratory and a wild strain of the
Oriental fruit fly, Dacus dorsalis. Entomol. Exp. Appl., 44: 263-268.
Hardy, D. E. 1973. The fruit flies (Tephritidae-Diptera) of Thailand and bordering countries. Pac.
Ins. Mono., 31.
Krainacker, D. A., J. R. Carey & R. I. Vargas. 1987. Effect of larval host on life history traits of the
Mediterranean fruit fly, Ceratitis capitata. Oecologia (Berlin), 73: 583-590.
Vargas, R. I., D. Miyashita & T. Nishida. 1984. Life history and demographic parameters of three
laboratory-reared tephritids (Diptera: Tephritidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 77: 651-656.
258 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(3)
Vargas, R. I. & T. Nishida. 198 5. Life history and demographic parameters of Dacus latifrons (Hendel)
(Diptera: Tephritidae). J. Econ. Entomol., 78: 1242-1244.
Vargas, R. I. & J. R. Carey. 1990. Comparative survival and demographic statistics for wild Oriental
fruit fly, Mediterranean fruit fly, and melon fly (Diptera: Tephritidae) on papaya. J. Econ.
Entomol., 83: 1344-1349.
Yang, P., 1992. Demographic investigations on selected dacine fruit flies in southern China and
Hawaii. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California, Davis.
Yang, P., C. Zhou, H. Chen & J. R. Carey. 1990. Demographic analysis of melon fly, Dacus cucurbitae
rearing on five common hosts in China. Ecological Science, No. 2. (in Chinese, with English
abstract).
Y ang, P. & C. Zhou. 1988. Demography of a native strain of pumpkin fly, Dacus tau from Guangzhou,
pp. 61-63. In The Proceeding of International Workshop on Statistical Ecology and its Appli¬
cation in Fisheries and the Second National Conference on Mathematical Ecology and its
Application. July, 1988, Wuxi, China.
Zhou, C., K. Wu, H. Chen, P. Yang & R. V. Dowell, (in press). Effect of temperature on the population
growth of Bactrocera tau (Walker) (Diptera: Tephritidae). J. Appl. Entomol.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for discussion
of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English, but foreign lan¬
guage summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy of the article on a word-
processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in, non¬
erasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF ANY FIG¬
URES TO THE 8.5 X 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages (pages 3+), ac¬
knowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List the corresponding
author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right corner. The title must include the taxon’s des¬
ignation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five to seven words or concise phrases as
KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases under¬
lined and followed by a period and two hyphens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet 1988, Dorly et al.
1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). Formultiple papers by the same author use: (Weber 1932, 1936, 1941;
Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith 1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that volume,
request a copy of the taxonomy/data formatfrom the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable. These re¬
quirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC
FORMAT), and a specific order forparagraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal’s locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 forthese format re¬
quirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manu¬
scripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Formatexamples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries provide some
answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and taxonomy of
aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB Academic Publishing,
The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label letter sizes
of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors are strongly encour¬
aged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 X 11 in foreasy handling. Number figures in the order presented. Mount all illustrations. Label
illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE
CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on additional
sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited section.
Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short acknowledgment
is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of the note with the affiliation
underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for pages
thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include reprint costs, or
•charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page charge fee notice with ac¬
knowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
Volume 70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
July 1994
Number 3
Contents
ICHINOSE, K.—Limited multiple-mating in males and single-mating in females of the ant
species, Paratrechinaflavipes (Fr. Smith) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae).. 183
GORDH, G.—A biographical account of Harold Compere (1896-1978), biological control
foreign explorer....... 18 8
TURNER, C. E„ R. SOBHIAN, D. B. JOLEY, E. M. COOMBS & G. L. PIPER—Establishment
of Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Diptera: Tephritidae) for biological control of yellow
starthistle in the western United States.... 206
SUGG, P. M., L. GREVE & J. S. EDWARDS—Neuropteroidea from Mount St. Helens and
Mount Rainier: dispersal and immigration in volcanic landscapes__ 212
O’NEILL, K. M.—Livestock dung as a food resource and thermal refuge for rangeland grass¬
hoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae).... 222
STARMER, W. T. & J. M. BOWLES—The spatial distribution of endemic and introduced
flower-breeding species of Drosophila (Diptera: Drosophilidae) during their early his¬
tory of encounter on the island of Hawaii...... 230
DREISTADT, S. H. & K. S. HAGEN—European elm scale (Homoptera: Eriococcidae) abun¬
dance and parasitism in northern California_____ 240
YANG, P., J. R. CAREY & R. V. DOWELL—Host-specific demographic studies of wild
Bactrocera tau (Walker) (Diptera: Tephritidae).. 253
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 70 October 1994 Number 4
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
R. V. Dowell, Associate Editor
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
R. M. Bohart
J. T. Doyen
J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-re¬
ceipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomologi¬
cal Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be ad¬
dressed to: Stanley E. Vaughn, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast Ento¬
mological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be
found in volume 69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs
to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the Society,
$26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for institu¬
tional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive The
Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes are
available; see 67(1): 80 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1994
Kirby W. Brown, President
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer
Curtis Y. Takahashi, President-Elect
Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Keve Ribardo, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Acade¬
my of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 31 October 1994
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
© This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 259-266, (1994)
GENETIC DIVERSITY IN OVERWINTERED AND
NON-OVERWINTERED IPS PINI (SAY)
(COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE) IN IDAHO
Sandra J. Gast 1 and Molly W. Stock 2
‘USDA Forest Service, 3 Timber Cooperative Forestry and Pest Management,
Coeur d’Alene, Idaho 83814
department of Forest Resources, University of Idaho,
Moscow, Idaho 83843
Abstract.— The pine engraver, Ips pint (Say), has two generations per year in ponderosa pine
(Pinus ponderosa Lawson) in Idaho, one that develops in pine slash in the spring and one that
develops in live trees in the summer. The summer generation overwinters to produce the spring
generation the following year. Non-overwintered and overwintered beetles were sampled from
two sites. Average heterozygosity was significantly higher in overwintered beetles in both groups.
While the proportion of homozygous individuals did not differ significantly between overwintered
and non-overwintered beetles from either site, the proportion of heterozygous individuals was
significantly greater after overwintering in beetles from one of the two sites. The increase in
genetic diversity after overwintering is consistent with observations that heterozygosity is favored
by severe environmental conditions.
Key Words.— Insecta, Scolytidae, genetics, heterozygosity, stress
The pine engraver, Ips pini (Say), is a widely distributed bark beetle infesting
several species of pine in coniferous forests throughout North America. In Idaho,
ponderosa pine ( Pinus ponderosa Lawson) is most commonly infested. Typically,
two generations of I. pini are produced each year in Idaho, one in spring and one
in summer (Fig. 1). The FI progeny of overwintered adults emerge in late spring
and infest either fresh slash or live, standing trees that are typically immature, in
dense stands, and moisture stressed. Like other bark beetle species, the pine
engraver can mass attack live trees and kill them by feeding on the phloem, which
disrupts the trees’ food supply, and introducing pathogenic fungi. They may also
infest tops of more mature trees, including those previously attacked by the moun¬
tain pine beetle, Dendroctonus ponderosae Hopkins, or the western pine beetle,
D. brevicomis LeConte. The second generation (F2, or summer generation) ma¬
tures in late summer and overwinters as adults in the litter beneath trees killed
in the summer, or under the bark of these trees, most often at their base (Livingston
1979). Overwintered adults emerge in April and May and fly to infest fresh slash
(recently felled trees and branches) or the tops of trees broken off by wind or snow.
At that time, live trees are generally not attacked.
Ips pini exhibits the high levels of heterozygosity (average frequency of hetero¬
zygous individuals per locus) that characterize bark beetles in general. Average
heterozygosity for 17 bark beetles —10 Dendroctonus species (Bentz & Stock 1986)
and seven Ips species (Cane et al. 1990)—was 16.7 percent. Ips pini was 15.9
percent heterozygous (Cane et al. 1990).
The advantage of heterozygosity is frequently expressed as higher survival of
3 1201 Ironwood Drive.
260
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
F2 generation adults overwinter under
the bark or in the duff and litter
Adults j-
F2 Generation { Pu P ae *-
Larvae i-
Eggs i-
Green Trees or New Slash
FI generation adults emerge from slash
to attack standing green
trees or new slash
FI Generation <
1 Adults t
I Pupae
I Larvae t-
■ Eggs i-
Fresh Slash, Snowbreakage,
or Windthrow
F2 overwintered adults leave duff
and litter to attack fresh
slash, snowbreakage, or
windthrow
Overwintering adults
Bark, Duff, and Litter
Overwintering adults
"l-r
DEC MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE
Figure 1. Ips pini life history in Idaho (modified from Livingston 1979).
T
T
-1-1-r
JULY AUGUST SEPT
OCT
NOV
heterozygous individuals under severe or stressful environmental conditions, even
when these conditions are transient or episodic (e.g., Bryant 1974, 1976; Milkman
1978; Smith et al. 1975; Parsons 1971, 1987). Samollow & Soule (1983), for
example, discovered a striking case of superior heterozygote survivorship among
toads during the winter. Development of the mountain pine beetle in stressful
environmental conditions—dry or thin phloem in the laboratory or in high-density
infestations in the field—has been associated with increased levels of genetic
diversity, measured as average heterozygosity (Stock & Amman 1983, Amman
and Stock in press).
The high levels of inherent genetic diversity in I. pini populations, combined
with differences in the severity of environmental conditions affecting a population
over the course of a year, make the pine engraver an ideal subject for further
studies of the relationship between heterozygosity and environmental stress. To
initiate studies of this type, we measured heterozygosity in non-overwintered and
overwintered F2 I. pini from two sites in northern Idaho.
Materials and Methods
Collections. — F2 beetles were obtained in August 1985 from standing ponderosa
pine trees at Moscow Mountain (Latah Co., Idaho) and Greer (Clearwater Co.,
Idaho, approximately 80 km from Moscow Mtn.). Fifteen to 20 logs, approxi¬
mately 1.5 m long and averaging 20 cm in diameter, were collected from each
site.
Half of the logs from the Greer and Moscow sites were brought indoors in the
fall, and beetles were collected as they emerged and flew to an illuminated white
sheet. These beetles represented the F2 generation before overwintering. The other
half of the logs from Greer were kept over the winter in the outdoor cage containing
a 10 cm layer of soil and litter, and emerging beetles (overwintered F2s) were
1994
GAST & STOCK: GENETIC DIVERSITY IN IPS
261
Table 1. Enzyme characteristics, allele frequencies, heterozygosity (h), and average heterozygosity
(H) in samples of Ips pini taken from two sites. F2 = summer generation (non-overwintered) and OW
= overwintered F2s. Asterisks mark loci where observed genotype frequencies differed from expected
Hardy-Weinberg values.
Locus
Anodal
or cath¬
odal 11
Mono¬
meric or
dimeric b
RM C
Moscow Mountain
Greer
F2
ow
F2
ow
AAT
A
D
n
( 144 )
( 150 )
( 89 )
( 128 )
.45
P ( l )
.05
.08
.04
.07
.38
P ( 2 )
.89
.84
.92
.88
.31
P ( 3 )
.06
.07
.04
.05
.24
P ( 4 )
h
(. 202 )
(. 280 )
(. 150 )
(. 218 )
ADH
C
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 145 )
( 148 )
**
.27
Pd )
.07
.05
.07
.06
.22
P ( 2 )
.91
.83
.92
.82
.17
P ( 3 )
.01
.12
.01
.11
.12
P ( 4 )
.01
h
(. 167 )
(. 294 )
(. 149 )
(. 312 )
AK
A
M
n
( 78 )
( 149 )
( 113 )
( 150 )
.76
P(D
.01
.69
P ( 2 )
.24
.29
.22
.24
.61
P ( 3 )
.74
.70
.76
.72
.51
P ( 4 )
.02
.01
.01
.02
.40
P ( 5 )
.01
.02
h
(. 394 )
(. 426 )
(. 374 )
(- 423 )
CAT
A
D
n
( 147 )
( 108 )
( 155 )
( 150 )
.26
P ( l )
.02
.02
.01
.04
.21
P ( 2 )
.96
.91
.93
.91
.16
P ( 3 )
.02
.07
.05
.06
h
(. 078 )
(. 167 )
(. 132 )
(. 167 )
G6PDH
A
M
n
150
149
148
146
.20
P ( l )
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
h
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
GAPDH
C
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 155 )
( 148 )
**
**
.27
Pd )
.06
.05
.06
.05
.22
p(2)
.93
.84
.94
.78
.17
P ( 3 )
.01
.11
.16
.12
P ( 4 )
.01
h
(. 131 )
(. 280 )
(. 113 )
(. 363 )
GUS
A
D
n
( 149 )
( 111 )
( 132 )
( 150 )
.38
Pd )
.01
.03
.04
.32
P ( 2 )
.99
.92
.99
.93
.26
P ( 3 )
.05
.03
h
(. 020 )
(. 150 )
(. 020 )
(. 133 )
IDH1
A
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 158 )
( 150 )
.42
P(l)
.36
p(2)
.89
.87
.89
.84
.28
P ( 3 )
.08
.09
.11
.11
262
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(4)
Table 1. Continued.
Locus
IDH2
LAP
LDH
MDH1
MDH2
ME
MPI
PEP1
Anodal Mono- Moscow Mountain Greer
or cath- meric or_
odal‘
dimeric b
RM C
F2
ow
F2
ow
.22
P ( 4 )
.02
.04
.01
.05
h
(. 201 )
(. 233 )
(. 196 )
(. 280 )
c
M
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 155 )
( 150 )
.16
P ( l )
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
h
(0)
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
A
M
n
( 148 )
( 150 )
( 158 )
( 150 )
.34
P ( l )
.02
.05
.03
.28
P ( 2 )
.98
.95
1.0
.97
h
(. 039 )
(. 095 )
( 0 )
(. 058 )
C
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 154 )
( 148 )
**
**
.27
P(D
.06
.05
.06
.05
.22
P ( 2 )
.93
.84
.93
.78
.17
P ( 3 )
.01
.11
.01
.16
.12
P ( 4 )
.01
h
(. 131 )
(. 280 )
(. 131 )
(. 363 )
A
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 156 )
( 150 )
.42
Pd )
.01
.34
p ( 2 )
.01
.01
.01
.26
P ( 3 )
.96
.97
.96
.96
.18
P ( 4 )
.02
.02
.10
P ( 5 )
.02
.01
.01
h
(. 078 )
(. 059 )
(. 078 )
(. 078 )
C
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 158 )
( 150 )
.33
P(l)
.25
P ( 2 )
1.0
1.0
.99
.98
.17
P ( 3 )
.01
.01
h
( 0 )
( 0 )
(. 020 )
(. 039 )
A
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 158 )
( 150 )
**
.31
P(l)
.01
.03
.03
.26
p ( 2 )
.98
.96
.99
.97
.21
P ( 3 )
.01
.01
h
(. 039 )
(. 077 )
(. 020 )
(. 058 )
A
M
n
( 150 )
( 149 )
( 77 )
( 150 )
.71
P(D
.93
.89
.94
.93
.66
P ( 2 )
.07
.09
.05
.05
.56
P ( 3 )
-
.02
.01
.02
h
(. 130 )
(. 200 )
(. 114 )
(. 132 )
A
D
n
( 150 )
( 150 )
( 158 )
( 150 )
.44
P ( l )
.01
.40
P ( 2 )
.99
1.0
.99
.99
.36
P ( 3 )
.01
h
(. 020 )
( 0 )
(. 020 )
(. 020 )
A
D
n
( 148 )
( 146 )
( 149 )
( 150 )
**
*
.27
P ( l )
.01
.01
.02
.02
PEP2
1994
GAST & STOCK: GENETIC DIVERSITY IN IPS
263
Table 1. Continued.
Locus
Anodal
or cath¬
odal 8
Mono¬
meric or
dimeric 1 ’
RM C
Moscow Mountain
Greer
F2
ow
F2
ow
.21
P(2)
.47
.45
.54
.50
.15
P(3)
.15
.52
.43
.45
.09
p(4)
.35
.02
.02
.02
.03
P(5)
.01
h
(.634)
(.527)
(.523)
(.547)
PGI
A
D
n
(150)
(150)
(158)
(150)
.37
P(l)
.01
.01
.01
.32
P(2)
.74
.77
.68
.74
.27
P(3)
.24
.22
.31
.24
.24
P(4)
.01
.01
.01
h
(.394)
(.358)
(.441)
(.395)
SOD
A
M
n
(150)
(150)
(156)
(150)
.27
Pd)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
h
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
H (%)
14.0
18.3
13.1
18.9
a Direction of migration during electrophoresis.
b Molecular structure.
c Relative mobility.
collected in spring 1986. The other half of the logs from Moscow Mtn. were left
on site over the winter and brought indoors in the spring for collection of beetles
as they emerged and flew to an illuminated white sheet. Voucher specimens of
male and female beetles from each location were placed in the William F. Ban-
Entomological Museum, University of Idaho.
Genetic Analysis. — The genetic makeup of populations was estimated using data
obtained by horizontal starch gel electrophoresis. Approximately 150 overwin¬
tered and non-overwintered beetles from each site were analyzed. Techniques and
stains used followed those of Higby & Stock (1982) and Bentz & Stock (1986).
Analyses of data were performed using BIOSYS-1 (Swofford & Selander 1981)
and SAS (SAS Institute 1988). Initially, genotype frequencies from male and
female beetles in each group were compared using a contingency chi-square test.
Where no significant differences occurred, data on males and females were pooled
for further analysis. Observed genotype frequencies were compared to values
derived from random-mating (Hardy-Weinberg) expectations using a chi-square
test.
Levels of heterozygosity were compared using two different approaches. In the
first, Nei’s (1975) average heterozygosity (H) was calculated and compared with
two-tailed 7-tests on transformed data to identify differences between non-over¬
wintered and overwintered beetles from the two sites. In the second approach,
the proportion of heterozygotes, taken by direct count, was compared using a
procedure for categorical data modeling.
Results
Nineteen loci from 16 enzyme systems were assayed. Of these, three loci (G6PDH,
IDH2, and SOD) were monomorphic in all samples and 16 loci (AAT, ADH,
264
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Table 2. Percent of heterozygous individuals at 16 polymorphic loci in non-overwintered (F2) and
overwintered (OW) Ips pini from two sites.
Locus
Moscow Mountain
Greer
F2
ow
F2
OW
AAT
16.7
19.8
10.1
23.4
ADH
14.7
13.3
15.2
23.0
AK
41.0
47.0
43.4
33.3
CAT
8.3
12.2
9.7
13.3
GAPDH
12.7
12.7
4.5
25.7
GUS
1.8
7.4
1.5
11.3
IDH1
16.0
21.3
17.7
22.0
LAP
1.3
6.7
0
4.0
LDH
13.3
12.7
13.0
24.3
MDH1
6.0
4.0
5.8
7.3
MDH2
0
1.3
1.3
2.0
ME
0.7
0.6
0
0
MPI
12.7
16.8
9.1
14.7
PEP1
0
0
1.3
1.3
PEP2
52.7
37.7
48.3
46.7
PGI
46.0
42.7
47.5
37.3
Average % heterozygotes per locus
15.2
16.0
14.3
18.1
AK, CAT, GAPDH, GUS, IDH1, LAP, LDH, MDH1, MDH2, ME, MPI, PEP1,
PEP2, and PGI) were polymorphic in one or more samples. No significant dif¬
ferences occurred between genotype frequencies of male and female beetles from
different locations within overwintered and non-overwintered groups. Therefore,
the males and females were pooled for comparison of the genetic makeup of
overwintered and non-overwintered beetles from the two sites (Table 1).
Deviations from expected genotype frequencies occurred not at all in non-
overwintered F2s from Greer and only once (PEP2) in non-overwintered F2s from
Moscow Mtn.. Deviations from Hardy-Weinberg expectations were observed in
overwintered F2s from Moscow Mtn. (at four loci: ADH, GAPDH, LDH, and
PEP2) and in overwintered F2s from Greer (three loci: GAPDH, LDH, and ME).
At both sites, average heterozygosity (H) was significantly higher in the overwin¬
tered beetles than in non-overwintered beetles: 18.3 vs. 14.0% (P < 0.05) in the
Moscow Mtn. beetles and 18.9 vs. 13.1% (P < 0.01) in Greer beetles.
The proportion of homozygotes taken by direct count (Table 2) did not differ
between overwintered and non-overwintered beetles from either site. However,
the proportion of heterozygotes taken by direct count was significantly higher (P
< 0.01) in overwintered than in non-overwintered beetles from Greer (18.1 vs.
14.3%). Although there was also a slightly larger proportion of heterozygotes in
overwintered beetles from Moscow Mtn. (16.0 vs. 15.2%), this difference was not
significant.
Discussion
The classical view of genetic diversity in nature assumes that the fittest form
of virtually every locus is the homozygous form. However, electrophoretic studies
have revealed a large amount of genetic diversity within natural populations (e.g.,
1994
GAST & STOCK: GENETIC DIVERSITY IN IPS
265
Selander 1976, Ferguson 1980), and have shown that heterozygous individuals
are more adaptable than their more homozygous counterparts. In a number of
plant and animal species, relatively heterozygous individuals display superior
growth and survival (e.g., Garton et al. 1984, Mitton & Grant 1980, Mitton &
Koehn 1975, Soule 1980), and under laboratory conditions, heterozygous pop¬
ulations are often able to maintain larger population sizes or biomass than less
heterozygous populations (Beardmore 1983).
The precise biochemical basis of heterozygote superiority is unknown, but it
has been suggested that the presence of multiple forms of a gene product in
heterozygous individuals confers relatively greater flexibility and latitude of a
biochemical process. These advantageous effects can, in most cases, be attributed
to heterozygosity per se, not to the effects of specific gene combinations (Mitton
& Grant 1984). Heterozygosity appears to broaden the range of physiological
tolerance and function relative to homozygosity (Mitton & Grant 1984, Smith et
al. 1975). Similarly, a genetically diverse population is considered more adaptable
to changing environmental conditions and more likely to survive over long time
periods.
A central difference between non-overwintered and overwintered populations
of Ips pini is the severe environmental conditions to which the latter group is
exposed. Our primary question concerned the effect of overwintering on the level
of heterozygosity in the F2 generation of Ips pini. Overwintering significantly
increased levels of average heterozygosity in beetles from both sites that were
studied, and the proportion of heterozygous individuals was significantly greater
after overwintering at one of the two sites. Thus, this study lends some support
to the hypothesis that severe environmental conditions tend to select for a more
heterozygous population.
Acknowledgment
We thank Malcolm M. Fumiss and Ronald W. Stark for their advice and
encouragement during this study, Barbara Wilton for assistance with the labo¬
ratory work, and Morgan Stage, Zoran Antonijevic, and Calib Baldwin for help
with the computer analyses. Critical reviews of the manuscript were provided by
Jeffry Mitton, University of Colorado; Gene D. Amman, U.S. Forest Service,
Ogden, Utah; the late Gerald N. Lanier, State University of New York, Syracuse;
Daniel R. Miller, Simon Fraser University, British Columbia; and Malcolm Fur-
niss, University of Idaho.
Literature Cited
Amman, G. D. & M. W. Stock, (in press). The effect of phloem thickness on heterozygosity in
laboratory-reared mountain pine beetles (Dendroctonus ponderosae Hopkins, COLEOPTERA:
SCOLYTIDAE). USDA Forest Service, Intermountain Research Station Research Paper.
Beardmore, J. A. 1983. Extinction, survival, and genetic variation, pp. 125-151. In Schonewald-
Cox, C. M., S. M. Chambers, B. MacBryde & W. L. Thomas (eds.). 1983. Genetics and
conservation. The Benjamin/Cummings Publ. Co., Inc., Menlo Park, California.
Bentz, B. J. & M. W. Stock. 1986. Phenetic and phylogenetic relationships among ten species of
Dendroctonus bark beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 79: 527-534.
Bryant, E. H. 1974. On the adaptive significance of enzyme polymorphisms in relation to environ¬
mental variability. Am. Nat., 108: 1-19.
Bryant, E. H. 1976. A comment on the role of environmental variation in maintaining polymorphisms
in natural populations. Evolution, 30: 188-189.
266
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Cane, J. H., M. W. Stock, D. L. Wood & S. J. Gast. 1990. Phylogenetic relationships of Ips bark
beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae): electrophoretic and morphometric analyses of Hopping’s Group
IX. Biochem. Syst. Ecol, 18: 359-368.
Ferguson, A. 1980. Biochemical systematics and evolution. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Garton, D. W., R. K. Koehn & T. M. Scott. 1984. Multiple-locus heterozygosity and the physiological
energetics of growth in the coot clam, Mulinia lateralis, from a natural population. Genetics,
108: 445—455.
Higby, P. K. & M. W. Stock. 1982. Genetic relationships between two sibling species of bark beetle
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae), Jeffrey pine beetle and mountain pine beetle, in northern California.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 75: 668-674.
Livingston, R. L. 1979. The pine engraver, Ips pini (Say), in Idaho: life history, habits and man¬
agement recommendations. Idaho Dept. Lands, Coeur d’Alene, Idaho. Rept. 79-3.
Milkman, R. 1978. Selection differentials and selection coefficients. Genetics, 88: 391^103.
Mitton, J. B. & M. C. Grant. 1980. Observations on the ecology and evolution of quaking aspen,
Populus tremuloides, in the Colorado Front Range. Amer. J. Bot., 67: 202-209.
Mitton, J. B. & M. C. Grant. 1984. Associations among protein heterozygosity, growth rate, and
developmental homeostasis. A nn . Rev. Ecol. Syst., 15: 479-499.
Mitton, J. B. & R. K. Koehn. 1975. Genetic organization and adaptive response of allozymes to
ecological variables in Fundulus heteroclitus. Genetics, 79: 97-111.
Nei, M. 1975. Genetic variability in natural populations, pp. 127-174. In Molecular population
genetics and evolution. North Holland Research Monographs, Frontiers of Biology 40, Amer¬
ican Elsevier Publ. Co., Inc., New York.
Parsons, P. A. 1971. Extreme-environment heterosis and genetic loads. Heredity, 26: 479-483.
Parsons, P. A. 1987. Evolutionary rates under environmental stress. Evol. Biol., 21: 311-347.
Samollow, P. B. & M. E. Soule. 1983. A case of stress related heterozygote superiority in nature.
Evolution, 37: 646-649.
SAS Institute. 1988. SAS/STAT user’s guide. SAS Institute Inc., Gary, North Carolina.
Selander, R. K. 1976. Genic variation in natural populations, pp. 21-45. In F. J. Ayala (ed.). 1976.
Molecular Evolution, Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massachusetts.
Smith, M. H., C. T. Garten & P. E. Ramsay. 1975. Genetic heterozygosity and population dynamics
in small mammals, pp. 85-102. In Markert, C. L. (ed.). Isozymes, genetics, and evolution.
Academic Press, New York.
Soule, M. E. 1980. Threshold for survival: maintaining fitness and evolutionary potential, pp. 151-
169. In Soule, M. E. & B. A. Wilcox (eds.). Conservation biology: an evolutionary-ecological
perspective. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland.
Stock, M. W. 1984. Genetic variation among mountain pine beetle sub-populations along an endemic
to epidemic gradient across the north slope of the Uinta Mountains in Utah. Research Report
submitted to USDA Forest Service, Intermountain For. and Range Expt. Sta., Ogden, Utah.
Stock, M. W. & G. D. Amman. 1983. Host effects on the genetic structure of mountain pine beetle,
Dendroctonus ponderosa, populations, pp. 83-95. In Safranyik, L. (ed.). The role of the host in
the population dynamics of forest insects. Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Swofford, D. L. & R. B. Selander. 1981. BIOSYS-1, a computer program for the analysis of allelic
variation in genetics. User’s manual. Dept, of Genetics and Development, University of Illinois,
Urbana.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 267-268, (1994)
A KEY TO THE XYLEBORUS OF CALIFORNIA, WITH
FAUNAL COMMENTS (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)
K. R. Hobson 1 and D. E. Bright 2
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720;
2 CLBRR, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6 Canada
Abstract.— A key to the Xyleborus species of California is presented. The collection and estab¬
lishment of two very rare species, Xyleborus californicus and X. xylographus is reported from
the central Sierra Nevada.
Key words.—Xyleborus, Scolytidae, California, ambrosia beetle
During investigations into the insect associates of Dendroctonus valens LeConte,
a few specimens of two very rare species of Xyleborus were collected. Insects were
sampled during the summer months of 1986-1990 at the University of California’s
Blodgett Forest Research station near Georgetown, California in El Dorado Coun¬
ty. The research forest is between 1200 and 1400 m in a mixed conifer association
dominated by ponderosa pine [Pinus ponderosa Lawson], sugar pine [J°. lamber-
tiana Douglas], incense cedar [Calocedrus decurrens (Torrey) Florin], Douglas-fir
[Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirbel) Franco], white fir [Abies concolor (Gordon &
Glendinning) Lindley], California black oak [Quercus helloggii Newberry] and
several other broad-leaved tree species. The specimens were collected in Lindgren
flight traps (Lindgren 1983) baited with turpentine, a distillate of ponderosa pine
resin or blank controls.
One specimen of Xyleborus californicus Wood was collected by KRH on 6 May
1990 in a trap baited with myrcene. This species was previously known only from
a series of six specimens from Stanford University (collected 1944), one specimen
from Yolo Co., California (collected 1949), and one specimen from Marion Co.,
Oregon. The Stanford University specimens were known to DEB for many years,
but were considered to be intercepted or introduced but not established. It was,
therefore, omitted from Bright & Stark (1973). Wood (1975) described and named
the species but remarked that it was probably already named and was undoubtedly
introduced into California, probably from either South America or Southeast
Asia. Because of the lack of taxonomic information about the species of Xyleborus
and the huge number of names available, Wood was unable to obtain a name for
the species.
The collection by KRH confirms the establishment of this species in California,
if indeed it is introduced, or indicates that the species may be an extremely rare,
endemic native species. The host of this species is unknown.
Two specimens of Xyleborus xylographus Say were collected by KRH in a trap
baited with turpentine on 28-31 May 1986 and in a trap baited with a mixture
of a and 0-pinene on 6 May 1990. This species is known from Minnesota, Ontario,
1 Current address: Department of Forest Resources, Utah State University, and Forest Science Lab,
USFS Intermountain Experiment Station, Logan, Utah 84322.
268
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
and Quebec south to Texas and Florida. One specimen from China Flat, California
is noted by Wood (1982) with the notation “introduction or labeling error?” That
specimen was also known to DEB in the early 1960s but was considered an
accidental occurrence in California and, therefore, omitted from Bright & Stark
(1973).
The recent collection of two specimens by KRH confirms the occurrence of this
species in California. This species is recorded in the east from Quercus spp. and
we assume that this is the host in California. Because both species mentioned
above were omitted in Bright & Stark (1973), a new key is presented below to
aid in the recognition of the species.
California Species of the Tribe Xyleborini
1. Scutellum conical, not filling scutellar notch, adjacent sides of scutellar
notch pubescent; lower margin of declivity, beginning about inter¬
space 7 bearing a series of pointed tubercules, the 2 at the apex of
interspace 2 large, more prominent ... Xyleborinus saxeseni (Ratzeburg)
Scutellum flat, filling scutellar notch, pubescence in scutellar notch
absent; lower margin of declivity smooth . 2
2( 1 b). Pronotum wider than long, coarsely asperate in front; body stout, about
2.2-2.4 x longer than wide . Xyleborus dispar (Fabricius)
Pronotum longer than wide, finely asperate in front; body elongate,
2.8-3.0 x longer than wide . 3
3 (2b). Declivity steep, somewhat flattened, its surface dull, minutely reticu¬
late, granules on interspace 1 and 3 minute .
. Xyleborus xylographus Say
Declivity broadly sloping, convex, its surface shining, granules on in¬
terspaces 1 and 3 minute or coarse . 4
4(3b). Interstrial pubescence on elytra abundant, randomly placed, long; in¬
terior of strial punctures on declivity reticulate; granules on declivital
interspaces 1 and 3 minute; length 2.0-2.2 mm.
. Xyleborus calif or nicus Wood
Interstrial pubescence on elytra sparse, arranged in uniseriate even row;
interior of strial punctures on declivity shining; granules on declivital
interspaces 1 and 3 distinct; length 2.2-2.7 mm .
. Xyleborus intrusus Blandford
Material Examined.—Xyleborus californicus : CALIFORNIA. EL DORADO Co.: Blodgett Forest,
6 May 1990, K. R. Hobson, flight trap with myrcene, 1 female. Xyleborus xylographus: CALIFORNIA.
EL DORADO Co.: Blodgett Forest, 6 May 1990, K. R. Hobson, flight trap with a and /3-pinene, 1
female; same loc. 28-31 May 1986, K. R. Hobson, flight trap with turpentine, 1 female.
Literature Cited
Bright, D. E. &R. W. Stark. 1973. The bark and ambrosia beetles of California (Coleoptera: Scolytidae
and Platypodidae). California Insect Survey Bull., 16.
Lindgren, B. S. 1983. A multiple funnel trap for scolytid beetles (Coleoptera). Canad. Entomol., 115:
299-302.
Wood, S. L. 1975. New synonymy and new species of American bark beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae),
Part II. Great Basin Nat., 35: 391—401.
Wood, S. L. 1982. The bark and ambrosia beetles of North and Central America (Coleoptera:
Scolytidae), a taxonomic monograph. Great Basin Nat., Memoirs, 6.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 269-275, (1994)
TEMPERATURE STUDIES ON A CHINESE STRAIN OF
BACTROCERA CUCURBITAE
(COQUILLETT) (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
P. Yang, 15 C. Zhou, 1 G. Liang, 2 Robert V. Dowell, 3 and James R. Carey 4 6
Research Institute of Entomology, Zhongshan University,
Guangzhou, People’s Republic of China
2 Guangzhou Animal and Quarantine Service, People’s Republic of China
California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento, California 95814
4 University of California, Davis, California 95616
Abstract. — We examined preadult and adult survival, development and fecundity of Bactrocera
cucurbitae (Coquillett) from China at six constant temperatures between 19° and 36° C. Devel¬
opment of immature stages and ovaries was inversely related to temperature. Preadult mortality
was greatest at 36° C. Average female longevity was inversely related to temperature but male
longevity was not. The intrinsic rate of increase was greatest at 25° C. No eggs or larvae survived
exposure to constant temperatures of 2° to 3° C for longer than seven days.
Key Words.— Insecta, Bactrocera cucurbitae, commodity treatment, demographic parameters
Bactrocera cucurbitae (Coquillett) (Diptera: Tephritidae) is a cucurbit pest found
in Kenya, Mauritius, Sri Lanka, India, China, Malaya, Indonesia, and the Phil¬
ippines (White & Elson-Harris 1992). In the last century, it has expanded its range
to a number of Pacific islands including Hawaii. It has been detected in California
on two occasions. Each of these California infestations, along with those on several
Pacific islands, have been eradicated (Dowell & Gill 1989; Shiga 1989; RVD,
unpublished data).
Bactrocera cucurbitae is one of five species of economically important fruit flies
found in mainland China, and one of two species attacking cucurbits; the other
is Bactrocera tau (Walker). Recent efforts by the Chinese to expand agricultural
exports have increased the importance of developing information about the bi¬
onomics of B. cucurbitae in China, because the fly is quarantined by a number
of countries including the United States (Yang et al. in press).
Temperature is an important environmental factor influencing fruit fly popu¬
lation dynamics. Data on the effects of temperature on fruit fly development and
survival are critical: to developing models that predict fly phenology, to estimate
the age structure of field populations, to the timing of control activities, and to
developing quarantine compliance protocols (Smith 1977, Carey 1993). We stud¬
ied the effect of temperature on the development, survival and reproduction of
the immature and adult stages of a Chinese strain of B. cucurbitae. We also
evaluated the survival of B. cucurbitae eggs and larvae when they were subjected
to cold treatments similar to those used to meet USD A quarantine regulations
for Ceratitis capitata (Wiedemann) (Fiskaali 1991).
5 Current address: 2729 Kapiolani Blvd. #203, Honolulu, Hawaii 96823.
6 To whom correspondence should be sent.
270
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Table 1. Average developmental time and survival of immature B. cucurbitae reared at six constant
temperatures.
Temperature (° C)
Stage
19=
22°
25°
28°
30°
36°
Developmental time ab
Egg 3.00
2.00
2.00
1.50
1.00
1.00
(1.1)
(0.5)
(0.7)
(0.4)
(0.1)
(0.1)
Larva
7.31
6.42
5.56
3.41
3.26
4.42
(1.4)
(1.7)
(2.5)
(0.9)
(0.9)
(1.5)
Pupa
14.80
14.30
10.20
9.00
7.90
6.50
(0.5)
(0.5)
(1.5)
(0.6)
(0.2)
(0.8)
Percent mortality
Egg
5
4
4
5
5
12
Larva
15
16
19
9
14
7
Pupa
3
1
5
8
9
22
Total
23
21
28
22
28
41
a Days, mean ± (SD).
b Three replicates, n = 30 eggs and 50 larvae or pupae per replicate.
Materials and Methods
Effect of Temperature on Growth and Survival. —Bactrocera cucurbitae were
collected from the Parcel Islands, in the South China Sea, and maintained in a
colony for several generations at the Guangzhou Animal and Plant Quarantine
Service prior to use. Tests were conducted at 12:12 L:D cycle and 80% to 90%
RH. Immature stages and adults were held at test temperatures (± 0.5° C) of 19°,
22°, 25°, 28°, 30°, or 36° C. All trials were replicated three times.
Duration and survival of immature stages were determined as follows. Thirty
newly-laid eggs were placed on a piece of wet black cloth in a petri dish and
checked for hatch every eight hours. Fifty neonate larvae were placed on pieces
Table 2. Adult longevity and reproduction of B. cucurbitae held at six constant temperatures.
Temperature (° C)
19°
22°
25°
28°
30°
36°
Longevity a ' bc
Female
103.0
100.8
97.8
72.2
69.0
31.7
(45.7)
(62.1)
(45.3)
(51.9)
(49.5)
(21.5)
Male
95.9
107.8
111.4
80.9
71.1
29.7
(50.8)
(66.2)
50.8)
(51.5)
(48.9)
(16.0)
Reproduction
Preoviposition period
33.0
19.0
16.0
12.0
11.0
9.0
Gross fecundity bd
317.9
644.5
509.8
452.0
468.2
434.7
Net fecundity bd
171.8
317.6
249.7
201.9
191.2
86.2
Eggs/day/female
1.7
3.2
2.6
2.9
2.8
2.7
a Average number of days.
b Three replicates with 50 pairs of flies per replicate.
0 Mean ± (SD).
d Eggs per female.
FECUNDITY
1994
YANG ET AL.: TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON BACTROCERA
271
Figure 1. Daily gross egg production for B. cucurbitae female reared at six constant temperatures
(19°, 22°, 25°, 28°, 30°, 36° C), given at left top of each graph.
of cucumber ( Cucumis sativus L.) held in glass bottles (10 cm dia x 10 cm high)
containing a layer of moist sand. The larvae were checked daily and food was
added as needed. The sand was sifted daily to recover pupae. Fifty newly formed
pupae were held in petri dishes and checked daily for emergence.
Adult life history traits were determined by placing 50 pairs of newly emerged
adults in cages 25 cm on a side. Water was provided and fresh orange juice was
used as adult food. A small piece of cucumber was placed daily in each cage for
egg collection. Mortality was recorded daily until the last female died. Life history
data were analyzed using the methods of Carey (1993).
Effect of Cold Temperatures on Egg and Larval Survival.— The survival of B.
cucurbitae larvae held in four host plants at low temperatures was determined by
placing newly molted second instar larvae in bottles (10 cm dia x 10 cm high)
with cut pieces of each plant (Table 4). The bottles were then held at 2° C for one
to five days to simulate quarantine treatment conditions. Each day one-fifth of
the bottles were removed and the number of living and dead larvae was deter¬
mined. All subsequent tests were run using cucumber as larvae feeding on it took
the longest time to reach 100% mortality. Another series of tests was run as above
holding third instars at 2° C, and eggs, first and third instars at 3° C for eight to
ten days.
Results
Preadult Development and Survival.— Developmental times for B. cucurbitae
eggs and larvae were inversely related to temperature from 19° to 30° C (eggs: r
272
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Table 3. Demographic parameters for B. cucurbitae reared at six constant temperatures.
Temperature (° C)
Parameter
19°
22°
25°
28°
30°
36°
Intrinsic rate of increase a
0.044
0.065
0.069
0.064
0.066
0.053
Mean generation time b
95.7
65.2
65.2
65.4
62.8
51.8
Doubling time b
16.9
10.7
10.1
10.9
4.7
5.7
a Per day.
b Days.
= -0.92, F = 20.49, P = 0.01, n = 5; larvae: r = -0.98, F = 71.23, P = 0.004,
n = 4). The duration of the egg stage did not change at 36° C, but that of the
larval stage increased. The duration of the pupal stage and total preadult devel¬
opment time were inversely related to temperature at all test temperatures (pupae:
r — -0.95, F = 38.85, P = 0.003, n = 5; preadult: r = —0.95, F = 35, P = 0.004,
n = 5) (Table 1).
Egg mortality was relatively uniform between 19° and 30° C, but it increased
Table 4. Mortality of second instar B. cucurbitae larvae reared at 2° C in four hosts.
Host/days exposed
Number alive
Number dead
Total
Percent mortality
Sponge Gourd 3
1
13
40
53
75.4
2
3
8
11
72.7
3
1
15
16
93.8
4
0
21
21
100.0
5
0
15
15
100.0
Balsam Pear b
1
9
39
48
81.3
2
7
35
42
83.3
3
1
88
89
98.9
4
0
54
54
100.0
5
0
26
26
100.0
Cucumber c
1
14
7
21
33.3
2
8
58
66
87.9
3
4
80
84
95.2
4
1
19
20
95.0
5
0
15
15
100.0
Wax Gourd d
1
49
4
53
7.6
2
5
18
23
78.3
3
0
27
27
100.0
4
0
43
43
100.0
5
0
21
21
100.0
a Luffa aegyptiaca Miller.
b Momordica charantia L.
c Cucumis sativus L.
d Benincasa hisida (Thunberg).
1994
YANG ET AL.: TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON BACTROCERA
273
Table 5. Mortality of immature stages of B. cucurbitae in cucumber held at cold temperatures.
Days
Eggs*
Percent mortality
1st instar*
2nd instar*
3rd instar b
1
21.7
14.0
12.4
13.3
2
14.6
43.8
11.1
64.7
3
40.2
41.0
100.0
100.0
4
81.8
35.2
40.3
100.0
5
94.7
79.1
94.4
100.0
6
97.5
90.1
96.9
86.7
7
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
8
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
9
100.0
10
100.0
a Test run at 2° C, n = 15 to 20 larvae per temperature per day.
b Test run at 3° C, n = 15 to 20 larvae per temperature per day.
2.4 fold at 36° C. Larval mortality was lowest at 28° and 36° C and varied little
among the other test temperatures. Pupal mortality increased 4.4 fold between
25° and 36° C. Preadult mortality was greatest at 36° C (Table 1).
Adult Survival and Reproduction.— Survival of B. cucurbitae females was in¬
versely related to temperature (r = —0.96, F = 48.41, P = 0.002, n = 5), but that
of the males increased with temperature between 19° and 25° C and decreased
with increasing temperature thereafter. The preovipositional period was inversely
related to temperature (r = —0.87. F = 12.65, P = 0.02, n = 5). Gross and net
fecundity, and eggs per female per day were greatest at 22° C (Table 2) and were
not related to temperature ( r — 0.02, r = 0.64, r = 0.40 respectively, P > 0.05).
Daily egg production fluctuated widely, with no clear trend regardless of rearing
temperature. Females continued to lay eggs for at least 140 days at temperatures
at or below of 30° C and for up to 180 days at 22° to 25° C (Fig. 1).
The intrinsic rate of population increase was greatest at 25° C, but there was
little difference among the values between 22° and 30° C. Mean generation time
was shortest at 36° C and there was little difference among the values between
22° and 30° C. Population doubling time was shortest at 30° C, with nearly identical
times between 22° and 28° C (Table 3).
Effects of Cold Temperatures on Survival.— No second instar B. cucurbitae
survived beyond four days when held at a constant 2° C in any of the test plants
(Table 4). No third instars survived beyond six days when held at a constant 2°
C and no eggs, first or second instars survived beyond six days when held at 3°
C (Table 5). Increasing the temperature 1° C, from 2° to 3° C, increased the time
needed to kill all second instars from four to six days (Tables 4 and 5).
Discussion
Our preadult developmental times and survivorships of B. cucurbitae fall within
the range of those from previous studies of wild flies in culture six or fewer
generations (Miyatake 1993). Egg and pupal development are mainly dependent
upon temperature and larval development upon temperature and host (Tables 1
and 6).
274
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Table 6. Stage specific duration and survival of wild B. cucurbitae from previous studies.
Stage"
•c
Duration b
Host
Reference
Eggs
20
2.0 (73)
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
1.1 (77)
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
1.0 (74)
Carey et al. 1985
Larvae
20
6.7 (85)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
3.7 (85)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
27.5
3.4 (83)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
4.1 (88)
cucumber
Carey et al. 1985
25
7.4 (38)
eggplant
Carey et al. 1985
24
9.8 (90)
papaya
Vargas & Carey 1990
25
9.0 (na)
media
Miyatake 1993
Pupae
20
15.1 (92)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
7.8 (91)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
28
6.8 (93)
pumpkin
Bhatia & Mahto 1970
25
13.0 (89)
cucumber
Carey et al. 1985
24
9.8 (61)
papaya
Vargas & Carey 1990
25
11.0 (na)
media
Miyatake 1993
Preoviposition
25
16.0
cucumber
Carey et al. 1985
23.8
14.8
tomato
Keck 1951
26.7
13.5
tomato
Keck 1951
25
14.0
unknown
Back Pemberton 1918
a Considered wild if in colony six or fewer generations (Miyatake 1993), na = not available.
b Percent survival in parentheses.
The adult reproductive parameters, however, differ considerably among the
studies. The gross fecundity of wild B. cucurbitae from China is approximately
half that of wild B. cucurbitae from Hawaii. Wild Chinese B. cucurbitae lay one-
half to one-third the eggs per day and have population doubling times 1.5 times
greater than those from Hawaii. The greater variation in adult responses suggests
that this is the stage in which local environmental factors have their greatest
influence and, thus, the stage in which the fly adapts to them (Tables 2, 3 and 7).
In culture, the response time to selection for a characteristic of adult flies was
faster than that for larvae (Miyatake 1993).
Although not definitive, our results suggest that cold treatments may be effective
as a disinfestation treatment for produce harboring B. cucurbitae eggs and larvae.
Table 7. Adult demographic parameters for wild B. cucurbitae from previous studies.
Parameter
Value"
Reference
Gross fecundity
1293 eggs
Carey et al. 1985
Net fecundity
709 eggs
Carey et al. 1985
Doubling time
6.9 days
Carey et al. 1985
12.0 days
Vargas & Carey 1990
Eggs/female/day
7.2 eggs
Carey et al. 1985
4.7 eggs (21.1° C)
Keck 1951
8.9 eggs (23.9° C)
Keck 1951
8.2 eggs (29.4° C)
Keck 1951
a Considered wild if in colony for six or fewer generations (Miyatake 1993).
1994
YANG ET AL.: TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON BACTROCERA
275
Further, large scale tests will be required before cold treatments of B. cucurbitae
hosts can be certified for use as a quarantine treatment from countries having the
pest.
Literature Cited
Back, E. A. & C. E. Pemberton. 1918. The melon fly. USDA Bull., 643.
Bhatia, S. K. & Y. Mahto. 1970. Influence of temperature on the speed of development of melon-
fly, Dacus cucurbitae Coquillett (Diptera: Tephritidae). Indian J. Agric. Sci., 40: 821-828.
Carey, J. R. 1993. Applied demography for biologists with special emphasis on insects. Oxford Univ.
Press., New York.
Carey, J. R., E. J. Harris & D. O. Mclnnis. 1985. Demography of a native strain of the melon fly,
Dacus cucurbitae, from Hawaii. Ent. Exp. Appl., 38: 195-199.
Dowell, R. Y. & R. Gill. 1989. Exotic invertebrates and their effects on California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 65: 132-145.
Fiskaali, D. A. 1991. Commodity treatment manual, Vol. I. Treatments. Calif. Dept. Food & Agric.,
Sacramento, California.
Keck, C. B. 1951. Effect of temperature on development and activity of the melon fly. J. Econ.
Entomol., 44: 1001-1002.
Miyatake, T. 1993. Difference in the larval and pupal periods between mass-reared and wild strains
of the melon fly, Bactrocera cucurbitae (Coquillett) (Diptera: Tephritidae). Appl. Entomol. Zool.,
28: 577-581.
Nakamori, H. 1987. Variation of reproductive characters in wild and mass-reared melon flies, Dacus
cucurbitae Coquillett (Diptera: Tephritidae). Jpn. J. Appl. Entomol. Zool., 31: 309-314.
Shiga, M. 1989. Current programme in Japan. Chap. 9.5.2. In Robinson, A. S„ & G. Hooper (eds.).
Fruit flies, their biology, natural enemies and control. Elsevier, New York.
Smith, E. S. C. 1977. Studies on the biology and commodity control of the banana fruit fly Dacus
musae (Tryon), in Papau New Guinea. Papau New Guinea Agric. J., 28: 47-56.
Vargas, R. I. & J. R. Carey. 1990. Comparative survival and demographic statistics for wild oriental
fruit fly, Mediterranean fruit fly, and melon fly (Diptera: Tephritidae) on papaya. J. Econ.
Entomol., 83: 1344-1349.
White, I. M. & M. M. Elson-Harris. 1992. Fruit flies of economic significance: their identification
and bionomics. C.A.B. Int., London.
Yang, P., J. R. Carey & R. V. Dowel. 1994. Tephritid fruit flies in China: historical perspective and
current status. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 70: 159-167.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 276-282, (1994)
REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIOR OF COPITARSIA CONSUETA
(WALKER) (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE):
MATING FREQUENCY, EFFECT OF AGE ON MATING,
AND INFLUENCE OF DELAYED MATING ON
FECUNDITY AND EGG FERTILITY
Julio C. Rojas 12 and Juan Cibrian-Tovar
Laboratorio de Ecologia Quimica, Centro de Entomologia y Acarologia,
Colegio de Postgraduados, Chapingo, Edo de Mexico, C.P. 56230, Mexico
Abstract. — This study determined: mating frequency, effect of age on mating, and effect of delayed
mating on fecundity and egg fertility of Copitarsia consueta (Walker). Females copulated (mean
± SD) 2.5 ± 1.2 times (range 1-6), but only once per night. Mating frequency increased with
moth age. Males mated an average of 2.4 ± 1.5 times during their lives (range 1-7), although
only once per night. Copitarsia consueta start mating two days after emergence, although only
33% of the pairs mated this early. Mating frequency increased with moth age, reaching a peak
7 days after eclosion. Females mated when 2 days old laid significantly more eggs than those in
which mating was delayed till 4, 6, and 8 days after eclosion. Fertility was 70.2% in females
mating when 2 days old. It decreased to 50.9, 6.5, and 0.4% when mating was delayed until 4,
6, and 8 days after eclosion, respectively.
Key Words.— Insecta, Copitarsia consueta, mating, fecundity, fertility
The moth, Copitarsia consueta (Walker), is a polyphagous pest found in Mexico
and Central and South America (Angulo & Weigert 1975, Gutierrez & MacGregor
1983) where it is a important pest of cultivated plants. In some regions of Mexico
it is a key pest of cabbage, but it also attacks many other plants (Gutierrez &
MacGregor 1983, Guevara & Cervantes 1991). The quality and quantity of cab¬
bage are greatly affected by C. consueta as only one larvae is sufficient to destroy
the plant (Monge et al. 1984). Information on biology of C. consueta is scarce
(Artigas & Angulo 1973), and its reproductive behavior is unknown.
This study determined: mating frequency, effect of age on mating, and effect of
delayed mating on fecundity and egg fertility of C. consueta.
Materials and Methods
Insects.— Moths used in this study were reared on an artificial diet (Cibrian-
Tovar & Sugimoto 1992) at 25 ± 2° C and 65 ± 5% RH. Male and female pupae
were held separately in growth chambers under 14:10 (L:D) photoperiod. The
night after emergence, the insects were placed in glass cages (20 x 20 cm) with
10% sugar solution dispensed from shell vials plugged with cotton, and maintained
at the conditions described above.
Female Mating Frequency. — Newly emerged females and an equal, or greater,
number of males were confined in a glass cage (20 x 20 cm) and provided a
solution of 10% sugar in water. After dying, 100 females were dissected and the
1 Laboratorio de Ecologia Quimica, Centro de Investigaciones Ecologicas del Sureste, Carretera
Antiguo Aeropuerto Km 2.5, Tapachula, C.P. 30700. Mexico.
2 To whom correspondence should be addressed.
1994
ROJAS & CIBRIAN-TOVAR: COPITARSIA REPRODUCTION
277
number of spermatophores in the bursa copulatrix counted to determine the
number of times the female had mated. To determine the effect of age on mating
frequency, groups of females (n = 15) were placed with 3-5 d old males in plastic
containers (4x4x7 cm). Females were held for 2 to 7 d before being removed
from the cage, killed and dissected to determine the number of spermatophores
in the bursa copulatrix.
The maximum number of matings per night was determined by holding a female
(2-3 d old) in a plastic container with 2 to 3 virgin males for one night. The female
was killed, dissected, and the number of spermatophores counted. The experiment
was repeated 20 times.
Male Mating Frequency. —Aid old virgin male and a 2-3 d old female were
placed in a plastic container. Every 2 d the female was replaced with another 2-
3 d old until the male died. The experiment was repeated 15 times. The females
were dissected and the number of spermatophores present was counted.
The number of times a male could copulate per night was determined by placing
a 2-3 d old male with 2 or 3 virgin females. Females were killed the next day,
dissected and the number of spermatophores counted. The experiment was re¬
peated 20 times.
Effect of Age on Mating. — Virgin males and females were placed individually
in plastic containers. The experiments were conducted using insects of the fol¬
lowing age groups: 1) male and female of equal age, ranging from 1 to 7 d old; 2)
1 d old female with a 3-5 d old male; and 3) 1 d old male with a 3-5 d old female.
After each scotophase 15 females were killed, dissected, and the number of sper¬
matophores counted.
Effect of Delayed Mating on Fecundity and Egg Fertility. — Five treatments were
run: 1) 2 d old females with 3-5 d old males; 2) 4 d old females with 3-5 d old
males; 3) 6 d old females with 3-5 d old males; 4) 8 d old females with 3-5 d old
males; and 5) unmated females. When the male died it was replaced with another
3-5 d old male. All treatments were repeated 14 times. For each group, preovi-
position period (days), oviposition period (days), fecundity (eggs/female), and
fertility (%) were recorded. Dead females were dissected and the number of sper¬
matophores determined.
Statistical Analysis.— The data were analyzed by ANOVA and the Student-
Neumann-Kuels test. The preoviposition, oviposition, and fecundity data were
square-root transformed and fertility data were square root arcsine transformed
before analysis. The percentage of mating were analyzed using the X 2 test. Un¬
transformed data are presented.
Results and Discussion
Female Mating Frequency.— Females had an average of (mean ± SD) 2.5 ±
1.2 spermatophores (range 1-6). Twenty-three females had 1 spermatophore, 28
had 2 spermatophores, 25 females had 3 spermatophores, 17 females had 4 sper¬
matophores, 5 females had 5 spermatophores, and only 2 females received 6
spermatophores.
Similar results were observed in Pseudoplusia includens (Walker), with an av¬
erage of 2.2 ± 0.2 spermatophores per female (ranging 0-5) (Mason & Johnson
1987). By comparison, females of Chilo partellus (Swinhoe) copulated only once
(Unnithan & Paye 1991). There are two mating systems in Lepidoptera, those
278
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
that copulate only once, and those that have multiple matings. The benefits of
multiple matings differ among species. Watanabe (1988) showed that multiple
matings increased the fecundity of Papilio xuthus L., but fertility was not increased
in Orgyia pseudotsugata (McDonaough) despite females copulating several times
(Swaby et al. 1987). The most probable benefits of multiple matings are to remedy
an inadequate initial copula, to enhance genetic diversity, and to facilitate a
paternal nutritional investment (Byers 1978). Traditionally, the role of multiple
matings in Lepidoptera has been discussed in terms of sexual selection (Thornhill
& Alcock 1983).
The C. consueta females only mated once per night, although they copulated
repeatedly during their lives. Spodoptera littoralis (Boisduval) females (84%) mat¬
ed only once per night, but the rest (16%) mated twice a night (Kehat & Gordon
1975).
Older females mated more frequently (Fig. 1). Landolt & Curtis (1991) had
similar results with field and laboratory populations of Amyelois transitella (Walk¬
er).
We do not know if the mating frequency of C. consueta in the wild is equal or
different from that observed in the laboratory. It could argue that the mating
frequency in the field is less because under natural conditions the insects are
distributed over a great area. Euxoa ochrogaster (Guenee), Euxoa declarata (Walk¬
er) and Euxoa messoria (Harris) had similar mating frequencies in field and
laboratory populations (Byers 1978). Long-term laboratory strains of Heliothis
virescens (F.) and Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) have a higher mating fre¬
quency than recently colonized strains (Proshold & Bartell 1972, LaChance et al.
1975). This study used recently colonized insects (F 1 ), therefore, it is likely that
1994
ROJAS & CIBRIAN-TOVAR: COPITARSIA REPRODUCTION
279
Figure 2. Mating frequency in C. consueta males.
mating frequency observed in the laboratory will be similar to that under natural
conditions, as suggested for Euxoa spp. (Byers 1978).
Male Mating Frequency. — Males copulated an average of 2.4 ± 1.5 times during
their life span (range 1-7) (Fig. 2). Similar trends were observed in other noctuid
moths: S. littoralis males mated an average of 5-6 times (Kehat & Gordon 1975),
Spodoptera frugiperda (J. E. Smith) males mated an average of 6.7 times (range
0-15) (Simmons & Marti 1992), and C. partellus males mated a mean of 4.6 ±
0.4 times (Unnithan & Paye 1991).
The males of C. consueta mated only once per night. Similar results were
reported for S. littoralis (Kehat & Gordon 1975) and Spodoptera exempta (Walker)
(Khasimuddin 1978), whereas, in C. partellus, 90% mated once and 6% mated
twice (Unnithan & Paye 1991).
Effect of Age on Mating. — Copitarsia consueta start mating two days after emer¬
gence, although only 33% of the pairs mated this day (Fig. 3). Mating frequency
increased with the age reaching a peak 7 d after eclosion in this experiment. The
differences in the percentage of mating pairs for 4, 5, 6 and 7 d are not significant
(X 2 = 1.18; df = 3 , P > 0.05). The age of the female is important if mating is to
be successful, as the pairs that had 1 d old females failed to mate. The pairs with
3-4 d old females mated 12.4% of the time. These results mirror the calling
behavior of the females. No female called the day following emergence. Females
called for the first time during the second or third scotophase after eclosion (JCR,
unpublished data).
Moths can be placed in two groups according to age at which mating, those
that mate soon after eclosion, such as C. partellus (Unnithan & Paye 1991) and
Spodoptera ornithogalli (Guenee) (Shorey et al. 1968); and those that need time
280
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Figure 3. Effect of age on the mating capacity of C. consueta.
to reach sexual maturity like C. consueta. This group includes S. exempta (Khasi-
muddin 1978) and Corcyra cephalonica (Stainton) (Etman et al. 1988).
That only a few 1 d old males copulated with mature females could be due to:
1) that they are not sexually mature and thus do not respond to sex pheromone;
as occurs in S. exempta (Khasimuddin 1978) and 2) that males are rejected because
they do not provide the proper stimulus for mating, as has been suggested for
Anticarsia gemmatalis (Hubner) males (Leppla et al. 1987). We do not know
which mechanism occurs in C. consueta ; this will be investigated in the future.
Effect of Delayed Mating and Fecundity and Egg Fertility. — The percentages of
females mating after 2, 4, 6, and 8 d did not differ significantly (X 2 = 1.6; df =
3; P > 0.05). These results differ from those reported for Homona magnanima
Diakonoff and P. gossypiella, in which the percentage of mated females decreased
with an increase in the number of days elapsing before pairing (Kiritani & Kanoh
1984, Lingren et al. 1988).
The preoviposition period increased significantly with delayed mating (F = 7.3;
df = 3, 52; P < 0.05) (Table 1). Similar results were reported in C. partellus
(Unnithan & Paye 1991).
The ovipositional period differed significantly among treatments (F = 3.6; df
= 3, 52; P < 0.05). The same phenomenon was reported for H. magnanima, P.
gossypiella, and C. partellus (Kiritani & Kanoh 1984, Lingren et al. 1988, Un¬
nithan & Paye 1991).
Females mating at 2 d old laid significantly more eggs than those in which
mating was delayed till 4, 6, and 8 d (F = 17.7; df = 3, 52; P < 0.05). The effect
of delayed mating on eggs fertility was significant (F = 36.7; df = 3, 52; P < 0.05).
Fertility was 70.2% in females mating at 2 d old, and it decreased with age. The
1994
ROJAS & CIBRIAN-TOVAR: COPITARSIA REPRODUCTION
281
Table 1. Influence of delayed mating on reproductive biology of C. consueta.
Age at mating (days)
%of
mating
Preoviposition
period (days)
(X ± SE)
Oviposition
period (days)
(X ± SE)
Fecundity
(eggs/female)
(X ± SE)
Fertility (%)
(X ± SE)
2
86.6
5.0 ± 0.5 a
12.4 ± 1.3“
1638.8 ± 199.7 a
70.2 ± 8.6 a
4
83.3
5.4 ± 0.4 a
7.0 ± 1.6 b
976.8 ± 248.l b
50.9 ± 11.6 b
6
78.5
6.3 ± 0.4 a
8.4 ± 1.5 b
283.5 ± 84.9 C
6.5 ± 6.4 C
8
78.5
10.6 ± 0.8 b
7.0 ± 1.3 b
220.0 ± 67.8 d
0.4 ± 0.2 d
Unmated females
(14.2 ± 3.3) a
(2.3 ± 0.7) a
(131.5 ± 56.9) a
Means within columns followed by the same letters are not significantly different (Student-Newman-
Keuls test, P < 0.05).
a Data are not included in analysis.
effect of delaying mating on fecundity and fertility in Lepidoptera is variable.
Barrer (1976) found in Ephestia cautella (Walker) that when mating was delayed,
the fecundity and fertility were reduced. Similar results were reported in S. lit-
toralis, H. magnanima, P. gossypiella, and C. partellus (Ellis & Steele 1982,
Kiritani & Kanoh 1984, Lingren et al. 1988, Unnithan & Paye 1991). However,
in Erias insulana (Boisduval) (Kehat & Gordon 1977) and the Israeli strain of S.
littoralis (Kehat & Gordon 1975) delays in mating do not have an effect on
fecundity and fertility. Reduced fecundity of C. consueta females that experience
a delay in mating could be due to the resorbing of eggs as has been suggested for
E. cautella (Barrer 1976).
The use of sex pheromones to delay mating, and hence provide control of C.
consueta, requires a delay of 8 d between adult emergence and mating to prevent
the laying of viable eggs. Delays of less than 8 d would lead to the production of
progeny. Delaying of mating has been proposed as the principal mechanism lead¬
ing to successful mating disruption against P. gossypiella (Lingren et al. 1988).
Acknowledgment
JCR thanks CONACyT for a graduate fellowship (register No 62158). This
research was supported by a CONACyT grant (0691-N9111).
Literature Cited
Angulo, O. A. & G. Th. Weigert. 1975. Estados inmaduros de Lepidopteros noctuidos de importancia
economica en Chile y claves para su determination (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Soc. Biol. Con¬
cepcion, publication especial 2.
Artigas, J. N. & A. O. Angulo. 1973. Copitarsia consueta (Walker), biologia e importancia economica
en el cultivo de raps (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Bol. Soc. Biol. Concepcion, 46: 199-216.
Barrer, P. M. 1976. The influence of delayed mating on the reproduction of Ephestia cautella (Walker)
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. Stored Prod. Res., 12: 165-169.
Byers, J. R. 1978. Biosystematics of the genus Euxoa (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). X. Incidence and
level of multiple mating in natural and laboratory populations. Can. Ent., 110: 193-200.
Cibrian-Tovar, J. & A. Sugimoto. 1992. Elaboration de una dieta artificial para la cria de Copitarsia
consueta (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). pp. 416. In Memorias del XXVII Congreso Na¬
tional de Entomologia. Sociedad Mexicana de Entomologia.
Ellis, P. E. & G. Steele. 1982. Effects of delayed mating on fecundity of females of Spodoptera littoralis
(Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Bull. Entomol. Res., 72: 295-302.
Etman, A. A. M., F. M. A. El-Sayed, N. M. Eesa & L. E. Moursy. 1988. Laboratory studies on the
282
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
development, survival, mating behavior and reproductive capacity of the rice moth, Corcyra
cephalonica (Stainton). J. Appl. Ent., 106: 232-240.
Guevara, A. R. & J. F. Cervantes. 1991. Insectos plaga de hortalizas en la zona chinampera de
Xochimilco, D. F. pp. 528-529. In Memorias del XXVI Congreso Nacional de Entomologia.
Sociedad Mexicana de Entomologia.
Gutierrez, O. & R. MacGregor. 1983. Guia de insectos nocivos para la agricultura en Mexico.
Alhambra Mexicana, Mexico, D.F.
Kehat, M. & D. Gordon. 1975. Mating, longevity, fertility and fecundity of the cotton leaf-worm,
Spodoptera littoralis (Boisd.) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Phytoparasitica, 3: 87-102.
Kehat, M. & D. Gordon. 1977. Mating ability, longevity and fecundity of the spiny bollworm, Earias
insulana (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Entomol. Exp. Appl., 22: 267-273.
Khasimuddin, S. 1978. Courtship and mating behavior of the African armyworm, Spodoptera ex-
empta (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Bull. Entomol. Res., 68: 195-202.
Kiritani, K. & M. Kanoh. 1984. Influence of delayed mating on the reproduction of the oriental tea
tortrix, Homona magnanima Diakonoff (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), with reference to phero¬
mone-based control. Prot. Ecol., 6: 137-144.
LaChance, L. E., R. D. Richard & F. I. Proshold. 1975. Radiation response in the pink bollworm:
a comparative study of sperm bundle production, sperm transfer, and oviposition response
elicited by native and laboratory-reared males. Environ. Entomol., 4: 321-324.
Landolt, P. J. & C. E. Curtis. 1991. Mating frequency of female navel orangeworm moths (Lepi¬
doptera: Pyralidae) and patterns of oviposition with and without mating. J. Kansas Entomol.
Soc, 64: 414-420.
Leppla, N. C., R. H. Guy, R. R. Heath & B. Dueben. 1987. Laboratory studies of the courtship of
the velvetbean caterpillar moth, Anticarsia gemmatalis (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 80: 278-283.
Lingren, P. D., W. B. Warner & T. J. Henneberry. 1988. Influence of delayed mating, on egg
production, egg viability, mating, and longevity of female pink bollworm (Lepidoptera: Gele-
chiidae). Environ. Entomol., 17: 86-89.
Mason, L. J. & S. J. Johnson. 1987. Observations on the mating behavior of Pseudoplusia includens
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Fla. Entomol., 70: 411-413.
Monge, V. L., J. G. Vera, S. I. Gil & J. L. Carrillo. 1984. Efecto de las practicas culturales sobre las
poblaciones de insectos y dano causado al cultivo del repollo ( Brassica oleraceae var. capitata).
Agrociencia, 57: 109-126.
Proshold, F. I. & J. A. Bartell. 1972. Difference in radiosensitivity of two colonies of tobacco
budworm, Heliothis virescens (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Can. Ent., 104: 995-1002.
Shorey, H. H., S. U. McFarland & L. K. Gaston. 1968. Sex pheromone of noctuid moths. XIII.
Changes in pheromone quantity, as related to reproductive age and mating history, in females
of seven species of Noctuidae (Lepidoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 61: 372-376.
Simmons, A. M. & O. G. Marti Jr. 1992. Mating by the fall armyworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae):
frequency, duration, and effect of temperature. Environ. Entomol., 21: 371-375.
Swaby, J. A., G. E. Daterman & L. L. Sower. 1987. Mating behavior of douglas-fir tussock moth,
Orgyia pseudotsugata (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae), with special reference to effects of female
age. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 80: 47-50.
Thornhill, R. & J. Alcock. 1983. The evolution of insects mating systems. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge.
Unnithan, G. C. & S. O. Paye. 1991. Mating, longevity, fecundity, and egg fertility of Chilo partellus
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae): effects of delayed or successive matings and their relevance to pher¬
omonal methods. Environ. Entomol., 20: 150-155.
Watanabe, M. 1988. Multiple mating increase the fecundity of the yellow swallowtail butterfly,
Papilio xuthus L., in summer generations. J. Insect. Behav., 1: 17-29.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 283-300, (1994)
TAXONOMIC REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS SUBGENUS
HYPOMACROTERA (HYMENOPTERA: ANDRENIDAE),
WITH SPECIAL EMPHASIS ON THE DISTRIBUTIONS
AND HOST PLANT ASSOCIATIONS
Bryan N. Danforth
Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853
Abstract. — Two names, previously used to designate subspecies of Calliopsis ( Hypomacrotera )
callops, are herein used to refer to distinct species: C. (H.) callops (Cockerell & Porter) and C.
( H .) persimilis (Cockerell). These two species are described and the data on floral host association
and distributions are listed and illustrated. These two species, plus Calliopsis ( Hypomacrotera)
subalpinus Cockerell, comprise the monophyletic subgenus Hypomacrotera. Floral association
and distribution data from over 850 specimens are analyzed. Calliopsis callops and C. persimilis
are oligolectic on a group of closely related genera in the family Solanaceae; the former on
Chamaesaracha and Quincula and the latter on Physalis. Calliopsis subalpinus is clearly oli¬
golectic on mallows in the genus Sphaeralcea. Calliopsis persimilis and C. callops are parapatric
with a narrow region of overlap in the San Simon Valley, near the Continental Divide in southern
Arizona. Calliopsis subalpinus ranges widely across the southwestern deserts from southern
California to southwestern Texas and southward to northern Mexico.
Key Words. — Insecta, Apoidea, taxonomy, floral associations
This paper establishes that the previously recognized subspecies of Calliopsis
(. Hypomacrotera ) callops (Cockerell & Porter) are, in fact, two easily distinguish¬
able species. Rozen (1970) anticipated these taxonomic changes in a study on the
nesting biology of C. callops. In addition to this minor taxonomic point, an account
of the distributions and floral associations of the three valid species in the subgenus
Hypomacrotera is given.
Quantitative investigations into floral specialization are rare (except see Heit-
haus [1979]), in part because in many groups of oligolectic, or pollen specialist,
bees there are not enough specimens with associated floral data collected over
large areas to provide sufficient data for such an analysis. Because the species
within Hypomacrotera have been collected in the southwestern United States and
northern Mexico during the last century by many different collectors, large num¬
bers of specimens with associated floral data are available in museum collections.
As a result, Hypomacrotera makes an excellent case study in bee floral special¬
ization.
Hypomacrotera was first named by Cockerell & Porter (1899) to include H.
callops (the type species) and H. subalpinus (previously placed in Calliopsis ). For
the purposes of this study, I accept the view that Hypomacrotera is a monophyletic
group, as indicated by Ruz (1991). The monophyly of Hypomacrotera was sup¬
ported by her characters 52 (propodeal triangle smooth) and reversal to the ple-
siomorphic state in character 71 (tarsomeres 2-4 of male hind leg expanded; they
are not expanded in Hypomacrotera ). The presence of darkened areas at the apices
of the forewings in males (and females in two of the three species) is another
common character, but one not unique to Hypomacrotera within Calliopsis (Ruz
1991:232).
284
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
In the taxonomic descriptions given below, I have used the surface sculpturing
terms explained in Harris (1979). Morphological terms follow Michener (1944)
except the sternum and tergum of the first metasomal segment (homologous to
the second abdominal segment) are called tergum 1 (abbreviated Tl) and sternum
1 (abbreviated SI), respectively. The following metasomal sclerites are numbered
sequentially thereafter. Measurements are expressed as mean ± standard error of
the mean.
Depository Abbreviations.— The locations of specimens used in this study are
indicated with the following abbreviations: American Museum of Natural History
(AMNH), Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas (KU), Los Angeles
County Museum of Natural History (LACM), University of California, Riverside
(UCR), California Academy of Sciences (CAS), National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution (NMNH), Central Texas Melittological Institute
(CTMI), and Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM). In Material
Examined the locality data are listed hierarchically, and the numbers of females
and males are indicated in brackets as follows: [number females, number males].
Calliopsis ( Hypomacrotera ) persimilis (Cockerell)
Hypomacrotera callops persimilis Cockerell (1899:8) [male, female]; Calliopsis
(Hypomacrotera) persimilis, Danforth (1990) [biology].
Types. — Cotypes, male; data: ARIZONA. MARICOPA Co.: Phoenix, 7 Oct [no
year], Tribulus grandiflora, 1 male; deposited: California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. Cotypes, females; data: same as male except collected 9 Oct on
flowers of Physalis, unknown number; deposited: unknown.
Although the male of the cotype series is clearly the basis for Cockerell’s account
of this species, to the best of my knowledge he did not formally designate a holotype
and I here designate this male the lectotype.
Description.— Female.— Head: (1) width 1.88-2.00 mm (x = 1.91 ± 0.02; n = 10); (2) 1.35-1.48 (x
= 1.41 ± 0.01; n = 10) x broader than long, as measured from vertex to lower margin of clypeus;
(3) clypeus distinctly punctate with weak imbrication; (4) frons mostly shiny with scattered punctations,
more imbricate above antennal sockets; (5) vertex shiny and nearly impunctate; (6) gena shiny and
nearly impunctate; (7) head coloration dark brown to black, no maculation; (8) head lightly clothed
in erect white setae, most dense and longest setae on gena, posterior surface of head and vertex; (9)
inner margins of eyes diverging slightly below; eyes brown; (10) lateral ocelli separated from median
ocellus by 1 ocellar diameter; (11) facial foveae weakly impressed, concave surface slightly dull; (12)
scape equal in length to flagellar segments 1-6; flagellum lighter brown ventrally and apically. Mouth-
parts: (13) labrum with proximal impunctate concave area separated from distal punctate area by
ridge; (14) mandible dark brown basally becoming light brown apically; simple; (15) glossa short, two-
thirds length of prementum; (16) paraglossae broad and blade-like; (17) labial palpus 4-segmented
with segments 2-4 equal in length to segment 1; (18) galeal comb present; (19) maxillary palpus
6-segmented, with first segment longest. Mesosoma: (20) pronotum brown, imbricate-punctate with
fine pilosity on dorsal and lateral surfaces; pronotal lobe with elongate, finely branched white setae;
(21) mesoscutum shiny with widely scattered punctures dorsally, becoming more closely-spaced lat¬
erally; elongate, erect setae 0.20 mm long over most of the surface; notauli lacking; parapsidal lines
weak; (22) mesoscutellum shiny at center becoming punctate around edges, erect setae as on meso¬
scutum; metanotum imbricate-punctate; (23) mesopleuron distinctly imbricate with weak punctations;
erect, white setae; (24) metapleuron weakly imbricate, with fine pilosity, no long, erect setae; (25)
propodeum imbricate laterally with short, fine pilosity; patch of erect setae of varying lengths on either
side of entirely glabrous propodeal triangle; (26) intertegular distance 1.28-1.40 mm (5c = 1.34 ± 0.02;
n = 10); (27) forewing length 3.80-4.20 mm (5c = 3.99 ± 0.03; n = 10); wings clear with brown wing
veins and weak dark spot at apex of forewing; (28) legs brown except for white spot at base of foretibia;
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS (. HYPOMACROTERA)
285
Figure 1. Calliopsis persimilis. Male: (a) sixth stemite, (b) seventh stemite, (c) fifth stemite, (d)
eighth stemite, (e) genital capsule, (f) seventh tergite. Female: (g) midleg.
mesobasitarsus slender (length 2.5-2.9 x width; Fig. lg); (29) basitibial plate distinctly kidney-shaped,
with setae lining concave surface; (30) scopal hairs simple, erect; (31) hindtibial spurs serrate, inner
longer than outer; (33) tarsal claws bifid. Metasoma: (34) terga dark brown; (35) T1 shiny, impunctate;
T2-T4 minutely imbricate-punctate with small, posteriorly directed recumbent, brown setae; (36)
weakly developed fovea on lateral edge of T2; (37) lateral angles of T3, T4 and all of T5 with elongate,
286
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
erect, finely-branched setae, T5 distinctly punctate; (38) pygidial plate rounded apically, surface convex
and clothed in setae; (39) sterna similar in color and sculpturing to T2-T4; (40) S2 to S5 with graduli;
(41) S6 like other Calliopsis, with medial paired laminar lobes on proximal margin between paired
apodemal arms; apex simple with fringe of short setae.
Male.— Head: (42) width 1.50-1.80 mm (3c = 1.66 ± 0.03; n = 10); (43) 1.35-1.43 (3c = 1.39 ±
0.01; n = 10) x broader than long; (44) clypeus granulate and distinctly punctate; (45) frons coarsely
granulate with weak punctures; (46) vertex granulate to imbricate; (47) gena imbricate; (48) head black
to dark brown with creamy white maculation entirely covering clypeus, subantennal plates, median
supraclypeal patch and lower paraocular areas extending upward along inner margin of eyes to just
above level of antennal sockets; (49) head clothed in erect, white setae; (50) inner margins of eyes
converging below; eyes brown; (51) lateral ocelli separated from median ocellus by 1 ocellar diameter;
(52) facial fovea slender, weakly impressed; (53) scape equal in length to flagellar segments 1-4;
flagellum yellow below, with dark band above. Mouthparts: (54) labrum concolorous with frons; with
central depressed glabrous area; (55) mandible yellow basally, becoming reddish apically; simple and
acutely pointed; (56-60) mouthparts as in female except paraglossae slender and acutely pointed.
Mesosoma: (61) pronotum imbricate dorsally and laterally with fine, short setae; pronotal lobe with
erect, finely branched setae; (62) mesoscutum shiny to weakly imbricate with widely scattered, weak
punctation; (63) mesoscutellum shiny, becoming distinctly punctate around lateral and posterior edges;
metanotum imbricate with distinct punctation; (64) mesopleuron imbricate-punctate with erect white
setae; (65) metapleuron imbricate with fine, short setae; (66) propodeum as in female; propodeal
triangle glabrous with fine striations on dorsal surface; (67) intertegular distance 0.70-1.12 mm (3c =
1.04 ± 0.01; n = 25); (68) forewing length 3.80-4.35 mm (3c = 4.09 ± 0.03; n = 25); wings as in
female except with more slender stigma and more distinct dark coloration to wing tip; (69) legs with
yellow maculation on anterior surface of forefemur and all of foretibia and foretarsus, at apex of femur,
and tibia and tarsus on mid and hind legs, except for dark, longitudinal spots on outer surfaces of
mid and hind tibiae; (70) basitibial plate slender but distinct, with shiny concave surface; (71) mid
and hindtibial spurs slender and weakly serrate; (72) tarsal claws weakly bifid. Metasoma: (73) terga
brown; (74) T1-T4 imbricate-punctate with simple recumbent setae; T5-T6 with more elongate, erect,
finely-branched setae; (75) fovea on lateral comers of T2 barely visible; (76) T7 with slender pygidial
plate (width = 0.12-0.13 mm) well-defined by salient rim (Fig. If); surface colliculate; surrounding
cuticle of T7 imbricate-punctate; (77) S1-S4 similar in color and sculpturing to terga; (78) S5 with
elongate medial process (Fig. lc); process length equal to width of stemite along midline; (79) S6 with
distal, paired, vertically oriented, quadrate processes fringed with a comb of setae apically (Fig. la);
(80) S7 with distal, slender, vertically oriented lamellate lobes (Fig. lb); (81) S8 notched apically (Fig.
Id); (82) genital capsule as in Fig. le.
Diagnosis. — This species is very similar to C. callops but differs in the following
respects. Male: apex of S8 notched medially (Fig. Id); apical prong of S5 more
acutely pointed and longer (Fig. lc); apical paired projections of S6 broad and
quadrate in lateral view, with a comb of apical setae (Fig. la); small foramen in
the genital capsule (Fig. le); male T7, pygidial plate slender and deeply concave
(Fig. If); male clypeus with less dense covering of hairs; yellow of clypeus typically
extends above the fronto-clypeal suture along midline of face, commonly reaching
level of antennal sockets. Female: pygidial plate more obtuse, surface slightly
more concave; meso-basitarsus slender (length 2.5-2.9 x width; Fig. lg); faint
black spot at apex of forewing; yellow spot absent or weakly developed on protibia
and absent on mesotibia; eyes brown in pinned specimens.
Material Examined.— USA. ARI Z ONA. COCHISE Co.: Apache, 21.7 km SW, 27 Aug 1969, J.
G. & B. L. Rozen, AMNH [0, 2]; same loc., 14 Aug 1969, J. G. & K. C. Rozen, AMNH [0, 2]; same
loc., 20 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [2, 9]; same loc., 14 Aug 1974, Rozens, AMNH [0, 7];
same loc., 23 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1]; Apache, 23.3 km SW, 4 Aug 1961, J. G.
Rozen, Kallstroemia grandiflora Torrey ex. Gray, AMNH [9, 7]; Douglas, 1.6 km E, 16 Aug 1974,
Rozens & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1]; Douglas, 26.7 km N, 24 Aug 1987, J. H. Cane, KU [6, 0]; Douglas,
30 km NE, 16 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [7, 3]; Portal, 15 km NE, 18 Aug 1992, B. N.
Danforth, Physalis wrightii Gray [11, 20]. GRAHAM Co.: Safford, 29 Jul 1954, G. D. Butler, cotton,
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS (. HYPOMACROTERA )
287
LACM [0, 1]. PIMA Co.: Sahuarita, 13 Jul 1956, R. H. Beamer, Eurphorbia sp., KU [0, 1]; Sahuarita,
13 Aug 1946, L. P. Wehme, LACM [0, 2]; Silver Bell Bajada, J. L. Neff, LACM [1,31]; Tucson, San
Xavier, 24 Jul 1916, share w/ Clark etc., AMNH [2, 2]. YUMA Co.: Yuma, 14 Oct 1936, Lauderdale,
NMNH [2, 0], CALIFORNIA. IMPERIAL Co.: Jun 1912, J. C. Bridwell, KU [3, 3]; Jun 1912, J. C.
Bridwell, NMNH [38, 39]; May 1911, J. C. Bridwell, NMNH [13, 4]; Calexico, 14 Sep 1959, C. R.
Wagner, LACM [1, 0]; Calexico, 1.6 km E, 28 Jun 1953, R. R. Snelling, Melilotus alba Medicus,
LACM [0, 1]; Calexico, 1.6 km E, 28 Jun 1953, R. R. Snelling, Sida hederacea (Douglas) Torrey,
LACM [1, 1]; Experimental Farm, Jun 1912, J. C. Bridwell, Physalis, NMNH [0, 1]. RIVERSIDE
Co.. Indio, Keosegan Ranch, 17 Jul 1970, M. E. Irwin, cotton, UCR [1,0]. NEW MEXICO. HIDALGO
Co.: Animas, 1 km N, 7 Aug 1988, B. N. Danforth, Physalis wrightii, KU [50, 50]. MEXICO.
SINALOA: Culiacan, 27.8 km S, 30 Sep 1976, George & Snelling, LACM [0, 5]; Los Mochis, 16 km
N, 152 m, 30 Sep 1976, George & Snelling, LACM [2, 3], SONORA: Guaymas, 13 km N, 1 Oct 1976,
George & Snelling, LACM [1, 1]; Hermosillo, 85 km ENE, El Gavilan, 13 Aug 1991, Rozen & Pember,
Kallstroemia grandiflora, AMNH [0, 1]; Los Alamos, 440 m, 3 Apr 1991, R. Ayala, [1, 0]. BAJA
CALIFORNIA NORTE: Mexicali, 12 km SW, 19 Jul 1953, R. R. Snelling, Sida hederacea, LACM
[0, 1], BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR: Loreto, 48 km S, 425 m, 7 Sep 1977, R. R. Snelling, LACM [0, 1],
Calliopsis ( Hypomacrotera ) callops (Cockerell & Porter)
Hypomacrotera callops Cockerell & Porter (1899: 419) [male, female]; Cockerell
(1937:3) [holotype designation]; Rozen (1970) [biology]; Hurd & Linsley (1972)
[parasite].
Types. -Holotype, male; data: NEW MEXICO. SAN MIGUEL Co.: Las Vegas,
1 Aug [no year], T. D. A. Cockerell, Chamaesaracha coronopus\ deposited: Amer¬
ican Museum of Natural History, New York.
Cockerell & Porter (1899) designated an unknown number of males and females
as the original type series. Cockerell (1937:3) later designated one male from this
series as the holotype
Description.—Female.— Head: (1) width 1.7-2.12 mm (5c = 1.95 ± 0.04; n = 10); (2) 1.39-1.47 (5c
= 1.43 ± 0.01; n = 10) times broader than long; (3-19) as in C. persimilis except (7) head coloration
dark brown to black with minute, creamy white spots on paraocular area immediately above man¬
dibular acetabulum in some specimens; (9) eyes blue. Mesosoma: (20-33) as in C. persimilis except
(20) lateral surfaces of pronotum distinctly shiny, glabrous, not imbricate; (26) intertegular distance
1.16-1.50 mm (5c = 1.30 ± 0.03; n = 10); (27) forewing length 3.40-4.20 mm (5c = 3.86 ± 0.08; n =
10); wings without dark spot at apex; (28) legs brown with white spots at base of both foretibia and
mesotibia; mesobasitarsus broad (length 1.75-2.4 times width; Fig. 2g). Metasoma: (34-41) as in C.
persimilis except (38) pygidial plate slightly more acute.
Male. —Head: (42) width 1.4-2.1 mm (x = 1.71 ± 0.04; n = 10); (43) 1.26-1.38 (* = 1.33 ± 0.01;
n = 10) times broader than long; (44) clypeus granulate-punctate; (45) frons shiny, glabrous except
for widely-scattered punctation; (46) vertex shiny with scattered punctation; (47) gena weakly imbricate,
shiny; (48) head black to dark brown with white maculation as in C. persimilis except less extensive,
barely reaching above antennal sockets and often evanescent or absent on subantennal plates and
subantennal area; (49) head setae as in C. persimilis but setae on clypeus much more dense, mostly
obscuring surface of clypeus; (50-60) as in C. persimilis. Mesosoma: (61-72) as in C. persimilis except
(61) lateral surface of pronotum more shiny; (67) intertegular distance 0.75-1.10 mm (5c = 0.99 ±
0.02; n = 25); (68) forewing length 3.20-4.65 mm (5c = 3.98 ± 0.06; n = 25); (69) yellow on legs as
in C. persimilis but dark spots on outer surface of mid and hind tibiae larger. Metasoma: (73-82) as
in C. persimilis except (76) T7 with broad (width >0.16 mm), weakly-defined, blunt pygidial plate
(Fig. 2f); surface mostly shiny, weakly rugulose; (78) median process on S5 shorter (length two-thirds
width of stemite along midline; Fig. 2c); apex laterally flattened, blade-like with dense apical setae
(Fig. 2c); (79) apical prongs of S6 more slender in lateral view but with similar comb of setae (Fig.
2a); (80) S7 with distal lamellate lobes broad and horizontal (Fig. 2b); (81) S8 tapering to acute apex,
not notched apically (Fig. 2d); (82) genital capsule as in Fig. 2e, foramen large.
Diagnosis. — This species is very similar to C. persimilis but is slightly larger
288
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Figure 2. Calliopsis callops. Male: (a) sixth stemite, (b) seventh stemite, (c) fifth stemite, (d) eighth
stemite, (e) genital capsule, (f) seventh tergite. Female: (g) midleg.
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS {HYPOMA CROT ERA)
289
and differs in the following structural features: Male: apex of S8 rounded, coming
to a point medially (Fig. 2d); apical prong of S5 less acutely pointed and shorter
(Fig. 2c); apical paired projections of S6 acutely pointed in lateral view (Fig. 2a);
large foramen in the genital capsule (Fig. 2e); male T7, pygidial plate broader and
less deeply concave (Fig. 2f); male clypeus with more dense covering of hairs,
which overlap the labrum; yellow of clypeus rarely extending above the fronto-
clypeal suture along midline of face. Female: pygidial plate more acute; meso-
basitarsus broad (length 1.75-2.4 times width; Fig. 2g); black spot at apex of wing
lacking; well-developed yellow or white spot at base of pro- and mesotibiae; eyes
blue in pinned specimens.
Material Examined.— USA. ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: Douglas, 22 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau,
AMNH [11, 7]; Douglas, 1 Sep 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1]; Douglas, 14 Aug 1969, J. G.
6 K. C. Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; Douglas, 31 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1, 0]; Douglas, 17
Aug 1970, AMNH [0, 1]; Douglas, 3 May 1969, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [2, 2]; Douglas, 1.6 km
E, 17 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [4, 0]; same loc., 21 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH
[2, 1]; same loc., 20 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1, 0]; same loc., 31 Aug 1971, Rozen &
Favreau, AMNH [2, 0]; same loc., 18 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1, 0]; same loc., 29 Aug
1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [4, 0]; same loc., 21 Aug 1974, J. G. & B. L. Rozen, AMNH [1, 1];
same loc., 29 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 19 Aug 1968, J. G. Rozen,
AMNH [2, 1]; same loc., 24 Aug 1970, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; Douglas, 28.3 km E, 4 Aug 1958,
P. A. Opler, LACM [0, 1]; Portal, 24 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1, 0]. COLORADO.
BAVA Co.: Regnier, 1372 m, 6 Jun 1919, T. D. A. Cockerell, AMNH [0, 1]. PROWERS Co.: Lamar,
1097 m, 4 Jun 1919, T. D. A. Cockerell, AMNH [0, 1], KANSAS. BARBER Co.: Aetna, 4.2 km S,
7 Aug 1962, Kerfoot & Michener, Quincula lobata (Torrey) Rafinesque, KU [10, 1]; Medicine Lodge,
25 km W, 12 May 1962, Michener & party, Quincula lobata, KU [1, 1]. DOUGLAS Co.: Lawrence,
24 Sep 1952, R. R. Snelling, Helianthus petiolaris Nuttal, LACM [0, 1]; Lawrence, 23 Aug 1952, J.
A. Mathewson, Helianthus petiolaris, LACM [1, 0]. HAMILTON Co.: 1021 m, F. H. Snow, KU [1,
1], STANTON Co.: Johnson, 16 Jun 1949, Michener & Beamer, Quincula lobata, KU [1, 1], NEW
MEXICO. EDDY Co.: Artesia, 5 km S, 20 May 1969, Brothers et al., Chamaesaracha conioides
(Moricand) Britton, KU [1, 0]. HIDALGO Co.: Animas, 6.7 km S, 24 Aug 1974, Rozen & Favreau,
AMNH [2, 4]; Cienega Ranch, 14 May 1987, J. G. Rozen, Chamaesaracha, AMNH [1, 0]; Rodeo,
1.6 km N, 19 Aug 1971, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1], SIERRA Co.: Hot Springs, 22 Jul 1950,
R. H. Beamer, Chamaesaracha conioides, KU [4, 2]; Hot Springs, 58.3 km N, 22 Jul 1950, R. H.
Beamer, Baileya multiradiata Harvey & Gray, KU [1, 1]. TEXAS. ARMSTRONG Co.: Claude, 36.7
km S, Palo Duro Canyon, 4 Jun 1979, C. D. Michener, Quincula lobata, KU [2, 0]. BREWSTER
Co.: Big Bend Park, Cooper’s Store, 11 Apr 1949, Michener & Beamer, Phacelia popei Torrey & Gray,
KU [2, 0]. JEFF DAVIS Co.: Fort Davis, 33.3 km N, Davis Mts., 16 Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel,
AMNH [0, 2], DIMMIT Co.: Carrizo Springs, 14 Apr 1949, Michener & Beamer, KU [0,2], HIDALGO
Co.: Progresso, 12 Apr 1950, Michener et al., Quincula lobata, KU [5, 2], MA VERICK Co.: Quemado,
14 Apr 1949, Michener & Beamer, Quincula lobata, KU [13, 5]. REEVES Co.: Toyahvale, 2.5 km
S, 25 Apr 1979, R. R. Snelling, LACM [0, 1]; Toyahvale, Balmorhea State Park, 16 Apr 1961, Rozen
& Schramel, AMNH [0, 1]. STARR Co.: Rio Grande (City?), 12 Apr 1950, R. H. Beamer, et al.,
Quincula lobata (1 male), KU [2, 1]. TERRELL Co.: Dryden, 21.7 km SE, 13 Apr 1949, Michener
& Beamer, Chamaesaracha conioides, KU [0, 1]. VAL VERDE Co.: Langtry, 23.8 km NW, 549 m,
22 Apr 1973, R. R. Snelling, Chamaesaracha sordida (Dunal) Gray, LACM [0, 1]. MEXICO. CHI¬
HUAHUA: Camargo, 26 km N, 27 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen, Quincula lobata, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc.,
27 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen, Euphorbia, AMNH [1, 0]; same loc., 27 Aug 1991, J. L. Neff, Quincula
lobata, CTMI [2, 0]; Ceballos, 49 km NE, 15 Mar 1992, D. Yanega, KU [0, 1]; Chihuahua, 38 km S,
27 Aug 1991, R. L. Minckley, Dyssodia, KU [2, 2]; Jimenez, 18 km NW, 26 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen,
Dyssodia sp., AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 26 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [1, 1]; Jimenez, 5 km E,
21 Aug 1991, J. L. Neff, Chamaesaracha conioides, CTMI [2, 0]; Ojinaga, 31 km W, 28 Aug 1991,
R. L. Minckley, KU [0, 2). COAHUILA: San Rafael, 1210 m, 24 Mar 1992, R. Brooks, Chamaesaracha
crenata Rydberg, KU [2, 7]; San Rafael, 1170 m, 24 Mar 1992, J. L. Neff, Chamaesaracha coronopus
(Dunal) Gray, CTMI [1, 0]. DURANGO: La Loma, 1249 m, 20 Aug 1947, C. D. Michener, Physalis,
AMNH [9, 0]; Reserva Biosfera Mapimi, 23 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen, Chamaesaracha, AMNH [5, 2];
290
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
same loc., 22 Aug 1991, J. G. Rozen, Chamaesaracha crenata, AMNH [1,4]; same loc., 23 Aug 1991,
J. G. Rozen, Dyssodia aurea (Gray) A. Nelson, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 21 Aug 1991, R. L. Minckley,
Xylothamia triantha [sic?], KU [0, 1]; same loc., 21 Aug 1991, R. L. Minckley, Euphorbia, KU [0,
1]; Estacion Biologica, Mapimi, 28 Aug 1991, J. L. Neff, Malvella leprosa (Ortega) Krapovickas, CTMI
[0, 1]; same loc., 23 Aug 1991, R. Ayala, UNAM [1, 2],
Calliopsis {Hypomacrotera) subalpinus Cockerell
Calliopsis subalpinus Cockerell (1894:235) [male]. Calliopsis semirufus Cockerell
(1896:219) [female.].
Hypomacrotera andradensis Cockerell (1937:3) [male, female].
Hypomacrotera subalpinus, Rozen (1970) [biology].
Types.—Calliopsis subalpinus, Holotype, male; data: NEW MEXICO. DONA
ANA Co.: Las Cruces, 1893, T. D. A. Cockerell; deposited: Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia. Paratypes: same data as holotype, 1 male, 1 female; de¬
posited: National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Wash¬
ington, DC.
Diagnosis.— Forewing length, male: 5.0-6.4 mm; female: 5.5-6.5 mm. This
species is considerably larger than C. callops and C. persimilis (roughly 1.5 to 2.0
times the size in forewing length) and differs from those two species in the following
structural and coloration characters: Male: maculation on legs restricted to anterior
surface of foretibia and tarsus, and a small spot at base of mesotibia; head more
quadrate with yellow maculation on clypeus broken up by dark area on disk of
clypeus, below fronto-clypeal suture, and yellow maculations along inner orbit of
eyes slender; male T7 with elongate, well developed, concave pygidial plate (Fig.
3f); male genitalia and apical sclerites as in Figs. 3a-e; Female: T1-T4 and prox¬
imal % of T5 reddish dorsally, becoming chocolate brown laterally, S1-S6 and
distal l h of T5 deep chocolate brown; face with yellow maculation on subantennal
sclerites, subantennal area immediately above fronto-clypeal suture, on lateral
portions of clypeus and small spots of yellow on inner orbits of eyes just above
fronto-clypeal suture; stigma elongate and slender, barely distinguishable from
prestigma; marginal cell elongate and slender (length 5.0 times greatest width;
length roughly 4.0 times width in C. callops and persimilis).
Synonyms. —Calliopsis semirufus, Holotype, female; data: NEW MEXICO.
DONA ANA Co.: Las Cruces, 25 Aug 1895, Sphaeralcea angustifolia\ deposited:
National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC.
Hypomacrotera andradensis, Holotype, female; data: CALIFORNIA. IMPE¬
RIAL Co.: Andrade, near Yuma, 19 Apr 1937, Sphaeralcea-, deposited: American
Museum of Natural History, New York.
Discussion. —No description of this species is given here because previous de¬
scriptions are adequate. Although Hurd (1979) recognized andradensis as a sub¬
species of subalpinus, I see no reason for doing so. Calliopsis {H.) andradensis
was originally distinguished from C. subalpinus based on color pattern differences:
in male specimens from west of the Arizona-Califomia border the yellow mac¬
ulation on the clypeus is restricted to the lateral portions, immediately beneath
the eyes, but eastern specimens show yellow across the entire clypeus, and more
yellow coloration overall. The width of the male pygidial plate is a correlated
character. Western specimens in general show broader pygidial plates (> 0.22
mm) but eastern specimens have more slender pygidial plates (> 0.22 mm). This
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS ( HYPOMACROTERA )
291
Figure 3. Calliopsis subalpinus. Male: (a) sixth stemite, (b) seventh stemite, (c) fifth stemite, (d)
eighth stemite, (e) genital capsule, (f) seventh tergite.
character, like clypeal coloration shows a gradual transition from east to west.
Neither character can be used unambiguously to separate eastern and western
specimens. Therefore, I consider this insufficient basis for distinguishing two
species, or even two subspecies.
292 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 70(4)
Material Examined. -USA. ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: Apache, 23.3 km SW, 7 May 1989, J. G.
Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; Apache, 3.3 km E, 17 May 1987, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [1, 0]; Bisbee, 20 km
W on Hwy 92, 14 Aug 1991, B. N. Danforth, Lepidium, KU [2, 0]; same loc., 14 Aug 1991, B. N.
Danforth, Sphaeralcea, KU [17, 9]; Douglas, 23 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1, 0]; Douglas,
3 May 1969, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 5]; Douglas, 21 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1,
2] ; Douglas, 22 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [1,0]; Douglas, 31 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau,
AMNH [1, 0]; Douglas, 1.6 km E, 21 Aug 1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 19 Aug
1968, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [0, 1] same loc., 16 Aug 1962, M. Statham, Sphaeralcea, AMNH
[2, 1]; Douglas, 20 km NW, 30 Aug 1989, Rozen et al., AMNH [0, 1]; Portal, 16.7 km NE, 24 Aug
1966, Rozens, AMNH [2, 0]; Portal, 14 km NNE, 31 Aug 1989, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea, KU
[0, 1]; Portal, 13.3 km NE, 14 Aug 1990, Rozen & Krieger, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 31 Aug 1990,
J. G. & B. L. Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 23 Aug 1989, Rozen & Foster, AMNH [0, 1]; Rodeo
vicinity, 11 Jun 1987, B. N. Danforth, Solarium, KU [0, 1]; San Simon, 3.3-10 km S, 3 Sep 1977, J.
G. Rozen, AMNH [5, 6]; San Simon, 8.3 km S, 12 May 1987, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [4, 0]; San Simon,
10 km S, 16 May 1987, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [3, 0]; same loc., 10 May 1987, J. G. Rozen, Sphaeralcea,
AMNH [1, 0]. LA PAZ Co.: Salome, 30 Aug 1979, E. M. Fisher, LACM [0, 1] MARICOPA Co.: Gila
Bend, 26 Mar 1940, R. H. Crandall, LACM [1,0]; Gila Bend, 28.3 km S, 14 Apr 1968, E. M. Fisher,
LACM [1, 1]; Sentinel, 25 Mar 1960, Gertsch & Schramel, AMNH [0, 9]; Tonopah, 8.3 km E, 24
Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel, AMNH [0, 3], MOHAVE Co.: Kingman, 50 km W, 13 May 1980,
Rozens, AMNH [0, 2], Nixon Springs, 60 km NW, 5 Aug 1969, R. R. Snelling, Sphaeralcea, LACM
[0, 1], PIMA Co.: Tucson, 10 Jun 1938, R. H. Crandall, LACM [2, 1], PINAL Co.: Sacaton, (no date),
T. H. Kearney, Sphaeralcea, NMNH [1, 0]. YAVAPAI Co.: Chino Valley, 6.7 km N, 31 Jul 1961, J.
G. Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; Congress, 33.3 kmNW, 29 Apr 1991, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [1,0]; Morristown,
35 km E, 24 Apr 1991, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [1, 0]. YUMA Co.: Dome Valley, 3 May 1991, J. G.
Rozen, Sphaeralcea, AMNH [5, 2]; Ligurta, 20 Apr 1973, Rozen, AMNH [0, 2]; (no specific locality
data), Ashmead, NMNH [0, 1], CALIFORNIA. IMPERIAL Co.: May 1911, J. C. Bridwell, Sphaer¬
alcea orcuttii Rose, NMNH [34, 2]; Apr 1911, J. C. Bridwell, NMNH [5, 7]; Andrade, 21 Jun 1953,
R. R. Snelling, Sphaeralcea orcuttii, LACM [0, 2]; Calexico, 1.6 km E, 28 Jun 1953, R. R. Snelling,
Sphaeralcea orcuttii, LACM [1, 0]; Calexico, 20 km E, 20 Apr 1949, R. C. Dickson, Sphaeralcea
orcuttii, LACM [0, 1]; Experimental Fann, 21 May 1912, J. C. Bridwell, Sphaeralcea orcuttii, NMNH
[0, 1]; Experimental Farm, Jun 1912, J. C. Bridwell, NMNH [0, 1]; Glamis, 28.7 km NW, 3 May
1958, E. L. Sleeper, LACM [2, 0]; Imperial, 29 Apr 1950, C. D. MacNeil, AMNH [0, 1]; Imperial,
16.7 km W, 26 Apr 1951, C. D. MacNeil, AMNH [2, 0]; Imperial, 8.3 km NW, 27 Apr 1951, C. D.
MacNeil, AMNH [2, 7], INYO Co.: Eureka Valley Dunes, 4 May 1977, J. C. Hall, Sphaeralcea, LACM
[0, 1]. RIVERSIDE Co.: Blythe, 30 km W, 8 Apr 1979, E. M. Fisher, Sphaeralcea, LACM [2, 0];
same loc., 8 Apr 1979, E. M. Fisher, Baileya, LACM [0, 11]; same loc., 17 Apr 1973, Rozens, AMNH
[1, 1]; same loc., 17 Apr 1973, Rozens, Sphaeralcea, AMNH [2, 17]; same loc., 17 Apr 1973, Rozens,
Malacothrix, AMNH [0, 1]; Blythe, 30-33 km W, 29 Mar 1958, Menke & Stange, LACM [1, 0];
Desert Center, 45 km E, 25 Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel, AMNH [2, 1]; Joshua Tree National
Monument, 14 Jun 1965, Sleeper & Jenkins, LACM [1, 0]. SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Adelanto, 6.7
km NW, 884 m, 18 Sep 1978, R. R. Snelling, Sphaeralcea ambigua Gray, LACM [7, 2], NEW
MEXICO. BERNALILLO Co.: Albuquerque, 1524 m, 28 May 1944, W. O. Griesel, Oryzopsis, LACM
[0, 1]. DONA ANA Co.: Mesilla, 1 Jul 1923, Cockerell, Sphaeralcea angustifolia (Cavanilles) G. Don,
NMNH [1, 0]. HIDALGO Co.: Animas, 1 km N, 1 Aug 1988, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea, KU [7,
3] ; Animas, 33.3 km S, 12 Sep 1977, Rozens, AMNH [1, 0]; same loc., 14 Sep 1977, B. L. Rozen,
AMNH [1, 0]; same loc., 13 Sep 1977, Rozens, AMNH [2, 2]; Animas, 35 km S, 25 Aug 1975, Rozens,
AMNH [3, 2]; same loc., 21 Aug 1975, Rozens, AMNH [0, 1]; same loc., 18 Aug 1975, Rozens,
AMNH [1, 0]; Animas, 38.3 km S, 28 Aug 1975, Rozen & McGinley, AMNH [1, 0]; Animas, 41.6
km S, 30 Aug 1975, Rozens, AMNH [1, 0]; Animas, 6.7 km S, 24 Aug 1974, Rozen & Favreau,
AMNH [1, 1]; Cienega Ranch, 16 Aug 1974, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [2, 0]; Cotton City, 6.7 km
NW, 22 Aug 1983, Rozen & Favreau, AMNH [2, 1]; Rodeo, 24 Jun 1987, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea,
KU [1, 0]; Rodeo, 20 km N, 15 Aug 1976, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [0, 1]; Rodeo, 21.7 km N, 19 May
1987, J. G. Rozen, AMNH [1,0]; Rodeo, 2.5 km N, 12 Aug 1991, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea, KU
[1, 0]; Rodeo, 7.5 km N, 21 Sep 1962, J. G. Rozen et al., AMNH [1, 0], LINCOLN Co.: Carrizozo,
S on Rte 54, 15 May 1987, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea sp., KU [8, 0]. VALENCIA Co.: Pueblo
Laguna, 23 Jun 1959, Snelling & Snelling, Sphaeralcea ambigua, LACM [1, 1]. NEVADA. WASHOE
Co.: Patrick, 16 May 1964, A. Gillogly, LACM [1, 2], TEXAS. BREWSTER Co.: Big Bend National
Park, Rio Grande Village, 18 Apr 1970, L. B. & C. W. O’Brien, LACM [0, 3]. CULBERSON Co.:
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS (. HYPOMACROTERA)
293
Van Horn, 12.7 km S, 27 Apr 1979, R. R. Snelling, LACM [1, 2], HUDSPETH Co.: Dell City, 3.3
km N, 31 Jul 1950, R. F. Smith, AMNH [4, 0], PECOS Co.: Imperial, 17 Apr 1961, Rozen &
Schramel, AMNH [1, 0]. REEVES Co.: Balmorhea, 16 Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel, AMNH [2, 3];
Pecos, 53.3 km ESE, 17 Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel, AMNH [1, 0]; Toyahvale, 2.5 km S, 25 Apr
1979, R. R. Snelling, LACM [4, 3]. TERRELL Co.: Dryden, 17.8 km S, 670 m, 22 Apr 1973, R. R.
Snelling, LACM [9, 0]. UVALDE Co.: Uvalde, Nueces River, 11 Jul 1941, J. J. duBois, LACM [2,
0]. WARD Co.: Monahans, 10 km S, 17 Apr 1961, Rozen & Schramel, AMNH [0, 1]. ZAPATA Co.:
San Ygnacio, 15 Apr 1952, Michener et al., Lindheimera texana, LACM [0, 1]. MEXICO. CHI-
HUAUA: Salaices, 1584 m, 20 Aug 1947, G. M. Brandt, AMNH [0, 1]; Samalayuca, 17 km S, 31 Aug
1992, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea incana Torrey, KU [2, 2], COAHUILA: General Cepeda, 3 km
W, 1550 m, 23 Mar 1992, D. Yanega, Sphaeralcea angustifolia, KU [0, 1]; Guadalupe, 23 Aug 1947,
M. Cazier, AMNH [2, 0]; San Lorenzo, 2 km N, 1430 m, 24 Mar 1992, B. Alexander, Thelocactus
bicolor (Galeotti) Britton & Rose, KU [0, 1]. DURANGO: La Loma, 1250 m, 20 Aug 1947, C. D.
Michener, AMNH [9,2]; Mapimi, 12 km E, 1350 m, 25 Mar 1992, R. Brooks, Sphaeralcea angustifolia,
KU [0, 1], SONORA: Pueblo el Molinote, 21 Apr 1990, B. N. Danforth, Sphaeralcea, KU [0, 2]; San
Jose de Guaymas, 10 Apr 1900, L. O. Howard, NMNH [1, 0], ZACATECAS: Concepcion del Oro,
10 Aug 1981, J. L. Neff, Sphaeralcea, LACM [1, 3],
Discussion
Phenology. — Figure 4a shows the collection data expressed as number of spec¬
imens collected per month from February through November. Calliopsis callops
and C. subalpinus show clearly bimodal patterns corresponding to the bimodal
rainfall typical of the Sonoran and Chihuahuan deserts (Sellers & Hill 1974).
Calliopsis persimilis, however, shows a large peak in June, typically a very dry
month. This peak results from a single collection of 83 specimens made by J. C.
Bridwell in Imperial County, California in 1912.
The spring records of C. callops were primarily collected in the eastern part of
the range, in Texas and Coahuila, but the late summer specimens were collected
further west, in Arizona, Chihuahua and Durango, where late summer “monsoon”
rainfalls are common.
Floral Associations. —There can be little doubt that H. subalpinus females re¬
strict their pollen foraging to species of Sphaeralcea (Malvaceae) (Fig. 4b). Species
visited include S. ambigua Gray, S. angustifolia, S. incana and S. orcuttii.
The other two species of Hypomacrotera appear to restrict their pollen-collecting
to members of solanaceous genera: 89.6% of C. callops females and 75.6% of C.
persimilis females were collected on solanaceous genera including Physalis, Quin-
cula and Chamaesaracha. These three genera, along with five others, belong to
the “physaloid genera” (Averett 1979), a group of low-growing, desert plants with
non-poricidal anthers. While the single species of Quincula, Q. lobata, has been
placed in Physalis by various sources (Correll & Johnston 1970, Kearney & Peebles
1960, Martin & Hutchins 1981), Quincula continues to be recognized as a distinct
genus closely related to either Chamaesaracha or Physalis (Averett 1979; M. Nee,
personal communication).
Calliopsis persimilis and C. callops also show slight differences in plant pref¬
erence (Fig. 4b). Although C. persimilis shows a clear preference for species of
Physalis, in particular P. acutifolia (Miers) Sandwith (= P. wrightii), female C.
callops are more commonly collected on Chamaesaracha (C. conioides, C. crenata,
and C. sordida) and Quincula lobata than on Physalis.
Field studies support these results. Danforth (1990) found C. persimilis col¬
lecting pollen exclusively from Physalis acutifolia (as P. wrightii) near Animas,
New Mexico, and Rozen (1970) found C. subalpinus visiting Sphaeralcea sp. near
294
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
a.
m SUBALP
□ PERSIM
■ CALLOPS
Figure 4. (a) Collection data expressed as percent of all specimens collected per month, (b) Host
plant association records expressed as percent of female specimens with associated plant data collected
on each of 12 plant genera. Plant genera arranged in order of families given in USDA National List
of Scientific Plant Names. (CHAMAESARA = Chamaesaracha, KALLSTROEM = Kallstroemia .)
Douglas, Arizona. Rozen’s (1970) report of C. callops (as Hypomacrotera callops
callops) visiting Physalis sp. near Douglas, Arizona is in error. The bees were
collecting pollen and nectar from a species of Chamaesaracha that still grows
abundantly at the site (J. Rozen, personal communication). If one included all
the female C. callops collected by Rozen and colleagues at the Douglas locality
(n = 31) in the histogram of plant preferences (Fig. 4b), the preference of C. callops
for Chamaesaracha over Physalis would be even more apparent.
Calliopsis callops and C. persimilis are clearly more closely related to each other
than either is to C. subalpinus, and the plant data support that hypothesis. The
species pair of callops + persimilis are solanaceous specialists, whereas C. sub¬
alpinus is an unambiguous oligolege on Sphaeralcea. Oligolecty, or restricted
pollen foraging, is widespread among panurgine bees. Examples include Arhyso-
sage species foraging exclusively on Opuntia (Cactaceae) (Jorgensen 1909), Cal-
lonychium petuniae Cure & Wittman on Petunia (Solanacea) (Cure & Wittmann
1990), and Perdita species specializing on particular genera in over 30 plant
families (Danforth 1991). Within Calliopsis sensu lato (Ruz 1991), there is con¬
siderable variation in the degree of specialization and in the plant groups visited.
The subgenus Calliopsis includes species that are fairly polylectic, such as C. (C.)
andreniformis, which collects pollen from 12 different plant families (Shinn 1967).
The remaining subgenera of Calliopsis typically show much more oligolectic hab¬
its: most C. {Perisander) species are oligolectic on Euphorbia, C. ( Calliopsima )
species typically collect composite pollen, and the Calliopsis subgenera Noma-
dopsis, Macronomadopsis and Micronomadopsis are almost all oligolectic, spe¬
cializing on one or two genera within various plant families including Legumi-
nosae, Liliaceae, Hydrophyllaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Rosaceae and Boraginaceae
(Rozen 1958).
Because of this diversity in host plant usage among closely-related Calliopsis
species, it is impossible to polarize host-plant association in the subgenus Hy¬
pomacrotera. Based on outgroup comparison, one cannot say whether the host
plant shift has gone from Sphaeralcea to Solanaceae, vice versa, or whether the
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS ( HYPOMACROTERA)
295
common ancestor of these three species had a completely different source of pollen.
The most interesting Calliopsis subgenus in this regard is Liopoeum because it is
the sister group to Hypomacrotera (Ruz 1991). However, little is known of the
host plants used by this group of South American bees.
Geographical Distribution. — Calliopsis subalpinus (Fig. 6) is widespread
throughout the Sonoran and Chihuahuan deserts of southern California, Arizona,
New Mexico, western Texas and northern Mexico. The distribution patterns of
the sister species C. callops and C. persimilis show a biogeographic pattern con¬
gruent with the division of the arid southwestern U.S. and northern Mexico into
lowland, western, Sonoran desert and the upland, easterly, Chihuahuan desert
(Shreve 1942) (Fig. 5). The distribution of C. persimilis corresponds closely to
the distribution of Sonoran desert (Shreve & Wiggins 1964). Calliopsis callops
296
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
shows a roughly Chihuahuan desert distribution in the southern portions of its
range but extends northward into grassland regions of northern New Mexico,
west-central Texas, Colorado, southwestern Kansas and (presumably) western
Oklahoma. Although the lowland areas of southeastern Arizona to southwestern
Texas, Chihuahua, Durango, and Coahuila are classified as Chihuahuan desert,
in fact, these areas are a patchwork of true Chihuahuan desert and semi-desert
grassland (Brown 1982, Brown & Lowe 1980). Calliopsis callops most likely in¬
habits these desert-grassland habitats in the southern parts of its range, which
easily accounts for its extension into true grassland further north. The record of
C. callops in northeastern Kansas (one male and one female collected near Law¬
rence, Douglas Co.), however, is almost certainly due to an error in labeling
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS (HYPOMA CROTERA)
297
Figure 7. Distributions of collecting sites in Cochise County, Arizona and Hidalgo County New
Mexico showing region of range overlap for C. persimilis and C. callops.
because the northern-most range of Quincula is 200 miles to the southwest of this
locality.
Figure 7 shows the area where the ranges of C. callops and C. persimilis overlap
in southern Arizona and New Mexico. Although specimens of C. callops have,
298
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(4)
in general, been collected eastward, and C. persimilis westward, there is a region
of overlap roughly 25 miles (42 km) wide that runs parallel to the San Simon
Valley, just west of the Arizona-New Mexico border. Within this overlap zone
specimens of the two species are easily distinguishable, which supports the view
that they are, in fact, good species. Plants, in particular Larrea divaricata Cava-
nilles (Wells & Huntziker 1976; Yang 1961, 1970; Yang & Lowe 1968), show
similar patterns of vicariance in this area.
The distributions of C. callops and C. persimilis are correlated with the distri¬
butions of the plant genera that serve as their pollen sources. In order to assess
this relationship, I compiled lists of the plant species that could potentially serve
as pollen sources by consulting regional floras (Correll & Johnston 1970, Kearney
& Peebles 1960, Martin & Hutchins 1981, Munz & Keck 1968) and then accepting
synonymy decisions in the USDA National List of Scientific Plant Names (1982).
The genera that primarily serve as pollen sources for C. callops (Chamaesaracha
and Quincula) reach the western-most limits of their ranges in eastern Arizona.
In contrast, nine of the seventeen species of Physalis occurring in the southwestern
U.S. extend westward into southern California and thereby overlap all or a part
of the range of C. persimilis. In other words, neither Quincula lobata nor the seven
southwestern species of Chamaesaracha combined could serve as a pollen source
for C. persimilis over its entire range.
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to the curators and collections managers who provided specimens
for this study, including: Jerome G. Rozen and Eric Quinter, American Museum
of Natural History; Robert W. Brooks, Snow Entomological Museum, University
of Kansas; Roy R. Snelling, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History;
Saul Frommer, University of California, Riverside; Wojciech Pulawski, California
Academy of Sciences; Ronald McGinley, National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution; John Neff, Central Texas Melittological Institute; and
Ricardo Ayala, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. Many specimens
used in this study were provided as a result of collecting trips organized by the
Programa Cooperative sobre la Apifauna Mexicana and funded by the National
Science Foundation (Wallace E. LaBerge & Ronald J. McGinley, Principal In¬
vestigators, NSF BFR 90-24723). These specimens were especially important
because the Mexican fauna was poorly collected previously. I thank J. G. Rozen,
Jr. for originally raising the possibility that H. callops was, in fact, two species.
Final preparation of this paper was made possible by an NSF Post-doctoral Fel¬
lowship (DEB-9201921).
I am grateful to Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. and Charles D. Michener for comments
on earlier versions of this paper, and to the two reviewers.
Literature Cited
Averett, J. E. 1979. Biosystematics of the physaloid genera of Solanaceae in North America, pp.
493-503. In Hawkes, J. G., R. N. Lester & A. D. Skelding (eds.). The biology and taxonomy
of the Solanaceae. Linnean Society Symposium Series, No. 7. Academic Press, London.
Brown, D. E. 1982. Semidesert grassland, pp. 123-131. In Brown, D. E. (ed.). Biotic communities
of the American southwest—United States and Mexico. Desert Plants, Special Issue, vol. 4
(1-4).
1994
DANFORTH: REVIEW OF CALLIOPSIS ( HYPOMACROTERA )
299
Brown, D. E. & C. H. Lowe. 1980. Biotic communities of the southwest. USDA Forest Service
Technical Report RM-78, 1 p. (map). Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station,
Fort Collins, Colorado.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1894. Description of new Hymenoptera. Ent. News, 5: 234-236.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1896. New North American bees. Ent. Monthly Mag., 32: 218-221.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1899. New insects from Arizona, and a new bee from New Mexico. The
Entomologist, 33: 61-66.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1937. Bees collected in Arizona and California in the Spring of 1937. Am. Mus.
Novitates, 948.
Cockerell, T. D. A. & W. Porter. 1899. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station. VII.
Observations on bees and descriptions of new genera and species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7)4:
403-421.
Correll, D. S. & M. C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research
Council, Renner, Texas.
Cure, J. R. & D. Wittmann. 1990. Callonychium petuniae a new panurgine bee species (Apoidea,
Andrenidae) oligolectic on Petunia (Solanaceae). Stud. Neotrop. Fauna Environ., 25: 153-156.
Danforth, B. N. 1990. Provisioning behavior and the estimation of investment ratios in a solitary
bee, Calliopsis ( Hypomacrotera ) persimilis (Cockerell) (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae). Behav. Ecol.
Sociobiol., 27: 159-168.
Danforth, B. N. 1991. Phylogeny of the bee genus Perdita (Andrenidae: Panurginae). Ph.D. Thesis,
University of Kansas, Lawrence.
Harris, R. A. 1979. A glossary of surface sculpturing. Occasional Papers in Entomology, State of
California, Department of Food and Agriculture, 28. Sacramento, California.
Heithaus, E. R. 1979. Flower-feeding specialization in wild bee and wasp communities in seasonal
neotropical habitats. Oecologia, 42: 179-194.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea. pp. 1741-2209. In Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, D.
R. Smith & B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico (Vol. 2).
Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. & E. G. Linsley. 1972. Parasitic bees of the genus Holcopasites Ashmead. Smithson.
Contr. ZooL, 114: 1-41.
Jorgensen, P. 1909. Beobachtungen iiber Blumenbesuch, Biologie, Verbreitung usw. der Bienen von
Mendoza. (Hym.). Teil 1. Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1909: 53-65.
Kearney, T. H. & R. H. Peebles. 1960. Arizona flora (2nd ed.). Rev. J. T. Howell & E. McClintock.
University of California Press, Berkeley.
Martin, W. C. & C. R. Hutchins. 1981. A flora of New Mexico (Vol. 2). J. Cramer, Vaduz, Germany.
Michener, C. D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and classification of the bees
(Hymenoptera). Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist., 82: 151-326.
Munz, P. A. & D. D. Keck. 1968. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley and
Los Angeles.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1958. Monographic study of the genus Nomadopsis Ashmead (Hymenoptera:
Andrenidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 15.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1970. Biology and immature stages of the panurgine bee genera Hypomacrotera
and Psaenythia (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Am. Mus. Novit., 2416: 1-16.
Ruz, L. 1991. Classification and phylogenetic relationships of the panurgine bees: the Calliopsini
and allies (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 54: 209-256.
Sellers, W. D. & R. H. Hill. 1974. Arizona climate 1931-1972 (2nd ed.). University of Arizona
Press, Tucson.
Shinn, A. F. 1967. A revision of the bee genus Calliopsis and the biology and ecology of C. an-
dreniformis (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae). Univ. Kansas Science Bull., 46: 753-936.
Shreve, F. 1942. The desert vegetation of North America. Bot. Rev., 8: 195-247.
Shreve, F. & I. L. Wiggins. 1964. Vegetation and flora of the Sonoran Desert (Vol. 1). Stanford
University Press, Stanford, California.
United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1982. National list of scientific
plant names (Vols. 1 & 2). Washington, D.C.
Wells, P. V. & J. H. Huntziker. 1976. Origin of the creosotebush ( Larrea ) deserts of southwestern
North America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Garden, 63: 843-861.
300
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Yang, T. W. 1961. The recent expansion of creosotebush (Larrea divaricata) in the North American
desert. Western Reserve Academy Natural History Museum Publication 1 (11 pp.).
Yang, T. W. 1970. Major chromosomes races of Larrea divaricata in North America. J. Arizona
Acad. Sci., 6: 41-45.
Yang, T. W. & C. H. Lowe. 1968. Chromosome variation in ecotypes of Larrea divaricata in the
North American desert. Madrono, 19: 161-164.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 301-308, (1994)
SYSTEMATICS AND BIOLOGY OF ACENTRELLA TURBIDA
(McDUNNOUGH) (EPHEMEROPTERA: BAETIDAE)
W. P. McCafferty, 1 Michael J. Wigle, 2 and R. D. Waltz 3
department of Entomology, Purdue University,
West Lafayette, Indiana 47907
Abstract. — The larval stage of Acentrella turbida (McDunnough) is described for the first time.
Populations from British Columbia and Oregon are the basis of the description and also represent
new geographic records for the species. Acentrella Carolina (Banks), the only other described
species of Acentrella lacking hindwings in North America, is shown to be a junior synonym of
A. turbida. Keys are provided for distinguishing North American species of Acentrella in both
the adult and larval stages. The European species A. sinaica Bogoescu is closely related to A.
turbida, the two sharing nearly identical larval and adult morphology but differing mainly in the
presence or absence of hindwings, respectively. Abdominal coloration of male adults of A. turbida
quickly fades in alcohol-preserved specimens. Notes on emergence times and habitat of A. turbida,
based mainly from studies on the Atnarko River in British Columbia, are provided.
Key Words.— Insecta, Ephemeroptera, Baetidae, Acentrella turbida, North America, larval
description, keys
A major problem in the taxonomy of the Ephemeroptera of North America,
and elsewhere, is the lack of descriptive and comparative larval data (McCafferty
et al. 1990). This is particularly acute in the complex family Baetidae, where many
species remain unknown in the larval stage, and where larval characteristics often
are indispensable for both species diagnosis and interpreting phylogenetic rela¬
tionships (e.g., Waltz & McCafferty 1987a, b, c; McCafferty & Waltz 1990). Within
Baetidae, species previously described under the name Pseudocloeon Klapalek in
North America are especially poorly known as larvae. These species have been
variously recombined with other genera (see McCafferty & Waltz 1990) because
Pseudocloeon proved to be an artificial construct for baetine species possessing
paired marginal intercalaries in the fore wings and lacking hindwings.
Certain species originally described in Pseudocloeon have proven to belong to
Acentrella Bengtsson. In North America this has included A. Carolina (Banks) and
A. turbida (McDunnough) (Waltz & McCafferty 1987a). Acentrella has recently
been comprised of five nominal species in North America, the other three being
A. ampla Traver, A. insignificans (McDunnough), and A. lapponica Bengtsson
(McCafferty & Waltz 1990). Of these species, only A. turbida has been thought
to be unknown as larvae. Upon recently procuring an extensive series of adults
and larvae of A. turbida from British Columbia, we sought to study this material
and provide a first larval description. Our analysis and comparison with other
Acentrella indicated that A. turbida and A. Carolina are conspecific.
We report Acentrella turbida in British Columbia for the first time. The rugged
coastal area of British Columbia, from where it was collected, was discussed by
Wigle & Thommasen (1990). We also have studied larvae from Oregon that match
2 Box 643, Bella Coola, British Columbia V0T ICO, Canada.
3 Division of Entomology and Plant Pathology, IDNR, 402 West Washington, Indianapolis, Indiana
46204.
302
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
the associated larvae from British Columbia. Previously, A. turbida was reported
from Alberta (McDunnough 1924), Utah (Edmunds 1954), and Colorado
(McCafferty et al. 1993). Acentrella Carolina s. auctt. has been known from eastern
and midwestem North America.
In addition to nomenclatural changes, we herein give: (1) a morphological
description of the larvae of A. turbida, (2) comments on possible relationships of
the species, (3) diagnostic keys to the larvae and male adults of Acentrella species
in North America, (4) some notes on the adult coloration in the species, and (5)
notes on the habitat and biology of the species in British Columbia. The larval
description will serve as a first complete description of the species, because larval
morphological information previously has been restricted to incomplete data
referred to A. Carolina in keys by McDunnough (1931, 1932).
Materials upon which this study has been based are deposited in the Oregon
State University Collection, the Purdue Entomological Research Collection, and
in private collections of the authors.
Acentrella turbida (McDunnough), 1924
Pseudocloeon turbidum McDunnough, 1924
Pseudocloeon Carolina Banks, 1924, NEW SYNONYM
Acentrella turbida (McDunnough): Waltz and McCafferty, 1987a
Acentrella Carolina (Banks): Waltz and McCafferty, 1987a, NEW SYNONYM
Larval Morphology.— Length excluding caudal filaments: 4-6 mm. Head: head
capsule broader than long; frons without medial process. Antennae longer than
head capsule, with pedicel subequal to scape in length (each with fine setae).
Labrum width approximately 2.0 x length; submarginal setae 1 + 5-6; other setae
present at base. Right and left mandibles with incisors (Figs. 1 and 2) bent back¬
ward and inner surface serrate at margin, with 7-9 discernible denticles (outermost
dorsally juxtaposed to second denticle); molar process of left mandible prominent
(height ca. 2.0 x basal width). Maxillary palpi short and robust, subequal in length
to galealaciniae. Labial palpi (Fig. 3) compact, subequal in length to apices of
glossae and paraglossae; segment 2 length subequal to segment 3, with lobe weakly
developed, and with 2-3 dorsal setae; innermost setal row of each paraglossa with
5-6 setae; each glossa with 5-6 setae projecting medially. Thorax: Hindwingpads
absent. Legs (Fig. 4) with well-developed row of long fine setae on femora, tibiae
and tarsi; femoral setae approximately 0.60-0.75 x width of femora; short, sharp
setae on venter of femora and tibiae, and somewhat longer ones on venter of tarsi;
claws (Fig. 5) with 8-10 denticles and lacking distal subapical setae. Abdomen:
Dorsal color pattern as in Figs. 6-8. Tergal surfaces with fine setae, without scales,
and with tergal marginal spines poorly developed as short, sharp, single spiculae.
Paraproct surface with pores, setae, and small spines; posteromedial margins with
sparse spines. Abdominal gills 1.5-2. Ox length of respective tergum, slightly
asymmetrical, with posterior margins more rounded, and both margins smooth
with very sparse fine setae. Caudal filaments not banded; median terminal filament
consisting of one segment.
Diagnosis.— See key.
Species Relationships. — Acentrella turbida is most closely related to A. sinaica
Bogoescu, presently known from Romania, Italy, Poland, Portugal, and Switzer-
1994
McCAFFERTY ET AL.: ACENTRELLA TURBID A
303
Figures 1-5. Acentrella turbida larva from British Columbia. Figure 1. Right mandible. Figure
2. Left mandible. Figure 3. Labium. Figure 4. Foreleg. Figure 5. Foreclaw.
land (see Miiller-Liebenau 1969, Waltz & McCafferty 1987a, Studemann et al.
1992). Male adult genitalia and mouthpart, leg, and tergal structures of the larvae
are symmorphic. The major difference between the two species is that A. sinaica
retains vestigial hindwings. Mtiller-Liebenau (1969) and Jacob (1990) provided
data for differentiating A. sinaica from other European Acentrella species.
Waltz & McCafferty (1987a) previously indicated that A. turbida formed a
natural grouping within Acentrella, including the Holarctic A. lapponica as well
as the Palaearctic A. chatauensis (Kluge), A. fenestrata (Kazlauskas), A. sibirica
(Kazlauskas), and A. sinaica. This was inferred on the basis of this grouping
possessing reduced posterior spines on the abdominal terga that take the form of
spiculae.
It remains to be seen if the western and northwestern populations of A. turbida
are disjunct from those of the east and southeast, and if any consistent differences
will separate these populations. We have not been able to find consistent color
differences in the larvae; however, the abdominal terga of male adults apparently
differ as follows: northwestern and western males tend to have olive brown terga
(although terga 3-6 are usually faded) and segment joinings of the cerci do not
appear darkened; southeastern and eastern males usually have dark brown terga
(also often faded in terga 3-6), and segment joinings of the cerci tend to be
darkened. If, in the future, these minor differences prove to be consistent, rec¬
ognition of two geographic subspecies may be warranted.
Adult Coloration.— Freshly collected male adults of A. turbida were found to
304
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Figures 6-8. Acentrella turbida larvae from British Columbia. Figure 6. Variation 1 (male). Figure
7. Variation 2 (female). Figure 8. Variation 3 (female).
1994
McCAFFERTY ET AL.: ACENTRELLA TURBID A
305
Figures 9-10. Acentrella turbida male adults from British Columbia. Figure 9. Color pattern in
life. Figure 10. Color pattern after being alcohol-preserved.
306
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
be typical of the descriptions given by McDunnough (1924) and Traver (1935),
having a solidly colored dorsal abdomen (Fig. 9). These workers had evidently
worked with pinned material. However, we noted that the dorsal abdominal
patterns of male adults quickly faded in alcohol, giving rise to an abdomen that
was lighter in terga 3-6, especially terga 4 and 5 (Fig. 10) and somewhat similar
to the condition found in the larvae. When we removed these latter specimens
from the alcohol (some having been in alcohol for a little over a year) and allowed
them to dry, much of their original coloration reappeared. We do not know if
this procedure will work on specimens that have been in alcohol for prolonged
periods. This is an important discovery because, to a large extent, the keys to
male adult Baetis and Pseudocloeon used by Traver (1935) and others have relied
heavily on these particular coloration differences to separate species.
Habitat and Biology.— Larvae were collected from the Atnarko River, British
Columbia, in deep riffle and rapids with rocky bottoms. Larvae were never taken
in great abundance, with only a few at a time being taken with a D-frame net.
Water temperature ranged from 14° C (8 Sep 1991) to 7° C (16 Oct 1990) during
the period of early fall when larvae were collected. Other mayflies taken with A.
turbida were Baetis tricaudatus Dodds, Rhithrogena sp., and Drunella doddsi
(Needham). Serratella tibialis (McDunnough) was common until about mid Sep¬
tember.
Emergence of subimagos of A. turbida took place from the first to the middle
of October in large numbers from deep riffles and runs of moderate to fast flow
areas of the river. The daily emergence period began at about 13:00 h and abruptly
ceased at about 16:30 h. Emergence occurred during a wide variety of weather
conditions, including overcast, rainy, clear, and sunny weather when wind was
calm or slight.
Reports of habitat and emergence of A. turbida in the east have basically been
limited to Traver’s (1935) comment that larvae of A Carolina were taken abun¬
dantly in mountains of North Carolina. In addition, a table by Unzicker and
Carlson (1982) indicated that A. Carolina occurred in the mountains and Piedmont
of North and South Carolina and that emergence took place from April to August.
Material Examined.—OREGON. COOS Co.: S Frk Coquilla Riv, 12 Jun 1982, C. W. Courtney,
several male and female larvae. DOUGLAS Co.: S Umpqua Riv, 19 Jul 1980, C. W. Courtney, several
male and female larvae. CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA: Bella Coola Watershed, Atnarko R. near
Flat Rock, 1-16 Oct 1990, 8-19 Oct 1991, M. J. Wigle, several male and female larvae and adults.
Keys to the North American Species of Acentrella
Mature Larvae
la. Hindwingpads present . 2
lb. Hindwingpads absent . A. turbida
2a (lb). Dorsum of femora, tibiae, and tarsi with dense row of long, fine setae
(Morihara & McCafferty 1979: fig. 14d); western and far northern
North America . A. insignificans
2b. Dorsum of tibiae and tarsi nearly bare (Morihara & McCafferty 1979:
fig. 15b) or with shorter, more robust setae only (Morihara &
McCafferty 1979: fig. 13c) .
3a (2b). Labial palpi with segments 1 and 2 nearly parallel sided (from dor-
3
1994
McCAFFERTY ET AL.: ACENTRELLA TURBIDA
307
soventral perspective), inner margin of segment 2 almost straight
(Morihara & McCafferty 1979: fig. 15a); abdominal terga with
posterior marginal spines blunt to slightly rounded, not spiculate
(Morihara & McCafferty 1979: fig. 15e); claws without pair of sub-
apical setae; eastern and midwestem North America. A. ampla
3b. Labial palpi with inner margins of segments 1 and 2 forming broadly
rounded lobes (from dorsoventral perspective), inner margin of
segment 2 decurved (Morihara & McCafferty 1979: fig. 13b); ab¬
dominal terga with very fine marginal spines; claws with paired
subapical setae (Muller-Liebenau 1969: fig. 46h); far northern North
America . A. lapponica
Male Adults
Hindwings present. 2
Hindwings absent. A. turbida
Abdominal terga 2-7 translucent brown; length of distal segment of
forceps 4x width; far northern North America . A. lapponica
Abdominal terga 2-6 yellow-brown or tinged with smoky brown;
length of distal segment of forceps ca. 3 x width; all North Amer¬
ican regions represented . 3
Turbinate portion of eyes well developed and orange; body 6-7 mm
long; abdominal terga 2-6 yellow-brown; eastern and midwestem
North America . A. ampla
Turbinate portion of eyes relatively small and bright red; body 4-5
mm long; abdominal terga 2-6 tinged with smoky brown; western
and far northern North America . A. insignificans
Acknowledgment
We thank Arwin Provonsha for line drawings. This paper has been assigned
Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 13729.
Literature Cited
Edmunds, G. F., Jr. 1954. The mayflies of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts. Lettr., 31: 64-66.
Jacob, U. 1990. Ephemeroptera: zur systematik der Europaischen Baetidae auf Gattungsebene. Verh.
Westd. Entomol., 1990: 271-290.
McCafferty, W. P. & R. D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary synopsis of the Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) of
North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 116: 769-799.
McCafferty, W. P., R. S. Durfee & B. C. Kondratieff. 1993. Colorado mayflies (Ephemeroptera): an
annotated inventory. Southwest. Natural., 38: 252-274.
McCafferty, W. P., B. P. Stark & A. V. Provonsha. 1990. Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and Odonata.
pp. 43-58. In Kostarab, M. & C. Schaefer (eds.). Systematics of the North American insects
and arachnids: status and needs. Va. Agri. Exper. Stat. Infor. Ser. No. 90-1, Va. Polytech. Inst.
Univ., Blacksburg.
McDunnough, J. 1924. New Canadian Ephemeridae with notes, II. Can. Entomol., 56: 90-122.
McDunnough, J. 1931. New species of North American Ephemeroptera. Can. Entomol., 63: 82-93.
McDunnough, J. 1932. New species of North American Ephemeroptera II. Can. Entomol., 64: 209-
215.
Morihara, D. K. & W. P. McCafferty. 1979. The Baetis larvae of North America (Ephemeroptera:
Baetidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 105: 139-221.
Muller-Liebenau, I. 1969. Revision der Europaischen Arten der Gattung Baetis Leach, 1815 (Insecta,
Ephemeroptera). Gewass. Abwass., 48/49: 1-214.
la.
lb.
2a (la).
2b.
3a (2b).
3b.
308
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Studemann, D., P. Landolt, M. Sartori, D. Hefti & I. Tomka. 1992. Ephemeroptera, Insecta Helvetica,
Yol. 9. Soc. Entomol. Suisse, Fribourg.
Traver, J. R. 1935. Systematics. pp. 237-739. In Needham, J. G., J. R. Traver & Y. C. Hsu (eds.).
The biology of mayflies with a systematic account of North American species. Comstock, Ithaca
New York.
Unzicker, J. D. & P. H. Carlson. 1982. Ephemeroptera. pp. 3.1-3.97. In Brigham, A. R., W. U.
Brigham & A. Gnilka (eds.). Aquatic insects and oligochaetes of North and South Carolina.
Midwest Aquat. Enterpr., Mahomet, Illinois.
Waltz, R. D. & W. P. McCafferty. 1987a. Systematics of Pseudocloeon, Acentrella, Baetiella, and
Liebebiella new genus (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 95: 553-568.
Waltz, R. D. & W. P. McCafferty. 1987b. New genera of Baetidae for some Nearctic species included
in Baetis Leach (Ephemeroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 80: 472^474.
Waltz, R. D. & W. P. McCafferty. 1987c. New genera of Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) from Africa.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 89: 177-184.
Wigle, M. J. & H. Y. Thommasen. 1990. Ephemeroptera of the Bella Coola and Owikeno Lake
watersheds, British Columbia central coast. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Col., 87: 1-9.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 309-312, (1994)
A NEW SPECIES OF NALLACHIUS
(NEUROPTERA: DILARIDAE) FROM COSTA RICA
Norman D. Penny
Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, California 94118
Abstract.— A new species of Nallachius is described from Guanacaste Province of Costa Rica,
and relationships with other species discussed.
Key Words. — Insecta, Neuroptera, Dilaridae, Nallachius, Costa Rica
In the course of identifying a series of 14 Nallachius from Costa Rica for the
Utah State Insect Collection, four specimens of an undescribed species were en¬
countered. This species is herein described. Male genital terminology is that of
Adams (1970). Original description based on four males, pinned, with genitalia
mascerated in 10% KOH, stained in Chlorazol Black E, and preserved in glycerin
capsules beneath the specimen.
Abbreviations. — b—basal piece of MA; CuA—cubitus anterior; CuP—cubitus
posterior; dl—dorsal lobe of ectoproct; ect—ectoproct; gs—gonarcus; KOH—po¬
tassium hydroxide; MA—media anterior; ma-mp—anterior-posterior medial
crossvein; ml—median lobe of aedeagus; MP1 — first media posterior; mpl-mp2—
first-second posterior medial crossvein; MP2—second media posterior; mu—
mediuncus; r-m—radial-medial crossvein; Rl— first radial vein; Rs—radial sec¬
tor; 8S, 8T—eighth abdominal stemite and tergite; 9S, 9T—ninth abdominal
stemite and tergite.
Nallachius parkeri Penny, NEW SPECIES
Types. -Holotype male: COSTA RICA. GUANACASTE: 3 km SE of Rio Naran¬
jo, 23-27 Jan 1992, F. D. Parker. Three paratype males from the type locality:
7-12 Feb 1992, 25 Feb-2 Mar 1992, and 10-20 Sep 1992, F. D. Parker. The
holotype will be deposited with INBio (Instituto de Biodiversidad) in Santo Do¬
mingo de Heredia, Costa Rica. Two paratypes are in the Utah State University
Collection, Logan, and one paratype is deposited at the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco.
Description.— Head. Frons, clypeus, and vertex dark brown. Vertex bearing 3 protuberances, each
bearing numerous long setae. Antennal scape quadrangular, pale basally, dark brown apically, bearing
subapical, lateral long seta; pedicel 3.0 x wider than long; 15 flagellomeres, first broader than long,
others all much longer than wide, each bearing very elongate pectinate lobe, except apical 3. Thorax.
Dark brown dorsally, pale yellow laterally and ventrally. Notum bearing numerous tufts of long setae.
Legs. Pale yellow, with numerous long pale setae on all segments. Apex of tibiae with abundant long
dark setae. Wings. Forewing length—4.1 mm: Darkly suffused transverse bands across forewing, as
in Fig. 1. Costal crossveins numerous, not branched; 2 to 5 sc crossveins; 2 radial crossveins, the
anterior one close to origin of first branch of Rs; 4 branches of Rs; MA two-branched; MP1 two-
branched; MP2 three-branched; base of MP2 fused with CuA for short distance; 1 r-m crossvein; 2
ma-mp crossveins; two mpl-mp2 crossveins. Hindwing-length—3.0 mm: No sc crossveins anterior
of pterostigmal area; 2 radial crossveins; 1 ma-mp crossvein and 1 mp2-cua crossvein (Fig. 2).
Abdomen. Pale yellow. Each segment with narrow transverse ridge dorsal and ventrally bearing
310
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Figure 1. Right forewing of Nallachius parkeri NEW SPECIES.
numerous long dark setae. Each ridge narrowly divided along mid-ventral and mid-dorsal lines, as
well as broadly separated laterally. Male Terminalia. Ninth tergite bearing pair of blunt tooth-shaped
lobes closely appressed to dorsal surface. Ectoprocts bearing medial, bipartite, dorsal lobes with smaller
acute tooth at lateral base (Fig. 3). Digitiform process of ectoproct absent. Gonocoxites very narrow
and elongate (extending the length of ectoproct beyond abdomen), apically upturned and acutely
tapered. Mediuncus very long, narrow, apically curved ventrally and acutely tapered (Fig. 4); median
lobe bifid apically.
Diagnosis. — This species is a member of the N. americanus group, having fore¬
wing vein MP2 fused with CuA for a short distance. It differs from the other two
species in this group by having only two r-rs crossveins, as opposed to N. loxanus
Navas from Ecuador, which has five such crossveins. The only other species in
this group, N. americanus (McLachlan) can be distinguished most easily by the
male genitalia, which have much shorter gonocoxites, narrower, non-bifurcate
dorsal lobes, a well developed digitiform process laterally on the ectoproct and a
Figure 2. Right hindwing of Nallachius parkeri NEW SPECIES.
1994
PENNY: A NEW NALLACHIUS
311
Figure 3. Apex of male abdomen of Nallachius parked NEW SPECIES (ventral view).
small medial point on the ninth tergite, as opposed to the flat, plate-like paired
teeth of N. parkeri.
Etymology.— This species is named for Frank D. Parker, a Hymenoptera sys¬
tematise who has devoted several years studying the insect fauna of northern
0.1 mm
Figure 4. Apex of male abdomen of Nallachius parkeri NEW SPECIES (lateral view).
312
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(4)
Costa Rica and who has collected all 14 specimens known to this author from
this region.
Acknowledgment
The author thanks Fred Ehrmann for making the four illustrations used in this
paper. A great deal of patience and keen observational skills were required to
illustrate male genitalia less than 1 mm in length.
Literature Cited
Adams, P. A. 1970. A review of the New World Dilaridae. Postilla, 148.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 313-317, (1994)
DEPOSITIONS OF PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
(INSECTA) TYPES FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF
CALIFORIA, BERKELEY 1
Robert L. Zuparko 2 and Junji Hamai
Laboratory of Biological Control, University of California, Berkeley
Abstract.— In 1993, 71 hymenopteran type specimens from the University of California, Berke¬
ley’s Essig Museum were deposited in four other institutions: the California Academy of Sciences
(San Francisco, California), the Queensland Museum (Brisbane, Australia), the Plant Protection
Research Institute (Pretoria, South Africa) and the U.S. National Museum (Washington, D.C.).
The specimens are Braconidae, Ichneumonidae, Scelionidae, Eucoilidae, Perilampidae, Encyr-
tidae, Aphelinidae, Eulophidae, Trichogrammatidae, Mymaridae and Bethylidae, and represent
54 holotypes, 12 allotypes and 5 syntypes. The three holotype specimens of Bactropria brasiliensis
Kieffer, Xyalopria ruficornis Kieffer and Ganaspis reclusa Kieffer are reported missing.
Key Words.— Insecta, Hymenoptera, Parasitica, type specimens, depositions
The collection of parasitic Hymenoptera at the Laboratory of Biological Control,
University of California at Berkeley, was started in 1946 by R. L. Doutt. This
collection is part of U.C. Berkeley’s Essig Museum (formerly the California Insect
Survey), but is housed separately at the Gill Tract in Albany, California. The Essig
Museum has a standing policy of depositing type material, belonging to Hyme¬
noptera and certain other taxa, in the California Academy of Science in San
Francisco, California, on indefinite loan.
Since 1947, a number of type specimens have accumulated at the Gill Tract.
These specimens fall into three categories: those that were specifically designated
for deposition at U.C. Berkeley, those designated for deposition at other insti¬
tutions (either in their published descriptions or as notations attached to the
specimens) but were never transferred for various reasons, and those with no
specific instructions for deposition.
In 1993, an effort was made to rectify this situation. All the type specimens in
hand at the Gill Tract (54 holotypes, 12 allotypes and 5 syntypes) were transferred
(type specimens then on temporary loan to other workers were retained). As per
their specifications, ten specimens were deposited in the Plant Protection Research
Institute (Pretoria, South Africa) (PPRI), one in the Queensland Museum (Bris¬
bane, Australia) (QM), and seven in the United States National Museum (Wash¬
ington, D.C.) (USNM). The remaining 53 types were deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences (CAS).
These taxa are listed below, alphabetically by specific name under each family.
The receiving institutions are indicated by acronyms, and the specimens sent to
the CAS have their new type number appended. Three specimens (Bactropria
brasiliensis Kieffer, Xyalopria ruficornis Kieffer [both Hymenoptera: Diapriidae]
and Ganaspis reclusa Kieffer [Hymenoptera: Eucoilidae]) were missing from their
pins and labels before their transfers.
1 Authors’ page charges were partially offset by a grant from the C. P. Alexander Fund, PCES.
2 1050 San Pablo Avenue, Albany, California 94706.
314
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Braconidae
amelanchieri, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen
and antennal segments). —CAS (#17035)
amphorophori, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen
and forewings).—CAS (#17036)
lineatellae, Hahrohracon Fischer (1968). Holotype, female, pinned (missing an¬
tennal segments). —CAS (#17043)
liriodendrii, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen).—
CAS (#17037)
lupini, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen and
antennal segments).—CAS (#17038)
masonaphis, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (tip of abdomen
broken). —CAS (#17039)
montereyensis, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen,
3 legs and 1 antenna; head mounted on point). —CAS (#17040)
proia, Alysia (Anarcha ) Wharton (1988). Holotype, female, pinned (missing an¬
tennal segments).—CAS (#17033)
pteridis, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdomen and 1
forewing).—CAS (#17041)
vaccinii, Aphidius Liu (1977). Holotype, female, pinned (missing 1 forewing and
antenna, 1 antenna broken). —CAS (#17042)
vespertina, Alysia (Anarcha) Wharton (1988). Holotype, female, pinned.—CAS
(#17034)
ICHNEUMONIDAE
badius, Homotropus Dasch (1964). Holotype, female, pinned. —CAS (#17032)
labratus, Erromenus (Erromenus) Townes & Townes (1949). Holotype, female,
pinned. —CAS (#17031)
Diapriidae
brasiliensis, Bactropria Kieffer (1909a). Pin & label only, missing specimen! —
CAS (#17051)
ruficornis, Xyalopria Kieffer (1909a). Pin & label only, missing specimen!—CAS
(#17052)
SCELIONIDAE
erythropus, Macroteleia Cameron (1907). Holotype, male, pinned (missing ab¬
domen).-CAS (#17047)
paraensis, Macroteleia Kieffer (1909a). Holotype, male, pinned (missing abdo¬
men).-CAS (#17048)
rufitarsis, Pentacantha Kieffer (1906). Holotype, female, pinned (missing abdo¬
men, wings in poor condition). —CAS (#17049)
rufitarsis, Trissolcus Kieffer (1906). Syntype, female, pinned (missing 3 legs and
1 antenna, head mounted on point).—CAS (#17050)
Eucoilidae
clarimontis, Cothonaspis (Pentarhoptra ) Kieffer (1909b). Holotype, female,
pinned.-CAS (#17045)
1994
ZUPARKO & HAMAI: DEPOSITIONS OF TYPES
315
reclusa, Ganaspis Kieffer (1908). Pin and label only, missing specimen! —CAS
(#17046)
striatipennis, Caleucoela Kieffer (1909b). Holotype, female, pinned.—CAS (#17044)
Perilampidae
hesperis, Chrysomalla Darling (1986). Holotype, female, pinned. —CAS (#17059)
Encyrtidae
dahlsteni, Avetianella Tijapitzin (1971). Holotype, female, on slide.—CAS (#17065)
inconspicuus, Anthemus Doutt (1966). Holotype, female and allotype, male, on
slides.-CAS (Holotype = #17064)
plethoricus, Pentalitomastix Caltagirone (1966). Holotype, female, on slide.—CAS
(#17137)
saipanensis, Anagyrus Doutt (1952). Syntypes, female and male, on slides (spec¬
imens labelled on slides as holotype female and allotype male, but not so
designated in the published description).—CAS (female = #17062)
smithi, Anagyrus Doutt (1952). Syntypes, female and male, on slides (specimens
labelled on slides as holotype female and allotype male, but not so designated
in the published description).—CAS (female = #17063)
tanytmemus, Copidosomopsis Caltagirone (1985). Holotype, female, on slide.—
CAS (#17136)
Aphelinidae
comperei, Coccophagoides Doutt (1966). Holotype, female, on slide. —CAS
(#17060)
utilis, Coccophagoides Doutt (1966). Holotype, female and allotype, male on
slides.-CAS (#17061)
Eulophidae
glaber, Pnigalio Yoshimoto (1983). Holotype, female, pinned.—CAS (#17058)
T RICHOGRAMM ATIDAE
anneckei, Xiphogramma Doutt (1974a). Holotype, female and allotype, male, on
slides.—PPRI
californica, Paratrichogramma Doutt (1973). Holotype, female and allotype, male,
on slides.-CAS (#17073)
fletcheri, Oligositoides Doutt (in Doutt & Viggiani 1968). Holotype, female and
allotype, male, on slides.—PPRI
kusaiensis, Oligosita Doutt (1955). Holotype, female, on slide.—USNM
occidentalis, Chaetogramma Doutt (1974a). Holotype, female and allotype, male,
on slides.-CAS (#17072)
oceanica, Oligosita Doutt (1955). Holotype, female, on slide.—USNM
pacifica, Lathromeris Doutt (1955). Holotype, female, on slide.—USNM
pallida, Epoligosita Doutt (in Doutt & Viggiani 1968). Holotype, female, on
slide.—PPRI
pretoriensis, Chaetogramma Doutt (1974a). Holotype, female, on slide.—PPRI
pretoriensis, Paratrichogramma Doutt (1973). Holotype, female and allotype,
male, on slides.—PPRI
316
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
salutaris, Brachygrammatella Doutt (1968). Holotype, female and allotype, male
on slides. —PPRI
Mymaridae
annulatum, Stethynium Doutt (1947). Holotype, female, on slide.—CAS (#17071)
australiensis, Dahmsia Doutt (1975). Holotype, female, on slide. —QM
clarkei, Arescon Doutt (1955). Holotype, female, on slide.—USNM
conferta, Anaphoidea Doutt (1949a). Holotype, female, on slide.—CAS (#17134)
enocki, Dicopus Doutt (1974b). Holotype, female, on slide.—CAS (#17067)
gerrisophaga, Anaphoidea Doutt (1949a). Holotype, female, on slide. —CAS
(#17135)
flandersi, Erythmelus Doutt (1949b). Holotype, female and allotype, male on
slides.—CAS (#17069)
gressitti, Nesetaerus Doutt (1955). Holotype, female, on slide.—USNM
medicae, Barypolynema Annecke & Doutt (1961). Holotype, female and allotype,
male on slides. —CAS (#17066)
pygmaeus. Dicopus Doutt (1974b). Holotype, female and allotype, male on slides.—
CAS (#17068)
rete, Ptilomymar Annecke & Doutt (1961). Holotype, female, on slide. —CAS
(#17070)
saipanensis, Lymaenon Doutt (1955). Holotype, female and allotype, male on
slide.-USNM
Bethylidae
bifoveatus, Dissomphalus Kieffer (1906). Holotype, male, pinned. —CAS (#17053)
brasiliensis, Dissomphalus Kieffer (1909a). Holotype, male, pinned.—CAS (#17054)
brasiliensis, Rhabdepyris Kieffer (1909a). Holotype, male, pinned.—CAS (#17056)
paraensis, Rhabdepyris Kieffer (1909a). Holotype, male, pinned (missing 1 an¬
tennae).-CAS (#17057)
rufipalpis, Dissomphalus Kieffer (1910). Holotype, male pinned.—CAS (#17055)
Acknowledgment
Ken Hagen and Leo Caltagirone (of the Laboratory of Biological Control, Uni¬
versity of California at Berkeley) provided immeasureable help in tracking down
the appropriate literature and ensuring the completion of this project. Major
improvements in the ms. were suggested by two anonymous reviewers. All the
Kieffer specimens (Eucoilidae, Scelionidae, Diapriidae and Bethylidae) were orig¬
inally obtained from Pomona College by R. L. Doutt.
Literature Cited
Annecke, D. P. & R. L. Doutt. 1961. The genera of the Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea).
Rep. S. Afr. Dept. Agr. Tech. Serv. Mem., 5.
Cameron, P. 1907. Algunos Himenopteros. Ann. Estac. Agron. Cuba., 277.
Caltagirone, L. E. 1966. A new Pentalitomastix from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 42: 145-151.
Caltagirone, L. E. 1985. New Copidosomopsis (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) from California, with
comments on the genus. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 78: 705-708.
1994
ZUPARKO & HAMAI: DEPOSITIONS OF TYPES
317
Darling, D. C. 1986. Revision of the New World Chrysolampinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea).
Can. Entomol., 118: 913-940.
Dasch, C. E. 1964. Ichneumon-flies of America north of Mexico. 5. Subfamily Diaplazontinae. Mem.
Amer. Entomol. Inst., 3.
Doutt, R. L. 1947. The occurrence of the genus Stethynium in California. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 32:
152-154.
Doutt, R. L. 1949a. A synopsis of North American Anaphoidea (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 25: 155-160.
Doutt, R. L. 1949b. The genus Erythmelus in California (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 25: 77-81.
Doutt, R. L. 1952. Two new species of Anagyrus (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae). Proc. Haw. Entomol.
Soc., 14: 399-402.
Doutt, R. L. 1955. Insects of Micronesia, Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae and Mymaridae. Insects
of Micronesia, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, 19.
Doutt, R. L. 1966. A taxonomic analysis of parasitic Hymenoptera reared from Parlatoria oleae
(Colvee). Hilgardia, 37:219-231.
Doutt, R. L. 1968. The genus Brachygrammatella Girault (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 44: 289-294.
Doutt, R. L. 1973. The genus Paratrichogramma Girault (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 49: 192-196.
Doutt, R. L. 1974a. Chaetogramma, a new genus of Trichogrammatidae (Hymenoptera: Chalci¬
doidea). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 50: 238-242.
Doutt, R. L. 1974b. The genus Dicopus Enock (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.,
50: 165-168.
Doutt, R. L. 1975. Dahmsia, a new genus of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 51: 254-256.
Doutt, R. L. & G. Viggiani. 1968. The classification of the Trichogrammatidae (Hymenoptera:
Chalcidoidea). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 35: 477-586.
Fischer, M. 1968. Ubergezuchtete raupenwespen (Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Pflanzenschutz Ber.,
37: 97-140.
Kieffer, J. J. 1906. Beschreibung neuer Proctotrypiden aus Nord- und Zentralamerika. Entomol.
Zeit. Ber., 50: 237-290.
Kieffer, J. J. 1908. Nouveaux Proctotrypides et Cynipides d’Amerique. Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, 32:
7-66.
Kieffer, J. J. 1909a. Nouveaux microhymenopteres du Bresil. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 78: 287-
348.
Kieffer, J. J. 1909b. Description de nouveaux Cynipides zoophages. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Metz, 26:
57-96.
Kieffer, J. J. 1910. Description de nouveaux Bethylides (Hymen.). Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 79:
31-56.
Liu, C. G. 1977. Genus Aphidius (Aphidiidae, Hymenoptera) of California. Taiwan Agric. Res. Inst.
Taipei. Spec. Pub., 11.
Townes, H. K. & M. C. Townes. 1949. A revision of the genera and of the American species of
Tryphonini (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 42: 321-395.
Trjapitzin, Y. A. 1971. A Nearctic representative of the genus Avetianella Trjapitzin, 1968 (Hy¬
menoptera, Encyrtidae). Entomol. Rev., 50: 507-508.
Wharton, R. A. 1988. The braconid genus Alysia (Hymenoptera): a revision of the subgenus Anarcha.
Contrib. Am. Entomol. Inst., 25.
Yoshimoto, C. M. 1983. Review of North American Pnigalio Schrank (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae).
Can. Entomol., 115: 971-1000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 318-321, (1994)
A REVIEW OF OCHRERIADES
(HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE: OSMIINI)
Terry L. Griswold
USDA-ARS Bee Biology & Systematics Lab, Utah State University,
Logan, Utah 84322-5310
Abstract. — A new Ochreriades is described from Namibia, O. rozeni NEW SPECIES. New records
are presented for the only other known species, O. fasciatus Friese, restricted to the eastern
Mediterranean. The disjunct distributional pattern exemplified by Ochreriades is uncommon
among megachilids. The inclusion of this maculated genus in the Osmiini is confirmed and its
relationship to other genera discussed.
Key Words. — Insecta, Hymenoptera, Ochreriades rozeni'NEW SPECIES, Megachilidae
The genus Ochreriades Mavromoustakis 1956 was erected for a single atypical
species then placed in Heriades Spinola, H. fasciatus Friese 1899, which Mav¬
romoustakis recognized as having close relationship to Chelostoma Latreille. Here
the generic relationships of Ochreriades are discussed, a new species is described
from southwestern Africa, and new records presented for O. fasciatus (Friese).
Though Ochreriades superficially resembles Anthidiini due to the light macu-
lations of the body, Mavromoustakis (1956) was correct in placing it near Che¬
lostoma. Chelostoma has long been associated with Heriades, and was at one time
considered a subgenus of the latter, but it is, as Peters (1978) has suggested, not
closely related to Heriades and is rightly excluded from the Heriades complex (in
which Peters included the genera Heriades, Protosmia, Othinosmia, Chelosto-
mopsis, Noteriades, Pseudoheriades, and Archeriades). Ochreriades likewise should
be excluded from this group. It differs from the Heriades complex in a number
of key characters. The male has T7 exposed, transverse swellings on S2-3, S4
with dense discal pubescence, and S5 not emarginate and without modified hair.
Females lack the apical hair tuft on the labrum and T6 has neither a preapical
carina nor a wide hyaline flange. Shared derived characters held in common with
Chelostoma include an elongate scutum, male S4 with apical hyaline flaps (some¬
times very narrow), female clypeus not overhanging labrum, and female labrum
without hair fringe.
It seems likely that both Chelostoma and Ochreriades were derived from a
Hop litis-like ancestor. They share with such subgenera of Hoplitis as Alcidamea
Cresson and Liosmia Thomson the preapical pit on male T7 and a medial swelling
on male S2, both characters not found elsewhere in the Megachilidae.
In the description terga are numbered T1, T2,. . . , sterna, likewise. Depositories
of specimens are indicated parenthetically in data citations by names of cities (see
acknowledgment).
Ochreriades fasciatus (Friese)
Eriades fasciatus Friese 1899. Entomol. Nachr., 21:325.
Discussion.— Friese (1899) described O. fasciatus from a single male collected
at Jericho, 16 Apr 1899. Alfken (1935) recorded a female from Wadi el Kelt, but
1994
GRISWOLD: A REVIEW OF OCHRERIADES
319
Figure 1. Dorsal view female Ochreriades rozeni.
did not present a description of the female. Mavromoustakis (1939) recorded two
males from Jerusalem, collected in early April, and later (Mavromoustakis 1956)
described the female from a single specimen collected from “Mezze of Damascus”
in early July.
320
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
New Records.—SYRIA. “Damas Hattite,” 2/18 May 1960, J. de Beaumont, 3 males, 1 female,
(Lausanne); “Umm es Charatite,” 19 Jun 1945, K. P. Whitehom, 1 female (London).
OCHRERIADES ROZEN1, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 1)
Type.-Holotype female. SOUTHWEST AFRICA. 53 km SE of Omaruru, 13
Mar 1979, J. G. & B. L. Rozen. Holotype deposited in American Museum of
Natural History, New York.
Female. — Length, 10 mm; forewing length, 7 mm. Body black except antenna brown, mandible red
subapically, apical tarsomeres yellow-red, linear transverse white maculations subapically on Tl-4,
that on T1 very narrowly interrupted medially. Wings hyaline, venation dark brown. Head length
equal to width; mandible narrowly tridentate; mouthparts extremely long, reaching well past base of
abdomen in repose (apical part lost in holotype); occipital margin carinate; hypostomal area polished,
very sparsely punctate. Pronotum with narrow raised, rounded collar medially, pronotal shoulder
pronounced but not carinate; scutum and scutellum with very fine dense punctation, punctures one-
half the size of those on mesopleuron; axilla produced posterolaterally to a curved point; propodeum
without horizontal basal pitted zone; posterior coxa with punctures moderate-sized except absent on
maculated areas and fine along posterior margins; T6 with apical subtruncate flange; scopa short,
white.
Male. — Unknown.
Diagnosis. — Ochreriades rozeni is abundantly distinct from O. fasciatus. Prom¬
inent differences include lack of maculations on head and thorax, carinate occipital
margin, noncarinate pronotum, fine punctation of thoracic dorsum, and angled
axilla. The tongue of this species is remarkably long (unfortunately, its full extent
is unknown because the apical portion is lost in the only known specimen).
Discussion. — The presence of Ochreriades in southwestern Africa was unantic¬
ipated. Other components of the osmiine fauna from this region are either endemic
to southern Africa or are widespread in the paleotropics. The only exception is
Hoplitis (Anthocopa) Lepeletier, which also appears to have a disjunct distribution.
It is broadly distributed across southern Africa north to southern Zaire and Ma¬
lawi, but is most numerous in the palearctic from the western Mediterranean to
central Asia and southern India with its center of diversity in the Mediterranean
region. It is not known from East Africa, but may be present along the Rift Valley.
Material Examined. —See types.
Acknowledgment
Thanks to D. Cherix, Musee Zoologique, Lausanne; G. Else, British Museum
of Natural History, London; and M. Fauveau and J. Rozen, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, for loan of material. Travel to study specimens
in European museums was funded by National Science Foundation Doctoral
Dissertation Improvement Grant B5R-8313307. Greg Frehner produced the il¬
lustration. This is a contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station,
Utah State University, Logan, UT 84322-4810, Journal Paper No. 4401, and
USDA-ARS Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University,
Logan, UT 84322-5310.
Literature Cited
Alfken, J. D. 1935. Bietrag zur kenntnis der Bienenfauna von Palastina. Veroff. Dtsch. Kol. Mus.
Bremen, 1: 169-193.
1994
GRISWOLD: A REVIEW OF OCHRERIADES
321
Friese, H. 1899. Neue palaearktische Sammelbienen. Entomol. Nachr., 25: 321-346.
Mavromoustakis, G. A. 1939. Some bees from Palestine. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (11) 3: 225-230.
Mavromoustakis, G. A. 1956. On the bees of Siria. Part I. Eos, 32: 215-229.
Peters, D. S. 1978. Archeriades gen. n., eine verhaltnismassig urspriingliche Gattungder Megachilidae.
Entomol. Germ., 4: 337-343.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 322, (1994)
Scientific Note
NEW RECORD OF THE BEETLE, SCYMNUS FENDERI
MALKIN (COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE),
FROM DIURAPHIS NOXIA (MORDVILKO)
(HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE)
Scymnus fenderi Malkin is reported for the first time as a natural enemy of the
Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko). I seeded spring barley at the
USD A—Agricultural Research Service Plant Materials Introduction Center at
Central Ferry, Washington in May 1992. Weekly counts of Russian wheat aphid
were made and all parasitoid mummies and predators encountered were recorded
and retained. One adult female S. fenderi was recovered from the plot on 24 June
1992. Scymnus fenderi is an endemic species. No other specimens of S. fenderi
have been collected to date. Scymnus fenderi differs from Scymnus frontalis Fabr.
in having black elytra, whereas S. frontalis has a red spot on each elytron. Scymnus
frontalis was released en mass in 1991 at a site near Central Ferry by the USD A—
Animal Plant Health Inspection Service Plant Protection & Quarantine. No spec¬
imen of S. frontalis has been recovered in Washington since that release. The
specimen of S. fenderi recovered was feeding on Russian wheat aphids located
between the flag leaf sheath and stem of a barley tiller.
Record. —WASHINGTON. GARFIELD Co.: Central Ferry, May 1992, 24 June 1992.
David E. Bragg, Cooperative Extension, Washington State University, Pomeroy,
Washington 99347-0190.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 322-323, (1994)
Scientific Note
NOTES ON PARASITOIDS OF
PLATYPTILIA CARDUIDACTYLA (RILEY)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PTEROPHORIDAE) IN TRANSITION
ZONE SOUTHEASTERN WASHINGTON
Parasitoids and adult artichoke plume moths were reared from prepupal larvae
and pupae collected in 1990 and 1991 from bull thistle, Cirsium vulgare L.,
growing in a pasture near Pomeroy, Washington. Larvae and pupae dissected from
thistle tissue were placed on cut pieces of thistle stem in organdy screen cages of
34 cm x 46 cm with a sleeve to allow access. Fresh pieces of thistle stem were
supplied as needed until all larvae in a cage pupated or parasitoids emerged from
1994
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
323
them. Adult plume moths were counted, separated by sex, and released back into
the environment. Parasitoid adults were aspirated upon emergence, placed in
alcohol, and retained for identification. Collections were made weekly in this
manner from May through September of both years. Six species of primary par¬
asitoid were reared from the artichoke plume moth in this location over the two
year period: Bracon hyslopi (Viereck) (Braconidae: Braconinae: Braconini); Cal-
liephialtes notandus (Cresson) (Ichneumonidae: Ephialtinae: Pimplini); Campo-
plex polychrosidis Viereck (Ichneumonidae: Porizontinae: Campoplegini); Diadeg-
ma acuta (Viereck) (Ichneumonidae: Porizontinae: Porizontini); Colpognathus
helvus (Cresson) (Ichneumonidae: Ichneumoninae: Alomyini); and Phaeogenes
cynarae Bragg (Ichneumonidae: Ichneumoninae: Alomyini). Two species of sec¬
ondary parasitoid were reared as well: Gelus sp. (Ichneumonidae: Gelinae: Gelini);
and Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Girualt) (Pteromalidae: Pteromalinae: Pteromalini).
The two Alomyine Ichneumonids are apparently specific to the artichoke plume
moth (Bragg, D. E. 1971. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 47: 57-62). Phaeogenes and
Diadegma were reared in substantial numbers both years throughout the period
of plume moth activity.
Records.— WASHINGTON. GARFIELD Co.: Pataha Crk, 1 km E of Pomeroy, ex Platytilia car-
duidactyla.
David E. Bragg, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, P.O.
Box 190, Pomeroy, Washington 99347-0190.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 323-327, (1994)
Scientific Note
THE REVIVAL OF RICE-FIELD GRASSHOPPERS AS
HUMAN FOOD IN SOUTH KOREA
Grasshoppers have been a common food for people in many parts of the world
(Bodenheimer, F. S. 1951. Insects as human food, W. Junk, The Hague). Rice-
field grasshoppers (Acrididae, Oxya spp.) are eaten in most east Asian countries.
In Korea, these grasshoppers are called metdugi and were a common food eaten
as a side dish at meals, as a lunch box ingredient and as a drinking snack (K. S.
Woo, personal communication). The use of rice-field grasshoppers declined during
the 1960s and 1970s with increased insecticide use.
I observed Koreans gather, pan-fry and eat metdugi during a picnic in October
1989. Samples were subsequently identified as Oxya velox (Fabr.). During four
years (1989-1992) of visiting the Seoul markets, I did not see any metdugi, where
they were once common (G. S. Yun, personal communication), and where silk
moth pupae (Bombyx mori L.), a human food that is a by-product of the Korean
silk industry, are almost always present. Some metdugi were sold in 1989 in a
beer hall in the city of Suwon; a dish of about 20 was 5000 Won (US $7.57) (K.
324
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Figure 1. Korean rice-field grasshoppers (Oxya spp.) prepared for the table.
S. Woo, personal communication). In 1990, a discount store for Korean Gov¬
ernment employees sold dried metdugi seasoned with soy sauce, sugar and sesame
oil, in 130 g packages for 3750 Won (US $5.20).
I was able to contact J.-R. Lee the president of the small food company that
marketed these metdugi. He said that the metdugi were gathered in areas away
from agricultural fields (and insecticides), such as in mountains and even in the
outer DMZ military security zone, where agriculture is limited. The farmer-col¬
lectors sold their metdugi at local five-day markets (open one day every five days),
where his company would purchase them. Some were also obtained earlier in the
1980s from artificial rearing. Rearing of metdugi proved difficult because of in¬
secticide contamination of the food and water used. The metdugi also were very
sensitive to the carbon monoxide gas produced by charcoal heaters. These prob¬
lems, and increased labor costs, ended the commercial rearing attempts. Mr. Lee’s
business declined because of the lack of metdugi, and in 1990 it ended. The metdugi
food culture of Korea had become rare and seemed to be disappearing.
Then on 8 Oct 1990, the Korean language newspaper Chungang Ilbo published
an article by Huh Sang-Chun titled “The metdugi revival.” It described the rebirth
of metdugi gathering and selling in Kyungsang Namdo, a province in the southern
part of the country. Shortly after the article appeared, I visited the center of this
revival, Chahwang Myun ( a district of Sanchung County), where I interviewed
the Chahwang Myun Agricultural Cooperative Manager Park Chung-Ki, and two
local farm women, Im Pun-Nam and Kim Ssang-Soon, who were active metdugi
collectors.
1994
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
325
Chahwang is a small district with about 3000 people, most of whom belong to
744 farm families that cultivate 642 ha of paddy rice (1990 figures). Before in¬
secticide use intensified in the 1960s, metdugi were abundant in and around the
rice fields and were collected for both home use and sale. The elevation of Chah¬
wang Myun is from 380 to 420 m, so it has cooler nights and consequently fewer
problems with rice pests than areas at lower elevations. Despite this situation,
the farmers could not avoid the government policy requiring at least three sprays
per season. (Some Korean entomologists that I subsequently spoke with doubted
that there was a government policy requiring the spraying of rice, despite the
Chahwang-Myun people’s statements about such a policy.) In 1981 the rules
mandating insecticide use loosened and farmers started using less, which allowed
the metdugi populations to begin to increase. In 1982 some metdugi began to be
collected and sold again in the local market at Sanchon.
The decline in insecticide use and the desire of some Koreans to eat pesticide-
free rice led to the development of organic rice farming in Chahwang Myun. This
was economically viable because the yields of rice were the same in unsprayed
fields as in sprayed fields, and organic rice sold (and still sells) for higher prices.
In 1989, the Chahwang Agricultural Cooperative, which functions primarily to
buy, mill and sell rice, began to buy dried metdugi from the farmer-collectors. In
that year, more than 600 liters were purchased from more than 300 families. The
farmers earned 4000 Won (US $6.06) per liter. The Cooperative sold the metdugi
in bulk for 4250 Won per liter (US $6.44). The farmers probably sold another
600 liters at the five-day market and on the street. In 1990, more than 600 families
(out of 744) sold 1744 liters of metdugi to the Cooperative at 5000 Won per liter
(US $6.98). The Cooperative sold them for 6500 Won per liter (US $9.08). Much
of the 1990 sale went to a supermarket company in Pusan, which divided the
metdugi into 0.2 liter packages and sold these for 3000 Won (US $4.19). Metdugi
were also sold by mail-order and to out-of-town visitors to the Cooperative.
In 1990, the average collector sold 2 liters of metdugi to the Cooperative, but
some collectors brought in as much as 40 liters, and one man, who had no rice
field to tend, sold 160 liters to the Cooperative. Metdugi are most commonly
collected by older women, usually from mid October to early November. They
are collected by hand primarily from rice fields until the rice is harvested, then
some are taken from other crops (such as dry beans) and from wild vegetation in
the surrounding mountains. The average collection rate is about 0.25 liter per
hour, while the best rate is 1.0 liter per hour. Both Mrs. Im and Mrs. Kim collect
for 15 days each year on a part-time basis. Collected metdugi are steamed or
boiled, then dried in the sun for one day and in a room for two more days. In
1990, Mrs. Im (age 58) collected 100 liters, with the help of her husband, and
sold 40 liters to the Cooperative. She sold most of the remainder at the five-day
market and gave some to relatives. She was pleased to say that her city-dwelling
grandchildren get metdugi in their lunch boxes. She has been collecting and selling
metdugi for five years. Mrs. Kim (age 37) has been collecting and selling metdugi
for eight years. She collected 80 liters in 1990.
During 1990, the income per hour for collecting metdugi for these women ranged
from 1250-5000 Won (US $1.75-6.98), excluding the time spent in processing
and marketing the metdugi. The average 1990 income for farm households (3.8
people) was US $16,706 (Korean Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries.
326
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
1992. Statistical Yearbook of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries) and many fam¬
ilies in hilly areas such as Chahwang Myun earned less. The added income from
metdugi collection and sale was, then, significant to these families. Mrs. Im said
“metdugi helps us live.”
A one liter package of metdugi was purchased from the Cooperative and the
grasshoppers in a subsample of about one third of a liter (149 insects) were
identified. Three species were present. Oxya velox was the most common species,
comprising 84.5% of the total, then Oxya sinuosa Mistshenko with 14.8%, and a
single Acrida lata Motschulsky. Oxya velox is a yellow-green grasshopper 27-37
mm in length found in Japan, Korea, China and Taiwan (Cho, B. S. 1969. Illus¬
trated encyclopedia of fauna and flora of Korea, Vol. 10, Sam Hwa Pub. Co.,
Seoul). Oxya sinuosa is yellow-green, 30-38 mm long and occurs throughout
Korea (Lee, H. S. and C. E. Lee. 1983. Nature and Life, Taegu, South Korea, 13:
1-23). Acrida lata is a large 54-89 mm grasshopper, green or grey-brown colored,
which occurs in Japan, China and Taiwan as well as Korea (Cho 1969). I did not
expect the A. lata in the sample, but it is one of the grasshoppers eaten in Korea
(Jang Hoon Lee, personal communication).
In 1991 and 1992, large numbers of metdugi continued to be bought and sold
by the Chahwang Myun Cooperative and many people came to buy directly from
the farmers (Min Pyung-Hong, personal communication). In 1992, the Cooper¬
ative bought metdugi for US $9.91 per liter and sold them at a bulk rate for US
$12.03 per liter.
Many Koreans consider metdugi to be a health food. Indeed, metdugi (probably
Oxya spp.) have high levels of iron (43 mg/100 g), vitamin B2 (5.6 mg/100 g)
and protein (64.2 g/100 g) (Chai, R. S., Y. Y. Yu, Y. H. Park, K. K. Kim, Y. J.
Moon & H. H. Kwon. 1962. Reports National Chemistry Laboratories, Seoul,
10: 56-64). In Chahwang, metdugi is used to prevent and cure constipation and
to treat heart problems. Metdugi {O. velox ) is used as a drug in traditional Korean
medicine, prescribed to treat the convulsions of children, coughs, tetanus and
weakness (Kim, J. G. 1984. Illustrated natural drugs encyclopedia. Nam San Dang
Pub., Seoul).
The food preparations of dried metdugi vary. Sometimes they are eaten dried
without seasoning. They are usually pan-fried with or without oil after the wings
and legs have been removed. During or after cooking, they are flavored with
sesame oil and salt, or sesame oil and sugar, or soy sauce with or without sugar.
I have also seen live ones fried whole. These turn red like shrimp as they cook.
Many of these preparations produce a product with good snack food essence.
They are bite-sized, crispy, crunchy, and salty and/or slightly sweet. Korean prep¬
arations of rice-field grasshoppers are, to my taste, much better than the sweet
sticky Japanese preparations of Oxya that are sold in tins and restaurants in Japan
as imago.
For older Koreans, much of the appeal of eating metdugi are the feelings of
nostalgia that it brings. Korea has undergone very rapid industrialization and
urbanization during the past 25 years. The metdugi revival gives at least some
people a chance to taste the past.
Koreans and other east Asian people, in general, use and enjoy insects more
than do Americans and Europeans (Pemberton, R. W. 1988. Pan-Pacific Entomol.,
64: 81-82; 1990. 66: 93-95; 66: 172-174).
1994
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
327
Acknowledgment.— I thank the following people: Im Pun-Nam, Kim Ssang-
Soon and Park Chung-Ki (Chahwang Myun), Lee Jang-Hoon (USDA-ARS, Asian
Parasite Laboratory, Seoul), J.-R. Lee (Seoul), Woo Kun-Suk (Seoul National
Univ.), and Yun Gye-Sup (Seoul) for providing information about metdugr, Lee
Jang-Hoon, for identifying the metdugi samples and acting as a translator in Seoul;
Kim Jeong-Sook (Asian Parasite Laboratory) for serving as a translator in Chah¬
wang Myun and Robert D. Macke (U.S. Embassy, Seoul) for information on
Korean agricultural income. James B. Johnson, University of Idaho, and Douglas
W. Whitman, Illinois State University, kindly provided reviews of the manuscript.
Robert W. Pemberton, Asian Parasite Laboratory, United States Department
of Agriculture-Agricultural Research Service. Current address: Aquatic Weed Con¬
trol Research, USDA ARS SAA, 3205 College Ave, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida USA
33314.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 327-328, (1994)
Scientific Note
XYLOCORIS GALACTINUS (FIEBER)
(HEMIPTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE) NEWLY
DISCOVERED IN MONTANA STORED GRAIN
Herein, we note the occurrence of the predaceous bug, Xylocoris galactinus
(Fieber) in stored grain in Montana, one of the top four states in small grain
production and storage (Montana Agricultural Statistics Service. 1991. Helena,
Montana). Xylocoris galactinus has been introduced into the New World, where
it often occurs in stored grain (J. A. Slater & R. M. Baranowski. 1978. How to
Know the True Bugs. Wm. C. Brown Co. Dubuque, Iowa). It is reported trans-
continentally in Canada (T. J. Henry & R. C. Froeschner. 1988. Catalog of the
Heteroptera, or True Bugs, of Canada and the Continental United States. E. J.
Brill Publ. Co. New York), but has not been recorded from the northern great
plains of the United States (Henry & Froeschner 1988). California, Idaho and
Missouri are the only states recorded to harbor this species west of the Mississippi
River. Based on its distribution records, this species may be better able to survive
in colder northern climes than does the better known Xylocoris flavipes (Reuter).
During surveys of stored grain insects, F. Dunkel found an established popu¬
lation of X. galactinus at the Montana State University Southern Agricultural
Research Center near Huntley, Montana. This population represents a significant
range extension of over 320 km from the closest areas previously known to harbor
the species in the Alberta and Idaho grain growing regions.
The population was found in a 0.25 metric ton barley spill adjacent to grain
storage bins. Within this spill, the population density of X. galactinus exceeded
200 immatures and >25 adults per kg of grain. The population was sampled by
328
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
sieving the grain every two weeks through Aug and Sep 1992, and a laboratory
culture of X. galactinus was derived therefrom. Other insects found in the spilled
grain, and potentially available as food for X. galactinus included: Trogoderma
spp. (Dermestidae); grain beetles, Cryptolestes spp. (Silvanidae); hairy fungus bee¬
tles, Typhea stercorea (L.) (Mycetophagidae); picnic beetles, Carpophilus spp.
(Nitidulidae); red flour beetles, Tribolium castaneum (Herbst) (Tenebrionidae);
and larger black flour beetles, Cynaeus angustus (LeConte) (Tenebrionidae).
Because X. galactinus is a beneficial insect exempted from tolerance by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(Anonymous. 1992. Federal Register, 57, No. 78, April 22, 1992), it is a possible
biocontrol agent for insects destructive to stored grain. Efforts are underway to
adapt X. flavipes culture techniques to X. galactinus that may provide a better
control option in colder climates.
Record.—Montana. YELLOWSTONE CO.: nr Huntley, Aug/Sep 1992, F. Dunkel, ex. barley spill
nr storage bins.
Acknowledgment.— We thank T. J. Henry, U.S. Department of Agriculture-
Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Washington D.C., for confirming the iden¬
tification of X. galactinus. This paper was supported by Montana Agricultural
Experiment Station (MAES) Projects 156 (M. Ivie P.I.), 157 and 161 (F. Dunkel
P.I.) and is contribution J-2830 of the Montana Agricultural Experiment Station.
This is a contribution to Regional Project NC-151 Delivery and Marketing of
Quality Grain and Oilseeds.
Florence V. Dunkel and Michael A. Ivie, Department of Entomology, Montana
State University, Bozeman, Montana 59717.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 328-330, (1994)
Scientific Note
DESCRIPTION OF A SLEEPING AGGREGATION OF
MALE CHALICODOMA CHILOPSIS (COCKERELL)
(HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE)
The occurrence of male sleeping aggregations is characteristic of many species
of aculeate Hymenoptera (Linsley, E. G. 1962. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 55:
148-164). The majority of these aggregations occur on “sleeping plants,” where
the bees grasp a stem with mandibles and/or legs. The bees show a preference for
dead or dry, relatively rigid, moderately tall (1 to 2 m), multibanched plants. This
behavior has been recorded for many species of bees and wasps, but has been
poorly documented for the diverse family Megachilidae. Linsley (1962) recorded
two megachilid species ( Anthidiellum notatum robertsoni Cockerell and the clep-
toparasite Coelioxys deplanata Cresson) as members of larger mixed species sleep-
1994
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
329
Figure 1. A male sleeping aggregation of the megachilid bee Chalicodoma chilopsis containing
thirteen bees.
ing aggregations. Sleeping Anthidiellum grasp stem tips with their mandibles only,
and extend wings laterally. Adjacent stems may be occupied by individuals of
this species. Sleeping Coelioxys individuals grasp the periphery of stems with their
mandibles and the first two pairs of legs, fold their wings back over the body, and
orient head-down on the stem. This species does not aggregate with conspecifics
for sleeping. Osgood (unpublished) has been cited (Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart
& P. F. Torchio. 1969. Oregon State Univ. Press, Corvalis, page 72) for a record
of aggregating male Megachile rotundata (Fabr.) that returned to a cavity under
the siding of a building for several weeks.
On the evening of 21 Apr 1992 at 18:00 h (MST) in Tucson, Arizona, I noticed
an aggregation of megachilid bees. The bees were resting on the apical end of a
dead branch on an Alepo pine (Pinus halepensis Miller) approximately 3 m above
ground. At this time, the bees were actively shifting positions along the branch,
but activity ceased at sundown. The bees were arranged in a single layer, 360°
around the stem from the apical end to approximately 15 cm up the stem. The
330
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(4)
bees were in close proximity, often in direct contact. Each individual grasped the
stem with mandibles and all legs, folded the wings back over the body and oriented
the head upwards (Fig. 1). There were no other megachilid bees located in the
vicinity of this tree.
Before sunrise the next morning, I collected the cold and immobile bees by
placing a plastic bag over the branch and shaking. Upon examination, I discovered
that all 87 bees were males of the same species. The bees were identified as
Chalicodoma chilopsis (Cockerell) by Terry Griswold of the USDA-ARS Bee Lab
in Logan, Utah. Even though the entire aggregation was collected on 22 Apr, more
individuals of the same species utilized the same branch on successive nights.
The site was used continuously for a total of 20 nights by 10 to 40 bees. Occa¬
sionally there were smaller aggregations of up to three individuals on a branch in
close proximity to the main aggregation.
Thus, megachilid’s also exhibit the monospecific male sleeping aggregations
typical of anthophorids. Most likely such aggregations are not rare, but have not
been recorded due to the difficulty in finding a cluster, as well as correctly iden¬
tifying megachilid bees.
Acknowledgment. — I thank Terry Griswold for species identification, Stephen
L. Buchmann, James Cane, and E. Gorton Linsley for manuscript reviews.
Steven C. Thoenes, USDA Agricultural Research Service, Carl Hayden Bee
Research Center, 2000 E. Allen Rd., Tucson, Arizona, 85719.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 330-332, (1994)
Scientific Note
FAN PALM AS AN URBAN NESTING SUBSTRATE FOR
XYLOCOPA CALIFORNICA ARIZONENSIS CRESSON
(HYMENOPTERA: ANTHOPHORIDAE)
The city of Tucson, Arizona has been expanding into the desert for years. As
a result, much of the native vegetation has been removed or severely reduced.
Xylocopa californica arizonensis Cresson typically nests in the dried fruiting stalks
(infructescenses) of Yucca, Agave, and Dasylirion, preferring stalks that are only
1-2 years old. These plants have been virtually eliminated from the native plant
communities within the Tucson area, but do exist in ornamental plantings. Fruit¬
ing stalks are removed by homeowners after they have dried, due to their “un¬
sightly” nature. This has created shortages of nesting substrates within the city,
however X. c. arizonensis persists in large numbers. Thus, we began to examine
whether X. c. arizonensis has begun using ornamental plants or structural timbers
as nesting substrates.
We discovered large numbers of X. c. arizonensis associated with the fan palm
[ Washingtonia filifera (Lindley) Wendland] which is not native to the Sonoran
1994 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 331
Figure 1. A fan palm infructescense containing a Xylocopa californica arizonensis nest. Notice the
entrance hole at the base of the stalk.
Desert. It is, however, used extensively as an ornamental plant. There have been
reports (O’Brien, L. B. & C. W. O’Brien. 1966. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 42: 27-29)
that X. c. arizonensis used fan palm fronds for nesting in California, where both
the bee and plant are native in palm oases. Closer examination revealed that the
bees were indeed using this plant as a nesting substrate in Tucson, but they were
not using the fronds; instead they were using the dried fruiting stalks (Fig. 1). This
use of dried fan palm infructescenses as a nesting substrate has not been previously
reported. The nest morphology was similar to that reported by O’Brien & O’Brien
(1966): entrance holes were located on the underside of the stalk, near the base,
with the most of the gallery extending downward away from the trunk and only
a short portion extending toward the trunk. The nests are typically much longer
than those reported by O’Brien & O’Brien (1966) with one measuring 35 cm long
and containing 15 cells. This difference can be explained by the morphology of
the two substrates: the fronds are oblong in shape and flatten out much sooner
than the round fruiting stalks.
Apparently, as Tucson expanded and native nesting substrates were removed,
the bees found and used the fan palm fruit stalks for nest sites. The fruit stalks
of native plants (Yucca, Agave, and Dasylirion) and fan palm are similar: all are
cylindrical with similar diameters (except that Agave stalks are typically much
bigger), have hard exterior sheaths, and a softer pithy interior.
Perhaps the use of fronds for nesting substrate over fruiting stalks is more
derived, and could be due to the more abundant nest sites available (i.e., more
fronds than fruiting stalks per palm). Thus, in California where palms and bees
have occurred together for a longer period of time, nesting in the fronds may have
332
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 70(4)
become the dominant behavior. Unfortunately, this hypothesis does not explain
why no nests in fruiting stalks have been reported from California. An alternative
explanation is that use of the fronds as nest sites is simply rare and the two fronds
with nests described by O’Brien & O’Brien (1966) are exceptions rather than the
usual pattern. Certainly the dichotomy between nest site selection in fan palm
fronds versus fruiting stalks warrants further examination, and may provide in¬
sights into nest site selection criteria used by X. c. arizonensis females.
Acknowledgment.— We thank E. Gorton Lindsley, Jim Cane, and two anony¬
mous reviewers for their suggestions on this manuscript.
Steven C. Thoenes, and Stephen L. Buchmann, USDA Agricultural Research
Service, Carl Hayden Bee Research Center, 2000 E. Allen Rd., Tucson, Arizona
85719.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70(4): 333-334, (1994)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Table of Contents for Volume 70
Bowles, J. M., see Starmer, W. T. 230
Bragg, D. E.—New record of the beetle, Scymnus
fenderi Malkin (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae),
from Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko) (Homop-
tera: Aphididae) . 322
Bright, D. E., see Hobson, K. R. 267
Buchmann, S. L., see Thoenes, S. C. 330
Carey, J. R., see Yang, P. ... 159,253,269
Cibrian-Tovar, J., see Rojas, J. C. 276
Clark, W. H ., see Merickel, F. W. 148
Coombs, E. M., see Turner, C. E. 206
D. E. Bragg—N otes on parasitoids of Platyptilia
carduidactyla (Riley) (Lepidoptera: Ptero-
phoridae) in transition zone southeastern
Washington. 322
Daly, H. V.—Lectotype designations and holo-
types for bees of the genus Hylaeus ( Neso-
prosopis) described from the Hawaiian Is¬
lands (Hymenoptera: Colletidae) .... 113
Danforth, B. N.—Taxonomic review of Calli-
opsis subgenus Hypomacrotera (Hymenop¬
tera: Andrenidae), with special reference on
the distribution and host plant associations
. 283
Dowell, R. V., see Yang, P. ... 159, 253, 269
Dreistadt, S. H. & K. S. Hagen—E uropean elm
scale (Homoptera: Eriococcidae) abundance
and parasitism in northern California.
. 240
Duncan, R. W.—Bionomics and life history of
the gall midge Chamaediplosis nootkatensis
Gagne & Duncan (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae)
on yellow cypress in British Columbia ....
. 103
Dunkel, F. V. & M. A. I vie —Xylocoris galactinus
(Fieber) (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae) newly
discovered in Montana stored grain . . 327
Edwards, J. S., see Sugg, P. M. 212
Gast, S. J. & M. W. Stock—G enetic diversity in
overwintered and non-overwintered Ips pini
(Say) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in Idaho ....
. 259
Gordh, G.—A biographical account of Harold
Compere (1896-1978), biological control
foreign explorer . 188
Greve, L., see Sugg, P. M. 212
Griswold, T. L.—A review of Ochreriades (Hy¬
menoptera: Megachilidae: Osmiini) ... 318
Hagne, K. S., see Dreistadt, S. H. 240
Hamai, J., see Zuparko, R. L. 313
Hobson, K. R. & D. E. Bright— A key to the
Xyleborus of California, with faunal com¬
ments (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) . 267
Ichinose, K. — Limited multiple-mating in males
and single-mating in females of the ant spe¬
cies, Paratrechina flavipes (Fr. Smith) (Hy¬
menoptera: Formicidae). 183
Index, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Volume 70 ...
. 335
I vie, M. A., see Dunkel, F. V. 327
Joley, D. B., see Turner, C. E. 206
McCafferty, W. P., M. J. Wigle & R. D.
Waltz—S ystematics and biology of Acen-
trella turbida (McDunnough) (Ephemerop-
tera: Baetidae). 301
Merickel, F. W. & W. H. Clark— Tetramorium
caespitum (Linnaeus) and Liometopum luc-
tuosm W. M. Wheeler (Hymenoptera: Formic¬
idae): new state records for Idaho and Oregon,
with notes on their natural history .... 148
Moitoza, F. J.—A revision of the C. maculata
species group of Conura spinola in America,
north of Mexico, and a new species of the
C. immaculata species group of Conura (Hy¬
menoptera: Chalcididae). 168
O’Neill, K. M.—Livestock dung as a food re¬
source and thermal refuge for rangeland
grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) .
. 222
Pacific Coast Entomological Society: financial
statement for 1990 and 1991 . ii
Pacific Coast Entomological Society: funding an¬
nouncement for The Pan-Pacific Entomolo¬
gist, 70(1). i
Pemberton, R. W.—The revival of rice-field
grasshoppers as human food in Korea ....
. 323
Penny, N.D.—A new species of Nallachius (Neu-
roptera: Dilaridae) from Costa Rica .
. 309
Piper, G. L., see Turner, C. E. 206
Polhemus, D. A.—An annotated checklist of the
plant bugs of Colorado (Heteroptera: Miri-
dae). 122
Rojas, J. C. & J. Cibrian-Tovar—R eproductive
behavior of Copitarsia consueta (Walker)
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae): mating frequency,
effect of age on mating, and influence of de¬
layed mating on fecundity and egg fertility
. 276
Sobhian, R., see Turner, C. E. 206
Sorensen, J. T.—A revision of the aphid genus
Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae: Lachni-
nae): its ecological associations with, and
evolution on, Pinaceae hosts. 1
Starmer, W. T. & J. M. Bowles—T he spatial
334
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
distribution of endemic and introduced flow¬
er-breeding species of Drosophila (Diptera:
Drosophiliadae) during their early history of
encounter on the island of Hawaii ... 230
Stock, M. W., see Gast, S. J. 259
Sugg, P. M., L. Greve & J. S. Edwards— Neu-
ropteroidea from Mount St. Helens and
Mount Rainier: dispersal and immigration in
volcanic landscapes . 212
Table of Contents, Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
Volume 70 . 333
Thoenes, S. C—Description of a sleeping aggre¬
gation of male Chalicodoma chilopsis (Cock¬
erell) (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) ... 328
Turner, C. E., R. Sobhian, D. B. Joley, E. M.
Coombs & G. L. Piper— Establishment of
Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Diptera: Te-
phritidae) for biological control of yellow
starthistle in the western United States ....
. 206
Waltz, R. D., see McCafferty, W. P. .. 301
Wigle, M. J., see McCafferty, W. P. ... 301
Yang, P., C. Zhou, R. V. Dowell & J. R. Carey—
Temperature studies on a Chinese strain of
Bactrocera cucurbitae (Coquillett) (Diptera:
Tephritidae) . 269
Yang, P., J. R. Carey & R. V. Dowell— Host-
specific demographic studies of wild Bactro¬
cera tau (Walker) (Diptera: Tephritidae) ...
. 253
Yang, P., J. R. Carey & R. V. Dowell— Te-
phritid fruit flies in China: historical back¬
ground and current status . 159
Zhou, C., see Yang, P. 269
Zuparko, R. L. & J. Hamai— Depositions of par¬
asitic Hymenoptera (Insecta) types from the
University of California, Berkeley ... 313
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
70 ( 4 ): 335 - 336 , ( 1994 )
Index to Volume 70
Title and Key Words, and New Taxa
abundance 240
Acentrella turbida 301
Acrididae 222
age 276
Andrenidae 283
ant 183
Anthocoridae 327
Anthophoridae 330
Aonidella aurantii 188
Aphididae 322
Apoidea 283
Bactrocera 159, 253; B. cilifer 159;
B. citri 159; B. cucurbitae 159,
269; B. diversa 159; B. dorsalis
159; B. latifrons 159; B. minax
159; B. occipitalis 159; B.
scutellata 159; B. tau 159, 253;
B. tsuneonis 159
Baetidae 301
biological control 159, 188, 206, 240
bionomics 103
black scale 188
British Columbia 103
California 267,240
California red scale 188
Calliopsis (Hypomacrotera) 283
Cecidomyiidae 103
Centaurea 206
Chalcididae 168
Chalicodoma chilopsis 328
Chamaediplosis nootkatensis 103
checklist 122
China 159
citrophilous mealybug 188
Coccinellidae 322
Coccophagus insidiator 240
coexistence 230
Coleoptera 259, 267, 322
Colletidae 113
colonization 212
Colorado 122
commodity treatment 269
Conura 168; C. dentiscapa NEW
SPECIES 180; C. igneopatruelis
NEW SPECIES 174; C.
immaculata species group 168;
C. maculata species group 168;
C. pilosipartis NEW SPECIES
177
Copitarsia consueta 276
Costa Rica 309
county distributions 122
cultural control 159
damage 103
decomposition 222
demographics 269,253
Dillaridae 309
Diptera 103,159, 206, 230, 253, 269
dispersal 212
distribution 283
Diuraphis noxia 148, 322
Drosophila (Phloridosa) floricola
230
Drosophilidae 230
dung 222
Ephemeroptera 301
Eriococcidae 240
Eriococcus spurius 240
Essigella 18, 102; Essigella
(Archeoessigella) NEW
SUBGENUS 21; Essigella
(Lambersella) NEW SUBGENUS
29; E. critchfieldi NEW SPECIES
75; E. eastopi NEW SPECIES 30;
E. fusca voegtlini NEW
SUBSPECIES 39; E.
hillerislambersi NEW SPECIES
41
European elm scale 240
fan palm 330
fauna 267
fecundity 276
fertility 276
floral associations 283
flower breeders 230
food resources 222
foreign exploration 188
Formicidae 148, 183
Fruit flies 159
galls 103,206
gall midges 103
genetic diversity 259
genetics 259
George Compere 188
grasshoppers 222, 323
Harold Compere 188
Hawaii 230,327
Hemiptera 327
Heteroptera 122
heterozygosity 259
Hokkaido Japan 183
holotypes 113
Homoptera 240,322
host plants 283,122
host-specificity 253
human food 323
Hylaeus (Nesoprosopis) 113
336
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 70(4)
Hymenoptera 113,148, 168, 183, 283,
313,318,328,330
Idaho 148
immigration 212
Ips pint 259
Japan 183
Korea 323
lectotype designations 113
Lepidoptera 276,322
life history 103, 253
Liometopum luctuosum 148
livestock 222
manure 222
mating 276
mating behavior 183
Megachilidae 318, 328
Miridae 122
Montana 327
morning glory 230
morphology 188
Mount Rainier 212
Mount St. Helens 212
multi pie-mating 183
Nallachius parkeri NEW SPECIES
309
natural history 148
Nesoprosopis 113
Neuroptera 212,309
Neuropteroidea 212
Noctuidae 276
Ochreriades 318, O. rozeni NEW
SPECIES 320
Oregon 148
Orthoptera 222
parasitic Hymenoptera 188; types
313
parasitism 240
parasitoids 103
Paratrechina flavipes 183
pest ants 148
phenology 212
phylogenetic
analyses 91,95
Pinus sp. 95
Platyptilla carduidactyla 322
Prosopis 113
Pseudococcus calceolariae 188
Pterophoridae 322
rangeland 222
Raphi diopter a 212
reproductive behavior 276
reproductive parameters 253
Saissetia oleae 188
Scaptomyza (Exalloscaptomyza)
caliginosa 230
Scolytidae 259,267
Scymnus fenderi 322
sleeping aggregations 328
spatial distribution 230
species concepts 4
state records 148
stress 259
taxonomy 188
Temperature 269
Tephritidae 159, 206, 253, 269
Tetramorium caespitum 148
thermal refuges 222
thermoregulation 222
Trichomasthus coeruleus 240
University of California, Berkeley
313
Urophora sirunaseva 206
volcanic landscapes 212
Washington 322
weed 206
Xanthogaleruca luteola 240
Xyleborus 267
Xylocopa californica arizonensis
330
Xylocoris galactinus 327
yellow cypress 103
yellow starthistle 206
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66(1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for discussion
of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English, but foreign lan¬
guage summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy of the article on a word-
processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in, non¬
erasable. high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted. EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF ANY FIG¬
URES TO THE 8.5 X 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages (pages 3+), ac¬
knowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List the corresponding
author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right corner. The title must include the taxon's des¬
ignation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five to seven words or concise phrases as
KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases under¬
lined and followed by a period and two hyphens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986). (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet 1988, Dorly et al.
1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use: (Weber 1932, 1936, 1941;
Sebb 1950. 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a. Nothwith 1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that volume,
request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable. These re¬
quirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC
FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal's locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these format re¬
quirements: if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manu¬
scripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries provide some
answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman. J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and taxonomy of
aphids and Thysanoptcra. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14. 1985. SPB Academic Publishing,
The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari. J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen. J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label letter sizes
of at least 1 mm: this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors are strongly encour¬
aged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 X 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented. Mount all illustrations. Label
illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author's name, (4) title of the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE
CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on additional
sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited section.
Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short acknowledgment
is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of the note with the affiliation
underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for pages
thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include reprint costs, or
charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page charge fee notice with ac¬
knowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
Volume 70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
October 1994
Number 4
Contents
GAST, S. J. & M. W. STOCK—Genetic diversity in overwintered and non-overwintered Ips
pini (Say) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in Idaho -..... 259
HOBSON, K. R. & D. E. BRIGHT—A key to the Xyleborus of California, with faunal com¬
ments (Coleoptera: Scolytidae).... 267
YANG, P„ C. ZHOU, G. LIANG, R. V. DOWELL & J. R. CAREY—Temperature studies on a
Chinese strain of Bactrocera cucurbitae (Coquillett) (Diptera: Tephritidae)-__ 269
ROJAS, J. C. & J. CIBRIAN-TOVAR—Reproductive behavior of Copitarsia consueta (Walk¬
er) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae): mating frequency, effect of age on mating, and influence of
delayed mating on fecundity and egg fertility... 276
DANFORTH, B. N.—Taxonomic review of Calliopsis subgenus Hypomacrotera (Hyme-
noptera: Andrenidae), with special emphasis on the distributions and host plant asso¬
ciations........... 283
McCAFFERTY, W. P., M. J. WIGLE & R. D. WALTZ—Systematics and biology of Acentrella
turbida (McDunnough) (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae)...... 301
PENNY, N. D.—A new species of Nallachius (Neuroptera: Dilaridae) from Costa Rica... 309
ZUPARKO, R. L. & J. HAMAI—Depositions of parasitic Hymenoptera (Insecta) types from
the University of California, Berkeley___ 313
GRISWOLD, T. L.—A review of Ochreriades (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae: Osmiini) .. 318
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
BRAGG, D. E.—New record of the beetle, Scymnus fenderi Malkin (Coleoptera: Coccinelli-
dae), from Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko) (Homoptera: Aphididae)... 322
BRAGG, D. E.—Notes on parasitoids of Platyptilia carduidactyla (Riley) (Lepidoptera:
Pterophoridae) in transition zone southeastern Washington_ 322
PEMBERTON, R. W.—The revival of rice-field grasshoppers as human food in South Korea-— 323
DUNKEL, F. V. & M. A. IVIE —Xylocoris galactinus (Fieber) (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae)
newly discovered in Montana stored grain.—.. 327
THOENES, S. C.-—Description of a sleeping aggregation of male Chalicodoma chilopsis
(Cockerell) (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae).......... 328
THOENES, S. C. & S. L. BUCHMANN—Fan palm as an urban nesting substrate for Xylocopci
californica arizonensis Cresson (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae)_ 330
Table of Contents, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Volume 70.-. 333
Index, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Volume 70..... 335